Academic Calendar 2018–2019

The graduate academic calendar is divided into fall, spring and summer semesters. The undergraduate academic calendar is divided into seven-week terms: the fall semester terms, A and B; the spring semester terms, C and D. Term E is the summer semester. Some graduate courses are offered on a term-basis, coincidental with the undergraduate­ calendar. Details of the WPI academic calendar, including dates on which graduate classes begin and end for each semester, appear below. Fall 2018 Spring 2019 August 16-17 January 7 New Teaching Assistant Training New Graduate Student Orientation August 21 January 7-8 New Graduate Student Orientation New Teaching Assistant Training August 23 January 9 First Day of Graduate Classes First Day of Graduate Classes September 3 January 15 Labor Day Holiday (No Classes) Deadline for filing application for September 6 May Graduation Deadline for submission of Electronic January 21 Theses and Dissertations Martin Luther King Day (No Classes) September 15 January 23 Deadline for filing application for Deadline for submission of Electronic December Graduation Theses and Dissertations October 12-22 February 6 Semester Break (No Classes) Graduate Research Innovation Exchange October 23 Poster Celebration (GRIE) Graduate Classes Resume March 2-10 November 21-25 Semester Break (No Classes) Thanksgiving Break (No Classes) March 11 December 14 Graduate classes resume Last Day of Graduate Classes, April 9 Fall Semester GRIE Poster Final Competition April 15 Patriot’s Day (No Classes) April 25 Deadline for submission of Electronic Theses and Dissertations for May 2019 Candidates April 30 Last Day of Graduate Classes, Spring Semester (Follow Friday Schedule) May 9 Graduate Commencement 2019

Note: The information on this page is accurate as of the date of publication (June, 2018), but is subject to change. Please see the WPI website for the most current dates and deadlines.

2 Academic Calendar Return to Table of Contents Table of Contents

Academic Calendar ...... 2 Graduate Programs ...... 4 Graduate Programs by Degree...... 5 Graduate and Advanced Graduate Certificates...... 7 Corporate and Professional Education...... 9 WPI Online...... 10 Admission Information...... 11 Application Requirements...... 13 Financial Assistance...... 14 Grading System and Academic Standards ...... 15 Enrollment and Registration...... 18 Tuition and Fees...... 21 Degree Requirements...... 22 Theses and Dissertations...... 24 Student Services...... 25 Academic Departments and Programs Aerospace Engineering...... 28 Bioinformatics and Computational Biology...... 35 Biology and Biotechnology...... 38 Biomedical Engineering...... 42 Robert A. Foisie School of Business...... 49 Chemical Engineering...... 62 Chemistry and Biochemistry ...... 67 Civil and Environmental Engineering...... 70 Computer Science...... 77 Computer Security...... 85 Data Science...... 86 Electrical and Computer Engineering ...... 93 Fire Protection Engineering...... 105 Interactive Media & Game Development ...... 108 Interdisciplinary Programs...... 110 Learning Sciences and Technologies...... 114 Manufacturing Engineering...... 118 Materials Process Engineering ...... 123 Materials Science and Engineering...... 124 Mathematical Sciences...... 130 Mechanical Engineering...... 142 Physics...... 156 Robotics Engineering...... 161 STEM for Educators...... 167 System Dynamics...... 170 System Dynamics and Innovation Management ...... 175 Systems Engineering...... 177 Index...... 183 Driving Directions...... 184

Table of Contents 3 Graduate Programs

Aerospace Engineering Interdisciplinary Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering Construction Project Management Master of Science in Aerospace Engineering Graduate Certificate Advanced Certificate Ph.D. in Aerospace Engineering Master of Science in Manufacturing Ph.D. in Civil Engineering Engineering Bioinformatics and Computer Science Ph.D. in Manufacturing Engineering Computational Biology Graduate Certificate Master of Science in Bioinformatics and Materials Process Engineering Master of Science in Computer Science Computational Biology Master of Science in Materials Process Master of Science in Computer Science Ph.D. in Bioinformatics and Engineering specializing in Computer Security Computational Biology Advanced Certificate Materials Science and Biology and Biotechnology* Ph.D. in Computer Science Engineering Master of Science in Biology/ Data Science Master of Science in Materials Science and Biotechnology Engineering Master of Science in Biotechnology Graduate Certificate Ph.D. in Materials Science and Ph.D. in Biology and Biotechnology Master of Science in Data Science Engineering Ph.D. in Data Science Biomedical Engineering* Mathematical Sciences Electrical and Computer Master of Engineering in Biomedical Master of Mathematics for Educators Engineering Engineering Professional Master of Science in Financial Master of Science in Biomedical Graduate Certificate Mathematics Engineering Master of Engineering in Electrical and Professional Master of Science in Industrial Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering Computer Engineering Mathematics Master of Engineering in Power Systems Master of Science in Applied Mathematics Business Engineering Master of Science in Applied Statistics Graduate Certificate Master of Science in Electrical and Ph.D. in Mathematical Sciences Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) Computer Engineering Master of Science in Information Advanced Certificate Mechanical Engineering Technology Ph.D. in Electrical and Computer Graduate Certificate in Mechanical Master of Science in Innovation with Engineering Engineering for Technical Leaders User Experience Master of Science in Mechanical Master of Science in Management Fire Protection Engineering Engineering Master of Science in Marketing and Graduate Certificate Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering Innovation Master of Science in Fire Protection Master of Science in Operations Analytics Engineering Physics and Management Advanced Certificate Master of Science in Physics Master of Science in Supply Chain Ph.D. in Fire Protection Engineering Ph.D. in Physics Management Ph.D. in Business Administration Interactive Media & Game Robotics Engineering Development Graduate Certificate Chemical Engineering Master of Science in Interactive Media Master of Science in Robotics Engineering Master of Science in Chemical Engineering & Game Development Ph.D. in Robotics Engineering Professional Master of Science in Chemical Engineering Interdisciplinary Programs STEM for Educators Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering Graduate Certificate in Nuclear Science Master of Science in Mathematics for and Engineering Educators (MMED) Chemistry and Biochemistry Graduate Certificate in System Dynamics Master of Science in Physics for Educators Master of Science in Biochemistry and Innovation Management (MPED) Master of Science in Chemistry Master of Science in: Ph.D. in Biochemistry – Power Systems Management System Dynamics Ph.D. in Chemistry – System Dynamics and Innovation Graduate Certificate in System Dynamics Management Master of Science in System Dynamics Civil and Environmental – Systems Modeling Ph.D. in System Dynamics Engineering Ph.D. in Interdisciplinary Studies Systems Engineering Graduate Certificate Learning Sciences and Master of Engineering in Civil Engineering Graduate Certificate Master of Science in Civil Engineering Technologies Advanced Certificate Master of Science in Environmental Master of Science in Learning Sciences and Master of Science in Systems Engineering Engineering Technologies Ph.D. in Systems Engineering Ph.D. in Learning Sciences and Technologies *Fall Semester admission only

4 Graduate Programs Return to Table of Contents Graduate Programs by Degree

WPI offers graduate study leading to the Master of Science (M.S.) Master of Engineering (M.E.) master of science, master of engineering, Degrees Degrees master of mathematics for educators, Available, on a full-time and part-time Available in the following programs: master of business administration, and the basis, in the following programs: doctor of philosophy degrees. • Biomedical Engineering • Aerospace Engineering • Civil Engineering The schedule of courses over a period of • Applied Mathematics – Environmental Engineering time generally allows a student taking • Applied Statistics three or four courses per semester to – Master Builder Program complete the course requirements for • Biochemistry* • Electrical and Computer Engineering most Master’s degree programs in about • Bioinformatics and Computational • Power Systems Engineering two years. Students taking two courses per Biology semester complete the course requirements • Biology/Biotechnology Master of Business for the master of science or engineering • Biomedical Engineering Administration (M.B.A.) Degree degrees in about three years, or the master • Biotechnology Building on WPI’s strengths as a of business administration degree in about • Chemical Engineering* technological university, the WPI MBA four years. provides STEM professionals with the • Chemistry* business skills to drive change and lead Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) • Civil Engineering within technology-based organizations. Degrees* • Computer Science The degree requirements are described Available in the following programs: – Specializing in Computer Security in this catalog and in a separate brochure • Aerospace Engineering • Construction Project Management available from the Foisie Business School • Biochemistry • Data Science at 508-831-4665, or at business.wpi.edu. • Bioinformatics and Computational • Electrical and Computer Engineering Master of Mathematics for Biology • Environmental Engineering ­Educators (MME) Degree • Biology and Biotechnology • Financial Mathematics WPI offers a Master in Mathematics • Biomedical Engineering • Fire Protection Engineering for Educators, a part-time program for • Business Administration • Industrial Mathematics ­teachers of mathematics at the middle • Chemical Engineering • Information Technology school, secondary, and community college • Chemistry levels. Students in this program may earn • Innovation with User Experience • Civil Engineering a content-based degree afternoons and • Interactive Media & Game evenings while still teaching full time. • Computer Science Development Taught by professors of mathematics at • Data Science • Interdisciplinary Studies WPI, the program is designed to permit • Electrical and Computer Engineering – Power Systems Management the teachers to learn from professors’ • Fire Protection Engineering – Systems Modeling research interests and includes an understanding of current developments • Interdisciplinary Studies • Learning Sciences and Technologies • Learning Sciences and Technologies in the field. Scholarship aid, which covers • Management approximately 40% of the cost of tuition, • Manufacturing Engineering • Marketing and Innovation is available to qualified participants. • Materials Science and Engineering • Manufacturing Engineering The MME degree may be used to satisfy • Mathematical Sciences • Materials Process Engineering the Massachusetts Professional License • Mechanical Engineering • Materials Science and Engineering requirements, provided the person holds an Initial License. • Physics • Mechanical Engineering • Robotics Engineering • Operations Analytics and Management Master of Science in • Social Science and Policy Studies • Physics Mathematics for Educators • Systems Engineering • Robotics Engineering (MMED) Program *available only on a full-time basis • Supply Chain Management Designed especially for middle school, • System Dynamics high school and community college • System Dynamics and Innovation educators, the Master of Science in Management Mathematics for Educators is a part- time, afternoon and evening program • Systems Engineering of study that puts emphasis on math *available only on a full-time basis

Graduate Programs by Degree 5 Return to Table of Contents content courses while also incorporating The specific course and MQP Program Requirements core assessment and evaluation theory requirements for a B.S./M.S. program Only registered WPI undergraduates may coursework and a culminating project are determined individually, so students apply for admission to the combined B.S./ designed by the participant. Participants should consult with their own advisor M.S. programs. Students are considered are additionally able to keep up-to-date as well as the graduate coordinator in undergraduates, no matter what courses on the latest research by working with the department in which they plan to they have completed, until they have met professors in the field. The MMED pursue their M.S. degree early in their all of the requirements for the Bachelor’s may satisfy Massachusetts requirements Junior year. This consultation, or series of degree. In order to receive the B.S. and to move from an Initial License to a consultations, should produce a slate of the M.S., all of the requirements for both Professional License. approved undergraduate courses that will degrees must be completed. be used for graduate credit. Sometimes In most departments a student may take Master of Science in Physics for the instructors of these courses will ask up to four years of uninterrupted study Educators (MPED) Program B.S./M.S. students to complete additional to complete the Master’s portion of the Designed especially for middle school, work, or will otherwise hold them to B.S./M.S. program. There are exceptions, high school and community college higher standards of achievement. Note: however, so students are advised to discuss educators, the Master of Science in Physics no undergraduate credit may be counted their timetable with the appropriate for Educators is a part-time, afternoon toward a graduate business degree. advisor or graduate coordinator. Students and evening program of study that puts A student’s advisor and graduate who stop registering for classes for an emphasis on physics content courses coordinator will also determine what extended length of time may be asked while also incorporating core assessment role the MQP will play in the B.S./M.S. to petition the Committee for Graduate and evaluation theory coursework and program. Sometimes the MQP provides Studies and Research (CGSR) to continue a culminating project designed by the a foundation for a thesis. In cases where their program. participant. Participants are additionally the B.S. and M.S. are not awarded in the able to keep up-to-date on the latest same field, the MQP usually relates to the Credit Equivalence and Distribution research by working with professors graduate program’s discipline. No more than 40% of the credit hours in the field. The MPED may satisfy required for the Master’s degree, and Once the specific course and MQP Massachusetts requirements to move from which otherwise meet the requirements requirements have been established, an Initial License to a Professional License. for each degree, may be used to satisfy the students complete a Course Selection requirements for both degrees. In some Combined Bachelor/Master’s Form which is submitted to the relevant departments, students may not double- Program department(s) for approval. This written count more than 30% of their graduate agreement constitutes the set of condi- Introduction credits. Consult the department entries in tions that must be met for a student to WPI undergraduates can begin work the graduate catalog for the requirements complete the B.S./M.S. program. They are on a graduate degree by enrolling in a of your program. combined Bachelor’s/Master’s program. a plan for completing the requirements for This accelerated course of study allows both degrees and they will not supersede Double-counted courses are recorded on students to obtain an M.S. degree after or otherwise obviate departmental and the transcript using the credit hours/units only five years of full-time work (i.e., university-wide requirements for either and grades appropriate at the graduate or typically one year after completion of degree. The completed, signed form must undergraduate levels. For students in the the B.S.). Students often obtain the be submitted to the Registrar before the combined B.S./M.S. program, approved­ B.S. and M.S. in the same field or student may matriculate in the combined undergraduate courses are assigned department, but with careful planning program. graduate credit with a conversion rate of some students complete the combined 1/3 WPI undergraduate unit = 2 gradu- How to Apply B.S./M.S. program in two different fields. ate credit hours, while graduate courses Students almost always apply for admission Students are encouraged to review the applied toward the undergraduate degree various options available for pursuing the to the B.S./M.S. program in their Junior are awarded undergraduate units with a combined B.S./M.S. program within a year, typically after they have established conversion rate of 1 graduate credit hour = specific department or program by visiting their curriculum and other program 1/6 undergraduate unit. the relevant section within the Graduate requirements and completed the Course Selection Form with their faculty advisors. Interdisciplinary Master’s and Catalog. (Throughout this section, “M.S.” Doctoral Programs will be used to refer to all Master’s-level Applications are submitted to the Office degrees; most students who complete the of Graduate Admissions and are processed WPI encourages interdisciplinary combined program obtain the M.S.). with all other graduate applications. research. Students interested in such Once a decision has been reached, the options should do so with the assistance Planning Your Program Office of Graduate Admissions will notify of WPI faculty, as these programs require Because B.S./M.S. students use some ap- the student, usually within six weeks of internal sponsorship (see Interdisciplinary proved courses to satisfy the requirements receiving the application. Programs pages 4 and 110). of both degrees simultaneously, it is crucial for them to plan their curriculum early in their undergraduate career.

6 Graduate Programs by Degree Return to Table of Contents Graduate and Advanced Graduate Certificates

Keeping pace with technological Please refer to page 4 for the programs that 3) No more than one-third of course advancement today is a never-ending offer Advanced Certificates. credit applied to a Graduate Certificate task. WPI’s innovative graduate certificate Additional specializations may be or advanced Graduate Certificate programs help technical and business developed in consultation with an or graduate degree can be earned by professionals keep up to date with academic advisor. transfer credit. advances in technologies and business A Graduate or Advanced Certificate will practices without a commitment to a Application Process not be awarded without admission into a graduate degree program. WPI offers Application to the GC and AC requires certificate program. two certificate programs: the Graduate submission of an official application form, Certificate (GC) and the Advanced official transcripts of all college-level work, Registration Procedures Certificate (AC). and a $70 application fee (waived for GC and AC students register at the same time as other WPI graduate students, Graduate Certificate Program WPI alumni) to the Office of Graduate Admissions. Individual departments follow the same registration procedures, The Graduate Certificate (GC) provides may require additional information. and participate in the same classes. opportunities for students holding International students may apply to Tuition and Fees undergraduate degrees to continue their certificate programs. However, for WPI study in an advanced area. A bachelor’s to issue the I-20 form for a student visa, Tuition and fees for GC and AC students degree is the general prerequisite; however, international students must be registered are the same as for all other WPI graduate some departments also look for related for a minimum of nine credits on campus students. background when making admission during their first semester and must Plan of Study decisions. GC students are required to complete their program within one year. complete four to six courses totaling Students apply online at http://grad.wpi. Following admission, certificate students 12 to 18 credit hours in their area of edu/+apply. will be assigned an academic advisor. interest. GC courses can be applied to Within the first three months of a WPI graduate degree if the student Admission and Matriculation admission, certificate students are required is subsequently admitted to a degree Admission to a certificate program is to obtain approval for their Plan of Study program in the same discipline. granted by the faculty of the sponsoring from their faculty advisor. The student, Please refer to pages 4 for the programs department through the Graduate Admis- the academic advisor and the department that offer Graduate Certificates. sions Office. A student accepted into a will maintain copies of the Plan of Study. Additional programs may be developed in master’s or doctoral program may apply Students may initiate written requests consultation with an academic adviser. to a certificate program only after the to the advisor to modify the program. For the most current listings go to graduate committee of the degree (M.S. or The student, the academic advisor and https://www.wpi.edu/academics/study Ph.D.) granting program or department the department must retain copies of any approves, and as long as all of the follow- approved program modification(s). Advanced Certificate Program ing conditions are met: Academic Policies The Advanced Certificate (AC) 1) Admitted master’s or doctoral program provides master’s degree holders with an students may be awarded one certificate Academic policies regarding acceptable opportunity to continue their studies in for which course credits are used grade point averages for certificate students advanced topics in the discipline in which to satisfy requirements for both the follow the same guidelines as those they hold their graduate degrees or that is graduate degree (M.S. or Ph.D.) and established for degree-seeking graduate closely related to their graduate fields. The the Graduate Certificate or advanced students with the following exception: If AC includes four to six courses totaling 12 graduate certificate. a GC or AC student’s grade point average falls below 2.5 after completing nine to 18 credits, none of which were included 2) Graduate course credits used to satisfy in the student’s prior master’s program or credits, he/she will be withdrawn from the the graduate certificate or advanced program unless the academic department in any other certificate program. graduate certificate and graduate intervenes. Each participating department identifies degree (M.S. or Ph.D.) requirements one or more guideline programs; however, cannot also be counted toward a each student’s program of study may be third credential, such as a Graduate customized with the academic advisor’s Certificate, Advanced Graduate approval to satisfy the student’s unique Certificate, graduate or undergraduate interests. degree.

Graduate and Advanced­ Graduate Certificates 7 Return to Table of Contents Program Completion Earning a Second Certificate Satisfactory completion of a GC or A student admitted into a certificate AC requires a cumulative grade point ­program who wishes to work toward a average of 3.00 or better (A = 4.0) with second certificate program must apply individual course grades of C or better. to that second certificate program for Upon satisfactory completion of the admission. The application fee will be program, students will receive a certificate waived for the second application. Courses of Graduate Study or a Certificate of counted toward one certificate may not Advanced Graduate Study in the chosen count toward any other certificate. discipline. Students are responsible for submitting the signed, completed Plan of Study to the Registrar’s Office to receive the certificate. Transferring from a Certificate Program to a Graduate Degree Program Admission to a certificate program is not equivalent to admission to a degree program. However, many certificate students eventually choose to pursue a WPI degree program. Students enrolled in a certificate program who would like to pursue a master’s or doctorate must meet the application and admission requirements for the specific degree program as described in the Graduate Catalog. All GC and AC course credits will apply to a WPI graduate degree provided that the student is admitted to a graduate degree program and the courses are acceptable to that degree program.

8 Graduate and Advanced­ Graduate Certificates Return to Table of Contents Corporate and Professional Education

WPI Corporate and Professional Corporate Graduate WPI Programs Available Education (CPE) brings expert, integrated, and practical instruction into leading Programs through CPE organizations throughout the Northeast For decades WPI has collaborated with Corporate and Professional Education and beyond. WPI CPE helps businesses businesses to develop meaningful extends WPI’s campus and highly maximize the value of their investment employee education that makes sense for technical education to interested in their employees through education their workforce. We offer a completely companies by facilitating onsite delivery of designed to target unique business and customizable experience, including on-site a number of WPI graduate programs. industry needs. and online instruction options. The CPE office works closely with clients Through collaboration with CPE, our Our experienced staff develops and to design and deliver educational solutions partners experience a wealth of benefits: delivers programs designed to meet a to their workforces. Students in these • Employees who are educated to solve specific company’s needs: programs earn the same degrees as their immediate and strategic problems • Single courses, graduate & on-campus counterparts. specific to their company’s highest needs undergraduate certificate programs, and Businesses currently benefit from the • Increased employee retention due to a full graduate degree programs following WPI programs, and others, at demonstrated commitment to employee • A variety of disciplines: science, their locations: development engineering, technology, and • Biotechnology: Master of Science • Greater collaboration across company management • Data Science: Master of Science departments • Interdisciplinary tracks covering • Electrical & Computer Engineering: • An effective recruiting tool for attracting multiple topics Master of Science new talent in a competitive market • Instruction from both technical and • Mechanical Engineering: Master of Whatever the needs of an organization, managerial perspectives Science WPI CPE has the solution: from focused, Whether delivered on-site or online, single-topic programs to those integrating • Power Systems: Master of Science & WPI’s corporate programs are held to the Master of Engineering (MEng) multiple disciplines. We tailor and deliver university’s high standards: • Systems Engineering: Master of Science first-class education to our partners, giving • Plans of study comply with applicable them a competitive edge in their unique state and federal education-board • Master of Business Administration market. requirements (MBA) • Concepts and materials are consistent Other select on-campus programs from with on-campus courses, and WPI are available for onsite corporate customized to each company delivery. • All faculty are appointed by WPI Contact and Information: academic department heads For more information, please contact WPI • All faculty members are experts in Corporate and Professional Education their fields, and many are working on online, by phone, or by email: cutting-edge research in their disciplines [email protected] +1-508-831-5517 https://www.wpi.edu/employers-partners/ corporate-education

Corporate and Professional Education 9 Return to Table of Contents WPI Online

WPI Online programs are designed Programs of Study with the working professional in mind. The following graduate-level programs are offered online. Please note that the entire No matter your location or schedule, degree can be completed online but not every course in the program may be available an advanced degree from WPI is within online. reach. For more than thirty years, we have Area of Study Certificate Master delivered superior distance education to Biotechnology Master graduate students around the world. It Biomedical Engineering Master is our mission to make sure each student feels connected, supported, and successful. Construction Project Management Certificate Master Our online students receive the same Cyber Security Certificate world-class instruction as our on-campus Data Science Certificate Master students, delivered by expert WPI faculty. Support services tailored to the needs of Electrical and Computer Engineering Certificate Master working professionals are also available, in Environmental Engineering Master addition to the resources offered to every WPI student. Fire Protection Engineering Certificate Master Mechanical Engineering Master Quality Graduate Education Our convenient online courses are open to Mechanical Engineering for Technical Leaders Certificate both on-campus and distance learners. Power Systems Engineering Certificate All courses and degrees delivered online Power Systems Engineering (MEng) Master contain the same content and material one Power Systems Management Certificate Master would receive in a traditional classroom. In addition, online students have the benefit Robotics Engineering Master of 24/7 access to their courses. System Dynamics Certificate Master Please note: online students are held to the Systems Engineering Certificate Master same high standard as all WPI students. They are expected to keep pace with Systems Thinking Certificate course content and engage actively in all of *New programs become available online throughout the academic year. their courses, adding value to the collab- Please visit www.wpi.edu/+online for the most current online program offerings. orative learning environment. This level of participation requires regular Student Services Contact and Information: access to high-speed Internet via a personal computer. Online students have unique questions, WPI Online provides online graduate concerns, and needs. With WPI Online, students with personalized assistance and you’re never alone. You will benefit from acts as their liaison to all other university the services our on-campus students offices. Students can reach WPI Online via receive, and then some, including: the website, by phone, and by email: • Online orientation WPI Online • Virtual library access [email protected] • Software & mobile support +1-508-831-5517 • Career counseling & placement www.wpi.edu/+online • Tuition & financial aid help Plus, a dedicated team provides our online WPI is registered in many states including students with individualized support the Minnesota Office of Higher Education every step of the way, from application to pursuant to Minnesota Statutes sections graduation. 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions

10 WPI Online Return to Table of Contents Admission Information

Applying to WPI • Proof of English language proficiency remains incomplete for one year, WPI must be submitted by all applicants for reserves the right to cancel it and destroy Prospective graduate students submit their whom English is not their first language. all associated documents and credentials. applications for all WPI graduate programs Applicants must submit an official score online at www.grad.wpi.edu/+apply. All applications, letters of recommenda­ report from either the TOEFL (Test tion, and all support material become Each department requires different of English as a Foreign Language) or the property of WPI once they have credentials for admission. A table of each IELTS (International English Language been received by the Office of Graduate department’s requirements can be found Testing Service). WPI does not accept Admissions. on page 13. paper copies of these scores; only official scores sent electronically from the A completed undergraduate degree is a Three-Year Bologna-Process testing service will be accepted. The pre-requisite for beginning all graduate Degrees minimum scores for admission are: degree programs at WPI. All graduate WPI welcomes applications from students TOEFL: 84 (internet-based test) students are expected to have completed who have three-year Bologna-compliant their undergraduate degree at the time of IELTS: 7.0 overall band score with no undergraduate degrees from European matriculation. sub-score lower than 6.5 universities. Applicants who hold these These are the minimum scores for admis- credentials will be evaluated for admission WPI admission requirements include the sion to WPI. Some departments have higher on a case-by-case basis. following: minimums. Students being considered for • A completed Application for Admission a Teaching Assistant position will have a Priority Dates to Graduate Study. higher required minimum TOEFL. Please Students who want to apply for fall • A non-refundable $70 application see the section on Financial Information/ admission should submit their applications fee (waived for WPI alumni and Teaching Assistantships for more details. by the preceding January 1st and complete matriculating WPI students). Applicants who have completed two years the dossier as soon as possible after that • College transcripts in English and the of full-time study at a college or university date. original language from all accredited in the U.S., the U.K., Ireland, Australia, Students who are seeking admission to degree-granting institutions attended. New Zealand, or the Anglophone regions the spring semester should submit their Admitted students must provide official of Africa, Canada, or the Caribbean, applications by the preceding October transcripts with an indication that the within five years of matriculating at WPI 1st and complete the dossier as soon as bachelor’s degree has been awarded are not required to submit TOEFL or possible after that date. before they matriculate. IELTS scores. • Three letters of recommendation from Some departments have strict deadlines; individuals who can comment on the WPI’s institutional code for the TOEFL is others admit students year-round. applicant’s qualifications for pursuing 3969. Scores are valid for two years from Consult the WPI website for more details. the test date. For more information, or to graduate study in the chosen field. Funding is disbursed by the admissions take the TOEFL, go to: www.toefl.org. For Applicants are required to invite their committees in each of the academic more information on the IELTS, or to take recommenders to submit letters through departments. These decisions are made the exam, go to: www.ielts.org. the online application only. in tandem with the admissions decision, • Several programs require a statement • Some programs require the GRE so there is no separate application for of purpose (see page 13). This is a brief (Graduate Record Examination). assistantships or fellowships. essay discussing background, interests, Consult the table on page 13 for Prospective students must indicate that academic intent, and the reasons the program requirements. There is no WPI they want to be considered for fund- applicant feels s/he would benefit from minimum GRE score for admission. ing when they apply for admission. The the program. The statement of purpose WPI’s institutional code for the GRE is application should be complete on or must be submitted electronically with 3969. Scores are valid for five years from before January 1st to ensure consideration. the online application. the test date. For more information, or Applications that are completed during to take the GRE go to: www.ets.org/gre. • The School of Business requires all the two weeks following January 1st will applicants to submit a resume and video The Office of Graduate Admissions will also receive the earliest consideration for essay electronically with the online retain incomplete applications and their funding. application. associated credentials for one year after the With each passing month the availability application was started. If the application of funds decreases, so applications should be completed, if possible, before the end of January.

Admission Information 11 Return to Table of Contents Admission Under some circumstances a student Confirmation of Admission not yet admitted to a program may earn Each department, program, or sponsoring Admission to a WPI graduate program graduate credit towards the requirements is officially granted via a letter from the group is responsible for making for a graduate degree. But such students admissions decisions. Their decisions are Office of Graduate Admissions. No other must keep in mind that permission to communication from the university communicated by the Office of Graduate register does not constitute admission to a Admissions. In general, offers of admission (e.g., email from a department) confers degree or certificate program, nor does it admission on an applicant. are good for one year. guarantee admission. It is also important Sometimes a department will recommend to bear in mind that the number credits The official admission letter asks students admission to a degree program that differs that can be applied to the degree is to respond to their offer online on the from the program specified in the student’s limited. Students are thus encouraged to Graduate Admission Response Form. application. Most typically, a department apply for admission to a program at the Communication with the department will admit a Ph.D. applicant to a Master’s earliest possible date. or program directly does not officially confirm the intention to attend, and program. Students in such a position Applicants who would like to be con­ should contact the graduate coordinator may not initiate the necessary steps for sidered for more than one degree program enrollment. in their program to find out what criteria must complete and submit a separate they will have to meet to gain admission to application form for each program. A non-refundable deposit of $500, which the Ph.D. program in the future. will be credited to tuition and fees, is A current WPI graduate student who M.S. to Ph.D. required of students in the graduate would like to complete a second graduate In some programs, an M.S. student who science and engineering programs who degree in another department must apply wants to continue to a Ph.D. in the plan to attend. for admission to the second program. In same program can be admitted to the A non-refundable deposit of $1,500, general, standard application procedures Ph.D. program without completing a which will be credited to tuition and fees, are followed, but a copy of the first new application. Instead the graduate is required of students in the business application and its supporting materials coordinator or program chair will write a school programs who plan to attend. can sometimes be used as the basis for the letter to the Dean of Graduate Studies to second. No application fee is required. the effect that the student will have met Deferred Enrollment Students who wish to change from one the qualifications for admission to the An admitted student who wishes to degree program to another must complete Ph.D. once the M.S. has been completed. defer enrollment must make a request a second graduate application. The letter will be copied to the Office of in writing to the Office of Graduate Graduate Admissions, the Registrar, and Admissions. Students typically receive a the graduate studies committee in the one-time deferral of up to twelve months. program. Funded students generally can not defer their funding. WPI requires a $500 non- refundable deposit for all graduate science and engineering student deferrals. A $1,500 non-refundable deposit is required for all business school student deferrals. This deposit will be credited to the student’s tuition upon arrival.

12 Admission Information Return to Table of Contents Application Requirements

Graduate Certificates Master’s and Doctoral Degrees Applicants to all graduate certificate programs must submit the following Applicants to all graduate degree programs must submit the following credentials for the application to be complete. credentials for the application to be complete. 1. Online application form 1. Online application form 2. Transcripts from all colleges or universities attended, and official proof 2. Transcripts from all colleges or universities attended, and official proof of a completed Bachelor’s degree before matriculating. of a completed Bachelor’s degree before matriculating. 3. Proof of English proficiency (for non-native English speakers) 3. Three letters of recommendation, submitted online 4. $70 application fee 4. Proof of English proficiency (for non-native English speakers) Individual departments may require additional information. 5. Exams and essays as noted below 6. $70 application fee Department/Program GRE Statement of Purpose Aerospace Engineering Not required Not required Bioinformatics and Computational Biology Required for all applicants; Required for all applicants Waived for WPI students and alumni Biology and Biotechnology Required for all applicants Required for all applicants Fall semester admission only Biomedical Engineering Required for all applicants; Required for all applicants Fall semester admission only Waived for WPI students and alumni Business GRE or GMAT required for all applicants; Required for all applicants; see page 53 for waiver information a resume is also required Chemical Engineering Required for all international applicants; Not required Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Chemistry and Biochemistry Required for all applicants; Required for all applicants Waived for WPI students and alumni Civil and Environmental Engineering Required for all international applicants; Required for Ph.D. applicants Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Computer Science Required for all applicants; Required for all applicants Waived for WPI students and alumni Data Science GRE or GMAT required for international applicants; Required for all applicants Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Electrical and Computer Engineering Required for international and Ph.D. applicants; Required for Ph.D. applicants Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Fire Protection Engineering Required for international and Ph.D. applicants; Required for all applicants Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Interactive Media & Game Development Recommended for all applicants Required for all applicants; a portfolio may be submitted in addition (this is optional) Interdisciplinary See page 110 of the Graduate Catalog See page 110 of the Graduate Catalog Learning Sciences and Technologies Strongly recommended for all applicants Required for all applicants; a brief sample of scholarly writing is also required Manufacturing Engineering Required for all international applicants; Not required Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Materials Process Engineering Required for all international applicants; Not required Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Materials Science Engineering Required for all international applicants; Not required Recommended for all others; Waived for WPI students and alumni Mathematical Sciences Recommended for all applicants; For Ph.D. and TA, Not required GRE Mathematics Subject Test is required Mechanical Engineering Recommended for all applicants Required for all applicants Physics Recommended for all applicants; For Ph.D. applicants Required for all applicants GRE Physics Subject Test is required Robotics Engineering Required for all applicants; Required for all applicants Waived for WPI students and alumni Social Science and Policy Studies Required for all applicants Required for all applicants STEM for Educators Not required Required for all applicants Systems Engineering Not required Required for all applicants Application Requirements 13 Return to Table of Contents Financial Assistance

Financial assistance from WPI to support Research Assistants are typically for 9 or 12 Student Loans graduate students is available in the form months, and must include a stipend that of teaching assistantships, research meets the minimum levels required for Information on financial assistance in assistantships, other graduate that type of student, and full tuition of at the form of loans is available through the assistantships, fellowships, and internships, least 9 credits per semester. The expected WPI Office of Student Aid & Financial and loans. When graduate students are responsibilities of Research Assistants are Literacy. Students who are U.S. citizens, awarded teaching or research assistantships to support research activities as defined by U.S. nationals, U.S. permanent residents, or fellowships that are processed through the supporting faculty member. or fit into other eligible noncitizen cat- egories set forth by the U.S. Department WPI, the student will receive official It is possible to combine multiple sources notification pertaining to the type and of Education may be eligible for federal of support. For example, a student may Direct Loans, namely the Unsubsidized level of financial assistance from the be a Teaching Assistant for the 9 month Graduate Studies Office. Loan and/or the Graduate PLUS Loan. To academic year and a Research Assistant for qualify, students must be admitted uncon- Fellowships are defined as full financial the 3 summer months. ditionally into a graduate degree-granting support for 12 months. They include a For TAs and RAs that have already com- program, must be enrolled on an at least stipend and full tuition of at least 9 credits pleted the number of credits required for a half-time basis, defined as at least four per semester during the academic year. In their pending graduate degree, they may credits in a given semester, file a FAFSA, summer, there is typically no tuition of- be offered less than 9 credits of tuition, as meet all other federal student aid require- fered but the fellowship recipient main- long as the amount is commensurate with ments, and must be making satisfactory tains the same stipend. Fellowships carry their maintaining full-time student status. academic progress. Satisfactory academic the specific expectations as defined in the progress for Direct Loan borrowing is notice of award, and are used to support Graduate Assistants are students that are evaluated on an annual basis at the end of the student to focus on research in their not otherwise supported as full-time the spring semester. Conditionally admit- area of study. Research or Teaching Assistants or Fellows. ted students are not eligible for federal There is no implied long-term Direct Loans. Teaching Assistants are almost always commitment. These students typically for a full academic year of 9 months (fall receive hourly or fixed stipends and/or Private student loans are also available to and spring, or for students who begin in partial tuition support for a specific students enrolled in graduate programs, January, they would be for spring and at activity defined by a sponsor. The expected certificate programs or to students who are least the following fall), and include both a responsibilities of Graduate Assistants are not enrolled on an at least half-time basis. stipend that meets the minimum level, and typically to support research activities as A non-citizen or international student may full tuition of at least 9 credits per semes- defined by the sponsor. This classification qualify for private loans with a credit- ter. The expected responsibilities of Teach- is intended to provide a means for worthy U.S. citizen or U.S. permanent ing Assistants are to support courses as providing support to graduate students resident as a cosigner. defined by the supporting department or who would otherwise not receive program. Exceptions are made under spe- For more information on loan programs, assistantships, typically self-funded contact the WPI Office of Student Aid cial circumstances and must be approved Master’s students. by the Dean of Graduate Studies. Some & Financial Literacy at +1-508-831- approved exceptions would include: 1) the 5469, and review https://www.wpi.edu/ student is graduating midway through the admissions/tuition-aid/applying-for-aid/ year, 2) the support is split between RA graduate-students and TA for different semesters.

14 Financial Assistance Return to Table of Contents Grading System and Academic Standards

Grading System If a student earns a grade lower than C in matriculate to another degree program. At In order to assess progress throughout three or more courses, or if the cumulative the department’s discretion, the student the graduate program, grades are assigned overall GPA falls at or below 2.5 after may be allowed to take a lesser credential to the student’s performance in course, attempting a minimum of 8 credits, the (e.g. a PhD student may be allowed to take project and thesis work, except in doctoral student is academically dismissed. a master’s degree, or a master’s student may dissertation, which will be judged as Academic Warning: Students have one be allowed to take a graduate certificate) if ACCEPTED or REJECTED. Academic semester of course work to raise their not already conferred. In this case, if achievement in all other work is based on cumulative overall GPA. Students who do necessary, the student will be allowed to the following grading system: not improve their GPA upon the next complete that credential before leaving WPI. A Excellent review will move down to the next level of A student is expected to expend at least 56 B Good standing. Students who do not have a hours of total effort (including classroom C Pass cumulative overall GPA of at least 3.0 will time) for each graduate credit. This means remain in Academic Warning. that a student in a 3-graduate credit D Unacceptable for graduate credit Academic Probation: Students have one 14-week course is expected to expend at F Fail least 12 hours of total effort per week. AU Audit semester of course work to raise their cumulative overall GPA. Students who A student in a 2-graduate credit 7-week NC No credit (only for thesis work); will improve their GPA but still remain below course is expected to expend at least 16 not be recorded on transcript 3.0 will be moved up to Academic hours of total effort per week. P Pass; unacceptable for graduate credit Warning. Students who do not improve Grade Point Average (GPA) I Incomplete; transition grade only; their GPA upon the next review will move Grades are assigned the following grade becomes grade of F if not changed by down to the next level of standing. instructor within 12 months points: Academic Dismissal: Students are A = 4.0, B = 3.0, C = 2.0, D = 1.0 and F = W Withdrawal academically withdrawn from the 0.0. The grade point average is calculated SP Satisfactory progress; continuing University. Students may appeal dismissal as the sum of the products of the grade registration in thesis/dissertation/ by submitting a petition to the University points and credit hours for each registered directed research Registrar. activity (including courses, independent CR Credit for work at another institution Academic standing appeal procedure: studies, directed research, thesis research UP Unsatisfactory progress; this grade Student petitions will be reviewed by the and dissertation research) in the average, remains on the file transcript Committee on Graduate Studies and divided by the total number of credit AT Attended Research. A representative from the hours for all registered activities in the average. If a student takes the same course Academic Standards student’s home department will be present during the appeal process. This petition more than once, the course enters the GPA To be considered in good academic must be submitted with any supporting only once, the most recent grade received standing, graduate students must maintain documentation no later than the date for the course being used in the average. a cumulative overall GPA of 3.0. specified in the dismissal letter, typically Cumulative overall GPA includes all work A student’s overall GPA is calculated on two weeks after semester end. taken since matriculation, and any the basis of all registered activities taken coursework taken before matriculation as a Failure to complete degree milestones as while enrolled as a graduate student graduate student, provided it has not specified by department/program: If a at WPI. WPI graduate courses taken already been counted towards another student is in otherwise good standing but before a student had status as a degree- degree (exception: courses used for another fails to meet specified degree milestones, seeking graduate student are included in WPI degree that are specifically authorized they may be dismissed from the program the over-all GPA. A student’s program by the appropriate graduate committee to by the department graduate committee GPA is calculated on the basis of those be double-counted will be included in the (see individual programs for specifics). WPI courses listed by the student on the new degree’s GPA once processed by the Should this happen, the Dean of Graduate student’s Application for Graduation form. Registrar). Transfer credit approved from Studies and the Registrar will be notified, The transcript will report the overall GPA. other schools is not counted in the GPA. and the student will be academically Courses transferred from elsewhere for Students are reviewed at the conclusion of dismissed from WPI. The student may graduate credit (for which a grade of CR each semester they are enrolled. Students formally apply to another degree program, is recorded on the WPI transcript), and who fall below the minimum standard of but they may not attend WPI unless they courses taken to satisfy undergraduate 3.0 cumulative overall GPA will be placed degree requirements or to remove in Academic Warning. deficiencies in undergraduate preparation, are not included in either GPA. Registered

Grading System and Academic Standards 15 Return to Table of Contents activities in which the student receives of the semester. WPI presumes that the The Grade Appeal Procedure strives to grades of AU, NC, P, I, W, SP or UP are judgement of the instructor of record is resolve a disagreement between student not included in either GPA. authoritative and the final grades assigned and instructor concerning the assignment Only registered activities in which a grade are correct. of a grade in a collegial manner. The intent of A, B, C or CR was obtained may be A grade appeal shall be confined to charges is to provide a mechanism for the informal used to satisfy courses or credit require- of unfair action toward an individual discussion of differences of opinion and ments for a graduate degree. student and may not involve a challenge for the formal adjudication by faculty only of an instructor’s grading standard. A when necessary. In all instances, students Grade Appeal and Grade student has a right to expect thoughtful who believe that an appropriate grade has Change Policy and clearly defined approaches to course not been assigned must first seek to resolve the matter informally with the instructor The Student Grade Appeal Procedure and research project grading, but it must of record. If the matter cannot be resolved affirms the general principle that grades be recognized that varied standards and informally, the student must present his should be considered final. The principle individual approaches to grading are or her case in a timely fashion in the that grades for courses, thesis credit and valid. The grade appeal considers whether procedure outlined below. Under normal dissertation credit should be considered a grade was determined in a fair and circumstances, the grade appeal process final does not excuse an instructor from appropriate manner; it does not attempt to must be started near the beginning of the the responsibility to explain his or her grade or re-grade individual assignments next regular academic semester after the grading standards to students, and to or projects. It is incumbent on the student disputed grade is received. assign grades in a fair and appropriate to substantiate the claim that his or her final grade represents unfair treatment, manner. The appeal procedure also Student Grade Appeal Procedure compared to the standard applied to other provides an instructor with the 1. A student who wishes to question a students. Only the final grade in a course opportunity to change a grade for a course grade must first discuss the matter with or project may be appealed. In the absence or project on his or her own initiative. The the instructor of record within one of compelling reasons, such as clerical appeal procedure recognizes that errors week after the start of the next regular error, prejudice, or capriciousness, the can be made, and that an instructor who academic semester (fall or spring) or grade assigned by the instructor of record decides it would be unfair to allow a final term (A, B, C or D) after receiving the is to be considered final. grade to stand due to error, prejudice grade. Late appeals will only be reviewed or arbitrariness may request a change of Only arbitrariness, prejudice, and/or error at the discretion of the Faculty Review grade for a course or project without the will be considered as legitimate grounds Committee (FRC). In most cases, the formation of an ad hoc committee. An for a grade change appeal. discussion between the student and the instructor may request a grade change Arbitrariness: The grade awarded instructor should suffice and the matter by submitting a course, thesis credit or will not need to be carried further. The dissertation credit grade change request in represents such a substantial departure from accepted academic norms as to student should be aware that the only writing to the Registrar at any time prior valid basis for grade appeal beyond this to a student’s graduation. demonstrate that the instructor did not actually exercise professional judgment. first step is to establish that an instructor The purpose of the Grade Appeal Policy assigned a grade that was arbitrary, is to provide the student with a safeguard Prejudice: The grade awarded was prejudiced or in error. against receiving an unfair final grade, motivated by ill will and is not indicative 2. If the student’s concerns remain while respecting the academic responsibil- of the student’s academic performance. unresolved after the discussion with ity of the instructor. Thus, this procedure Error: The instructor made a mistake in the instructor, the student may submit recognizes that: fact. a written request to meet with the • Every student has a right to receive appropriate Department Head or This grade appeal procedure applies only a grade assigned upon a fair and Program Coordinator within one when a student initiates a grade appeal and unprejudiced evaluation based on a week of speaking with the instructor. not when the instructor decides to change method that is neither arbitrary nor The appropriate Department Head or a grade on his or her own initiative. This capricious; and, Program Coordinator will meet with procedure does not cover instances where • Instructors have the right to assign a the student within one week and, if students have been assigned grades based grade based on any method that is he or she believes that the complaint on academic dishonesty or academic professionally acceptable, submitted in may have merit, with the instructor. misconduct. Academic dishonesty or writing to all students, and applied After consultation with the appropriate misconduct are addressed in WPI’s equally. Department Head or Program Academic Honesty Policy. Also excluded Coordinator, the instructor may choose Instructors have the responsibility to from this procedure are grade appeals to change the grade in question or leave provide careful evaluation and timely alleging discrimination, harassment or the grade unchanged. The Department assignment of appropriate grades. Course retaliation in violation of WPI’s Sexual Head or Program Coordinator will and project grading methods should be Harassment Policy, which shall be referred communicate the result of these explained to students at the beginning to the appropriate office at WPI as discussions to the student. required by law and by WPI policy.

16 Grading System and Academic Standards Return to Table of Contents 3. If the matter remains unresolved after 5. If the ad hoc committee concludes Project, Thesis, and the second step, the student should that the grade was assigned in a fair Dissertation Advising submit a written request within one and appropriate manner, the ad hoc A graduate project, thesis, and/or week to the Provost’s Office to request committee will report its conclusion dissertation must include a faculty advisor- an ad hoc committee for Appeal of a in writing to the student and the of-record at the time of initial registration. Grade. The Provost’s representative instructor. The decision of the ad hoc (the Dean of Graduate Studies, or committee is final and not subject to The only faculty members who may, by alternate) will meet with the student appeal. virtue of their appointment, automatically and will ask the Faculty Review 6. If the ad hoc committee determines be the formal advisors-of-record for Committee (FRC) to appoint the ad that compelling reasons exist for graduate projects or independent study hoc committee for Appeal of a Grade. changing the grade, it would request activities (ISGs, theses, dissertations, etc.) The Chair of the FRC will select the that the instructor make the change, are: members of the ad hoc committee providing the instructor with a written 1. tenure/tenure track faculty, and serve as its non-voting chair. explanation of its reasons. At this point, 2. professors of practice, or The ad hoc committee for appeal of the instructor may change the grade. 3. others who have at least a half-time, a course, thesis credit or dissertation If the instructor declines to change full-year faculty appointment, with credit grade will be composed of three the grade, he or she must provide a advising of independent work as part of faculty members. The first member written explanation for refusing. If the their contractual load. will be the Department Chair, Program ad hoc committee concludes that the Individuals holding other faculty Coordinator or Departmental Graduate instructor’s written explanation justifies appointments, such as part-time adjuncts Coordinator from the instructor’s the original grade, the ad hoc committee or non-instructional research professors, Department. If all three have a conflict will report this in writing to the student may co-advise and indeed are encouraged of interest, the Provost’s representative and instructor and the matter will to do so where appropriate. will serve on the ad hoc committee. be closed. If the ad hoc committee The remaining two members will be concludes that it would be unjust to Department heads wishing to authorize two FRC members with no conflicts allow the original grade to stand, the anyone with appointments other than of interest with either the student or ad hoc committee will then determine these three categories as an advisor of the instructor. Apparent conflicts of what grade is to be assigned. The new record for projects, theses, or independent interest would include the student’s grade may be higher than, the same as, studies must first obtain agreement from thesis or dissertation advisor, members or lower than the original grade. Having the Dean of Graduate Studies. (In their of the student’s graduate committee, made this determination, the three absence, please refer the request to the and faculty members with close research members of the committee will sign the Associate Provost for Academic Affairs.) collaboration or project advising grade change form and transmit it to the Plan of Study relationships with the instructor. The Registrar. The instructor and student Chair of the FRC requests a written will be advised of the new grade. Under After consultation with and approval by statement from the student and a no circumstances may persons other the advisor, each admitted student must written response from the instructor. than the original faculty member or the file a formal Plan of Study with the The ad hoc committee examines the ad hoc committee change a grade. The department within the first semester if written information and may gather written records of these proceedings full-time, and within the first year if additional information as it sees fit. will be filed in the student’s file in the part-time. Program changes are 4. Through its inquiries and deliberations, Registrar’s Office. implemented by advisor and student. the ad hoc committee is charged to Copies of the revised Plan of Study will be determine whether the grade was maintained in department files. assigned in a fair and appropriate manner or whether clear and convincing evidence of arbitrariness, prejudice, and/or error might justify changing the grade. The ad hoc committee will make its decisions by a majority vote.

Grading System and Academic Standards 17 Return to Table of Contents Enrollment and Registration

The basic requirement for enrollment in not require a thesis, all students must be Institutional Leave of Absence a given course is a bachelor’s degree from registered for all remaining credits in the Full-time students who wish to take an accredited institution in a relevant field final semester of study. a temporary leave from their degree of science or engineering. Although those Full-time degree-seeking graduate students programs and part-time students who with management backgrounds may enroll are expected to be continuously registered wish to take more than one contiguous in graduate management courses, no prior during their graduate school careers, semester off must complete the Leave of management study is required. Persons excluding the summer semester. Full-time Absence Form available on the Registrar who have been admitted to graduate degree seeking students who interrupt website and submit it to the Registrar’s study at WPI are given first priority in their studies and are not on an approved Office. Students should inform themselves course registration. Persons not holding a leave of absence will be marked ‘inactive’ about consequences to financial aid, visa bachelor’s degree, but who might qualify in any fall or spring semester in which status, housing, and other considerations through training or experience, may be there is no registration or credit activity. before taking an institutional leave of allowed to enroll on either a credit or audit Inactive status means that students do not absence. Any registrations in semesters or basis with permission of the instructor. have access to WPI buildings, services or terms that have begun before the certified Registration for graduate courses is on coursework. date of last attendance will receive a grade a space-available basis for nonadmitted of W and the student will be exempted students. In recognition of the competing from academic review. Any registrations responsibilities faced by part-time Graduate students are expected to enroll in semesters or terms that have not begun students, WPI allows one semester before the certified date of last attendance in graduate courses or thesis credit on the without credit activity to elapse before registration days designated in the WPI will be dropped. For official start dates active status is revoked. Part-time degree- of semesters and terms, see the Academic academic calendar. Registration on days seeking graduate students will be marked not designated will result in additional Calendar. For tuition refund information, inactive if one semester elapses with no see the “Tuition and Fees” section. fees. credit activity and the registration period Enrollment in a course or courses, and of the subsequent semester ends without Note: This applies to students taking satisfactory completion of those courses, registration or credit activity. a full leave from the University; for an individual course withdrawal, please refer does not constitute acceptance as a Inactive students will need to complete a candidate for any graduate degree nor to the Course Changes section for policy readmission form through the Registrar’s and refund information. does it indicate admission to any graduate Office. See “Readmission from Leave of program. For students seeking advanced Absence” section below. Readmission from Leave of Absence degrees, or graduate certificates, formal To return, a student must fill out the admission to a graduate program is Official Withdrawal Graduate Readmission Form available required. Students who wish to terminate their on the Registrar website and submit it International Students degree programs must complete the to the Registrar’s Office with all required Graduate Withdrawal Form available on signatures at least 30 days prior to the International students are required to the Registrar website and submit it to the enroll no later than the final day of start of the semester in which they plan to Registrar’s Office. Any registrations in return. the add/drop period. Students must semesters or terms that have begun before be enrolled by this time in order to be the certified date of last attendance will Military Leave of Absence registered in the SEVIS database and to receive a grade of W and the student will WPI graduate students who are called remain in legal immigration. Failure to be exempted from academic review. Any to active duty by the United States enroll in a timely manner could jeopardize registrations in semesters or terms that military shall receive a 100% refund for a student’s legal status and ability to have not begun before the certified date the uncompleted semester at the date of lawfully remain in the U.S. of last attendance will be dropped. For the notice. If such students have a loan Degree-Seeking Student official start dates of semesters and terms, obligation to WPI they will be granted Enrollment see the Academic Calendar. For tuition an in-school deferment status during refund information, see the “Tuition and the period of active duty service, not to Graduate students must be registered for Fees” section. exceed a total of three years. To initiate the semester in which degree requirements the process to be classified “on leave for are completed. For master of science Note: This applies to students officially military service,” a student must fill out programs requiring a thesis and all Ph.D. withdrawing from the University; for an a Leave of Absence form available on the programs, students must register for a individual course withdrawal, please refer Registrar website indicating that he/she is minimum of 1 semester credit hour. to the Course Changes section for policy requesting school deferment status while For master of science programs that do and refund information. being called to active duty. A copy of the

18 Enrollment and Registration Return to Table of Contents official call to active duty notice from the For-credit internship experiences are Non-degree Student Enrollment military must be included with this request only for matriculated students. Graduate Individuals with earned bachelor’s and be submitted to the Registrar’s Office. internships may not be applied to multiple degrees may wish to enroll in a single If the student has paid a tuition bill with degrees (i.e., BS/MS). Resources for gradu- course or a limited number of courses proceeds from either a subsidized or ate internships and job search tools are prior to applying for admission. Non- an unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan highlighted in the Career Development degree students may choose to be graded and has received a refund for either or Center subsection in the Graduate Cata- conventionally (A, B, C), or on a pass/fail both of the loans, the student shall be log. Enrollment in the graduate internship basis. Pass/Fail grading must be chosen at responsible for any overpayment of funds. experience must adhere to established add/ the time of registration, and courses taken It is therefore necessary for the student to drop deadlines. on the pass/fail basis are not transferable to contact the lender(s) upon withdrawal. For Masters Students: Students enrolled any master’s degree program. in a Master’s program may participate Non-admitted students may take a Graduate Internship Experience in the graduate internship experience maximum of four graduate courses and Graduate internship experiences are avail- after successfully completing their first receive letter grades in most departments. able across several programs of studies at 12 credits of graduate coursework at See department descriptions for specific WPI in order to enhance the professional WPI, provided they are in good academic information. Once these maximums are development of Masters and Doctoral stu- standing. With approval of the program reached, additional course registrations dents. The graduate internship is a short- designee, Master’s students participating will be changed to pass/fail and may not term and temporary work assignment in in a graduate internship should register for be used for degree credit. residence at a company or other external the graduate internship course designated organization that forms a complementary 5900. Note: Non-admitted students may not part of a student’s educational program. take more than 6 credits of graduate For PhD Students: Students enrolled in An internship will appear on the transcript business coursework prior to admission to a PhD program may participate in the with a minimum of 0 credits and a maxi- a graduate business program. graduate internship experience after suc- mum of 3 credits (as determined by the cessfully completing their first 12 credits The fact that a student has been allowed department/program). All students require of graduate coursework at WPI, provided to register for graduate courses (and earn the approval of their faculty advisor-of- they are in good academic standing. credit) does not guarantee that the student record to participate in an internship. With approval of the program designee, will be admitted to that department’s Furthermore, the student and their faculty PhD students participating in a graduate certificate or degree program at a later advisor-of-record will define concrete internship should register for the graduate date. Students are therefore encouraged performance metrics and objectives to be internship course designated 6900. to apply for admission to a degree or achieved during the internship prior to the certificate program prior to any course experience. Special Notes for International Students: registration. The graduate internship experience must An international graduate student on an align with the student’s plan of study and F-1 visa must maintain full-time status Non-degree Student Course be related to the specific graduate degree for the duration of their graduate pro- Registration program. Because the purpose of an gram. International students with F-1 visa Nondegree-seeking students register for internship is to provide a student with a status may apply for two types of practical courses in the same manner as all other new experience, graduate students already training: students. However, degree-seeking students have preference in registering for employed full-time or part-time may not 1. Curricular Practical Training courses with limited enrollments. Non- participate as interns at the same place of (CPT): CPT is used for graduate degree graduate students are considered employment without program approval. level internships while students active only in those semesters during Since the internship must be performed at are pursuing their degrees. CPT is which they have a current registration and an external site, WPI would not be consid- authorized by the university and the credit activity. They are marked as inactive ered an acceptable sponsor for a graduate requirement is that the internship in the semester following the conclusion of internship. Typically, Teaching Assistants is an integral part of an established their credit activity, including the summer may not be on internship during the same curriculum. Internships should be for semester, provided there is no new time period during the academic year as credit. registration. when they are serving as a TA, but may 2. Optional Practical Training (OPT): pursue an internship over the summer or OPT is typically used by students with departmental/program permission. for one year of employment after The graduate internship is not a require- completion of degree. It can also ment, but rather an option available to be used in part for summer jobs or all graduate students enrolled in graduate part-time employment during the programs that permit internships. Students academic year if employment is in the may pursue graduate internship experi- student’s field of study. OPT requires ences of up to 3 credits per degree (as approval by U.S. Customs and determined by the department/program). Immigration Services.

Enrollment and Registration 19 Return to Table of Contents Auditing Courses of Study shows completion of all degree or drops are allowed after the tenth day of Graduate students primarily interested requirements within a single two-year the term. For graduate students in 7-week in the content of a particular course may period, retains full-time status so long as courses who drop a course after the tenth register as auditors. Students are charged the student complies with that Plan of day, but before the end of the fifth week a 50% reduced tuition rate per semester Study. A student officially enrolled in a of the term, a W (Withdrawal) will be as- hour to audit a course. There is no credit graduate internship program has full-time signed. No tuition or fees will be refunded and no grade awarded for classes that are status during the internship period. If after the tenth day of the term. audited. Students cannot audit thesis and a student has completed the minimum For 14-week courses (undergraduate project work. number of credits required for a degree, and graduate), students can make course and is certified by the department or changes (add or drop) without penalty Audit registrants are encouraged to program to be working full-time toward participate in the courses, but typically do through the tenth day of the semester. A the degree, enrollment in 1 credit of $100 late fee will be charged for course not submit written work for evaluation. dissertation research for a student seeking Often professors will accept written work adds after the tenth day of the semester the doctorate establishes full time status. and instructor permission is required. No of audit registrants, but this is left to the For students seeking a master’s degree, discretion of the instructor. drops are allowed after the tenth day of 1 credit of thesis research establishes the the semester; for graduate students, course A student may change from credit to student’s full-time status with department withdrawals are permitted through the audit registration, but may not change certification. For the purposes of this rule, tenth week of the semester, and a grade from audit to regular credit registration. the semesters are fall and spring. of W (Withdrawal) will be assigned. No To change to audit registration for Transcripts tuition or fees will be refunded after the any graduate course, the student must tenth day of the semester. Consult the Transcripts may be requested, and there is complete an audit form (available in the University calendar for specific dates. Registrar’s Office) within the first three a fee associated with each transcript. For weeks of class. No tuition or fees will more information, please visit For 10-week courses (undergraduate be returned to students who change to www.wpi.edu/+registrar. and graduate), students can make course changes (add or drop) without penalty audit registration, i.e., the full tuition rate Course Changes applies. through the tenth day of the semester. A There is an add/drop period at the start of $100 late fee will be charged for course Definition of Full-Time and each term and the exact deadlines depend adds after the tenth day of the semester Part-Time Status on whether the course follows a 7-week and instructor permission is required. No schedule or a 14-week schedule. If a student is registered for 9 or more drops are allowed after the tenth day of credits, the student is deemed to be a For 7-week courses (undergraduate and the semester; for graduate students, course full-time student for that semester. If graduate), a student can add a course withdrawals are permitted through the a student needs fewer than 9 academic without a fee through the fifth day of seventh week of the semester, and a grade credits to complete degree requirements, classes. On the sixth through the tenth day of W (Withdrawal) will be assigned. No registration for the number of credits of classes, students can add courses (with tuition or fees will be refunded after the required for completion of the degree gives instructor approval) with a $100 late fee. tenth day of the semester. the student full-time status. A student Students can drop courses on days 1-10 of Note: If a degree-seeking student is dropping pursuing a master’s degree, whose Plan each term without incurring a late fee. For or withdrawing from all registered course undergraduates in 7-week courses, no adds activity, they must either take an institutional leave of absence or officially withdraw from the University.

20 Enrollment and Registration Return to Table of Contents Tuition and Fees

Tuition for all courses taken by graduate study, you will pay for nine credits of registration. Students remit payment students is based on a $1,513 fee per credit course work, but you may register for as online with a checking account (no hour for the 2018-2019 academic year. many as eighteen credits in each semester. fee) or via credit card (2.75% fee). For The Graduate Student Organization Fee is In other words, you can take up to nine international credit card or domestic $30.00 for full-time students and $15.00 credits beyond the nine-credit, full-time and international wire payments visit for part-time students each semester. See threshold in each semester of your first https://www.flywire.com/school/wpi. https://www.wpi.edu/offices/bursar/tuition year at no extra cost. For information on the eBill process or for current tuition and fee information. All eligible students are pre-coded to par- payment options, please visit www.wpi. edu/+bill. Tuition Adjustments for Leaves ticipate, so all you have to do is register for and Withdrawals the courses you want. If you believe you Late Fees are eligible but have been charged for extra Late fees of up to $250 will be assessed Tuition adjustments will follow the sched- courses, please contact the Bursar’s office. ule below, based on the certified last date on balances and accounting holds will be of attendance, for Institutional Leave of The following restrictions apply: placed on accounts. The first late fee is Absences and Official Withdrawals. Any • Students in the MBA program are not assessed after the initial due date for the registrations in semesters or terms that eligible bills, the second is typically assessed mid have not begun before the certified date of • Students are only eligible during their semester for outstanding balances. last attendance will be dropped. Weeks are first year of full-time Masters-level Monthly Payment Option counted from the official start date of the graduate study A monthly payment plan is available for semester. • Students are only eligible during their each semester. Payments will be divided first two consecutive semesters of Last Date of Tuition into equal monthly payments. There is an Masters-level study Attendance During: Adjustment % annual or semester enrollment fee for use. Week 1 100% • Funded students (TAs, RAs, etc) are not However, there are no additional charges eligible Week 2 100% or interest (late fees or returned payment If you have questions, please contact the fees may apply). For more information, Week 3 80% Office of Graduate Admissions at visit Tuition Management Systems (TMS) Week 4 60% [email protected]. at www.wpi.afford.com or contact the Bursar’s Office atwww.wpi.edu/+bill. Week 5 40% Audit Rate Week 6 20% A 50% reduced tuition rate per semester Health Insurance hour for the 2018-2019 academic year is All full-time graduate students must be Week 7 and after 0% available for those who wish to audit a covered by health and accident insurance course. Audit registration cannot be changed equivalent to that offered under the WPI Note: This applies to students taking a to credit once the semester has started. Student Health Insurance Plan. Students leave of absence or officially withdrawing must complete a waiver form online from the institution; for an individual Tuition Payments & Billing annually if they wish to not purchase the course withdrawal, please refer to the WPI sends electronic bill statements (eBill) WPI offered plan. Optional coverage for a Course Changes section for policy and to the WPI email address assigned to each spouse or dependent is available. refund information. student. Bills are sent in the fall and spring Please contact the Bursar’s Office semesters. It is important to view each new www.wpi.edu/+bill for further information. WPI Alumni Tuition Incentive eBill you receive as changes could have WPI alumni who completed a bachelor’s occurred in your account. Visit us any time at: degree at WPI within the last five years are www.wpi.edu/+registrar Tuition must be paid in full by the eligible for the tuition incentive program. specified due date on the electronic bill The program is designed to help students (eBill) statement. Students that register complete their Master’s degree program at within one week prior to the eBill due an accelerated rate. date are required to pay at the time of To participate, you have to be admitted and enrolled as a full-time student in one of WPI’s M.S. degree programs. In each semester of your first year of graduate

Tuition and Fees 21 Return to Table of Contents Degree Requirements

The following are WPI’s minimum require­­ The Registrar’s Office submits a 1/3-unit WPI undergraduate course taken ments for advanced degrees. The general candidates list to CGSR who make their for graduate credit is assigned 2 credit requirements for all advanced degrees must recommendations for the approval of hours of graduate credit. A graduate be satisfied to earn any advanced degree. advanced degrees to the faculty of the student registered for graduate credit in an The additional requirements for specific institute, which in turn recommends to undergraduate course may be assigned degrees must be satisfied in order to earn the president and trustees for their final additional work at the discretion of the the specified degree,regardless ­ of the approval the names of students who instructor. field in which the degree is earned. Please should be awarded advanced degrees. review department requirements for more General Requirements Requirements for the Master of Business for the Doctorate specific information. Administration and Master of Mathe­ The student must demonstrate to the General Requirements for matics for Educators appear under the descriptions of the awarding programs. faculty high academic attainment and the All Advanced Degrees ability to carry on original independent All degree requirements must be satisfied General Requirements for research. before the degree is awarded. Exceptions to the Master of Science and The student must complete a minimum of general and specific degree requirements or Master of Engineering 90 credit hours of graduate work beyond to other rules may be made, but only by The student must obtain a minimum of the bachelor’s degree, or a minimum of 60 the Committee on Graduate Studies and credit hours of graduate work beyond the Research (CGSR).1 Requests for exceptions 30 credit hours of acceptable course, thesis or project work. master’s degree, including in either case at are to be made by written petition to that least 30 credit hours of research. committee. If a thesis is required by the student’s The student must establish residency by At the time the degree is awarded, the program, it must include at least 6 credit hours of research directed toward being a full-time graduate student for at student must have been admitted to the least one continuous academic year. graduate program of the degree-granting the thesis, in a project resulting in the program. Administratively, a degree- completion of an M.S. thesis. The student must attain status as a granting program may be a department or A student completing a master’s degree doctoral candidate by satisfying specific a program. with a thesis option is required to make degree requirements in the student’s field. A minimum of two-thirds of the required a public presentation of the thesis. The student must prepare a doctoral graduate credit for an advanced degree Departments may, at their option, extend ­dissertation and defend it before a must be earned at WPI. the presentation­ to include a defense of the ­Dissertation Committee, at least two of thesis. whose members must be from the All degree and certificate programs require student’s program and at least one of a minimum program GPA of 3.0. The student must obtain a minimum of 21 credit hours of graduate level courses or whose members must be from outside the In applying for graduation, the student thesis (18 credit hours for students in the student’s program. After a successful must specify by year which graduate cata- Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Program), defense, determined by a majority vote in log contains the rules being satisfied. These including at least 15 credit hours of the affirmative by the Dissertation rules may be those in place on the date of graduate level courses or thesis in the Committee, the dissertation must be the student’s matriculation, those in place major field of the student. Other courses endorsed by those members of the on the date of the student’s application for (to make up the minimum total of 30 Dissertation Committee who voted to graduation, or those in place in a single credit hours) may include advanced approve it. The completed dissertation graduate catalog in effect between the undergraduate courses approved by the must follow in format the instructions dates of matriculation and graduation. student’s program. Such courses are published by the library (see page 24). After the Application for Degree is normally considered to be those at the After final approval for format of the dissertation, the Provost will notify the submitted, all advanced degrees are subject 4000 level. The use of advanced under- to the final approval of the Registrar’s graduate courses for satisfaction of Registrar that the dissertation has been Office, which determines if the student graduate degree requirements must be approved. has satisfied the letter and intent of the approved by the student’s program. A requirements for advanced degrees.

1 CGSR—The Committee on Graduate Studies and Research (CGSR) is concerned with all post-baccalaureate programs of the University, and reviews and recommends changes in WPI policies on goals, student recruitment, admissions, academic standards, teaching and research assistantships, scholarships and fellowships. It also makes recommendations to the faculty and administration on new graduate programs and courses, and changes in programs and courses. The committee acts on admission of graduate students to degree candidacy, dismissal for failure to meet academic standards, and student petitions on academic matters. It brings to the faculty for action the names of students whom it has determined are eligible for post-baccalaureate degrees. The committee reviews and recommends changes in policy on the funding, promo- tion and conduct of research at WPI. 2 GPA—The Grade Point Average (GPA) is calculated as the sum of the products of the grade points and credit hours for each registered activity, in the average, divided by the total number of credit hours for all registered activities in the average. Grade points are as follows: A = 4.0; B = 3.0; C = 2.0; D = 1.0; and F = 0.0.

22 Degree Requirements Return to Table of Contents Once a student has satisfied the Students in the combined program may Approved leaves of absence do not stop departmental candidacy requirements, use advanced undergraduate courses to the clock for the completion of the the student will be permitted to enroll for satisfy graduate degree requirements. degree. Students who require more time dissertation credits. Prior to completion The academic department decides to complete their degree must petition the of candidacy requirements, a student which courses may be used in this way. Dean of Graduate Studies to continue. may enroll for no more than 18 credits of Faculty members teaching these advanced directed research. undergraduate courses may impose special Transfers and Waivers requirements. A student may petition to use graduate General Requirements courses completed at other accredited, If the programs awarding the bachelor’s for the Combined Bachelor’s/ degree-granting institutions to satisfy and master’s degrees are not the same, the WPI graduate degree requirements. A Master’s Degree Program program awarding the graduate degree maximum of one-third of the credit Only registered WPI undergraduates may may require that the student’s major requirements for a graduate degree may enter the Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s qualifying project relate in some way to be satisfied by courses taken elsewhere and Program. To enter, a student must submit the graduate program’s discipline. The not used to satisfy degree requirements at an application and required support graduate program may also make other other institutions. materials to WPI’s Office of Graduate ­requirements as it deems appropriate Admissions, preferably in the junior year. in any individual case. Additional Students should submit their petitions to Admission to the combined program is requirements appear within each their academic department or program; made by the faculty of the program that department’s section in this catalog. once they are approved they are filed with awards the graduate degree. A student in the Registrar. the combined program continues to be To obtain a master’s degree via the registered as an undergraduate until the combined program, the student must To ensure that work completed at other bachelor’s degree is awarded. satisfy all requirements for that master’s institutions constitutes current practice degree. To obtain a bachelor’s degree via in the field, a WPI program may set an While in the combined program, a student the combined program, the student must expiration date on transfer credit. After may continue to enroll in courses or satisfy all requirements for that bachelor’s this date, the course may not be counted projects toward the undergraduate degree; degree. towards a WPI degree. the student may also register for graduate courses, projects, directed research or thesis The time limit for completing the Transferred courses are recorded on the credits toward the master’s degree. ­combined program varies by department student’s WPI transcript with the grade from one to four years. See department CR and are not included in the calculation A student in the combined program may, description for full information. of grade point averages. Grades earned in within the program limit and with prior Biomedical Consortium courses, however, approval, use a limited number of the same Limitation of Time to Complete are recorded on the transcript as if they courses toward the bachelor’s and master’s Degree were taken at WPI itself. degrees. The limitation is computed from Students must complete degree require- A student with one or more WPI master’s the graduate credit hours for each course. ments within the following timelines: Courses whose credit hours total no more degrees who is seeking an additional than 40% of the credit hours required for Degree Time Limit master’s degree from WPI may petition to apply up to nine prior graduate the master’s degree, and which meet all Graduate or Within 3 credits towards the requirements for the other requirements for each degree, may Advanced Certificate years of be used to satisfy requirements for both matriculation subsequent degree. degrees. Such courses are recorded on the Master’s Degree (M.S., Within 5 A student who withdraws from a graduate transcript using the credit hours/ units MENGR, MME) years of program and is later readmitted may apply and grades appropriate at the graduate matriculation courses and other credits completed before or undergraduate levels. For students the withdrawal toward the degree. The in the combined program, approved M.B.A. Within 7 admitting program will determine at the undergraduate courses are assigned years of time of readmission which courses taken graduate credit with a conversion rate of matriculation by the student may be applied toward the 1/3 WPI undergraduate unit = 2 credit Ph.D. Within 10 degree and the latest date those courses hours. Graduate courses applied toward years of may be applied. There is no limit, other the undergraduate degree are awarded matriculation than that imposed by the program, on the undergraduate credit with a conversion number of credits a readmitted student rate of 1 credit hour = 1/6 undergraduate may use from prior admissions to the same unit. degree program.

Degree Requirements 23 Return to Table of Contents With the appropriate background, a Acceptability of Credit Applicable • A maximum of one-third of the credit student may ask permission to waive a to an Advanced Degree requirements from a previous master’s required course and substitute a specified, degree at WPI may be used in partial Graduate level credit, obtained from more advanced course in the same fulfillment of the requirements for a courses, thesis and project work, may discipline. Requests are subject to approval second master’s degree at WPI. include: by the student’s program and must be • Coursework included in the approved • Coursework approved for the filed with the Registrar within one year of Plan of Study. Combined WPI Bachelor’s/Master’s the date of matriculation in the program. Program. A program may waive (with specified • Coursework completed at the graduate level and successfully transferred to WPI • Project work done at the graduate level substitutions) up to three required courses at WPI. for a single student. from other accredited, degree-granting institutions (see Transfers and Waivers). • Thesis work done at the graduate level • Graduate coursework completed at the at WPI. undergraduate level at WPI and not Departments and programs may applied toward another degree. limit the use of credit in any of these areas depending upon their specific departmental requirements.

Theses and Dissertations

WPI is a member of the Networked Digital The following are required for proper Thesis Binding Library of Theses and Dissertations. This submission of electronic theses and Students and departments may wish organization is dedicated to “unlocking dissertations (ETDs): to retain a bound paper copy of theses access to graduate education” by making 1. The printed and signed copy of the and dissertations. Information on thesis the full text of theses and dissertations ETD Approval Form binding can be found online at available online. 2. A printed copy of the title page, with www.wpi.edu/+etd. Students are required to submit an elec- all appropriate faculty and student tronic version entirely through the Web. signatures 3. The thesis or dissertation converted Most documents will be made available to to PDF and uploaded via the ETD the general public via the Web, but Website individual authors and their advisors may choose to restrict their works to be Items 1 and 2 should be submitted to the accessible only by members of the WPI Registrar’s Office. Students will receive a community or to be completely unavail- confirmation from the ETD submission able for a period of up to five years. Factors system once it has been accepted. in this decision should include copyright, The Registrar’s Office will be notified intellectual property and patenting simultaneously of the ETD confirmation. concerns. Students should discuss these Extensive information about creating and issues thoroughly with their advisors and submitting ETDs is available on the ETD committee members as early in the process website, www.wpi.edu/+etd. as possible.

24 Degree Requirements Return to Table of Contents Student Services

Facilities and Services has prepared a brochure on parking regula- WSRS, WAAF, WFTQ, WKOX and tions that is available on-site or on-line at WBZ. Information will also be posted on Bookstore http://www.wpi.edu/offices/police/ the university website and on the cancella- The bookstore, located on the second floor parking.html. tion hot line at 508-831-5744. of the Rubin Campus Center, is open during the first days of classes from 8:00 Career Development Center Information Technology a.m. to 7 p.m. During the rest of the The Career Development Center (CDC) Resources school year, hours of operation are 8 a.m. at WPI assists graduate students in the WPI Information Technology Services to 7 p.m. Monday through Thursday, development of lifelong skills related to ca- manages a wide range of information tech- 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Friday, and 11 a.m. to reers and the job search process. The CDC nology resources for the WPI community 5 p.m. on Saturday. provides resources and support to graduate to support teaching, learning, research and students on resume/CV writing, cover letter student life. Textbooks for off-campus courses may critiques, internship and job search strate- be purchased at the first meeting of each gies, interviewing skills/mock interviews, WPI Computer Account course. Payment may be made by cash, advanced degree pursuit, career advising, The WPI computer account acts as a check or credit card. Additionally, text- job offer evaluation and negotiation skills, student’s WPI virtual identity while the books may be purchased online at and more. Support to graduate students student is actively registered. It is governed http://wpi.bncollege.com. is available through appointments with a by the Acceptable Use Policy found online For more information please call (508) CDC staff member, walk-ins, and work- at https://www.wpi.edu/about/policies/ 831-5247 or e-mail [email protected]. shops. For distance students, telephone and acceptable-use. The account provides Skype appointment options are available. students access to technology resources Student Health Center The CDC is available for lifetime service including: In addition to purchasing health and support to alumni, free of charge. • WPI network via wired and wireless insurance, graduate students may also Every graduate student has a Job Finder connections, including connection to make use of WPI’s Student Health Center account (www.wpi.edu/+jobfinder) to Internet2 for Research for an annual fee of $370 . By choosing search for companies and jobs, gain access • Remote access tools including the this option, you can have a doctor at to subscription resources (Career Shift, Virtual Private Network (VPN), which the Center serve as your primary care Going Global, Career Search, MyPlan), enables secure remote access to WPI physician. You may also then use the access upcoming workshops and corporate on-campus information technology center on a walk-in basis during its normal events, and more. All appointments are resources hours (weekdays 8:00am to 5:00pm). scheduled through Job Finder, via “Request • WPI Email You can learn more about WPI’s Student an Appointment” in the Shortcuts menu. Health Center at www.wpi.edu/+Health. • Personal network file storage • Canvas Learning Management System WPI Police Internship Resources Resources are available at the Career • Banner, Workday and other systems Personal safety information, security practic- Development Center (CDC) for graduate which provide students access to es at WPI and the University’s crime statistic students seeking graduate internship registration, biographical, financial, information can be obtained by visiting the experiences during their studies at WPI. advising, course registration, and grade campus police Website. Students can also The CDC maintains an extensive database information online obtain a copy of the University’s “Right To of companies and other external organiza- Resources Know” brochure by contacting the WPI tions interested in supporting graduate Software Police Department at 508-831-5433. students in their professional development Numerous software packages includ- via internships. All WPI students have Graduate students are entitled to parking ing academic courseware are available to access to this database, as well as the ability permits for the Boynton Street parking lot students via: to apply to posted opportunities. To find located behind the library for an annual • public computer labs fee. Parking is on a first-come, first-served out more, please contact the CDC. • remote services (Remote Desktop and basis. Parking is also available on the city To contact the CDC, call 508-831-5260, Terminal Servers) streets surrounding the campus. Be sure email [email protected], or visit us at the • network download for some applications to obey parking signs, as enforcement in Project Center, Lower­ Level. Worcester is strict. The city’s winter park- • online store for discounted purchase ing regulations are available on the WPI Class Cancellation WPI partners with Microsoft to provide police website, as well. When all classes are cancelled (severe students access to current Microsoft oper- Decals may be purchased at the WPI weather during the midday period, forecast ating system with endpoint security, and Police Department located at Founders to last through evening) cancellation will business productivity software for use on Hall in the Lower Level. WPI Police also be broadcast on radio stations WTAG, their personal computers.

Student Services 25 Return to Table of Contents Computer Labs and Printing Academic and Research Computing The staff of Gordon Library offers many Hundreds of computers are available across Higgins Labs, Room 232; services that support graduate students. campus for student use with many located [email protected]; arc.wpi.edu Research and instruction librarians help in open access labs within academic build- • Instructor led scientific and engineering students with research problems and ings and the Gordon Library. The Gordon software applications training questions, offer library instruction and Library houses a Multimedia Lab for high- • Rapid prototyping/3D printing services orientation sessions, and provide research end digital editing as well as the centrally and consultation consultations to individual graduate located Information Commons Print • The Design Studio, HL234, offers students and to groups. If students have Center that is available to meet students’ powerful workstations for CAD/FEA/ questions about conducting any type of scanning and printing needs. Large format CFD projects and coursework. research, they can schedule a meeting with poster printing is also available through a librarian through the library website, • Data Management and access to cloud InformationTechnology. or email [email protected]. The staff of collaboration space Archives and Special Collections works Collaboration & Learning Resources • High Performance Computing (HPC) with students to access historical resources Collaboration and learning are supported hardware, including single servers relating to WPI and the region. through specialized software and applica- and clusters, available for a range of tions, technology-enhanced spaces, and computational simulations Students can request materials not held in Gordon Library through the interlibrary equipment loans. Gordon Library • Tech Suites: Technology-enhanced loan service. WPI students also have The George C. Gordon Library is open meeting spaces designed for student access to the collections of other academic over one hundred hours each week project group use libraries within Central Massachusetts during the academic year. The library with the library’s membership in the • Learning Management System: Canvas provides resources and innovative services Academic and Research Collaborative course websites in support of teaching, learning and (ARC). Students can obtain an ARC cross- • Collaboration and web-conferencing scholarship at WPI. borrowing card (available at the library’s tools including Exchange Online (email/ The library’s collections support the front desk) which allows direct borrowing calendar/contact management), Zoom, at many regional academic libraries. and Skype for Business allow global curriculum and research needs of the WPI participants to communicate easily and community. The library offers an extensive Gordon Library information services, the conduct live meetings collection of print and electronic journals, Academic Technology Center, and the and several hundred research databases Technology Service Desk are conveniently • Equipment Loans: including laptops, which support all areas of the WPI co-located on the library’s main floor. The digital cameras, camcorders, audio curriculum. The library collection also adjacent Class of 1970 Library Café serves recorders, hard drives, projectors, etc. contains undergraduate project reports, food and beverages, is open 8 am - 10 pm • Electronic classrooms and electronically and graduate theses and dissertations, (M - F) and limited weekend hours, and enabled conference rooms with those from recent years available follows the undergraduate academic year Technology Support and Instruction online. Music CDs, DVDs and other calendar. media, and bestsellers are available for Technology Service Desk The library’s four floors contain a wide educational and recreational purposes. The Gordon Library, Main Floor; 508-831- variety of individual and group study library’s Archives and Special Collections 5888; [email protected]; https://its.wpi.edu spaces. Tech Suites, which are collaborative department includes the historic records • In-person technology support provided work areas equipped with up-to-date and artifacts of the university, rare books, at the Service Desk technology, can be reserved for student and a growing collection that features the group use. Additional group study spaces • Requests for assistance can be submitted inventions of WPI alumni. via phone, email or web are located throughout the building, • IT Services Web Portal and Service The library catalog, electronic journal among them Studio@Gordon, an active Catalog provide answers to common and book collections, specialized research and informal collaboration space on the issues including support resources for databases, course-specific information, and ground floor. There are also computer graduate students at many other resources are available from workstations configured for group and https://its.wpi.edu/article/id/22 the library’s website (http://www.wpi.edu/ individual use, many with large monitors library). The website features powerful for collaborative project work. The Academic Technology Center search options and links to digital Multimedia Lab on the first floor offers Fuller Labs, Room 117; 508-831-5220; resources and services. Access to WPI users specialized multimedia software. Adjacent [email protected] who are off-campus is available through to the Multimedia Lab are the Shuster • In-person technology support on the proxy server, and any off-campus users Digital Scholarship Lab and the Anderson audio-visual equipment loaned out for should be automatically prompted to log Lab. The Shuster Digital Scholarship multi-media projects and campus events in when they click on a resource they need Lab, opening fall 2018, is equipped sponsored by WPI student organizations to access. with scanning equipment, a document • Digital signage system for camera, collaborative work tables, announcements pertaining to campus projection screens, and twelve computer events workstations. The Anderson Instruction

26 Student Services Return to Table of Contents Lab, also equipped with computer • lounge for students and visitors to relax mal groups to popular entertainers in the work­stations, is used by staff for training and enjoy a cup of coffee or a game of 3,500-seat Harrington Auditorium. A during the day and can be used by student backgammon series of films is shown in Perreault Hall, groups evenings and weekends, and when • two guest rooms for temporary housing and chamber concerts are presented in the not booked during the day. The library Office of International Students and Baronial Hall of Higgins House. features both wireless and wired computer Scholars: 508-831-6030. ESL Director: The normal social activities of a medium- network access, and over 125 public-use 508-831-6033. sized city are readily accessible, many computers. Special exhibits are offered within easy walking distance. Other regularly in the library’s galleries, and WPI Mail Services activities of interest to students are offered authors are regularly invited to talk about Located in the Campus Center, first floor. by the many colleges in the Worcester their work in the library’s Meet the Author Student Mail Room 508-831-5317, Consortium. series. For more information please visit Incoming/Receiving 508-831-5523, the library website at http://www.wpi.edu/ Mail Processing 508-831-5317. Student ID Cards library. • Package pick-up The WPI ID is also a student’s library card and is used in many departments for lab Housing • Stamps sold access as well. Most graduate students live in rooms or • Letters and packages weighed, metered apartments in residential areas near the • Discounted Express Mail Students may also deposit money on their campus. A limited amount of on-campus cards for use in the WPI dining locations • Fax services housing may be available for single at a 10% discount. The ID office is located graduate students. Family housing is not • Limited number of mailboxes available in East Hall. The hours are: Monday available on campus. Printing Services through Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. For infor- mation, call 508-831-5150. The Office of Residential Services, Located in Boynton Hall, lower level. 508-831-5645, provides information Telephone 508-831-5842 or -5571. Dean of Graduate Studies regarding both on-campus and off- Hours (Monday through Friday) The Dean of Graduate Studies is the campus housing. A listing of off-campus 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. principal advocate for graduate programs accommodations is available at • Offset printing across all disciplines at WPI. Graduate www.wpi.edu/Admin/RSO/Offcampus/. • Photocopying (including color) students needing assistance with academic International Graduate • Binding of reports issues should reach out to the Dean’s Student Services Office. The Dean manages offers of • Laminating funding for graduate Teaching Assistants The Office of International Students and • Print from disc, electronically sent files (TAs), Research Assistants (RAs), and Scholars is located at WPI’s International or hard copy graduate fellowships, oversees the House at 28 Trowbridge Road. The office Sports and Recreation distribution of graduate TAs, coordinates provides information and assistance on the annual graduate student orientations, immigration and other regulatory mat- The university provides a varied program and other major events for graduate ters, information on cultural and social of sports and recreation. Graduate students students, including Graduate Research programs and services, as well as general usually enter teams in several intramural Innovation Exchange, the i3 Competition, counseling. sports and may participate in certain the Fellowship Recognition Dinner, intercollegiate club sports as well as on- With 1,472 international students from Student Training and Readiness Sessions campus musical or theater groups. 85 countries (Fall semester, 2015), WPI (STARS), the Graduate Student Travel is the embodiment of the diversity that The NEW Sports and Recreation Center Fund, the PhD Global Research characterizes the United States. The House presents an opportunity for the whole Experience, and other graduate student serves as a venue for a variety of programs WPI community to be more active and professional development activities. In throughout the year, such as coffee hours, practice healthier lifestyles. addition, the Dean serves as the chief academic advisor to the Graduate Student movies, Midnight Breakfast, lectures and The Sports and Recreation facilities Government. other social and cultural activities. The includes a two-story fitness center with House, which provides wireless access to cardio equipment and free weights, a four- Dean of Students the network, has several facilities avail- court gymnasium, a competition pool, able to students and scholars and student The Dean of Students’ office staff is avail- dance studios, a three-lane jogging track, able to students enrolled in all programs groups interested in international issues, racquetball and squash courts. Graduate including: to assist with any out-of-the-classroom students frequently join faculty groups for concerns that may arise. Staff members are • International Seminar Room for noontime jogging, aerobics and basketball. discussion groups, meetings and ESL available between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. classes A wide variety of entertainment is brought Appointments outside of these hours can • International Resources Room to the campus, ranging from small infor- be arranged­ by calling 508-831-5201. with cross-cultural material, travel information and ESL materials as well as computer access

Student Services 27 Return to Table of Contents Aerospace Engineering Faculty David J. Olinger, Associate Professor, is required. The Aerospace Engineering Ph.D., Yale University. Fluid mechanics, Program reserves its financial aid for Nikolaos A. Gatsonis, Professor and aero and hydrodynamics, fluid structure graduate students in the Ph.D. program or Program Director; Ph.D., Massachusetts interactions, fluid flow control, renewable in the thesis option of the M.S. program. Institute of Technology. Continuum and energy. atomistic computational methods for Degree Requirements fluids and plasmas, development of plasma Mark W. Richman, Associate Professor, The AE degrees are based on a graduate diagnostics and microfluidic devices, Ph.D., Cornell University. Mechanics of curriculum which is composed of three spacecraft propulsion and micropropul- granular flows, powder compaction, areas of study: Fluids and Propulsion; sion, spacecraft/environment interactions. powder metallurgy. Materials and Structures; Dynamics and John J. Blandino, Associate Professor Jun Yang, Assistant Teaching Professor, Controls. Each area of study consists of a and Chair of Undergraduate Committee; Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Core and Breadth component as shown in Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. Micro/Nano Fluid Mechanics, Table 1. Fluid mechanics and heat transfer in Biophysics,Biomechanics. microdevices, plasma diagnostics, electric Table 1: Core and Breadth Areas of and chemical propulsion, propulsion system Programs of Study Study in AE design for precision formation flying. The Aerospace Engineering offers three graduate programs of study with the Raghvendra Cowlagi, Assistant Professor; Fluids and Propulsion following degree options: Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. Core • The Master of Science (M.S.) program Autonomous mobile vehicles, motion AE 5101/ME 5101. Fluid Dynamics leading to the M.S. degree. planning and optimal control, hybrid (2 credits) or optimal control with applications in • The combined Bachelor of Science AE 5107/ME 5107. Applied Fluid aerospace engineering, formal methods for (B.S.)/Master of Science Program Dynamics leading to the B.S. and M.S. degrees. system safety and reliability. AE 5106. Air Breathing Propulsion • The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) (2 credits) or Michael A. Demetriou, Professor and program leading to the Ph.D. degree. Chair of Graduate Committee; Ph.D., AE 5111. Spacecraft Propulsion University of Southern California. Admission Requirements (2 credits) Control of intelligent systems, control Breadth For the M.S. program, applicants should of fluid-structure interaction systems, AE 5102. Advanced Gas Dynamics have a B.S. in aerospace engineering or in fault detection and accommodation (2 credits) of dynamical systems, acoustic and a related field (i.e., other engineering dis- ciplines, physics, mathematics, etc.). The AE 5104/ME 5104. Turbomachinery vibration control, smart materials and (2 credits) structures, sensor and actuator networks requirements are the same for admission AE 5105/ME 5105. Renewable Energy in distributed processes, spacecraft attitude into the thesis and non-thesis options of (2 credits) estimation and control. the M.S. program. At the time of applica- tion to the master’s program, the student AE 5108/ME 5108. Introduction to Jagannath Jayachandran, Assistant must specify his/her thesis option (thesis Computational Fluid Dynamics Professor; Ph.D., University of Southern or non-thesis). AE 5110. Introduction to Plasma California. Combustion at engine-relevant Dynamics (2 credits) thermodynamic conditions; ignition, For the combined B.S./M.S. program, AE 6108/ME 6108. Intermediate propagation, and extinction of flames; students must be currently enrolled Computational Fluid Dynamics transient phenomena in reacting flows; air- as WPI undergraduates in aerospace (2 credits) breathing propulsion; detailed modeling engineering or in a related engineering of low-dimensional reacting flows; optical field. When applying to the B.S./M.S. and laser-based diagnostics. program, students must specify their intention to pursue either the thesis or Nikhil Karanjgaokar, Ph.D., University non-thesis M.S. option. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign: Experimental mechanics at micro/ For the Ph.D. program, a B.S. or M.S. nano-scale, temperature and rate degree in aerospace engineering or in dependent mechanics of nanostructured a related field (i.e., other engineering materials, dynamic response and flow of disciplines, physics, mathematics, etc.) granular media, mechanics and damage of inhomogeneous materials, optical measurement techniques.

28 Aerospace Engineering Return to Table of Contents In the non-thesis option, the distribution Changing M.S. Options Dynamics and Control of credits is as follows: Students in the non-thesis M.S. option Core • 18 graduate credits in AE courses, with may switch into the thesis option at any AE 5223. Space Vehicle Dynamics and a minimum of 2 credits in each of the time by notifying the AE Graduate Control (2 credits) or three AE Core Areas of Study (includes Committee of the change, provided that AE 5224. Air Vehicle Dynamics and a maximum of 8 credits of directed they have identified a Thesis Advisor and Control (2 credits) research – AE 5098) have worked out a Plan of Study with their AE 5220/ME 5220. Control of Linear • 8 graduate credits of free electives in or thesis advisor. Subject to the Thesis Dynamical Systems (2 credits) outside AE Advisor’s approval, directed research credits (AE 5098) earned in the non-thesis option Breadth • 3 graduate credits in applied may be transferred to thesis research AE 5221/ME 5221. Control of mathematics (any graduate MA course, credits (AE 5099) in the thesis option. Nonlinear Dynamical Systems (2 credits) or any other course with the approval of AE 5222. Optimal Control of the AE Graduate Committee) Any student in the thesis M.S. option may request a switch into the non-thesis option Dynamical Systems (2 credits) • 1 graduate credit in the Graduate Colloquium in Aerospace Engineering by submitting the request in writing to the AE Graduate Committee. Before acting on Materials and Structures (AE 5090) TOTAL 30 Credits such a request, the Graduate Committee Core will require and seriously consider written AE 5383. Composite Materials (2 credits) Academic Advising input from the student’s Thesis Advisor. AE 5380/ME 5380. Foundations of The schedule of academic advising ensures Financial aid given to the thesis-option Elasticity (2 credits) or that students are well advised throughout students who are permitted to switch to AE 5381/ME 5381. Applied Elasticity the program. the non-thesis option will automatically be (2 credits) Temporary Advisor: upon admission to withdrawn. Subject to the approval of the AE Graduate Committee, a maximum of 9 Breadth the M.S. program (thesis or non-thesis), credits of thesis research (AE 5099) earned AE 5382. Aeroelasticity (2 credits) each student is assigned or may select a Temporary Advisor. Arranges an academic by a student in the thesis option may be M.S. Degree plan covering the first 8 credits of prior to transferred to directed research credit When applying to the Master of Science the first registration. (AE 5098) in the non-thesis option. degree, students must specify their intention Academic Advisor: elected by a student The Combined B.S./M.S. Program to pursue either the thesis or non-thesis prior to registering for more than 8 credits. The AE Program offers a combined M.S. option. Both the thesis and non- Arranges an academic plan covering the B.S./M.S. program for currently enrolled thesis options require the completion of 30 remaining course of study. WPI undergraduates. When applying to graduate credit hours. Students in the the B.S./M.S. program, students must thesis option must complete 12 credits of Thesis Advisor (for thesis option students): specify their intention to pursue either the thesis research (AE 5099), whereas elected by a student prior to registering for thesis or non-thesis M.S. option. Both the students in the non-thesis option may more than 8 credits. Arranges the thesis thesis and non-thesis options require the complete up to 8 credits of directed topic and the academic plan covering the completion of 30 graduate credit hours. remaining course of study. research (AE 5098). The result of the For students admitted in the B.S./M.S. research credits (AE 5099) in the thesis Thesis Defense program, a maximum of 8 graduate credits option must be a completed master’s Each student in the thesis option must may be counted toward both the under­ thesis. The number of directed research defend his/her research during an oral graduate and graduate degrees. Double- credits (AE 5098) completed in the defense, which is administered by the counted graduate credits must be in non-thesis option can range from 0 to 8. Thesis Advisor and a representative of the courses, including graduate-level In the thesis option, the distribution of AE Graduate Committee. The defense is independent study and special topics. A credits is as follows: open to public participation and consists maximum of four (4) credits can be • 6 graduate credits, with 2 credits in each of a 30-minute presentation by the student double-counted in courses from of the three AE Core Areas of Study followed by a 30-minute open discussion. Engineering, Basic Science or Mathematics At least one week prior to the defense the which must be at the 4000-level. A grade • 12 graduate credits of thesis research Thesis Advisor and an AE Graduate Com- (AE 5099) of B or better is required for any course to mittee Representative must receive a copy be counted toward both degrees. • 8 graduate credits of free electives in or of the thesis. Public notification of the outside AE defense must be given by the AE program Acceptance into the B.S./M.S. program • 3 graduate credits in applied office. The Thesis Advisor will determine means that the candidate is qualified for mathematics (any graduate MA course, the acceptability of the student’s thesis and graduate school, and signifies approval or any other course with the approval of will determine the student’s grade. of the graduate courses listed for credit the AE Graduate Committee) toward both the undergraduate and gradu- • 1 graduate credit in the Graduate ate degrees. Colloquium in Aerospace Engineering (AE 5090) TOTAL 30 Credits Aerospace Engineering 29 Return to Table of Contents Students in the B.S./M.S. program who In either case, the result of the dissertation and structures. The Qualifying Exam is choose the thesis M.S. option are encour- research must be a completed doctoral given in the first week of D term and, if aged to pick a thesis area of research that is dissertation. Only after admission required, a Retake Qualifying Exam is closely related to the subject of their major to Candidacy may a student receive given in the middle of D Term. For full- qualifying project. Those students in the credit toward Dissertation Research time students who enter the program in B.S./M.S. program who complete their under AE 6099. Prior to admission to the fall the exam must be taken after three B.S. degrees in May and choose the thesis Candidacy, a student may receive up to 18 terms and after five terms if they began in option are encouraged to begin their thesis credits of pre-dissertation research under the spring. The Qualifying Exam is graded research during the summer immediately AE 6098. using a Pass/Fail system with Pass/Fail following graduation. Academic Advising and Schedule grading in each of the three Core Areas of Study. A student must earn a Pass in all Ph.D. Degree The schedule below ensures that students are well advised and actively engaged three Core Areas of Study in order to earn The course of study leading to the Ph.D. in their research at all stages of their a Pass in the Qualifying Exam. A student degree in aerospace engineering requires programs. may attempt the Retake Qualifying Exam the completion of 90 credits beyond the • Temporary Advisor: upon admission for the Core Areas of Study failed during bachelor’s degree, or 60 credits beyond the to the Doctoral Program, each student the Qualifying Exam. If a student fails to master’s degree. is assigned or may select a temporary earn a Pass in all three Core Areas of Study For students proceeding directly from B.S. advisor to arrange an academic plan of the Qualifying Exam and the Retake degree to Ph.D. degree, the 90 credits covering the first 8-10 credits of study. Qualifying Exam, he/she must withdraw should be distributed as follows: This plan should be arranged before the from the Ph.D. program by end of D term • 30 graduate credits in coursework first day of registration. of the year of the Exam. The details of the examination procedure can be obtained • 16 graduate credits in AE courses • Dissertation Advisor: agreed upon by from the Aerospace Engineering Office. (incl. Special Topics and ISP) faculty and student prior to registering • 8 graduate credits in courses in or for more than 8-10 credits. Dissertation Proposal outside of AE • Plan of Study and Dissertation Topic: Each Doctoral Candidate must prepare a • 3 graduate credits in applied approved by the Dissertation Advisor brief written proposal and make an oral mathematics (any graduate MA prior to registering for more than 8-10 presentation that demonstrates a sound course, or any other course with credits. understanding of the dissertation topic, the relevant literature, the techniques to the approval of the AE Graduate • Admission to Candidacy: Admission be employed, the issues to be addressed, Committee) to candidacy will be granted after and the work done on the topic by • 3 graduate credits in the Graduate the student has satisfactorily passed a the student to date. The Dissertation Colloquium in Aerospace Engineering written Qualifying Exam. (AE 5090) Proposal must be made within a year • Dissertation Committee: formed prior after the Qualifying Exam and admission • 30 graduate credits in Dissertation to registering for more than 18 credits Research (AE 6099) to candidacy. Both the written and oral and after admission to Candidacy. The parts of the Proposals are presented to • 30 graduate credits in Dissertation Committee consists of the members of the Dissertation Committee • Additional coursework Dissertation Advisor, at least one core and a representative from the AE Graduate • Additional Dissertation Research faculty of the Aerospace Engineering Committee. The prepared portion of the (AE 6099) Program, and at least one outside oral presentation should not exceed 40 • Supplemental Research (AE 5098, member. minutes, and up to 60 minutes should AE 6098) • Dissertation Proposal: presented by a be allowed for discussion. If the members TOTAL 90 credits Doctoral Candidate to the Dissertation of the Dissertation Committee and the For students proceeding from Master’s Advisor and at least one member of Graduate Committee representative have to Ph.D. degree, the 60 credits should be the Dissertation Committee prior to concerns about either the substance of the distributed as follows: registering for more than 18 credits. proposal or the student’s understanding of • 12 graduate credits in AE courses (incl. • Dissertation Defense: presented orally the topic, then the student will have one Special Topics and ISP) by the Doctoral Candidate to the month to prepare a second presentation • 30 graduate credits in Dissertation Dissertation Committee and an AE that focuses on the areas of concern. This Research (AE 6099) Graduate Committee Representative. presentation will last 15 minutes with an additional 35 minutes allowed for • 16 graduate credits in Admission to Candidacy • courses in or outside of AE Admission to candidacy will be granted discussion. Students can continue their • Dissertation Research (AE 6099) when the student has satisfactorily passed research only if the Dissertation Proposal • Supplemental Research (AE 5098, a written Qualifying Exam intended to is approved. If the Dissertation Proposal AE 6098) measure fundamental ability in the three is not approved, the Doctoral Candidate • 2 graduate credits in the Graduate Core Areas of Study: fluids and propul- may find a new Dissertation Advisor and Colloquium in Aerospace Engineering sion; dynamics and control; materials proceed with a new Dissertation Proposal. (AE 5090) TOTAL 60 credits

30 Aerospace Engineering Return to Table of Contents Dissertation Defense of traditional pressure, temperature, and and microfluidics. The first chamber Each Doctoral Candidate is required to velocity sensors, as well as advanced optical (T1) is an 18 inch diameter, 30 inch tall defend the originality, independence and instrumentation. The test facility is used stainless steel bell-jar equipped with a 6 quality of research during an oral for graduate research and undergraduate inch diffusion pump backed by a 17 cfm dissertation defense that is administered by projects. mechanical pump. The system is capable an examining committee that consists of of an ultimate pressure in the low 10-6 the Dissertation Committee and a Laboratory for Fluids and torr range. The second vacuum chamber representative of the AE Graduate Plasmas (T3), is a 22.5 inch diameter, 32 inch Committee who is not on the Dissertation HL016, HL313 and tall stainless steel bell-jar. It is equipped Committee. The defense is open to public HL314 (Blandino, Gatsonis) with a 6-inch diffusion pump backed by participation and consists of a one-hour The Laboratory for Fluids and Plasmas a Varian DS 602 dual stage rotary vane presentation followed by a one-hour open (LFP) supports research and educational pump. The system is capable of achieving discussion. At least one week prior to the activities in electric and chemical an ultimate pressure in the 10-6 torr range. defense, each member of the examining micropropulsion, plasma diagnostics, and T3 also includes a computer controlled committee must receive a copy of the microfluidics. probe positioning system. The system dissertation. At the same time, an The LFP-016 covers 450 sq. ft and consists of micos linear (VT-80) and rotary additional copy must be made available for houses a 50 inch diameter, 72 inch long (DT-80) computer-controlled stages to members of the WPI community wishing stainless steel vacuum chamber (T2), achieve precise, three degree-of-freedom to read the dissertation prior to the which enables the characterization of positioning. In addition, T3 is equipped defense, and public notification of the electric and chemical thruster component with a 3-centimeter Kauffman Ion defense must be given by the aerospace performance. The pumping system for Source with computer-controlled, mass engineering graduate program secretary. T2 includes a rotary mechanical pump, flow delivery. For microfluidics research, The examining committee will determine positive displacement blower combination the LFP includes equipment for studies the acceptability of the student’s capable of providing substantial pumping of two-phase flows in microchannels. dissertation and oral performance. The speed (> 560 liters/sec ) at low vacuum Imaging equipment for these flows dissertation advisor will determine the (10-2 - 10-3 torr). This pump pair can be includes a high-resolution monochrome student’s grade. used for tests requiring relatively high mass progressive scan Pulnix-1325 camera flow rates, such as plume measurements with computer based image-capture and Laboratories and on micro-chemical thrusters. For tests of processing software. In addition, a portable Facilities electric thrusters where lower pressures fume hood work space is available for use (higher vacuum) are required, a 20 inch in testing of dielectrophoretic flows with Aerospace Engineering cryopump is available which can provide high vapor-pressure fluids. The LFP- 314/313 includes a variety of tools and MQP Laboratory up to 10,000 liters/s (on N2) at pressures HL005 (AE Faculty) in the low 10-6 torr range. A second, specialized instrumentation including a This 450 sq. ft. facility supports Major medium-sized vacuum chamber (T4), syringe pump, oscilloscopes, precision Qualifying Project work associated with consists of a 29.75 inch diameter, 34.25 source meter, electrometer, and digital a number of different aerospace related inch tall stainless steel bell-jar. T4 uses a multimeters. Data from these instruments projects. Workbenches provide the space Leybold TurboVac 361 turbomolecular can be collected and stored on computer required for assembly, integration, and pump backed by a Leybold Trivac D16B using a LabView based data acquisition testing of hardware, often with more than rotary-vane dual-stage mechanical pump. system. one student group working together on The turbopump is rated for a pump Computational Fluids and complex, interrelated projects. speed of 350 L/s on air at pressures in the low 10-6 torr range. Both T2 and Plasmas Laboratory Aerodynamics Test Facility T4 are equipped with multiple ports HL236 (Gatsonis) HL016 (Olinger) for electrical and optical access. The This 660 sq. ft. computational facility is This 975 sq. ft. laboratory houses a LFP is also equipped with a variety of used for graduate research and educational low-speed, closed-return wind tunnel, ancillary instrumentation including power activities in computational methods and with a test-section of 2’´2’´8’. The tunnel supplies and oscilloscopes as well as data their applications to fluids, gases, and speed is continuously variable up to 180 acquisition and flow delivery hardware. plasmas. CFPLL has access to Direct ft/s. The temperature in the tunnel can Simulation Monte Carlo, Particle-in-Cell, be controlled via a controller and a heat The LFP in HL313-314 covers 600 fluid dynamics, and MHD codes as well as exchanger in the settling chamber. The sq. ft. It houses two vacuum chambers visualization and data reduction software. tunnel is equipped with a two-component and specialized test facilities for the dynamometer. Aerodynamic flows are investigation of onboard micropropulsion, studied in this laboratory with the aid electrospray sources (for both propulsion and nano-fabrication applications), plume/ spacecraft interactions, microsensors,

Aerospace Engineering 31 Return to Table of Contents Fluid Dynamics Laboratory based impact testing setup. The laboratory class during an engineering lecture. HL311 (Olinger) is equipped with a Laser Scanning Doppler Real-time quantitative data are acquired This 420 sq. ft. laboratory is used for Vibrometer system to measure the velocity from the apparatus, and the data are research and educational activities in of vibrations in structures like particle analyzed and compared to concurrently fluid dynamics. It houses a low speed, dampers and ferroelectrics in low and high developed theory by the students in class. low turbulence wind tunnel facility frequency ranges. The lab includes a portable wind tunnel, a portable water tunnel, a buckling appara- with a one-foot square test section Systems and Robot Control which is used for experiments on low tus, a shear center apparatus and various Reynolds number aerodynamics related Laboratory other setups. to biologically inspired flight, and fluid- HL312 (Demetriou, Cowlagi) structure interaction. These systems are of The Systems and Robot Control Course Descriptions practical importance in many aero- and Laboratory (SRCL) is a 600 sq. ft. All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. facility equipped for experiments in hydrodynamic systems, such as micro-air Fluids and Propulsion vehicles and flow-induced vibration of control of unmanned aerial vehicles, flexible cables Standard equipment such as wheeled robots, submersible vehicles, and AE/ME 5101. Fluid Dynamics (2 credits) vibration shakers, hot-wire anemometry dynamical systems with flexible structures. This course presents the following fundamental systems, spectral analyzers, digital Workbenches equipped with power supplies, amplifiers, signal generators, topics in fluid dynamics: concept of continuum oscilloscopes and data acquisition systems in fluids; kinematics and deformation for are also used in the laboratory. data acquisition systems, and oscilloscopes Newtonian fluids; the mass conservation equation, are provided. For experiments in robot momentum and energy equations for material Combustion Research autonomy, state-of-the-art microcontroller volumes and control volumes; the differential Laboratory platforms, such as the Raspberry Pi 2, form of mass conservation, momentum and along with sundry electronic components energy equations. This course covers also applied HL311 (Jayachandran) topics chosen from: unidirectional steady The Combustion Research Laboratory are available for rapid prototyping and implementation of onboard vehicle control incompressible viscous flows; unidirectional (CRL) is used for fundamental research transient incompressible viscous flows; lubrication and educational activities in laminar as systems. A variety of off-the-shelf radio- flows similarity and dimensional analysis. This is well as turbulent, high activation energy controlled vehicle platforms are available, an introductory graduate-level course and may be reacting flows of relevance to aerospace including a series of Align T-REX single- taken independent of AE 5107/ME 5107. rotor helicopters, the IRIS and Spiri propulsion and power generation. CRL is AE 5102. Advanced Gas Dynamics equipped with high pressure combustion quadrotor helicopters, and iRobot Create (2 credits) facilities, high speed imaging, and laser wheeled robots. For experiments in control An introduction to kinetic theory of gases and based diagnostics. and optimization of flexible structures, an its application to equilibrium flows and flows active vibration isolation table, velocity with chemical, vibrational and translational Structures and Materials sensors, accelerometers, piezoceramic nonequilibrium. Topics in kinetic theory also Laboratory patches for actuation and sensing and include the Boltzmann Equation and its relation a dSPACE® ACE1103 real-time data to the continuum equations of gas dynamics. HL028, HL305 (Karanjgaokar) A major focus of the course is exploring how The structures and material laboratory acquisition and control package are results for equilibrium flow of a perfect gas (e.g. is used for undergraduate and graduate available. flows in nozzles, normal and oblique shocks, expansion waves) are modified for an imperfect research in field of mechanics of novel Aerospace Engineering materials and structures used in aerospace gas with nonequilibrium. The models of flow Discovery Classroom with nonequilibrium are then applied to the systems. The laboratory is equipped with study of different flows of engineering interest NI Compact DAQ acquisition system HL216 (AE Faculty) In the Discovery Classroom, the tradi- including hypersonic flows (e.g. re-entry vehicles), for actuation and sensing applications to propagating shock waves (explosions), and understand the mechanics of structures tional lecture hall is redefined to combine chemically reacting flows. a multi-media classroom and an adjoining and materials. The laboratory includes an AE/ME 5104. Turbomachinery optical microscopy suite to visualize the experimental 570 sq. ft. laboratory. The capabilities of the classroom allow us to (2 credits) full-field deformation of nanostructured This course is an introduction to the materials with nanoscale resolution using use an integrated analytical – numerical fluid mechanics and thermodynamics of Digital Image Correlation (DIC). The – experimental approach to aerospace turbomachinery for propulsion and power laboratory also hosts a high speed imaging engineering in fludis, propulsion, materials generation applications. Axial and centrifugal system to investigate the mechanics and structures courses. We have designated compressors will be discussed as well as axial and of granular media under dynamic the approach using this facility as the radial flow turbines. Analysis of the mean line flow in compressor and turbine blade rows and loading and the flow of granular media. DIANE philosophy: Daily Integration of Analytical, Numerical, and Experimental stages will be discussed. The blade-to-blade flow The laboratory also focusses on the model will be presented and axisymmetric flow dynamic response of granular media and methods into aerospace engineering theory introduced. Three-dimensional flow, i.e. inhomogeneous materials using a gas-gun classes. In a typical application, experimen- secondary flows, will also be discussed. Students tal apparatus are demonstrated directly in cannot receive credit for this course if they have taken the Special Topics (ME 593H) version of the same course.

32 Aerospace Engineering Return to Table of Contents AE/ME 5105. Renewable Energy diagnostics, plasma discharges, spacecraft/envi- AE/ME 5221. Control of Nonlinear (2 credits) ronment interactions, and plasma-aided material Dynamical Systems The course provides an introduction to renewable processing. (2 credits) energy, outlining the challenges in meeting the AE 5111. Spacecraft Propulsion Overview of stability concepts and examination energy needs of humanity and exploring possible of various methods for assessing stability such as (2 Credits) solutions in some detail. Specific topics include: linearization and Lyapunov methods. Introduction This course provides students with the use of energy and the correlation of energy use to various design methods based on linearization, background and theory needed to evaluate the with the prosperity of nations; historical energy sliding modes, adaptive control, and feedback performance of the most commonly used electric usage and future energy needs; engineering linearization. Demonstration and performance and chemical spacecraft propulsion systems. economics; electricity generation from the wind; analysis on engineering systems such as flexible Electrostatic ion and Hall thruster theory, wave/ocean energy, geo-thermal and solar-thermal robotic manipulators, mobile robots, spacecraft design, and operation are covered including energy; overview of fuel cells, biofuels, nuclear attitude control and aircraft control systems. theory and operation of hollow cathodes, plasma energy, and solar-photovoltaic systems and their Control synthesis and analysis is performed using generation and ion acceleration (including design role and prospects; distribution of energy and the Matlab®/Simulink®. (Prerequisites: Familiarity of ion optics), magnetic field design, and beam energy infrastructure; energy for transportation; with ordinary differential equations, introductory neutralization. Topics in chemical propulsion energy storage. Pre-requisites; ES 3001, ES 3004 control theory at the undergraduate level, funda- include bipropellant and monopropellant or equivalents. mentals of linear algebra. Familiarity with Matlab® chemistry (adiabatic flame temperature and ideal is strongly recommended.) AE 5106. Air Breathing Propulsion performance) with a focus on catalyst-bed and (2 credits) nozzle design considerations. Discussion of each AE 5222. Optimal Control of Dynamical This course covers at the introductory graduate class of thruster will be supplemented with specific Systems level the design and performance of air-breathing examples of flight hardware. (2 Credits) propulsion engines. Topics covered will be chosen AE/ME 6108. Intermediate Computational This course covers the synthesis of optimal control from: jet propulsion theory, gas turbine, ramjet, Fluid Dynamics laws for linear and nonlinear dynamical systems. scramjet, gas dynamics of inlet and nozzle flows, Necessary conditions for optimal control based (2 credits) component matching, thermodynamic cycle on the Pontryagin Minimum Principle will be The course presents computational methods for analysis of the propulsion systems, and combus- introduced, and cases of fixed and free terminal incompressible and compressible viscous flows tion control in propulsion systems. time and boundary conditions will be discussed. at an intermediate level. Topics are chosen from: Feedback optimal control will be discussed, and grid generation techniques; finite volume schemes; AE/ME 5107. Applied Fluid Dynamics the Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman equation will be stability analysis; artificial viscosity; explicit and (2 credits) introduced. The special case of linear quadratic implicit schemes; flux-vector splitting; monotonic This course presents applications of optimal control will be discussed. Examples advection schemes; multigrid methods; particle- incompressible and compressible fluid dynamics at throughout the course will be based on air- and based simulation methods. (Prerequisite: fluid an introductory graduate level. Topics are chosen space vehicle applications, such as flight trajectory dynamics; an introductory course in numerical from: potential flows; boundary layers; vorticity optimization. Assignments and term project (if methods for partial differential equations; dynamics and rotating flows; aerodynamics; any) will introduce basic numerical techniques, programming language experience) Students who introduction to turbulence; micro/nano flows. and introduce software packages for optimal have received credit for AE/ME 5103 will not This course can be taken independent of AE control. (Prerequisites: Fluency with the theory of receive credit for AE/ME 6108. 5101/ME 5101. linear dynamical systems and control is required. AE/ME 5108. Introduction to Dynamics and Control Familiarity with MATLAB. Familiarity with air- Computational Fluid Dynamics and space vehicle dynamics is beneficial, but not AE/ME 5220. Control of Linear Dynamical (2 credits) necessary.) Systems The course provides the theory and practice of (2 credits) AE 5223. Space Vehicle Dynamics and computational fluid dynamics at an entry graduate This course covers analysis and synthesis of control Control level. Topics covered include: classification of laws for linear dynamical systems. Fundamental (2 Credits) partial differential equations (PDEs) in fluid concepts including canonical representations, Overview of spacecraft rotational motion. Stability dynamics and characteristics; finite difference the state transition matrix, and the properties of analysis of forced and torque-free spacecraft schemes on structured grids; temporal controllability and observability will be discussed. motion. Effects of space environment and discretization schemes; consistency, stability The existence and synthesis of stabilizing feedback man-made torques on motion stability. and error analysis of finite difference schemes; control laws using pole placement and linear Examination of orbital and attitude motion explicit and implicit finite differencing schemes quadratic optimal control will be discussed. The coupling. Theoretical formulation of spacecraft for linear hyperbolic, parabolic, elliptic, and design of Luenberger observers and Kalman formation flying. Review of current trends in non-linear PDEs in fluid dynamics; direct and filters will be introduced. Examples pertaining to networked miniaturized spacecraft. Overview and iterative solution methods for algebraic systems. aerospace engineering, such as stability analysis sizing of actuating devices such as gas jet, electric The course requires completion of several projects and augmentation of longitudinal and lateral thrusters, momentum wheels and magnetic using MATLAB. aircraft dynamics, will be considered. Assignments torquers. Overview and selection of sensing devices AE 5110. Introduction to Plasma Dynamics and term project (if any) will focus on the design, such as sun sensors, magnetometers, GPS, IMUs. (2 Credits) analysis, and implementation of linear control Formulation of spacecraft maneuvers as control The course introduces concepts of partially ion- for current engineering problems. The use of design problems. Case studies on feedback attitude ized gases (plasmas) and their role in a wide range Matlab®/Simulink® for analysis and design will regulators and algorithms for linear and nonlinear be emphasized. (Recommended background: attitude tracking. Design and realization of attitude of science and engineering fields. Fundamental ® ® theory includes topics in: equilibrium of ionized Familiarity with ordinary differential equations, control schemes using Matlab /Simulink . gases and kinetic theory; motion of charged par- introductory control theory, fundamentals of (Prerequisites: Fundamentals of spacecraft orbital ticles in electromagnetic fields; elastic and inelastic linear algebra, and the analysis of signals and motion and attitude dynamics at the undergraduate collisions, cross sections and transport processes; systems is recommended. Familiarity with level. Familiarity with state space and frequency fluid theory and magnetohydrodynamic models; Matlab® is strongly recommended.) domain control concepts such as stability, sheaths. Applications cover areas such as plasma controllability and observability. Familiarity with Lyapunov-based stability analysis of nonlinear dynamical systems. Familiarity with Matlab®.)

Aerospace Engineering 33 Return to Table of Contents AE 5224. Air Vehicle Dynamics and AE 5383. Composite Materials AE 5099. Thesis Research Control (2 credits) (credits TBD) (2 Credits) This course covers the anisotropic constitutive For master’s students wishing to obtain research This course covers the fundamentals of the behavior and micromechanics of composite credit toward their thesis. (Prerequisite: Consent dynamics of rigid bodies and their motion under materials, and the mechanics of composite of thesis advisor.) the influence of aerodynamic and gravitational structures at an introductory graduate level. forces. General equations of aircraft motion will Topics covered will be chosen from: classification AE 6093. Advanced Special Topics be developed, followed by concepts of static and of composites (reinforcements and matrices), (2 credits) dynamic stability. Trim and linearization will be anisotropic elasticity, composite micromechanics, Arranged by individual faculty with special discussed, and the stability analysis of lateral and effect of reinforcement on toughness and strength expertise, these courses cover advanced topics that longitudinal modes in the linearized equations of composites, laminate theory, statics and are not covered by the regular aerospace will be introduced. Stability augmentation via buckling of laminated beams and plates, statics engineering course offerings. Exact course feedback control will be discussed. Aspects of laminated shells, residual stresses and thermal descriptions are disseminated by the Aerospace of aircraft navigation, guidance, and flight effects in laminates. Engineering Program in advance of the offering. trajectory optimization will also be introduced. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.) (Prerequisites: Familiarity with the kinematics Other Activities: AE 6098. Pre-Dissertation Research and dynamics of rigid bodies is required. AE 5090. Graduate Aerospace (credits TBD) Familiarity with ordinary differential equations Engineering Colloquium For doctoral students wishing to obtain dissertation-­ is recommended. Familiarity with aircraft (1/4 credit) research credit prior to admission to candidacy. dynamics and control at the undergraduate level is The Colloquium is a graduation requirement and (Prerequisite: Consent of dissertation advisor.) beneficial, but not necessary.) offered once a week, during A, B, C, and D term. The Colloquium consists mainly of seminars AE 6099. Dissertation Research Materials and Structures presented by experts on technical and broader (credits TBD) AE/ME 5380. Foundations of Elasticity professional topics. Colloquium seminars are also For doctoral students admitted to candidacy (2 credits) presented by graduate students on topics related to wishing to obtain research credit toward their This course is suitable as an introductory their thesis, dissertation, independent research or dissertations. (Prerequisite: Consent of dissertation graduate level course. Topics will be chosen industrial experiences. The Colloquium is offered advisor.) from the following: three-dimensional states of in pass/fail mode and students registered for it stress; measures of strain; thick-walled cylinders, are required to submit summary reports on the disks and spheres; plane stress and plane strain; seminars presented. Recommended Background: thermoelasticity; Airy stress function; energy graduate students in aerospace engineering. methods, and exact theory for torsion of non- circular cross sections. This course may be taken AE 5093. Special Topics independent of ME 5302. (2 credits) Arranged by individual faculty with special AE/ME 5381. Applied Elasticity expertise, these courses survey fundamentals in (2 credits) areas that are not covered by the regular aerospace This course is suitable as an introductory graduate engineering course offerings. Exact course level course. Topics covered will be chosen from descriptions are disseminated by the Aerospace the following: bending and shear stresses in Engineering Program in advance of the offering. unsymmetric beams; bending of composite beams; (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.) bending of curved beams; torsion of thin-walled noncircular cross sections; beams on elastic AE 5098. Directed Research foundations; stress concentrations; failure criteria; (credits TBD) stability of columns; and bending of plates. This For non-thesis M.S. students wishing to gain course may be taken independent of ME 5301. research experience, for M.S. students wishing to gain research experience peripheral to their AE 5382. Aeroelasticity thesis topic, or for Ph.D. students wishing to gain (2 credits) research experience peripheral to their dissertation Aeroelastic phenomena arise from the interaction topic. (Prerequisite: Consent of directed research between a fluid and a structure. Such phenomena supervisor.) are encountered in aerospace, mechanical and civil engineering systems. Topics covered include: aeroelastic phenomena in nature, divergence and control effectiveness in static conditions, static and dynamic instabilities of elastic bodies in a flow, flutter of wings, and aeroelastic testing techniques. Students will be introduced to analytical and computational techniques used to model and simulate aeroelasticity.

34 Aerospace Engineering Return to Table of Contents Bioinformatics and Computational Biology Faculty with Research B. Servatius, Professor, Mathematical J. P. Duffy (Biology and Biotechnology); Sciences; Ph.D., Syracuse University, Ph.D., University of Texas. Cancer Interests 1987. Combinatorics, matroid and graph biology/signal transduction, cancer D. Korkin, Associate Professor, Computer theory, structural topology, geometry, therapeutics, cell adhesion mechanisms in Science, and BCB Program Director; history and philosophy of mathematics. development and disease, neurobiology Ph.D., University of New Brunswick, S. Shell, Assistant Professor, Biology and and neurodegenerative disorders. Canada, 2003. Bioinformatics of disease, Biotechnology; Ph.D., University of M. Eltabakh (Computer Science); Ph.D., big data in biomedicine, computational California San Diego. Bacterial Purdue University, 2010. Database genomics, systems biology, data mining, pathogenesis, bacterial stress response, management systems, information machine learning. prokaryotic gene regulation, prokaryotic management. L. Harrison, Assistant Professor, genomics and transcriptomics. W. J. Martin (Mathematical Sciences); Computer Science; Ph.D., UNC- E. Tüzel, Associate Professor, Physics; Ph.D., University of Waterloo, 1992. Charlotte, 2013. Information Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Algebraic combinatorics, applied visualization, visual analytics, human- Theoretical and computational biophysics, combinatorcs. computer interaction. polymer physics, cell mechanics and cargo S. M. Politz (Biology and Biotechnology); X. Kong, Assistant Professor, Computer transport, complex fluids, soft-matter Ph.D., UCLA. Genetic control of surface Science; Ph.D., University of Illinois, physics. glycoprotein expression in the nematode 2014. Data mining, social networks, L. Vidali, Associate Professor, Biology and C. elegans; chemosensory control of machine learning, big data analytics, Biotechnology; Ph.D., University of nematode behavior and development; host connectome. Massachusetts-Amherst. Plant cell biology immune responses to parasitic nematode A. Manning Assistant Professor, Biology and molecular genetics, live cell infections. and Biotechnology; Ph.D., Geisel School microscopy, molecular motors/ E. A. Rundensteiner (Computer Science); of Medicine at Dartmouth University, cytoskeleton. Ph.D., University of California, Irvine, 2008. Cancer Cell Biology, cell cycle Z. Wu, Associate Professor of 1992. Data and information management, regulation, mitotic progression and Mathematical Sciences, Ph.D., Yale, 2009. big data analytics, visual data discovery, chromosome segregation, chromatin Biostatistics, high-dimensional model stream and pattern mining, large scale data regulation, and genome stability. selection, linear and generalized linear infrastructures. S. D. Olson, Assistant Professor, modeling, statistical genetics, J. Srinivasan (Biology and Mathematical Sciences; Ph.D. North bioinformatics. Biotechnology); Ph.D., University of Carolina State University, 2008. J. Zou, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Tuebingen, Germany. Genetics, behavioral Mathematical biology, chemical signaling, University of Connecticut, 2009. Financial neuroscience, molecular neurobiology, mechanics, and hydrodynamics. time series (especially high frequency chemical biology, evolutionary ecology. R. Paffenroth, Associate Professor, financial data), spatial statistics, D. Tang (Mathematical Sciences); Ph.D., Mathematical Sciences; Ph.D., University biosurveillance, high dimensional University of Wisconsin, 1988. Biofluids, of Maryland, 1999. Large scale data statistical inference, Bayesian statistics. biosolids, blood flow, mathematical analytics, statistical machine learning, Affiliated Faculty modeling, numerical methods, compressed sensing, network analysis. scientific computing, nonlinear analysis, E.O. Agu (Computer Science); Ph.D., computational fluid dynamics. R. Prusty Rao, Associate Professor, University of Massachusetts-Amherst, Biology and Biotechnology; Ph.D., Penn 2001. Computer graphics, mobile M. Wu (Mathematical Sciences); Ph.D., State University-Medical School. Genomic computing, wireless networks, use of University of California, Irvine, 2012. studies and high throughput screening to smartphones as a platform to deliver better Mathematical biology, modeling of living understand and manage fungal diseases in healthcare. systems. humans. A. Arnold (Mathematical Sciences); C. Ruiz, Associate Professor, Computer Ph.D., Case Western University, 2014. Science; Ph.D., University of Maryland, Mathematical biology, bayesian inference, 1996. Data mining, machine learning, parameter estimation in biological systems. artificial intelligence, biomedical data mining. T. Dominko (Biology and Biotechnology); D.V.M, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- E. F. Ryder, Associate Professor, Biology Madison. Regenerative cell biology, stem and Biotechnology, and BCB Program cells, role of oxygen and FGF2 in nuclear Associate Director; Ph.D., Harvard reprogramming, epigenetics, reproductive/ University, 1993. Computational biology, developmental biology. simulation of biological systems.

Bioinformatics and Computational Biology 35 Return to Table of Contents Programs of Study Degree Requirements the Program Review Committee. Students must consult their advisors and the The Bioinformatics and Computational Masters: Students pursuing the graduate catalog, as individual departments Biology (BCB) Program offers graduate M.S. degree in Bioinformatics and may have restrictions on which under­ studies toward the B.S./M.S., M.S., and Computational Biology must complete a graduate courses might be taken for Ph.D. degrees. With the advent of large minimum of 33 credits of relevant work graduate credit, and on which pairs of amounts of biological data stemming at the graduate level. These 33 credits undergraduate and graduate courses cannot from research efforts such as the Human must satisfy the 6-9 credit M.S. thesis or both be taken for credit. Genome Project, there is a great need internship requirement, and the 24-27 for professionals working at the interface credit coursework requirement described Ph.D.: Students pursuing the doctoral of biology, computer science, and in detail at the URL below. Coursework degree in BCB must complete a minimum mathematics. A truly interdisciplinary requirements include competency in of 90 graduate credits of relevant work program, the BCB degree requires each of the areas of biology, computer beyond the bachelor’s degree (60 credits advanced course work in all three of these science, mathematics, and interdisciplinary if the student possesses a relevant M.S. areas. Our faculty and strong relationships studies in bioinformatics / computational degree). At least 30 credits must be with the University of Massachusetts biology, as well as more advanced courses in dissertation research. Coursework Medical School provide students with the and an ethics course. The M.S. degree requirements are similar to those for the resources to perform innovative scientific requirements have been designed to M.S. degree, with an additional required research at the highest level. provide a comprehensive yet flexible course in proposal writing. For Ph.D. candidates, presentation of research The diverse learning environment that program to students who are pursuing an M.S. degree exclusively, students who are work is required each year, and there is a characterizes our program promotes easy teaching / mentorship requirement as well. exchange of ideas, access to all the neces- pursuing a combined B.S./M.S. degree, and students who are pursuing a combined Students may pursue up to 6 graduate sary resources, and encourages creative credits as an internship with an external solutions to pressing scientific questions. M.S. / Ph.D. degree. Courses and research projects taken at nearby University of sponsor. Detailed requirements are found Admissions Requirements Massachusetts Medical School (UMMS) at the URL below. Upon acceptance to may be applied to this degree. Upon the program, students will be assigned a Students applying to the M.S. or Ph.D. acceptance to the M.S. program, students temporary academic advisor and prepare Degree Programs in Bioinformatics will be assigned an academic advisor. In a Plan of Study similar to the procedure and Computational Biology (BCB) are consultation with the academic advisor, for M.S. students. Ph.D. students are expected to have a bachelor’s degree the student must prepare a Plan of required to complete rotations with at in either biology, computer science, Study outlining the selections that the least two program faculty members in the mathematics, or a related field, and to student will make to satisfy the M.S. first year of the program before choosing have taken introductory courses in each degree requirements. This Plan of Study a research advisor; choosing co-advisors in of the three disciplines: biology, computer must then be approved by the Program different disciplines is strongly encouraged. science, and mathematics. For example, Review Committee, which consists of Students are encouraged to consider a student with a bachelor’s degree in faculty members from each of the three UMMS faculty for rotations and as co- biology is expected to have also completed participating WPI departments. advisors, and may take UMMS courses to courses in programming, data structures, fulfill course requirements. calculus, and statistics prior to submitting B.S./M.S.: Students enrolled in the B.S./ an application. A strong applicant who is M.S. program must satisfy all the program Qualifying Exam and Dissertation Defense missing background in one of the three requirements of the B.S. degree and all the The Qualifying Examination will be areas may be provisionally admitted, with program requirements of the M.S. degree comprised of researching, writing, and the expectation that he or she will take and as described at the URL below. They defending a research proposal. The student pass one or more undergraduate courses may double-count 4000-level or graduate is required to successfully complete the in the area of deficiency either during courses whose credit hours total no more Qualifying Examination no later than the the summer prior to admission or within than 40% of the 33 credit hours required first semester of his/her third year in the the first semester after admission. The for the M.S. degree, and that meet all program. If the Qualifying Examination determination of what course or courses other requirements for each degree, is successfully completed, the proposed will satisfy this provision will be made by towards both their undergraduate and work may constitute the basis of the the Program Review Committee. graduate degrees. Students must register student’s dissertation research. All Ph.D. for B.S./M.S. credit prior to taking the students must produce and orally defend a Certificate Requirements courses, as faculty may assign extra work dissertation. The research must constitute for those taking the course as part of both a contribution to knowledge in the field A certificate program in BCB is not of- of Bioinformatics and Computational fered at present. degrees. In consultation with the academic advisor, the student must prepare a Plan Biology and must be of publication of Study outlining the selections that the quality. Students must defend the student will make to satisfy the B.S./M.S. dissertation orally in a public presentation, degree requirements, including the courses followed by a private defense. that the student will double count. This URL for details: Plan of Study must then be approved by http://www.wpi.edu/+BCB

36 Bioinformatics and Computational Biology Return to Table of Contents BCB 503/CS 583. Biological and BCB 596. Independent Study Facilities/Research Labs/ Biomedical Database Mining This course will allow a student to study a chosen Research Centers This course will investigate computational topic in Bioinformatics and Computational techniques for discovering patterns in and across Biology under the guidance of a faculty The BCB Program is supported by a wide complex biological and biomedical sources, member affiliated with the Bioinformatics and assortment of resources within the partici- including genomic and proteomic databases, Computational Biology program. The student pating departments, WPI Computing and clinical databases, digital libraries of scientific must produce a written report at the conclusion of Communication Center (CCC), and the articles, and ontologies. Techniques covered the independent study. research laboratories at Gateway Park and will be drawn from several areas including sequence mining, statistical natural language BCB 597. Directed Research UMMS. Grid and cloud computing, along Directed research conducted under the guidance with high-speed networking, provides processing and text mining, and data mining. (Prerequisite: Strong programming skills, an of a faculty member affiliated with the BCB exceptional computational infrastructure. undergraduate or graduate course in algorithms, Program. Access to most major biological databases an undergraduate course in statistics, and one or BCB 598. Graduate Internship is available to students and researchers, and more undergraduate biology courses.) A graduate internship is carried out in coopera- a wide range of bioinformatics software BCB 504/MA 584. Statistical Methods in tion with a sponsor or industrial partner. It must packages are installed and maintained. Genetics and Bioinformatics be overseen by a faculty member affiliated with Wet labs at Gateway Park and UMMS are This course provides students with knowledge the Bioinformatics and Computational Biology available by permission of BCB faculty and understanding of the applications of statistics Program. The internship will involve develop- members and affiliates. in modern genetics and bioinformatics. The ment and practice of technical and professional course generally covers population genetics, skills and knowledge relevant to Bioinformatics Course Descriptions genetic epidemiology, and statistical models in and Computational Biology. At the completion of bioinformatics. Specific topics include meiosis the internship, the student will produce a written All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. modeling, stochastic models for recombination, report, and will present their work to BCB faculty and internship sponsors. BCB 501/BB 581. Bioinformatics linkage and association studies (parametric This course will provide an overview of vs. nonparametric models, family-based vs. BCB 599. M.S. Thesis Research bioinformatics, covering a broad selection of population-based models) for mapping genes of A Master’s thesis in Bioinformatics and the most important techniques used to analyze qualitative and quantitative traits, gene expression Computational Biology consists of a research biological sequence and expression data. data analysis, DNA and protein sequence analysis, and development project worth a minimum of 9 Students will acquire a working knowledge of and molecular evolution. Statistical approaches graduate credit hours advised by a faculty member bioinformatics applications through hands-on use include log-likelihood ratio tests, score tests, affiliated with the BCB Program. A thesis proposal of software to ask and answer biological questions. generalized linear models, EM algorithm, Markov must be approved by the BCB Program Review In addition, the course will provide students with chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov model, and Board and the student’s advisor before the student an introduction to the theory behind some of classification and regression trees. Students may can register for more than three thesis credits. The the most important algorithms used to analyze not receive credit for both BCB 4004 and BCB student must satisfactorily complete a written sequence data (for example, alignment algorithms 504. (Prerequisite: knowledge of probability and thesis document, and present the results to the and the use of hidden Markov models). Topics statistics at the undergraduate level.) BCB faculty in a public presentation. covered will include protein and DNA sequence BCB 510. BCB Seminar alignments, evolutionary analysis and phylogenetic BCB 699. Ph.D. Dissertation Research This seminar provides an opportunity for students A Ph.D. thesis in Bioinformatics and trees, obtaining protein secondary structure in the BCB program to present their research Computational Biology consists of a research and from sequence, and analysis of gene expression work, as well as hear research talks from guest development project worth a minimum of 30 including clustering methods. Students may not speakers. 1 credit per semester. graduate credit hours advised by a faculty member receive credit for both BCB 4001 and BCB 501. affiliated with the BCB Program. Students must (Prerequisite: knowledge of genetics, molecular BCB 590. Special Topics in Bioinformatics pass a qualifying exam before the student can biology, and statistics at the undergraduate level.) and Computational Biology An offering of this course will cover a topic of register for Ph.D. thesis credits. The student must BCB 502/CS 582. Biovisualization current interest in detail. See the Supplement satisfactorily complete a written dissertation, and This course uses interactive visualization to explore section of the on-line catalog at www.wpi. defend it in a public presentation and a private and analyze data, structures, and processes. Topics edu/+gradcat for descriptions of courses to be defense. include the fundamental principles, concepts, and offered in this academic year. Prerequisites will techniques of visualization and how visualization vary with topic. can be used to analyze and communicate data in domains such as biology. Students will be expected to design and implement visualizations to experiment with different visual mappings and data types, and will complete a research oriented project. Prerequisite: experience with programming (especially JavaScript), databases, and data structures. Students may not receive credit for both BCB 502 and BCB 4002.

Bioinformatics and Computational Biology 37 Return to Table of Contents Biology and Biotechnology www.wpi.edu/+bio Faculty J. Rulfs, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Tufts • Neurobiology University; cell culture model systems of • Regenerative medicine J. B. Duffy, Associate Professor and signal transduction, metabolic effects of • Signal transduction mechanisms Department Head; Ph.D., University of phytoestrogens, cultured cells in tissue The department strongly recommends Texas; defining signaling pathways that engineering. program cellular diversity. that, prior to applying, prospective E. F. Ryder, Associate Professor; Ph.D., students review the information on the D. S. Adams, Professor; Ph.D., University Harvard University; M.S., Harvard School department’s website to identify potential of Texas; neurotrophic factors as potential of Public Health; bioinformatics and com- research interests and faculty advisors. treatments for stroke and Alzheimer’s putational approaches to understanding disease. biological systems. Molecular and Cellular Biology and Biotechnology T. Dominko, Associate Professor; D.V.M., S. S. Shell, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison; University of California San Diego; Areas of focus: Cytoskeletal dynamics, investigation of the molecular basis of understanding how stress response in epigenetics/gene regulation, and signal stem cell gene activation and induced pathogenic mycobacterium govern transduction mechanisms pluripotency. regulation of gene expression and virulence Biological systems: C. elegans, Drosophila, J. A. King, Professor and Dean of during infection. M. musculus, Physcomitrella, and C. albicans, Arts and Sciences; Ph.D., New York J. Srinivasan, Associate Professor; Ph.D., S. cerevisae, Cultured cells University; M.S, City University of New University of Tuebingen, Germany; Faculty: Dave Adams, Tanja Dominko, York; neuronal plasticity associated with defining how neurons interpret social Joe Duffy, Amity Manning, Lauren neurological and psychiatric disorders signals both individually and as members Mathews, Sam Politz, Reeta Rao, Jill Rulfs, utilizing functional magnetic resonance of a circuit to produce specific behaviors. Liz Ryder, Scarlet Shell, Jagan Srinivasan imaging, molecular biology and behavior. L. Vidali, Associate Professor; Ph.D., and Luis Vidali. A. L. Manning, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; Development, Neurobiology, Dartmouth University-Geisel School of understanding the molecular and cellular Medicine; cancel biology, cell cycle mechanisms underlying the role of the and Organismal Biology and regulation, mitotic progression and cytoskeleton in plant cell organization and Biotechnology chromosome segregation, chromatin growth. Areas of focus: Cancer biology, regen- regulation, and genome stability. erative medicine, neuronal migration, P. J. Weathers, Professor; Ph.D., Michigan L. M. Mathews, Associate Professor; circuits, and degeneration, pathogenic State University; investigation of Artemisia mechanisms, and plant biology Ph.D., University of Louisiana; plant- annua antimalarial, antimicrobial drug insect coevolution, agricultural ecology, production in planta, and bioavailability Model systems: C. elegans, Drosophila, M. design and application of molecular and therapeutic efficacyin vitro and in musculus, Physcomitrella, Bombus spp., and genetic tools for ecological research, vivo. C. albicans, Cultured cells conservation biology. Faculty: Dave Adams, Tanja Dominko, K. K. Oates, Professor; Ph.D., The Research Interests Joe Duffy, Amity Manning, Sam Politz, George Washington University Enabled by a world-class research Reeta Rao, Liz Ryder, Scarlet Shell, Jagan Biochemistry; thymic hormone infrastructure, students explore their Srinivasan, and Luis Vidali. characterization, monoclonal antibody passion for discovery while driving production, immunology of disease, cutting-edge, hypothesis-driven research Behavioral and Environmental undergraduate STEM education, STEM alongside our diverse and dynamic faculty Biology and Biotechnology Education for Development. body. Faculty areas of expertise in which Areas of focus: Animal behavior, S. M. Politz, Associate Professor; Ph.D., students may engage in directed student biological diversity, brain plasticity, UCLA; genetic control of surface include: pollinator ecology, and plant biology • Cancer cell biology composition in the nematode C. elegans Model systems: Bombus spp., Danaus as an adaptive mechanism in nematode • Cognition and behavior plexippus, Orconectes spp., and Drosophila parasitism. • Cytoskeletal dynamics Faculty: Joe Duffy, Lauren Mathews, R. P. Rao, Associate Professor; Ph.D., • Drug resistance Jagan Srinivasan and Pam Weathers. Penn State University-Medical School; • Epigenetics and gene regulation M.S (Dual), Drexel University; emerging • Infectious diseases Infectious diseases, virulence and host defense mechanisms.

38 Biology and Biotechnology Return to Table of Contents Programs of Study Admission Requirements the distribution requirement below. All courses must be at the 500 or 4000 level With the advent of genomics, the 21st See page 11. and no more than 9 credits may be at the Century has been termed a “revolutionary” 4000 level. An approved list is provided in era in Biology and Biotechnology. The Degree Requirements the department’s graduate handbook. Department of Biology and Biotechnology Ph.D. in Biology and (BB) is perfectly situated for this transition Credit Requirement: with the construction of the Interdisci- Biotechnology Course work at the 500 plinary Life Sciences and Bioengineering In addition to the WPI requirements, a or 4000 level 15 CR Center at Gateway Park. This state-of- dissertation (minimum of 30 credit hours) Thesis Research 15 CR the-art building integrates Life Sciences and dissertation defense is required of all (recommended) and Bioengineering at WPI in addition to Ph.D. students. It is the intention of the Course Requirement: housing a number of technology centers faculty that doctoral students develop BB 554 Journal Club 1 CR and biotechnology start-ups. skills not only in their research area, but BB 551 Research Integrity also receive training in interdisciplinary The Department offers a fulltime research- in the Sciences 1 CR approaches to research, presentation skills BB 501 Seminar 1 CR oriented program for incoming gradu- (oral and written), pedagogical approaches, ate students, leading to either a doctor (minimum of 4) experimental design, and professional BB course(s) 3 CR of philosophy (Ph.D.) in Biology and ethics within the life sciences. Specific Biotechnology or Masters (M.S.) degree Electives (approved by Advisory operational details of the program, includ- Committee) 6 CR in Biology and Biotechnology. These ing the qualifying exam and dissertation programs require students to successfully BB 599 Thesis Research 15 CR defense, can be found in the Biology and (recommended) complete a set of required courses in the Biotechnology graduate handbook. field and a thesis project or dissertation Students must assemble an Advisory Com- that applies the basic principles of biology Publications mittee of three or more faculty members and biotechnology using hypothesis driven All successful Ph.D. students are expected of which a majority must be Biology and experimental methods to address a specific to have at least one author-manuscript Biotechnology program faculty members. research problem. published or accepted for publication The Advisory Committee must review and in a peer-reviewed journal. In addition, approve each M.S. student’s program of In addition, the department also offers the students are required to present their a skills-based non-thesis MS degree in study and thesis research. Students must thesis work at a national or international successfully complete a thesis including a Biotechnology, delivered in a blended conference. format. The non-thesis M.S. program written thesis and oral defense. is designed to provide a broad base in Qualifying Exam, Reports and Dissertation Defense M.S. in Biotechnology advanced coursework and laboratory train- (skills-based): ing in techniques that are applicable to the A Ph.D. qualifying exam is required and Biotechnology industry. should be taken towards the end of the Students pursuing skills-based M.S. second year of study. A majority of the degree in Biotechnology must complete a Graduates will have a broad knowledge Examining Committee must be members minimum of 30 credit hours beyond the of the field of biology and biotechnol- of the Biology and Biotechnology depart- bachelor’s degree. Students enrolled in ogy, a detailed knowledge in their area of ment faculty. The committee must also the M.S. in Biotechnology program must specialization, a working knowledge of approve the student’s dissertation research successfully complete 15 credit hours of modern research tools, a strong apprecia- proposal and review student’s progress BB courses, 9 credit hours of skills-based tion for scientific research in theoretical through committee meetings. Candidates courses, chosen from an approved list and experimental areas, and a foundation for the Ph.D. degree must give annual provided below and 6 credit hours of elec- for lifelong learning and experimenting, presentations of their research work to the tive courses. All courses must be at the 500 both individually and as part of a team. department as part of the graduate seminar or 4000 level and no more than 9 credits Students who complete these programs course. A public defense of the completed may be at the 4000 level. An approved list will be well prepared for careers in the dissertation is required of all students and is provided below. Additional courses will academics and private sectors or further will be followed immediately by a defense require approval of graduate co-ordinator. graduate education. before the Examining Committee. All Credit Requirement: members of the Examining Committee Application and Admission BB courses (at the 500 must be present for the defense. Applications should be made to the or 4000 level) 15 CR specific degree programs. The department M.S. in Biology and Electives (approved by advisory accepts applications for admission to the Biotechnology (thesis-based) committee) 6 CR M.S. or Ph.D. in biology and biotechnol- Skills-based courses (**) 9 CR ogy programs in the Fall semester only. Students pursuing the M.S. degree M.S. in Biotechnology applications are in Biology and Biotechnology must reviewed on a rolling basis. successfully complete a minimum of 30 credit hours of course and thesis work per

Biology and Biotechnology 39 Return to Table of Contents Approved list of courses for Skills-based M.S. degree in Biotechnology Research Facilities Course Descriptions Courses and Centers BB 501. Seminar BB 501 Seminar (1 credit) BB 570 Special Topics Life Sciences and BB 505. Fermentation Biology BB 551 Research Integrity in the Bioengineering Center (LSBC) (3 credits) Sciences Located in Gateway Park, the world-class, Material in this course focuses on biological BB 552 Scientific Writing and Proposal 124,600-square-foot LSBC was built in (especially microbiological) systems by which Development 2007 and serves as the school’s focal point materials and energy can be interconverted (e.g., for graduate education and research in waste products into useful chemicals or fuels). The ** BB 553 Experimental Design and processes are dealt with at the physiological and Statistics in the Life Sciences the life sciences and related bioengineer- the system level, with emphasis on the means by BB 554 Journal ing fields. It’s also home to life sciences which useful conversions can be harnessed in a BB 556 Mentored Teaching Experience companies, state-of-the-art core facilities, biologically intelligent way. The laboratory focuses BB 515 Environmental Change: and WPI’s Corporate and Professional on measurements of microbial physiology and on Problems and Approaches Education division. bench-scale process design. ** BB 505 Fermentation Biology The Core facilities include an Imaging BB 509. Scale Up of Bioprocessing ** BB 5xx Animal Cell Culture core providing a wide range of imaging (3 credits) ** BB 509 Scale Up of Bioprocessing capabilities for live and fixed samples in- Strategies for optimization of bioprocesses for scale-up applications will be explored. In addition ** BB 560 Methods of Protein Purification cluding Confocal microscopy with FRET and Downstream Processing to the theory of scaling up unit operations in and FRAP, Atomic Force Microscopy, and bioprocessing, students will scale up a bench-scale BB 565 Virology microinjection/manipulation and histol- bioprocess (5 liters), including fermenta- tion BB 561 Model Systems: Experimental ogy capabilities; an Analytical core, with and downstream processing to 55 liters. Specific Approaches and Applications NMR, Atomic-absorption (AA) spectros- topics include the effects of scaling up on: mass BB 562 Cell Cycle Regulation copy, LC-MS and GC-MS capabilities; transfer and bioreactor design, harvesting BB 575 Advanced Genetics and Cellular techniques including tangential flow filtration and Molecular Cores for DNA/RNA/ and centrifugation, and chromatography (open Biology tissue work. Additional shared common ** BB 581 Bioinformatics column and HPLC). (Prerequisites: BB 4050/505 spaces include centralized facilities for and BB 4060/560 as a working knowledge of the ** BB 598 Directed Research waste disposal, media preparation as well bench-scale processes will be assumed. Otherwise, ** BB 4xxx Capstone courses as dishwashing. The facility is part of the instructor permission is required.) Related Courses WPI-University of Massachusetts Con- BB 515. Environmental Change: Problems ** BCB 502 Biovisualization sortium which allows researchers at both and Approaches CH 540 Regulation of Gene Expression institutions to access facilities and services (3 credits) CH 555 Advanced Topics at the other institution at “in-house” rates. This seminar course will examine what is known CH 560 Current Topics in about ecological responses to both natural and Biochemistry Bioprocess Center (BPC) human-mediated environmental changes, and ** CH 561 Functional Genomics Researchers at the BPC design and develop explore approaches for solving ecological problems CH 4110 Biochemistry I and increasing environmental sustainability. scalable processes for drug manufactur- Areas of focus may include, and are not limited CH 4120 Biochemistry II ing. The BPC contracts with biotechnol- to, conservation genetics, ecological responses to CH 4130 Biochemistry III ogy companies, to supply drug targets in global climate change, sustainable use of living ** CH 516 Chemical Spectroscopy research quantities and conduct lab- and natural resources, and the environmental impacts ** CH 536 NMR Spectroscopy pilot-scale process development. of agricultural biotechnology. CH 538 Medicinal Chemistry BB 551. Research Integrity in the Sciences CH 541 Membrane Biophysics Biomanufacturing Education (1 credit) ** CH 554 Molecular Modeling and Training Center (BETC) Students are exposed to various issues related to CHE 521 Biochemical Engineering WPI’s Biomanufacturing Education and integrity in doing research to enable development ** BME 562 Small animal surgery Training Center, the first of its kind in the of an appropriately reasonable course of action ** BME 550 Tissue Engineering Northeast, provides innovative workforce in order to maintain integrity on a variety of MIS 576 Project Management research-related performance and reporting development solutions customized to the activities. These activities include, but are not FIN 500 Financial information in specific needs of an industry. Serving life limited to data fabrication, authorship, copyright, Management sciences companies from across the region plagiarism, unintended dual use of technology, and the globe, the center represents an and responsibilities towards peers who may innovative partnership of academia and in- request your confidential review or feedback. dustry by offering hands-on and classroom The course will use class discussion, case studies, training by experts in a wide-range of roles and exercises to facilitate an understanding of the responsibilities of scientists to their profession. and disciplines. Students may receive credit for either BB551 or a BB570 course entitled Research Integrity in the Sciences but not both.

40 Biology and Biotechnology Return to Table of Contents BB 552. Scientific Writing and Proposal and Downstream Processing BB 570. Special Topics Development (3 credits) (variable credit) (3 credits) This course provides a detailed hands-on survey Specialty subject courses are offered based on the This course will cover key elements to writing of state-of-the-art methods employed by the expertise of the department faculty such as Stem successful grant proposals and manuscripts. This biotechnology industry for the purification of Cell Biology. includes project development, identification products, proteins in particular, from fermentation of funding agencies or journals, proposal and processes. Focus is on methods that offer the BB 575. Advanced Genetics and Cellular manuscript writing and editing, as well as aspects best potential for scale-up. Included is the theory Biology of the submission and review process. Students of the design, as well as the operation of these (3 credits) will be expected to develop a NIH/NSF style methods both at the laboratory scale and scaled Topics in this course focus on the basic building postdoctoral proposal outside their dissertation up. It is intended for biology, biotechnology, blocks of life: molecules, genes and cells. The field and participate in a mock proposal review chemical engineering and biochemistry students. course will address areas of the organization, panel. Students are expected to complete this (Prerequisite: knowledge of basic biochemistry is structure, function and analysis of the genome course prior to their Qualifying Exam. Students assumed.) and of cells. (Prerequisite: A familiarity with may receive credit for either BB552 or a BB570 fundamentals of recombinant DNA and course entitled Scientific Writing and Proposal BB 561. Model Systems: Experimental molecular biological techniques as well as cell Development but not both. Approaches and Applications biology.) (2 credit) BB 553. Experimental Design and Statistics The course is intended to introduce students to BB 581/BCB 501. Bioinformatics in the Life Sciences the use of model experimental systems in modern (3 credits) (3 credits) biological research. The course covers prokaryotic This course will provide an overview of This applied course introduces students to the and eukaryotic systems including microbial bioinformatics, covering a broad selection of basics of experimental design and data analysis. (Escherichia coli) and single cells eukaryotes the most important techniques used to analyze Emphasis will be placed on designing biological (fungi); invertebrate (Caenorhabditis elegans, biological sequence and expression data. experiments that are suitable for statistical analysis, Drosophila melanogaster) and vertebrate (mice, Students will acquire a working knowledge of choosing appropriate statistical tests to perform, zebra fish) systems and plants (moss, algae and bioinformatics applications through hands-on use and interpreting the results of statistical tests. We Arabidopsis thaliana). Use of these systems in basic of software to ask and answer biological questions. will cover statistical methods commonly used by and applied research will be examined. Students In addition, the course will provide students with biologists to analyze experimental data, including may receive credit for either BB561 or a BB570 an introduction to the theory behind some of testing the fit of data to theoretical distributions, course entitled Model Systems: Experimental the most important algorithms used to analyze comparisons of groups, and regression analysis. Approaches and Applications but not both. sequence data (for example, alignment algorithms Both parametric and non-parametric tests will be and the use of hidden Markov models). Topics discussed. Students will use computer packages BB 562. Cell Cycle Regulation covered will include protein and DNA sequence to analyze their own experimental data. Students (3 credits) alignments, evolutionary analysis and phylogenetic may receive credit for either BB553 or a BB570 This course focuses on molecular events that trees, obtaining protein secondary structure course entitled Experimental Design and Statistics regulate cell cycle transitions and their relevance from sequence, and analysis of gene expression in the Life Sciences but not both. to mammalian differentiated and undifferentiated including clustering methods. (Prerequisite: cells. Topics include control of the G1/S and knowledge of genetics, molecular biology, and BB 554. Journal Club G2/M transitions, relationships between tumor statistics at the undergraduate level.) Students may (1 credit) suppressor genes such as p16, Rb, p53 or not receive credit for both BB 581 and BB 4801. This course is offered every semester covering oncogenes such as cyclin D, cdc25A, MDM2 or different topics, both basic and applied, in Biology c-myc and cell cycle control. Where appropriate, BB 598. Directed Research and Biotechnology and rotates among the faculty. the focus is on understanding regulation of Directed research conducted under the guidance Students read and discuss the literature in relevant cell cycle control through transcriptional of a faculty member in the BB Program. topics. induction of gene expression, protein BB 599. Master’s Thesis associations, posttranslational modifications like BB 556. Mentored Teaching Experience A Master’s thesis in Biology and Biotechnology phosphorylation or regulation of protein stability consists of a research and development project (1 credit) like ubiquitin degradation. Students may receive worth a minimum of 9 graduate credit hours This course is arranged with an individual faculty credit for either BB562 or a BB570 course entitled advised by a faculty member in the BB Program. member within the student’s discipline. The Cell Cycle Regulation but not both. The student must satisfactorily complete a written graduate student is involved in the development dissertation, public presentation, and private of course materials, such as a syllabus, projects, BB 565. Virology defense with thesis committee. or quizzes, and course delivery, such as lecturing (3 credits) or facilitating a conference session (20% delivery This advanced level course uses a seminar format BB 699. Ph.D. Dissertation limit). In addition to covering course pedagogy, based on research articles to discuss current topics A Ph.D. thesis in Biology and Biotechnology the faculty member arranges for the student related to the molecular/cell biology of viral consists of a research and development project teacher to be evaluated by students enrolled in the structure, function, and evolution. Particular worth a minimum of 30 graduate credit hours course and reviews the student reports with the emphasis is placed on pathological mechanisms advised by a faculty member affiliated with the student teacher. of various human disorders, especially emerging BB Program. Students must pass a qualifying disease, and the use of viruses in research. exam before the student can register for Ph.D. BB 560. Methods of Protein Purification thesis credits. The student must satisfactorily complete a written dissertation, defend in a public presentation and private defense with thesis committee.

Biology and Biotechnology 41 Return to Table of Contents Biomedical Engineering www.wpi.edu/+bme Faculty M. W. Rolle, Associate Professor, Ph.D., patches and skeletal muscle regeneration), University of Washington, Seattle; microtissue models of normal and diseased K. L. Billiar, Professor and Department Cardio-vascular tissue engineering, human tissues (liver, cardiovascular, Head; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; bioreactor design, cell-based tissue repair, skeletal muscle and cancer), advanced Biomechanics of soft tissues and biomate- cell and molecular engineering, cell-de- biomanufacturing of cells, biomolecules, rials, mechanobiology, wound healing, rived extracellular matrix scaffolds, delivery biomaterials, and tissue biofabrication. tissue growth and development; functional and control of extracellular matrix genes. More recent interdisciplinary work focuses tissue engineering, regenerative medicine. K. L. Troy, Associate Professor; Ph.D., on the use of decellularized plant tissues D. R. Albrecht, Assistant Professor; University of Iowa; orthopedic biome- as biomaterials, and exploring the plant- Ph.D., University of California, San chanics, multi-scale modeling, finite animal cell interface for the development Diego; bioMEMS, microfluidics, quan- element analysis, medical image analysis, of advanced biomanufacturing and tissue titative systems analysis and modeling, bone and joint structure. engineering processes. biodynamics, neural circuits and behavior, Primary faculty: Billiar, Coburn, Gaudette, optogenetics, high-throughput chemical/ C. F. Whittington, Assistant Professor; Pins, Rolle, Whittington genetic screens, tissue engineering, 3-D Ph.D., Purdue University; Cell- Collaborative faculty: Camesano, cell micropatterning, dielectrophoresis. extracellular matrix interactions, Dominko, Roberts, Soboyejo, Weathers biomaterials, 3D culture, tissue J. Coburn, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., engineering, mechanobiology, disease Biomechanics and Mechanobiology Johns Hopkins University; biomaterials, models, tumor microenvironment, tumor Biomechanics research at WPI focuses on scaffolds, tissue engineering, 3-D tissue metastasis, phenotypic assay development, measuring the effects of mechanical forces models, stem cells, cell-matrix/material high-throughput and high-content on skeletal and soft tissue remodeling, and interactions, drug delivery, oncology screening. using imaging data and computational therapeutics. tools to understand these effects in the H. Zhang, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., G. R. Gaudette, Professor; Ph.D., SUNY context of human organ and tissue Johns Hopkins University; Biomedical function. Projects include quantifying the Stony Brook; Cardiac biomechanics, robotics, biomedical imaging, ultrasound myocardial regeneration, biomaterial effects of exercise and pathology (aging, and photoacoustic instrumentation, injury and non-loading, such as in spinal scaffolds, tissue engineering, stem cell functional imaging of brain and cancer, applications, optical imaging techniques. cord injury) on bone remodeling and image-guided therapy and intervention. mechanics, modeling concussion injury in S. Ji, Associate Professor; D.Sc., Washing- the brain, and applications of robotics in ton University in St. Louis; Biomechanics, Research Interests rehabilitative medicine and image-guided brain injury, finite element analysis, multi- Biomedical engineering (BME) faculty surgery. Mechanobiology research aims to scale modeling, neuroimaging, medical and graduate students work in multi- understand the mechanical forces through image analysis, sports medicine. disciplinary teams across campus, as well which cells act on and respond to their K. Lee, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Massa- as with external collaborators in academia, environment within normal and diseased chusetts Institute of Technology; mecha- medicine and industry. Biomedical tissues (heart valve disease, cardiac repair, nobiology, cell mechanics, cell morphody- engineering graduate students may cancer). conduct thesis and dissertation research namics, cancer cell migration, quantitative Primary faculty: Billiar, Gaudette, Ji, Troy and projects under the supervision of live cell imaging, quantitative cell biology, Collaborative faculty: Fischer, Fofana, primary BME department faculty or computational image analysis, data min- Popovic, Tang, Tüzel, Wen ing, genome engineering, optogenetics. collaborative BME faculty advisors. Please refer to the Biomedical Engineering Bioinstrumentation and Signal Y. Mendelson, Professor; Ph.D., Case Department website for a current listing Processing Western Reserve University; Biomedical of primary and collaborative faculty Bioinstrumentation research at WPI sensors for invasive and noninvasive (www.wpi.edu/+bme) and their research focuses on developing sensors for physiological monitoring, pulse oximeters, interests. Primary areas of research focus physiological monitoring (pulse oximeters, microcomputer-based­ medical instrumen­ include: pressure ulcer sensors). Signal processing tation,­ signal processing, wearable wireless Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering research extends to the application of biomedical sensors, application of optics to quantitative microscopy and machine biomedicine, telemedicine. Several BME researchers at WPI focus on creating biomaterials and engineered learning to identify cell phenotypes G. D. Pins, Professor; Ph.D., Rutgers tissues for regenerative medicine and associated with health and disease University; Cell and tissue engineering, drug discovery applications. Research (cancer metastasis, quality assessment biomaterials, bioMEMS, scaffolds for soft projects include: engineered biomaterials for cell manufacturing). Quantitative tissue repair, cell-material interactions, for cell delivery and tissue repair (cardiac microscopy and imaging, combined with wound healing, cell culture technologies.

42 Biomedical Engineering Return to Table of Contents microfabricated MEMS devices for whole Motion capture and computational Boston Seaport organism studies (C. elegans), are being mechanics (head impact sensors, gait In January 2018, WPI opened the doors applied to enable high throughput and analysis, high density mapping of soft to a new space at the heart of Boston’s bioinformatics analysis of neurobiology tissue mechanics, integration of medical Seaport District, home to a number of networks and behavior to model human imaging data with multi-scale and finite innovative technology companies. The neurobiology (sleep, autism). element modeling of musculoskeletal and facility houses a classroom, conference Primary faculty: Albrecht, Lee, Mendelson brain injury biomechanics) room, event space, and several meeting Collaborative faculty: Clancy, Liu In addition, biomedical engineering spaces that can be reserved by student faculty and students have access to other and faculty teams working with Boston Research Laboratories WPI facilities and resources at Gateway and Cambridge companies, academic or and Facilities Park, including courses and equipment clinical research partners. housed in the Biomanufacturing Biomedical Engineering research Education and Training Center (BETC), Regional Research Partnerships laboratories are located in the four-story, and courses and events at the Foisie WPI’s geographic location in the heart of 125,000-square-foot WPI Life Science School of Business, both located next central Massachusetts makes it accessible and Bioengineering Center (LSBC) door to LSBC at 50 Prescott Street. to regional academic and medical centers at Gateway Park (60 Prescott Street). Robotics Program research laboratories in Boston and Cambridge, and hundreds Laboratory capabilities and equipment are located across the street at 85 Prescott of medical device and biotechnology include: Street. companies, hospitals and research facilities Biomaterials fabrication (electrospinning, throughout the northeast. polymer synthesis, chemical modification, Two new WPI Gateway Park research University of Massachusetts Medical plant- and animal-based biomaterial facilities are under construction as of School (UMMS) is located in Worcester processing and synthesis) 2018: Practice Point will house point-of-care less than 2 miles from the WPI campus. Biomedical sensors and bioinstrumen­ suites where industry-clinician-academic BME faculty and students engage in many tation (design and microfabrication research teams will collaborate to develop active collaborations with faculty and of reflective pulse oximetry sensors, advanced healthcare technologies. clinicians at UMMS. With guidance and microcomputer-based biomedical Research focus areas include medical and approval from the BME Graduate Studies instrumentation, digital signal processing, surgical robotics, image-guided robotic Committee, BME graduate students may wearable wireless biomedical sensors, surgery, assistive technologies, home health take courses and pursue research and application of optics to biomedicine and care, digital and connected health systems, projects advised by BME program faculty telemedicine) and advanced prosthetic and rehabilitative at UMMS. Cell culture (class I and II biosafety engineering. U.S. Army Natick Soldier Research, cabinets, incubators, supporting Advanced Integrated Manufacturing Development and Engineering Center infrastructure) (AIM) Photonics Lab (in partnership (NSRDEC) is located in nearby Natick, Histology (paraffin processing and with Quinsigamond Community Massachusetts. BME faculty and students embedding equipment, microtomes, College) will enable rapid prototyping, engage in collaborative projects focused on cryotome and special staining stations) testing, and training in advanced sensing making soldiers’ lives easier, healthier, and safer. Medical imaging (quantitative computed technology to support economic and tomography to measure mineralization in workforce development and innovation in Tufts Cummings School of Veterinary bone) manufacturing. Medicine is located in nearby Grafton, Massachusetts (approximately 8 miles Microfabrication lab (rapid prototyping AIM is one of the eight national Manufacturing USA Institutes WPI from WPI campus). BME faculty and microfluidic and microelectical mechanical students engage in research and design systems (MEMS)) is a member of, which has enabled unique opportunities to engage in projects in collaboration with veterinarians Microscopy (multiple inverted and industry-government-academic research and research faculty at Tufts to improve epifluorescent microscopes, confocal partnerships that create value for areas of veterinary medicine. microscopes, atomic force microscopes, national need in advanced manufacturing. light sheet imaging, live still and video Primary and collaborative BME faculty Programs of Study image capture of cells, tissues and are active members of the Advanced The goal of the biomedical engineering organisms, fluorescent tracking and Regenerative Medicine Institute (ARMI) (BME) graduate programs is to apply quantitative analysis of neural and muscle and National Institute for Innovation in engineering principles and technology that cell activity) Manufacturing and Biopharmaceuticals create value and innovative approaches to solve significant biomedical problems. Mechanical testing (Instron EPS (NIIMBL). Students trained in these programs have 1000; custom mechanical testing and found rewarding careers in major medical conditioning systems) and biomedical research centers, academia, medical device and biotechnology industries, and entrepreneurial enterprises.

Biomedical Engineering 43 Return to Table of Contents BME graduate programs are designed project may extend beyond the time physical and computational sciences, to be flexible, student-centered, and required to complete the required courses including physics, computer science and customizable to each individual student’s in the Project-Based M.S. or M.E. degree applied mathematics are also encouraged academic background, professional programs. The Project-Based M.S. option to apply. experience, and career goals. Courses is designed to gain hands-on technical Applicants with undergraduate degrees may be taken on campus or online (as experience by engaging in defined in biology or pharmacy that do not have available). Depending on the specific engineering design projects relevant to a strong computational or engineering degree program, coursework, thesis and clinical or industry stakeholders. The focus are encouraged to explore advanced dissertation research, and project work M.E. option is course-based and designed degree programs offered by collaborating may be integrated with industry co-ops for the student interested in acquiring WPI Life Science and Bioengineering and internships, full-time employment advanced technical depth in an area of departments, such as Biology and in a related industry, or an international biomedical engineering specialization, and Biotechnology (BBT), Bioinformatics research experience. may be completed on campus or online. and Computational Biology (BCB) or Each admitted and matriculated student is The M.S. or M.E. degrees can serve as a Chemistry and Biochemistry (CBC). assigned a BME Faculty Academic Advisor terminal degree for students interested in to provide guidance on course selection advanced technical training, professional Degree Requirements development, and specialization in and degree program planning. In addition, For the M.S. all students submit an individual Plan biomedical engineering. of Study to the BME Graduate Studies A minimum of 30 credit hours is required Combined B.S./Master’s Degree for the Master of Science degree, which Committee for review during their first Program semester, and periodically throughout their may be met by satisfying the requirements degree program, for feedback to ensure This program affords an opportunity for a Thesis-Based or Project-Based that they are on track to meet degree for outstanding WPI undergraduate program of study. BME courses include requirements. students to earn both a B.S. degree and a BME 500-level or 4000-level courses master’s degree in biomedical engineering (except BME 4300. MQP Capstone All BME graduate degree programs adhere concurrently, and in less time than would Design). Electives may include any WPI to WPI’s general requirements detailed in typically be required to earn each degree graduate-level engineering, physics, math, the WPI Graduate Catalog. separately. The principal advantage of biomedical engineering, or equivalent Doctoral Programs this program is that it allows for certain course (500- or 4000-level), subject to credits to be counted towards both the approval of the department Graduate The degree of doctor of philosophy in degree requirements, thereby reducing Studies Committee. A maximum of 8 Biomedical Engineering is conferred on the total number of courses taken to credits of coursework at the 4000-level candidates in recognition of exceptional earn both degrees. With careful planning may be applied to meet the requirements academic achievement and the ability to and motivation, the Combined Program for the Master of Science degree. carry on original independent research. typically allows a student to complete M.S. (Thesis-Based) 30 credits Graduates of the program will be prepared requirements for both degrees with only BME courses 15 credits to lead research projects in academic one additional year of full-time study BME 599 (M.S. Thesis) institutions, government agencies, or in beyond the B.S. degree (five years total). 6 credits minimum the medical device and biotechnology However, because a student must still Electives 9 credits industries. satisfy all degree requirements, the actual M.S. (Project-Based) 30 credits Master’s Degree Programs time spent in the program may be longer than five years. BME courses 15 credits There are two master’s degree options in BME 597 (M.S. Project) 6 credits Students in the Combined Program may biomedical engineering: the course-based Electives 9 credits Master of Engineering (M.E.), and the choose to complete any one of the master’s Master of Science (M.S.) in Biomedical degree options: a Thesis-Based or Project- Thesis (6 credits, Thesis-Based M.S.) Engineering. For the M.S. degree, Based Master of Science (B.S./M.S.) or a The Thesis-Based M.S. program requires students may choose a Thesis-Based or Master of Engineering (B.S./M.E.). a minimum of 6 credits of BME 599. Project-Based program of study. While Master’s Thesis and completion of an the expected levels of student academic Admissions Requirements independent research project under the performance are the same for all three Biomedical engineering embraces the supervision of a Biomedical Engineering degree options, they are oriented toward application of engineering to the study Program Faculty advisor. This option different career goals. The Thesis-Based of medicine and biology. While the is well-suited for the student seeking to M.S. is oriented toward the student scope of biomedical engineering is engage in deeper, open-ended inquiry who wants to focus on a particular facet broad, applicants are expected to have into a research area, in preparation for of biomedical engineering practice or an undergraduate degree or a strong advanced research training (e.g., Ph.D. research, or as preparation for pursuing background in engineering and to degree) or research-focused career doctoral research. Due to the nature of achieve basic and advanced knowledge in opportunities in a medical, academic, open-ended independent research, a thesis engineering, life sciences, and biomedical government, or industry laboratory engineering. Applicants with degrees in setting.

44 Biomedical Engineering Return to Table of Contents Project (6 credits, Project-Based M.S.) 1) Mathematics. Understanding Life Science: The Project-Based M.S. program enables and ability to apply fundamental BME 560. Physiology for Engineers students to engage in a focused, credit- principles of mathematics (e.g., BME 562. Laboratory Animal Surgery based independent project experience that statistics, numerical methods, or BME 564. Cell and Molecular Biology builds on their individual professional computational modeling). for Engineers and academic experience. The program 2) Life science. Understanding Regulations and Controls: will facilitate development of experience, and ability to apply fundamental BME 532. Medical Device Regulation skillset, and mindset to contribute and principles of life science (e.g., cell BME 595D. Medical Device Design lead in industry as engineers in a variety and molecular biology, physiology). Controls of biomedical engineering roles. The 3) Clinical needs analysis and Project-Based M.S. program requires design. Ability to communicate Clinical Needs Analysis and Design: completion of 6 credits of BME 597. effectively with clinical stakeholders, BME 592. Healthcare Systems and Professional Project, and completion of a understanding of healthcare systems, Clinical Practice capstone deliverable representative of their exposure to clinical environments Value Creation, Innovation, integrated project experience (e.g., poster and practice, understanding clinical Technology Commercialization. or platform presentation, department needs and recognizing opportunities BME 595V. Value Creation and seminar, final presentation, online to improve healthcare delivery and Innovation in BME Thesis Research portfolio). The Project may include one or practice. ETR 500. Entrepreneurship and more integrated project-based experiences: 4) Regulation and controls. Innovation 1) BME 5900. Internship or Co-op. Understanding of regulations and ETR 593. Technology Commercialization: Students may apply for an industry- standards applied to biomedical Theory, Strategy and Practice based co-op or internship, and earn engineering design, manufacturing, SYS 501. Concepts of Systems academic credit while using elements of and research (e.g., medical device Engineering the co-op or internship as the basis for design regulations, FDA regulations, SYS 502. Business Practice satisfying the project requirement. engineering standards, QC/QA, 2) BME 5910. Master’s Design Project. GMP/GLP). Technical Depth Specializations and Students may work with a faculty 5) Value creation, innovation, Example Courses. advisor to design a device or prototype technology commercialization. To aid students in developing a Plan of that meets a specific set of technical Development and practice of Study that fulfills the Technical Depth objectives. innovation mindset and skillset requirement, we provide the following 3) BME 5920. Clinical Preceptorship. to create value and recognize examples. These lists are not exhaustive. Students may work with faculty opportunities for innovation in Students may propose alternative courses advisors in collaboration with clinicians the design and development of and specializations, including thematically- (including medical, dental, veterinary) medical technologies; commercial related courses double-counted toward a to design a device, system, or other and clinical translation of medical WPI Graduate Certificate, to fulfill the product that creates value with positive innovations that impact healthcare Technical Depth requirement (subject to impact on clinical practice. delivery and practice. review and approval by the department Graduate Studies Committee). In addition, the following requirements Core Competencies. must be met for both Master of Science To aid students in developing a Plan of Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering: degree programs: Study, the following example courses that BME 531. Biomaterials in the Design of • Technical Depth Requirement (15 can fulfill each of the five (5) BME Core Medical Devices credits minimum). Thematically- Competencies are provided. Alternative BME/ME 550. Tissue Engineering related advanced engineering and courses may be applied to fulfill BME/ME 552. Tissue Mechanics science coursework in an area of competency requirements. Students need BME 555. BioMEMS and Tissue technical focus within a Biomedical only take one (1) course to fulfill a given Microengineering Engineering specialization. competency. Alternatively, waivers may be BME 583. Biomedical Microscopy and considered based on documented work Quantitative Imaging • Seminar Requirement. Students must experience, advanced degrees, majors, BME/ME 4814. Biomaterials take BME 591. Graduate Seminar (0 or minors that demonstrate advanced BME 4828. Biomaterials-Tissue credits) and pass it twice. mastery in the core competency area. Interactions • BME Core Competencies. In Course substitutions and waivers must BME 4831. Drug Delivery addition to meeting the specified be approved by the department Graduate BME 4701. Cell and Molecular minimum credit requirements for the Studies Committee. Bioengineering degree program, all Master of Science CHE 521. Biochemical Engineering Mathematics: candidates must satisfy five (5) BME MTE 509. Electron Microscopy MA 511. Applied Statistics for Engineers Core Competencies. MTE 558. Plastics and Scientists MTE 511. Structure and Properties of MA 501. Engineering Mathematics Engineering Materials

Biomedical Engineering 45 Return to Table of Contents MTE 512. Properties and Performance For the Ph.D. Possible outcomes of the qualifying exami- of Engineering Materials The Ph.D. program has no formal course nation are: MTE/MFE 5841. Surface Metrology requirements. However, because research 1. Unconditional Pass – The candidate PH 561. Atomic Force Microscopy in the field of biomedical engineering satisfied a majority of the QEC accord- Biomechanics and Medical Robotics: requires a solid working knowledge of a ing to all criteria. BME 552. Tissue Mechanics broad range of subjects in the life sciences, 2. Conditional Pass with specific course RBE 500. Foundations of Robotics engineering and mathematics, course cred- work to address a specific deficiency – ME/RBE 501. Robot Dynamics its must be distributed across the following The candidate satisfied a majority of the RBE 520. Biomechanics and Robotics categories with the noted minimums: QEC with the exception of a particular weakness in one of the areas of special- RBE 580. Biomedical Robotics • 12 credits of biomedical engineering BME/ME 4504. Biomechanics ization. The QEC is confident that the (any BME course except BME 560, weakness can be corrected by the candi- BME/ME 4606. Biofluids 562, or 564) BME 450X. Computational date taking a particular course specific • 3 credits of life science (e.g., BME Biomechanics to the area of weakness. Upon comple- 560, 562, 564; graduate-level biology tion of the designated course with a “B” Additional Technical Depth Courses: courses) grade or higher, the student advances to BME 523/BME 4023. Biomedical • 3 credits of advanced mathematics (e.g., PhD candidacy. Instrumentation MA 501, 511; graduate-level math 3. Fail with an opportunity to retake BME 581. Medical Imaging courses) within 6 months – The QEC deter- BME 4011. Biomedical Signal Analysis • 3 credits of life science or advanced mined that the candidate had several BME 4201. Biomedical Imaging mathematics weaknesses. However, the majority of ECE 503. Digital Signal Processing the QEC determined that the student ECE 5106. Modeling of Electromagnetic • 12 credits electives has the potential to be a successful Fields in Electrical & Biological • 1 credit responsible conduct of research PhD candidate and could address the Systems (usually satisfied by taking BB 551: weaknesses. In this case, the student CS 583/BCB 503. Biological and Research Integrity in the Sciences) will have an opportunity to repeat the Biomedical Database Mining • 30 credits dissertation research (BME exam, which must be accomplished CS 534. Artificial Intelligence 699) with 6 months of the original exam. CS 539. Machine Learning • In addition, students are required to The second exam only has two possible CS 545/ECE 545. Digital Image pass BME 591: Graduate Seminar four outcomes; unconditional pass, or fail Processing times. without opportunity to retake the exam. For the M.E. Electives may include any WPI graduate- Admission to Ph.D. candidacy is officially level engineering, physics, mathematics, A minimum of 33 credit hours is required conferred upon students who have com- biomedical engineering, or equivalent for the Master of Engineering degree. pleted their course credit requirements, ex- course, subject to approval of the BME Course requirements include: clusive of dissertation research credit, and Graduate Studies Committee. Students • 12 credits of biomedical engineering passed the Ph.D. qualifying examination. may substitute 3 to 6 credits of directed re- (any BME course except BME 560, search for 3 credits of biomedical engineer- 562, or 564) Laboratory Rotations. ing and/or 3 credits of electives. • 3 credits of life science (e.g., BME Students in the Ph.D. program may participate in optional laboratory rotations 560, 562, 564; graduate-level biology Qualifying Examination. courses) during their first year in the program. No later than the fifth semester after Laboratory rotations—short periods of • 3 credits of advanced mathematics (e.g., formal admittance to the Ph.D. program, research experience under the direction of MA 501, 511; graduate-level math students are required to pass a Ph.D. quali- program faculty members—are intended courses) fying examination. This examination is a to familiarize students with concepts and • 3 credits of life science or advanced defense of an original research proposal, techniques in several different engineering mathematics made before a qualifying examination and scientific fields. They allow faculty • 12 credits electives committee (QEC) representative of the members to observe and evaluate the area of specialization. The examina- • In addition, students are required to research aptitudes of students and permit tion is used to evaluate the ability of the pass BME 591: Graduate Seminar twice. students to evaluate the types of projects student to pose meaningful engineer- that might be developed into dissertation Electives may include any WPI graduate- ing and scientific questions, to propose projects. Upon completion of each rota- level engineering, physics, mathematics, experimental methods for answering those tion, the student presents a seminar and biomedical engineering, or equivalent questions, and to interpret the validity and written report on the research accom- course, subject to approval of the BME significance of probable outcomes of these plished. Each rotation is a 3- or 4-credit Graduate Studies Committee. Students experiments. It is also used to test a stu- course and can last a minimum of seven may substitute 3 to 6 credits of directed dent’s comprehension and understanding weeks, or up to a full semester. research for 3 credits of biomedical of their formal coursework in life sciences, engineering and/or 3 credits of electives. biomedical engineering and mathematics.

46 Biomedical Engineering Return to Table of Contents Teaching Requirement. BME 532. Medical Device Regulation BME 562. Laboratory Animal Surgery All candidates for the Ph.D. degree must This course provides an overview of regulations A study of anesthesia, surgical techniques and demonstrate teaching skills by prepar- that guide the medical devices industry. Primary postoperative care in small laboratory animals. ing, presenting and evaluating a teaching focus is on the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act Anatomy and physiology of species used (FD&C Act) and its associated regulations. included as needed. Class limited to 15 students. exercise. This experience may involve a The course covers the FD&C Act, including Approximately 15 surgical exercises are performed research seminar, lecture, demonstration or definitions, prohibited acts, penalties and general by each student. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing. conference presentation. The presentation authority. The course also covers regulations, Admission of undergraduate students requires and associated materials are critiqued and including establishment registration, premarket the permission of the department head and the evaluated by program faculty members. approval (PMA) and current good manufacturing instructor.) practices. Requirements of other federal agencies The department Graduate Studies Com- NOTE: This course can be used to satisfy a life (NRC, FCC, EPA) will also be discussed. mittee is responsible for evaluating the science requirement in the biomedical engineering teaching exercise based on criteria previ- BME/ME 550. Tissue Engineering program. It cannot be used to satisfy a biomedical ously defined. The teaching requirement This biomaterials course focuses on the selection, engineering course requirement. processing, testing and performance of materials can be fulfilled at any time, and there is no BME 564. Cell and Molecular Biology for used in biomedical applications with special Engineers limit to the number of attempts a student emphasis upon tissue engineering. Topics include An advanced course in cell and molecular biology may make to fulfill this requirement. It material selection and processing, mechanisms for engineering graduate students, with an em- must, however, be completed successfully and kinetics of material degradation, cell- phasis on molecular approaches to measuring and before the dissertation defense can be held. material interactions and interfaces; effect of manipulating cell responses for biomedical engi- construct architecture on tissue growth; and neering applications. Course topics will include in transport through engineered tissues. Examples Course Descriptions depth exploration of the molecular basis of cellular of engineering tissues for replacing cartilage, All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. function, including protein biochemistry, signal bone, tendons, ligaments, skin and liver will transduction, cell-extracellular matrix interac- be presented. (Prerequisites: A first course in BME 523. Biomedical Instrumentation tions and regulation of gene expression. Tools and biomaterials equivalent to BME/ME 4814 Origins and characteristics of bioelectric signals, techniques used in modern cell and molecular and a basic understanding of cell biology and recording electrodes, biopotential amplifiers, biology will be discussed in the context of current physiology. Admission of undergraduate students basic sensors, chemical, pressure, sound, and flow research literature. transducers, noninvasive monitoring techniques requires the permission of the instructor.) and electrical safety. (Prerequisites: Circuits and NOTE: This course can be used to satisfy a life BME/ME 552. Tissue Mechanics electronics, control engineering or equivalent.) science requirement in the graduate biomedical This biomechanics course focuses on advanced engineering program. It cannot be used to satisfy a BME 531. Biomaterials in the Design techniques for the characterization of the biomedical engineering course requirement (under- of Medical Devices structure and function of hard and soft tissues graduate or graduate). Biomaterials are an integral part of medical and their relationship to physiological processes. devices, implants, controlled drug delivery Applications include tissue injury, wound healing, BME 581. Medical Imaging Systems systems, and tissue engineered constructs. the effect of pathological conditions upon tissue Overview of the physics of medical image analysis. Extensive research efforts have been expended properties, and design of medical devices and Topics covered include X-Ray tubes, fluoroscopic on understanding how biologic systems interact prostheses. (Prerequisite: An understanding of screens, image intensifiers; nuclear medicine; with biomaterials. Meanwhile, controversy has basic continuum mechanics.) ultrasound; computer tomography; nuclear revolved around biomaterials and their availability magnetic resonance imaging. Image quality BME 555. BioMEMS and Tissue as a result of the backlash to the huge liability of each modality is described mathematically, Microengineering resulting from controversies related to material using linear systems theory (Fourier transforms, This course covers microscale biological and processing shortcomings of medical devices. convolutions). (Prerequisite: Signal analysis course and physical phenomena and state-of-the- This course specifically addresses the unique role BME/ECE 4011 or equivalent.) art techniques to measure and manipulate of biomaterials in medical device design and these processes. Topics include scaling laws, BME 583. Biomedical Microscopy and the use of emerging biomaterials technology in microfabrication, machining three-dimensional Quantitative Imaging medical devices. The need to understand design microstructures, patterning biomolecules, and This course introduces fundamental principles requirements of medical devices based on safety designing and building microfluidic devices. We of biomedical imaging focused on quantitative and efficacy will be addressed. Unexpected will cover various biomedical problems that can microscopy. Topics include physical basis of device failure can occur if testing fails to be addressed with microfabrication technology light microscopy, fluorescence microscopy, live account for synergistic interactions from chronic and their associated engineering challenges, cell imaging and computer vision algorithms. loading, aqueous environments, and biologic with special emphasis on applications related to Advanced topics include 3D imaging (confocal, interactions. Testing methodologies are readily quantitative biology, tissue microengineering, light sheet, 2-photon), super-resolution, sample available to assess accelerated effects of loading in controlling the cellular microenvironment, and preparation, and equipment considerations. physiologic-like environments. This combined clinical/diagnostic lab-on-a-chip devices. Selected topics in medical imaging (CT, MRI, with subchronic effects of animal implants is a ultrasound) may be included, with hands-on potential tool in assessing durability. It is difficult BME 560. Physiology for Engineers instruction on commercial and student-built to predict the chronic effects of the total biologic An introduction to fundamental principles in systems. environment. The ultimate determination of cell biology and physiology designed to provide safety comes not only from following the details the necessary background for advanced work in NOTE: Students who received credit for BME 581 of regulations, but with an understanding of biomedical engineering. Quantitative methods of in Spring 2016 may not also receive credit for BME potential failure modes and designs that lowers engineering and the physical sciences are stressed. 583. the risk of these failures. This course will evaluate Topics include cell biology, DNA technology and biomaterials and their properties as related to the the physiology of major organ systems. design and reliability of medical devices. NOTE: This course can be used to satisfy a life science requirement in the biomedical engineering program. It cannot be used to satisfy a biomedical engineering course requirement.

Biomedical Engineering 47 Return to Table of Contents BME 591. Graduate Seminar BME 594. Biomedical Engineering member, in consultation with the sponsor. To (0 credits) Journal Club complete the project, a capstone deliverable, repre- Topics in biomedical engineering are presented (1 credit) sentative of the experience, is required. Examples both by authorities in the field and graduate This course will cover different topics in of deliverables include a device prototype, public students in the program. Provides a forum for biomedical engineering research, both basic presentation, online portfolio, or another format the communication of current research and an and translational. Enrolled students read and appropriate for the specific project. Students opportunity for graduate students to prepare discuss the literature in relevant topics, which should register for a total of 6 credits of this and deliver oral presentations. Students may may include biomaterials, drug delivery, course, in combination with 0 credits of BME meet the attendance requirement for this course tissue engineering, cardiovascular engineering, 5900 (Master’s Graduate Internship Experience), in several ways, including attendance at weekly mechanobiology, quantitative imaging, BME 5910 (Master’s Design Project), or BME biomedical engineering seminars on the WPI instrumentation, computational biomechanics, 5920 (Master’s Clinical Preceptorship). campus, attendance at similar seminar courses at injury and rehabilitative biomechanics, or any BME 598. Directed Research other universities or biotech firms, attendance at focused topic related to biomedical engineering. Students may register for Directed Research to appropriate conferences, meetings or symposia, The objectives of the course are for students to fulfill graduate research rotation (e.g. Master’s or in any other way deemed appropriate by the learn about current topics within a focused area of students seeking a thesis lab) or independent, course instructor. biomedical engineering, to improve their ability mentored graduate research and projects. BME to critically review literature, and develop their graduate students may apply up to 3 credits of BME 5910. Master’s Design Project technical presentation skills. Multiple sections (0 cr., pass/fail grading) BME 598 as BME course credit and an additional of biomedical engineering journal club focused 3 credits of BME 598 credit to fulfill elective, A Master’s Design Project experience is designed on different research topics may be offered each to enhance the professional development of the laboratory rotation, or independent project credit. semester. (Pre-requisite: Master’s or Ph.D. student BME 598 credit used for laboratory rotations may graduate student who wishes to focus on design. in biomedical engineering or a related discipline). Master’s Design Projects may be pursued within be converted to BME 599 or BME 699 credit for any laboratory or other organization within or Biomedical engineering graduate students may qualified graduate students who remain in the external to WPI. The project deliverable must be take up to 3 credits of BME 594 to satisfy rotation laboratory for their thesis or dissertation the design or prototype of a device. This course is Biomedical Engineering or Elective course research. (Pre-requisite: Master’s or Ph.D. student subject to approval by the departmental designee credit to meet graduate program distribution in biomedical engineering). requirements. and sponsor. BME 599. Master’s Thesis BME 592. Healthcare Systems and NOTE: This course cannot be used to satisfy Graduate students enrolled in the thesis-based Clinical Practice Biomedical Engineering or Engineering elective (Master of Science, M.S.) program must complete (1 cr., letter grading) credit to meet undergraduate program distribution 6 credits total and successfully defend and submit This course fulfills the Clinical Competency re- requirements. a Master’s thesis by the posted deadlines. (Pre- quirement in Biomedical Engineering. The course requisite: Master’s thesis student in biomedical BME 595. Special Topics in Biomedical engineering). will follow a seminar format, with healthcare Engineering professionals, faculty, and medical device industry (1-3 credits) BME 698. Laboratory Rotation in experts serving as invited lecturers and case study Topics in biomedical engineering. Presentations Biomedical Engineering presenters. The course is designed to introduce and discussions of the current literature in an area Offered fall, spring and summer for students BME graduate students to clinical environments of biomedical engineering. doing laboratory rotations on the WPI campus. and practice, healthcare delivery systems, and Available for 3 or 4 credits. (Prerequisite: Ph.D. communication with clinical stakeholders. BME 596. Research Seminar student in biomedical engineering.) Presentations on current biomedical engineering BME 5920. Master’s Clinical Preceptorship research. BME 699. Ph.D. Dissertation (0 cr., pass/fail grading) All Ph.D. students must complete 30 credits A Master’s Clinical Preceptorship experience is de- BME 597. BME Professional Project of dissertation research to fulfill Ph.D. degree signed to enhance the professional development of (up to 6 cr., letter grading) requirements. (Pre-requisite: Student has passed the graduate student who wishes to focus on clini- This course fulfills the requirement for a Project- the Biomedical Engineering Ph.D. Qualifying cal applications of BME. Clinical Preceptorships based Master’s of Science degree in Biomedical Examination). may be pursued at any organization providing Engineering. The Professional Project is carried clinical care, such as hospitals, physician offices, out in combination with an industry experience, dentists, and veterinary clinics. This course is clinical preceptorship, or design project, with subject to approval by the departmental designee oversight and input from a WPI core faculty and external organization. member. Goals and objectives for the project must be documented and approved by the core faculty

48 Biomedical Engineering Return to Table of Contents business.wpi.edu Robert A. Foisie School of Business Faculty C. Kasouf, Associate Professor; Ph.D., K. Sweeney, Professor of Practice; J.D., Syracuse University; product management, University of Wisconsin; finance. M. Ginzberg, Dean and Professor; Ph.D., marketing strategy in fragmented indus- Massachusetts Institute of Technology; S. Taylor, Professor and Area Head; tries, innovation management, marketing Ph.D., Boston College; organizational management of technology and technical information use, strategic alliances. professionals, creating business value aesthetics, reflective practice, leadership. through investments in technology, R. Konrad, Associate Professor; Ph.D., W. Towner, Associate Teaching Professor; management of risk, corporate governance. Purdue University; health systems Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; engineering, patient flow optimization, operations management, lean manufactur- A. Zeng, Assistant Dean, Professor, health informatics, industrial engineering. Interim Department Head and Area ing, six-sigma. Head; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State N. Kordzadeh, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., A. Trapp, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Uni- University; modeling and analysis of University of Texas at San Antonio; versity of Pittsburgh; industrial engineer- decisions in supply and/or distribution health informatics and analytics, social ing, combinatorial optimization, stochastic networks, applications of operations informatics and web 2.0, information programming, operations research. research and operations management privacy, applications of GIS in business techniques to supply chain process design and health care B. Tulu, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University; medical and improvement, global supply chain D. Koutmos, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., management and international business. informatics, V.O.I.P., information security, University of Durham; finance, asset telecommunications and networking, S. Djamasbi, Associate Professor; Ph.D., pricing, risk management. systems analysis and design. University of Hawaii at Manoa; decision E. Lingo, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., making, decision support systems, H. G. Vassallo, Professor; Ph.D., Clark Harvard University; organizational studies, University; organizational behavior, project information overload, decision making leadership, creativity. under crisis, affect and decision making. management, management of planned E. T. Loiacono, Professor; Ph.D., change, management of biotechnology, M. B. Elmes, Professor; Ph.D., Syracuse University of Georgia; website quality, medical product liability. University; workplace resistance and information system accessibility, E. V. Wilson, Associate Teaching ideological control, critical perspectives on e-commerce, affect in information systems. spirituality-in-the-workplace, implementa- Professor; Ph.D., University of Colorado; tion of IT in organizations, organizations F. Miller, Associate Professor and Faculty information systems, cognitive science. in the natural environment, narrative and Program Director for the MBA & MS S. A. Wulf, Professor of Practice; Ph.D., aesthetic perspectives on organizational in Management; Ph.D., Michigan State Columbia Pacific University; organization- phenomena, psychodynamics of group and University; managerial accounting and al behavior, leadership, business develop- intergroup behavior. performance management. ment, group dynamics. A. Hall-Phillips, Associate Professor and S. Saberi, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., J. Zhu, Professor; Ph.D., University of Undergraduate Program Director; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; Massachusetts; information technology Purdue University; consumer behavior, operations, industrial engineering, supply and productivity, e-business, performance business-to-business marketing, small chain management. evaluation and benchmarking. business. J. Sarkis, Professor; Ph.D., State H. Higgins, Professor; Ph.D., Georgia University of New York at Buffalo; Department Research State University; financial accounting, operations management, green supply In addition to teaching, School of focusing on earnings expectation and chain management, sustainability. Business faculty are involved in a variety international accounting. J. Schaufeld, Professor of Practice in of sponsored research and consulting work. A sampling of current research F. Hoy, Beswick Professor of Entrepre- Entrepreneurship; MBA, Northeastern University; entrepreneurship, technology includes: quality control in information- neurship; Director, Collaborative for handling processes, supply chain Entrepreneurship and Innovation; Ph.D., commercialization, business acquisition and development. management, decision/risk­ analysis, Texas A&M University; entrepreneurship, conflict management, capacity planning, family and small business management, P. Shah, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., international accounting differences, strategy, international entrepreneurship. Texas Tech University; marketing, brand strategy and new venture teams, family S. A. Johnson, Professor; Ph.D., Cornell strategy, product disposal strategy. and small business management, user University; lean process design, enterprise D. Strong, Professor and Area Head; experience, and health systems innovation. engineering, process analysis and Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University; modeling, reverse logistics. advanced information technologies, such as enterprise systems, and their use in organiza- tions, MIS quality issues, with primary focus on data and information quality.

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 49 Return to Table of Contents The Collaborative for prepares students to be leaders in any Systems Innovation; Information Security Entrepreneurship and organization, and the global threads Management; Information Technology; Innovation throughout the curriculum ensure that Innovation with User Experience; students understand the global imperative Marketing Innovation; Supply Chain The Collaborative for Entrepreneurship facing all businesses. Whether dealing with Analytics; and Supply Chain Essentials. and Innovation (CEI) is a university- information technology, biotechnology, Each certificate consists of 4 courses, wide program of the Robert A. Foisie financial markets, information security, which may be double-counted toward a School of Business, designed to inspire supply chain management, manufacturing, related master’s degree. Students may also and nurture people to discover, create or a host of other technology-oriented customize their own graduate business and commercialize new technology-based industries, the real world is part of the certificate. For more information, please products, services and organizations. classroom, and students explore up-to- see http://business.wpi.edu/+certificates It coordinates all entrepreneurship- the-minute challenges faced by actual related activity at WPI, including companies, through hands-on projects Master of Business graduate and undergraduate courses; a and teamwork. WPI promotes an active Administration (MBA) student-run entrepreneurship club; the learning process, designed to develop the WPI’s MBA program is aimed at Coleman Fellows program; and endowed very best managers, leaders and executives STEM professionals seeking the skills competitions. Please call 508-831-5761 or in a technology-dependent world. to effectively­ strategically manage email [email protected] for more information. organizations. The curriculum features Graduate Certificates the core business disciplines in the context Programs of Study Graduate business certificates are of tech-driven environments; courses The interaction between business and designed for technical and business to lead and inspire people; a focus on technology drives every aspect of our professionals seeking focused, in-depth technology commercialization and the Graduate Business Programs. We believe knowledge within a specific area of latest developments in a variety of STEM the future of business lies in leveraging technology management. Certificates industries; and culminates in a team-based the power of technology to optimize include: Financial Technology; Health capstone project. See table 1 for the MBA business opportunities. WPI stays ahead Curriculum. of the curve, giving students the ability to combine sound strategies with cutting Table 1: MBA Curriculum edge innovation, and the confidence to CURRICULUM CREDITS contribute meaningfully within a global competitive environment. The superior Required: 15 courses 39 record of our graduates’ successes highlight ACC 500 Accounting and Finance Fundamentals 1 why WPI enjoys a nationally-recognized ACC 502 Financial Intelligence and Strategic Decision-Making 2 reputation as one of the most respected BUS 500 Business Law, Ethics, & Soc. Responsibility 3 names in technology-based business BUS 590 Strategy in Technology-based Organizations 3 education. BUS 595 The Edge of Technology in STEM Industries 3 WPI offers a variety of graduate business BUS 599 Capstone Project 3 programs focusing on the integration of business and technology. The Master of ETR 593 Technology Commercialization: Theory, Strategy and Practice 3 Business Administration (MBA) is a highly FIN 503 Financial Decision-Making for Value Creation 3 integrated, applications-oriented program FIN 504 Financial Statement Analysis and Valuation 2 that provides students with both the ‘big ACC 505 Performance Measurement and Management 1 picture’ perspective required of success- ful upper-level managers and the hands- MIS 500 Innovating with Information Systems 3 on knowledge needed to meet the daily MKT 500 Marketing Management 3 demands in the workplace. WPI’s focus OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for Innovation 3 on the management of technology comes OBC 506 The Heart of Leadership: Power, Reflection, and from the recognition that rapidly changing Interpersonal Skills 3 technology is driving the pace of business. OIE 501 Designing Operations for Competitive Advantage 3 Students enjoy extensive opportunities to expand their networks through Choice of 1 course from: associations with their peers and leading high-tech organizations. They also benefit OBC533 Negotiations, or from the latest available technologies and OBC537 Leading Change 3 one of the nation’s most wired universities. 2 Electives 6 The program’s strong emphasis on Total: 18 courses 48 interpersonal and communications skills

50 Robert A. Foisie School of Business Return to Table of Contents MBA Options M.S. in Innovation with User Business courses: Students pursue the WPI MBA on a full- Experience (MSIUX) • Any of the above marketing or business core courses not taken for the core or part-time basis via a blended format Rapid advances in science and engineering requirement that mixes online learning with 2 full-day allow companies to develop increasingly on-campus face-to-face meetings per sophisticated IT products. As the IT in- • ETR 500 Entrepreneurship and course per semester. Students join one of dustry matures, competition is increasingly Innovation WPI’s MBA Cohorts and may complete shifting toward providing outstanding • ETR 593 Technology Commercialization: the MBA in 32 or 64 months with a user experiences (UX). Innovation with Theory, Strategy and Practice defined group of their peers. For more UX is becoming essential in developing IT • MKT 562 Marketing Research information on MBA options, please see products and services that can maintain • MKT 565 Digital Marketing http://business.wpi.edu/+mba. competitive advantage in the marketplace. • MKT 598 Social Media Marketing The Foisie Business School has world-class • OIE 501 Designing Operations for M.S. in Information Technology expertise and resources in UX and is ide- Competitive Advantage (MSIT) ally positioned to prepare students as UX The demand for knowledgeable IT professionals and set them on a path to • OIE 552 Modeling and Optimizing professionals who understand business take on leaderships positions such as chief Processes has never been greater. The MSIT experience officers (CXO). • OIE 556 Health System Modeling and program guarantees a solid foundation in Improvement 9 required core courses (27 credits) information technology, with a wide range • MIS 585 UX Design • BUS 5900 Internship (no more than 3 of cutting-edge concentrations, and the credits) management principles critical to success • MIS 586 UX Research Methods in a technology-driven environment. • MIS 583 UX Applications Technical courses: • CS 528 Mobile and Ubiquitous • MIS 571 Database Applications MSIT students must complete the follow- Computing Development ing 5 required courses: • CS 546 Human Computer Interaction • MIS 500 Innovating with Information • MIS 584 Business Intelligence • CS 573 Data Visualization Systems 2 marketing core courses from the • CS 5007 Introduction to Programming • MIS 571 Database Applications following list Concepts, Data Structures and Development • MKT 500 Marketing Management Algorithms • MIS 573 Systems Design and • MKT 561 Consumer Behavior • DS 501 Introduction to Data Science Development • MKT 568 Data Mining Business • DS 502 Statistical Methods for Data • MIS 578 Telecommunications Applications Science Management 1 Business core course from the • MA 511 Applied Statistics for Engineers • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for following list & Scientists Innovation • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for MSIT students then must complete Innovation M.S. in Management (MSMG) electives, distributed as follows: • OBC 533 Negotiations The MSMG offers students a flexible yet • Choose 1 of the following: focused program that will improve 1 Finance core course from the business skills while excelling in FIN 500 Financial Information and following list technology-based organizations. The Management • FIN 500 Financial Information and MSMG also provides a compelling OBC 506 The Heart of Leadership: Management pathway to an MBA, recognizing the value Power, Reflection, and Interpersonal • ACC 500 Accounting and Finance of work experience. Upon earning the Skills Fundamentals (1 cr.) & ACC 502 MSMG, and after 2 – 6 years of • Choose 4 of the following: Financial Intelligence and Strategic professional experience, students may MIS 576 Project Management Decision-Making (2 cr.) return to WPI to complete the requirements for an MBA with just 27 MIS 581 Information Technology 3 electives from the following list (9 Policy and Strategy credits) additional credits, including the hallmark MIS 582 Information Security • Design courses: project experience of WPI (MBA admission required). Management • UX Research Project I (Advisor approval • MSMG students complete the following MIS 583 User Experience Applications is required) 11 courses: MIS 584 Business Intelligence • UX Research Project II (Advisor • ACC 500 Accounting and Finance approval is required) • Two free electives, which may include Fundamentals (1 cr.) courses outside of business and a • MIS 573 System Design and • ACC 502 Financial Intelligence and maximum of 3 credits of internship. Development Strategic Decision-Making (2 cr.) • IMGD 5000 Game Design Studio • IMGD 5300 Design of Interactive Experiences

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 51 Return to Table of Contents • BUS 500 Business Law, Ethics, and M.S. in Operations Analytics • OBC 506 The Heart of Leadership: Social Responsibility and Management (MSOAM) Power, Reflection, and Interpersonal Skills • FIN 503 Financial Decision-Making for Today’s business environments deal con- Value Creation stantly with changes requiring leadership • OBC 533 Negotiations • MIS 500 Innovating with Information for operational solutions. The MSOAM is • OBC 536 Organizational Design Systems a comprehensive Operations Management • OBC 537 Leading Change • MKT 500 Marketing Management program that provides students with the • OIE 548 Productivity Management • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for ability to customize their program with • OIE 553 Global Purchasing and Innovation a broad selection of electives focusing in- Logistics depth on issues in operations management • OIE 501 Designing Operations for • OIE 556 Health Systems Modeling and and related business areas. Competitive Advantage Improvement • 3 Electives MSOAM students complete the following • OIE 559 Optimization Methods for required courses: Business Analytics M.S. in Marketing and • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for Innovation (MSMI) Innovation M.S. in Supply Chain A highly specialized program specifically • OIE 501 Designing Operations for Management (MSSCM) designed for individuals employed in or Competitive Advantage Organizations in virtually every industry aspiring to work in marketing positions • OIE 542 Risk Management and rely on intricate supply chains that globally and/or positions responsible for innovation Decision Making manage goods and services demands. within technology- oriented environments. • OIE 544 Supply Chain Analysis and Synchronizing the flow of products, The M.S. in marketing and innovation Design information, and funds is becoming features 6 required courses including: • OIE 552 Modeling and Optimizing increasingly complex with products • ETR 500 Entrepreneurship and Processes that move across continents daily and Innovation deadlines that directly affect a company’s • OIE 554 Global Operations Strategy • FIN 500 Financial Information and profitability. This MSSCM program is Management Choose 1 (the other may be used as an designed to deliver an intensive analytical • MKT 500 Marketing Management elective): curriculum and to embrace various • MKT 562 Marketing Research • MIS 500 Innovating with Information experiential learning opportunities to Systems develop students’ interdisciplinary skills • MKT 565 Digital Marketing • MIS 571 Database Applications necessary for developing career choices and • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for Development leaderships in the field. Innovation Choose 1 (the other may be used as an MSSCM students must complete the Students then select 4 electives from the elective): following 7 required courses: following list: • OIE 555 Lean Process Design • OIE 501 Designing Operations for • ETR 596 Selling and Sales • OIE 558 Designing and Managing Six- Competitive Advantage • MIS 583 User Experience Applications Sigma Processes • OIE 544: Supply Chain Analysis and • MIS 585 User Experience Design Design Students then select 4 electives from the • MKT 561 Consumer Behavior following list: • OIE 553: Global Purchasing and • MKT 564 Global Technology • BUS 522 Global Business Experience Logistics Marketing • BUS 545 Introduction to Health • MIS 576: Project Management • MKT 567 Integrated Marketing Systems • MKT 561: Consumer Behavior Communications • BUS 546 Managing Technological • OBC 533: Negotiations • MKT 568 Data Mining Business Innovation • OIE 597: Supply Chain Consulting Applications • BUS 547 Energy Management Project • MKT 569 Product and Brand • BUS 5900 Internship For those who have NOT taken finance Management • MIS 573 System Design and or accounting as an undergraduate or • OIE 544 Supply Chain Analysis and Development elsewhere or who cannot demonstrate Design sufficient financial experience, choose 1 of • MIS 576 Project Management Students round out their MSMI with 2 the following: free electives, which may include courses • MIS 581 Information Technology • ACC 500 Accounting and Finance outside of business and a maximum of 3 Policy and Strategy Fundamentals (1 cr.) and ACC 502 credits of internship. • MIS 582 Information Security Financial Intelligence and STrategic Management Decision-Making (2 cr.) • MIS 583 User Experience Applications • FIN 500: Financial Information and • MIS 584 Business Intelligence Management • MIS 585 User Experience Design • OIE 598: Special Topic – Financial Analysis of Supply Chains

52 Robert A. Foisie School of Business Return to Table of Contents Students then select 4 electives from the Admission Requirements Degree Requirements following list: • MKT 565: Digital Marketing For the Master’s program, applicants For the M.B.A. should have the analytic aptitude and • MKT 568: Data Mining Business 48 credits distributed as follows (all courses academic preparation necessary to Applications are 3 credits unless otherwise noted): complete a technology-oriented business • 15 Required Courses • OIE 542 Risk Management and program. This includes a minimum of ACC 500 (1 cr), ACC 502 (2 cr), Decision Making three semesters of college level math or ACC 505 (1 cr), BUS 500, BUS 590, • OIE 559: Optimization Methods for two semesters of college level calculus. BUS 595, BUS 599, ETR 593, Business Analytics Applicants to the MSIT are also required FIN 503, FIN 504 (2 cr), MIS 500, • OIE 598: Special Topic – Sustainable to have a prior college-level programming MKT 500, OBC 505, OBC 506, Supply Chain & Operations course. OIE 501 Management Applicants must have the earned • Choose 1 • OIE 598: Special Topic – Materials equivalent of a four-year U.S. bachelor’s OBC 533, OBC 537 Management in Supply Chains degree to be considered for admission. • 2 Elective Courses • OIE 598: Special Topic – Supply Chain Admission decisions are based upon all the Simulation Modeling and Analysis information required from the applicant. For the M.S. in Information • BUS 598: Special Topic – Supply Chain GMAT or GRE required; waived for WPI Technology (MSIT) students and alumni with a cumulative Performance Analysis 36 credits, distributed as follows (credits in undergraduate GPA of 3.0+. Waivers may • OIE 599: Supply Chain Research parentheses): be considered based on work experience • 1 course in other Business discipline or • 5 Required Courses and/or advanced degrees. outside Business MIS 500, MIS 571, MIS 573, For the Ph.D. an applicant must be a MIS 578, OBC 505 (15 credits) Combined B.S./M.S. Program graduate of an accredited U.S. college • 7 Electives Courses This program is available to WPI under- or university or an approved foreign 1 of the following: FIN 500 or graduate students wishing to combine one equivalent institution, and have earned a OBC 506 (3 credits) of the School of Business’ six M.S. degrees grade point average of 3.0 or better in all 4 of the following: MIS 576, MIS 581, with their B.S. A separate and complete prior undergraduate and graduate studies. MIS 582, MIS 583, MIS 584 (12 credits) application to the M.S. program must be A student with a master’s degree will be • 2 Free Electives, which may be any submitted. Admission to the Combined expected to have successfully demonstrated graduate course at WPI and a maximum Program is determined by the School of graduate level knowledge in a traditional of 3 credits of internship (6 credits) Business. With careful planning both business discipline such as Accounting, degrees may be completed within the stu- Finance, Marketing, Organizational For the M.S. in Innovation with dent’s four years of undergraduate study. Behavior, Entrepreneurship, Information User Experience (MSIUX) It is recommended that the M.S. Technology, or Operations Management; 36 credits distributed as follows (credits in application be submitted at the or in a discipline that is relevant to parentheses): beginning of the student’s junior year the student’s proposed concentration. • 5 Required Courses Additionally, the applicant will of undergraduate study. A student in MIS 571, MIS 583, MIS 584, demonstrate undergraduate competency the Combined Program continues to be MIS 585, MIS 586 (15 credits) in Calculus, Statistics and/or Micro/Macro registered as an undergraduate until the • Choose 2 Marketing Core Courses bachelor’s degree is awarded. Economics. MKT 500, MKT 561, MKT 568 To obtain a bachelor’s degree via the Locations (6 credits) Combined Program, the student must Tailored to meet the challenges of working • Choose 1 Business Core Course satisfy all requirements for the bachelor’s professionals, WPI offers full- and OBC 505, OBC 533 (3 credits) degree, including distribution and project part-time graduate business study at our • Choose 1 Finance Core Course requirements. campus in Worcester, Massachusetts, FIN 500, ACC 500/ACC 502 (3 credits) as well as world-wide via our Blended To obtain an M.S. via the Combined • Choose 3 Electives (9 credits) Program, the student must satisfy all M.S. courses. Design Courses: degree requirements. IMGD 5000, IMGD 5300, MIS 573, Please refer to the section on the UX Research Project Combined Programs or contact the Business Courses: director of business programs for more information. ETR 500, ETR 593, MKT 562, MKT 565, MKT 598, OIE 501, OIE 552, OIE 556, BUS 5900 Design Courses: CS 5007, CS 528, CS 546, CS 573, DS 501, DS 502, MA 511

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 53 Return to Table of Contents For the M.S. in Management • Choose 1 which to pursue their dissertation research. (MSMG) ACC 500/ACC 502, FIN 500, The available concentrations are listed OIE 598 (3 credits) below: 30 credits, distributed as follows (credits in parentheses): • Choose 4 Entrepreneurship concentration: En- • 8 Required Courses BUS 598, MKT 565, MKT 568, trepreneurship encompasses opportunity OIE 542, OIE 559, OIE 598, ACC 500, ACC 502, BUS 500, seeking and identification, financing new SCM 599, 1 free elective (12 credits) FIN 503, MIS 500, MKT 500, enterprises, corporate venturing and other OBC 505, OIE 501 (21 credits) Ph.D. Program related topics. Research subjects address • 3 Elective Courses the conceptualization of new venture The course of study leading to the Ph.D. business models through to formulating (9 credits) degree in Business Administration requires exit strategies. Special areas of emphasis For the M.S. in Marketing and the completion of 90 credits beyond the include intellectual property commercial- Innovation (MSMI) bachelor’s degree, or 60 credits beyond the ization, international and cross-cultural master’s degree. For students proceeding 36 credits, distributed as follows (credits in studies, and issues associated with trans- directly from B.S. degree to Ph.D. degree, parentheses): generational entrepreneurship in family the 90 credits should be distributed as • 6 Required Courses business. follows: ETR 500, FIN 500, MKT 500, MKT Coursework: Information Technology concentration: 562, MKT 565, OBC 505 (18 credits) Courses in B.A. Students will learn to use qualitative and • 4 Elective Courses (incl. Special Topics and ISP) 15 credits quantitative methods to develop and apply Selected from the following: Courses in or outside of B.A. 15 credits theories regarding design, implementation, ETR 596, MIS 583, MIS 585, MKT Dissertation Research and use of advanced information systems 561, MKT 564, MKT 567, MKT 568, (BUS 699) 30 credits and technologies with the goal of develop- MKT 569, OIE 544 (12 credits) Other: 30 credits ing and publishing new Information • 2 Free Electives which may be any Additional coursework Technology knowledge. Students will graduate course at WPI and a maximum Additional Dissertation Research study information technology and how it of 3 credits of internship (6 credits) (BUS 699) affects individuals, organizations and Supplemental Research society. By working closely with WPI’s For the M.S. in Operations Information Technology scholars, students Analytics and Management (BUS 698) TOTAL 90 credits will learn to conduct theoretically sound (MSOAM) Information Technology research that 36 credits, distributed as follows (credits in For students proceeding from master’s to addresses real business problems, to parentheses): Ph.D. degree, the 60 credits should be apply for research grants, and to teach • 6 Required Courses distributed as follows: Information Technology courses. WPI’s OBC 505, OIE 501, OIE 542, OIE 544, Coursework: Information Technology scholars will OIE 552, OIE 554 (18 credits) Courses in B.A. involve Ph.D. candidates in their research • Choose 1 (incl. Special Topics and ISP) 12 credits activities in various organizations in the Dissertation Research MIS 500, MIS 571 (3 credits) region, including those in the technology, (BUS 699) 30 credits • Choose 1 healthcare, financial, and public sectors. Other: 18 credits OIE 555, OIE 558 (3 credits) Additional coursework Operations Management concentration: • 4 Elective Courses Additional Dissertation Research Students will pursue research in the areas Selected from the following:: (BUS 699) of management sciences, operations BUS 222, BUS 545, BUS 546, BUS Supplemental Research research, business analytics, health care 547, BUS 5900, MIS 573, MIS 576, (BUS 698) management, supply chain management, MIS 581, MIS 582, MIS 583, MIS 584, and decision analysis. The operations TOTAL 60 credits MIS 585, OBC 506, OBC 533, OBC area undertakes research on decision- 536, OBC 537, OIE 548, OIE 553, In either case, the result of the dissertation making through quantitative modeling OIE 556, OIE 559 research must be a completed doctoral of operations functions in businesses. dissertation. Only after admission to can- Research topics cover all levels of business For the M.S. in Supply Chain didacy may a student receive credit toward decision-making, from operation systems Management (MSSCM) dissertation research under BUS 699. Prior design and technology choices to day- 36 credits, distributed as follows (credits in to admission to candidacy, a student may to-day scheduling and performance parentheses): receive up to 18 credits of pre-dissertation measurement. The program emphasizes • 7 Required Courses research under BUS 698. All full-time research that focuses on real business OIE 501, OIE 544, OIE 553, OIE 597, students are required to register for the problems and maintains a balance between MIS 576, MKT 561, OBC 533 zero credit BUS 691 Graduate Seminar theory and practice. This concentration (21 credits) every semester. is designed to train Ph.D. students Students formally accepted as a doctoral in fundamental and applied business candidate must select a concentration in modeling and analytical thinking.

54 Robert A. Foisie School of Business Return to Table of Contents Academic Advising who enter the program with a master’s to the defense, each member of the Upon admission to the Doctoral Program, degree, the exam must be taken after one examining committee must receive a copy each student is assigned or may select a semester if they began in the fall, and after of the dissertation. At the same time, an temporary advisor to arrange an academic two semesters if they began in the spring. additional copy must be made available Plan of Study covering the first 9 credits Students in a WPI M.S. program who for members of the WPI community of study. This plan should be arranged plan to apply for fall admission to the wishing to read the dissertation prior before the first day of registration. Prior Ph.D. program are strongly advised to to the defense, and public notification to registering for any additional credits, take the candidacy exam in January before of the defense must be given by the the student must identify a permanent that fall. The details of the examination School of Business Graduate Policy and dissertation advisor who assumes the procedure can be obtained from the Curriculum Committee. The examining role of academic advisor and with whom School of Business Graduate Policy and committee will determine the acceptability a suitable dissertation topic and the Curriculum Committee. of the student’s dissertation and oral remaining Plan of Study are arranged. performance. The dissertation advisor will Prior to completing 18 credits, the student Dissertation Proposal determine the student’s grade. must form a dissertation committee that Each student must prepare a brief written consists of the dissertation advisor, at least proposal and make an oral presentation Course Descriptions two other business administration faculty that demonstrates a sound understanding All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. members, and at least one member from of the dissertation topic, the relevant ACC 500. Accounting and Finance outside the student’s area of concentration. literature, the techniques to be employed, Fundamentals These committee members should be the issues to be addressed, and the (1 credit) selected because of their abilities to assist work done on the topic by the student This course serves as a foundational introduction in the student’s dissertation research. to date. The proposal must be made to financial accounting and financial analysis. It is designed to help students master the The schedule of advising is as follows: within a year of admission to candidacy. technical skills needed in a graduate management • Temporary advisor—meets with student Both the written and oral proposals are curriculum and in business to analyze financial prior to first registration to plan first 9 presented to the dissertation committee statements and disclosures for use in financial credits of study. and a representative from the School of analysis. Students will learn how to read and • Dissertation advisor—selected by Business Graduate Policy and Curriculum interpret the three most common financial statements: the income statement, balance student prior to registering for more Committee. The prepared portion of the oral presentation should not exceed 30 sheet, and statement of cash flows. Students will than 9 credits. also learn how to apply ratios that capture key minutes, and up to 90 minutes should be • Program of study—arranged with elements of a firm’s performance. Students will allowed for discussion. If the dissertation dissertation advisor prior to registering also develop an understanding of certain essential committee and the graduate committee for more than 9 credits. concepts in mathematical financial analysis, representative have concerns about either including net present value (NPV), internal rate of • Dissertation committee—formed by the substance of the proposal or the return (IRR), payback, future value, and bond and student prior to registering for more student’s understanding of the topic, the options pricing. (Students cannot get credit for than 18 credits. Consists of dissertation student will have one month to prepare ACC 500 and ACC 503) advisor, at least two B.A. faculty a second presentation that focuses on the ACC 502. Financial Intelligence and members, and at least one outside areas of concern. This presentation will last Strategic Decision-Making member. 15 minutes with an additional 45 minutes (2 credits) This schedule ensures that students are allowed for discussion. Students can This course builds on students’ knowledge of financial statements and takes a managerial well advised and actively engaged in continue their research only if the proposal their research at the early stages of their accounting approach to present how firms plan is approved. and implement strategy. Accounting, economics, programs. and psychology theories provide the framework Dissertation Defense for cost analysis, strategic decision-making, Admission to Candidacy Each doctoral candidate is required to and planning under uncertainty. Management Admission to candidacy will be granted defend the originality, independence control systems will guide students to work when the student has satisfactorily passed and quality of research during an oral with uncertainty. The course will emphasize a written exam intended to measure dissertation defense that is administered cost behaviors, setting and meeting cost targets, fundamental ability in the area of concen- assessing strategic initiatives, forecasting and by an examining committee that consists budgeting, and the use of assumptions in the tration and at least one additional business of the dissertation committee and a calculations of significant revenue and expense discipline. The two areas are selected by representative of the School of Business projections. Students will apply theories and best the student. The exam is given in January. Graduate Policy and Curriculum practices through simulations and case analyses. For students who enter the program with a Committee who is not on the dissertation (Prerequisite: ACC 500) (Students cannot get bachelor’s degree, the exam must be taken committee. The defense is open to public credit for ACC 502 and ACC 503) after three semesters if they began their participation and consists of a 45-minute studies in the fall, and after two semesters presentation followed by a 45-minute if they began in the spring. For students open discussion. At least one week prior

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 55 Return to Table of Contents ACC 505. Performance Measurement and BUS 546. Managing Technological intensive organizations in various sectors including Management Innovation health care, medical devices, biotech, IT hardware (1 credit) This course studies successful innovations and and software, FinTech, manufacturing and This course strengthens students’ understanding how firms must enhance their ability to develop defense. Deans of Arts & Sciences, Business and of strategic finance/Financial Information & and introduce new products and processes. Engineering as well as high profile guest speakers Management in order to monitor and revise The course will discuss a practical model of the from industry will be involved in teaching the strategy. It takes a managerial accounting dynamics of industrial innovation. Cases and course. examples will be discussed for products in which approach to enable managers to measure BUS 598. Independent Study cost and product performance are commanding and manage firm financial and non-financial The student should have a well-developed factors. The important interface among performance. Accounting, economics, and proposal before approaching a faculty member R&D/ manufacturing/marketing is discussed. psychology theories provide the framework for about an independent study. understanding moral hazard, motivation, and International technology transfer and joint aligning the interest of employees with the interest venture issues are also considered. BUS 599. Capstone Project of the firm. The course will emphasize designing This capstone course integrates management BUS 547. Energy Management and applying management control systems tools theory and practice, and incorporates a number This course covers a broad spectrum of energy such as the balanced scorecard and examine how of skills and tools acquired in the M.B.A. auditing methods, energy management planning choices of what to measure affect behaviors and curriculum. The medium is a major team-based and energy management topics important to outcomes. Students will apply theories and best project in the form of a corporate venture or green future energy professionals, business managers practices through simulations and case analyses. field venture. In addition to a written report, and leaders. The course includes a project that (Prerequisites : ACC 500, ACC 502, FIN 503 & the project is formally presented to a panel of applies energy management concepts to an actual FIN 504) outside experts including serial entrepreneurs energy audit. The audit project also includes the and investors. (Prerequisites: ACC 500, ACC development of an energy management plan BUS 500. Business Law, Ethics and 502, ACC 505, BUS 500, BUS 590, FIN 503, for a selected building making cost-effective Social Responsibility FIN 504, MIS 500, MKT 500, OBC 505, recommendations to improve efficiency. This course combines analysis of the structure, OBC 506 and OIE 501 or equivalent content, or Additional topics include: energy management function and development of the law most instructor consent) (Students cannot get credit for strategies for business, governmental regulations, important to the conduct of business with an BUS 599 and BUS 517) examination of the ethical and social context in incentives and resources, European Union which managers make decisions. Emphasizing the energy policies and programs including carbon BUS 5900. Internship social responsibility considerations of all business credits and related markets. Energy efficiency The internship is an elective-credit option stakeholders, the course focuses on practical appli- practices as they relate to ISO 50001 Energy designed to provide an opportunity to put into cations via extensive use of case studies. Students Management Systems, the U.S. Green Building practice the principles that have been studied will gain a sound understanding of the basic Council (USGBC), and Leadership in Energy & in previous courses. Internships will be tailored areas of U.S. and international law including: Environmental Design (LEED), high performance to the specific interests of the student. Each intellectual property law; business formation and buildings, data centers, renewable energy sources internship must be carried out in cooperation organization; international business law; securities and smart grid are also studied. Special focus with a sponsoring organization, generally from off regulation; cyber law and e-commerce; antitrust will be on energy management for financial and campus, and must be approved and advised by a law; employment law and environmental law. environmental sustainability benefits from the WPI faculty member in the School of Business. perspective of CEOs, CFOs, COOs and CSOs. Internships may be proposed by the student or BUS 522. Global Business Experience by an off-campus sponsor. The internship must BUS 590. Strategy in Technology-based Business is increasingly global. To be successful include proposal, design and documentation Organizations one must understand the customs and traditions phases. Following the internship, the student This course provides a summary overview of of the regions in which they are operating. This will report on his or her internship activities strategic management, with a focus on integrating course provides students with insight into different in a mode outlined by the supervising faculty the core curriculum to develop competitive countries and business environments and includes member. Students are limited to counting a advantage at the corporate and business unit an international trip where students will spend maximum of 3 internship credits toward their level. Topics include the role of the CEO in the a week to 10 days on the ground in the featured degree requirements. Students must be making organization, industry analysis, the use of core region meeting with business, government and/ satisfactory academic progress as defined in the competence to drive business development and or academic leaders; touring company sites; WPI graduate catalogue to be eligible to register exit decisions, causes of organizational inertia and learning about the region. Prior to the trip for internship credit. International students that cause the loss of competitive advantage, students will study business history, culture and who are working on a second U.S. master’s the impact of technology on strategy, the links current topics related to the featured region. Guest degree and who have already used their master’s- between strategy and organizational design, speakers will often be incorporated. Following the level Optional Practical Training (OPT) may and the social responsibility of the firm. The trip students will typically write reflective papers petition the School of Business’ Graduate Policy course also serves as the initial phase of BUS and deliver presentations. and Curriculum Committee to do additional 599 (Capstone) and is designed to be taken Curricular Practical Training (CPT) beyond 3 BUS 545. Introduction to Health Systems immediately preceding that class. (Prerequisites: credits on a non-credit basis. Part-time students This course introduces students to the structure of ACC 500, ACC 502, ACC 505, BUS 500, cannot do an internship at their place of health systems (suppliers, providers, and payers), FIN 503, FIN 504, MIS 500, MKT 500, employment. exploring processes, structure, and infrastructure OBC 505, OBC 506 and OIE 501 or equivalent elements. Topics include an overview of care mod- content, or instructor consent) (Students cannot BUS 691. Graduate Seminar els and processes, health information technolo- get credit for BUS 590 and BUS 501) (0 credits) gies, privacy and other regulations, and payment Seminars on current issues related to entrepre- mechanisms. The course also explores future BUS 595. The Edge of Technology in STEM neurship, information technology and operations visions of health systems, focused around wellness, Industries management are presented by authorities in their patient-centeredness, and value, supported by new The course explores the state of technology and fields. All full-time Ph.D. students in Business technologies and care models. important technology trends in key industries. Students will conduct in-depth investigation of Administration are required to register and attend. key issues and decisions faced by technology-

56 Robert A. Foisie School of Business Return to Table of Contents BUS 697. Independent Study FIN 500. Financial Information and in corporate governance, financial information, (1-3 credits) Management and financial markets in global settings. The For Ph.D. students wishing to conduct inde- This course develops expertise in financial first focus is on accountability of financial pendent study on special topics related to their decision-making by focusing on frequently resources, the implications of globalization on concentration. (Prerequisite: Consent of research used financial accounting information and the firms’ financial reporting and decision-making. advisor) conceptual framework for managing financial The second focus is on international markets problems. Students are introduced to the and institutions, how the access and exposure to BUS 698. Directed Research accounting and financial concepts, principles and different market environments can affect the firm’s (Credits TBD) methods for preparing, analyzing and evaluating financial and investment decisions. Major topics For Ph.D. students wishing to gain research financial information, for the purpose of managing include the relationship between foreign exchange experience peripheral to their thesis topic. financial resources of a business enterprise and and other financial variables; measurement and (Prerequisite: Consent of research advisor) investment decisions. The course adopts a management of the exchange risk exposure of the firm; international investment decisions by firms BUS 699. Dissertation Research decision-maker perspective by emphasizing the relations among financial data, their underlying and investors; and financing the global operations (Credits TBD) economic events, corporate finance issues, and the of firms. (Prerequisite: FIN 500 or equivalent Intended for Ph.D. students admitted to responses by market participants. content, or consent of instructor) candidacy wishing to obtain research credit toward their dissertations. (Prerequisite: Consent of FIN 503. Financial Decision-Making for FIN 522. Financial Institutions, Markets research advisor) Value Creation & Technology This course develops and enhances the student’s This course will examine financial institutions BUS 6900. Internship for Ph.D. Students ability to implement and clearly communicate a and the relationship between U.S. capital markets ETR 500. Entrepreneurship and Innovation firm’s financial decisions related to value creation. and global markets. The class is intended to Entrepreneurship involves many activities, includ- The course covers capital structure optimization, help students understand the impact of financial ing identifying and exploiting opportunities, cost of capital; capital allocation and investment intermediaries on the global economy, businesses, creating and launching new ventures, introducing strategies, enterprise risk, project and firm valua- and consumers. The course will investigate the or- new products and new services to new markets. tion, and international financial management. The ganization, structure, and performance of money It is based on implementing innovations within course adopts a decision-maker’s perspective by and capital markets and institutions. The class will existing organizations and creating new oppor- emphasizing the relationships among a firm’s stra- examine the major financial management issues tunities. This course is intended to introduce tegic objectives, financial accounting and financial confronting financial service firms (depository students to entrepreneurial thinking and methods statement data, economic events, responses by institutions, insurance companies, investment of executing their ideas. Topics include recogniz- market participants and other impacted constitu- banks, mutual funds, hedge funds, and pension ing and evaluating opportunities, forming new encies, and corporate finance theory. The course funds), and it will address the legal, regulatory, fi- venture teams, preparing business and technology also builds on these practical finance skills by nancial reform, and risk management issues facing commercialization plans, obtaining resources, incorporating team-based assignments, real-world these financial institutions and markets. Finally, identifying execution action scenarios, and devel- simulations, and a variety of financial modeling the course will address the rapid evolution of the oping exit strategies. tools. (Students cannot get credit for FIN 503 and financial sector as a result of technology. We will FIN 500) consider how financial technology (“FinTech”) ETR 593. Technology Commercialization: is being developed by startup technology firms Theory, Strategy and Practice FIN 504. Financial Statement Analysis and existing financial institutions may disrupt the In the modern world of global competition and Valuation financial sector through innovation in digital and the ability to utilize technological innovation (2 credits) electronic currencies, online finance and invest- is increasingly important. This course will This course develops expertise in financial deci- ment platforms, big data, and digital payment examine the sources of new technology, the tools sion-making by focusing on financial accounting systems among other topics. to evaluate new technologies, the process of information. The course presents a comprehensive intellectual property transfer, and the eventual framework for financial statement analysis and FIN 598. Special Topics positioning of the resultant products and valuation. Through hands-on, practical applica- MIS 500. Innovating with Information services in the commercial market. Its purpose tion of various tools for financial analysis (e.g., Systems is to improve the probability of success of this ratio analysis & financial modeling using Excel This course focuses on information technology discipline in both existing organizational models and other resources) students will develop the ex- and innovation. Topics covered are information and early stage ventures. Specific cases studies of pertise needed to use a firms’ financial statements technology and organizations, information successful technology commercialization processes to draw an understanding of its performance and technology and individuals (privacy, ethics, job will be used to supplement the course materials. to provide a basis for making reasonable valuation security, job changes), information technology estimates. Students will learn to apply analytical and information security, information ETR 596. Selling and Sales techniques to develop forecasted financial state- Selling is a major part of our business and technology within the organization (technology ments and use the information to value a firm’s introduction and implementation), business professional lives. This is especially important for equity. The course will utilize team assignments, those who are launching new ventures. Business process engineering and information technology cases, simulations, and other applied exercises. between organizations (electronic data interchange propositions need to be presented to (and need (Prerequisites: ACC 500, ACC 502, & FIN 503) to be sold to) potential investors, employees, and electronic commerce).This course provides colleagues, and certainly potential employers. FIN 521. Financial Management in the knowledge and skills to utilize existing and Later there is a need to sell products or services to a Global Environment emerging information technology innovatively to customers. Common to all is a sales process and This course builds from Financial Information create business opportunities. organization model that can be developed that is and Management, and extends closed-economy focused on meeting customer and other stakeholder financial management to the international needs through effective selling disciplines. market environment. Drawing from theories based on culture, corporate finance, and investor protection laws, this course examines differences

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 57 Return to Table of Contents MIS 571. Database Applications MIS 581. Information Technology Policy MIS 584. Business Intelligence Development and Strategy Today’s business computing infrastructures are Business applications are increasingly centered Fast-paced changes in technology require producing the large volumes of data organizations on databases and the delivery of high-quality successful IS managers to quickly understand, need to make better plans and decisions. This data throughout the organization. This course adapt, and apply technology when appropriate. course provides an introduction to the technol­ introduces students to the theory and practice of They must recognize the implications new ogies and techniques for organizing and analyzing computer-based data management. It focuses on technologies have on their employees and the data about business operations in a way that the design of database applications that will meet organization as a whole. In particular, they creates business value, and prepares students to be the needs of an organization and its managers. must appreciate the internal (e.g., political and knowledgeable producers and consumers of The course also covers data security, data integrity, organizational culture) and external (e.g., laws, business intelligence. During the course, students data quality, and backup and recovery procedures. global concerns, and cultural issues) environments will study a variety of business decisions that can Students will be exposed to commercially available that these changes occur within and plan be improved by analyzing large volumes of data database management systems, such as MS/ accordingly. This course focuses on the core IS about customers, sales, operations, and business Access and Oracle. As a project during the course, capabilities that IS managers must consider when performance. Students will apply commercially students will design and implement a small managing technology within their organization: available business intelligence software to analyze database that meets the needs of some real-world business and IT vision, design of IT architecture, data sets and make recommendations based on the business data application. The project report will and IT service delivery. This course will build on results. The course explores the technical include recommendations for ensuring security, the knowledge and skills gained from previous challenges of organizing data for analysis and the integrity, and quality of the data. MIS courses. (Prerequisite: MIS500 or equivalent managerial challenges of creating and deploying content, or instructor consent) business intelligence expertise in organizations. MIS 573. System Design and Development The course includes business cases, in-class This course introduces students to the concepts MIS 582. Information Security discussion, and hands-on analyses of business and principles of systems analysis and design. Management data. It is designed for any student interested in It covers all aspects of the systems development This course introduces students to the analyzing data to support business decision life cycle from project identification through fundamentals of Information Security making, including students whose primary focus project planning and management, requirements Management. It is designed to develop in is IT, Marketing, Operations, or Business identification and specification, process and students an understanding of and appreciation Management. (Prerequisite: MIS 571 or CS 542, or data modeling, system architecture and security, for the importance of information security to equivalent content, or consent of the instructor.) interface design, and implementation and change all enterprises, and to enable current and future management. Object-oriented analysis techniques managers to understand the important role that MIS 585. User Experience Design are introduced. Students will learn to use an upper they must play in securing the enterprise. This Designing positive user experiences is becoming level CASE (computer-aided software engineering) course is appropriate for any student interested increasingly important in staying competitive in tool, which will be employed in completing a in gaining a managerial-level understanding the marketplace. This course covers basic concepts real-world systems analysis and design project. of information security. A combination of and practical techniques for designing successful (Prerequisite: MIS 571 or equivalent content, or readings, lectures, case studies, guest speakers, digital experiences. These concepts and methods instructor consent) and discussion of real world events will be used to are practiced through hands-on class exercise, bridge the gap between theory and practice. The assignments, and projects. MIS 576. Project Management course will primarily explore the Common Body This course presents the specific concepts, of Knowledge (CBK) of information security, MIS 586. User Experience Research techniques and tools for managing projects along with other related topics. It will also explore Methods effectively. The role of the project manager as the interaction between People, Process and In today’s increasingly connected and smart team leader is examined, together with important Technology as the cornerstone of any effective environments, understanding how people use and techniques for controlling cost, schedules and information security program. Upon completion experience technologies is becoming crucial in performance parameters. Lectures, case studies of this course, the student will have an in-depth designing successful technological products and and projects are combined to develop skills needed understanding of the essential components of a services. This course covers various methodologies by project managers in today’s environment. comprehensive information security program, for conducting research in User Experience (UX) field. It covers both qualitative and quantitative MIS 578. Telecommunications as well as an understanding of the technology at work behind the scenes. methods for conducting UX research in academia Management and industry. Theoretical concepts and practical This course provides students with the technical MIS 583. User Experience Applications skills will be addressed within the scope of the and managerial background for developing and The course provides an introduction to various class through hands-on projects and assignments. managing an organization’s telecommunications methods to study user experience, which includes infrastructure. On the technical side, it covers the newest research in user experience theory and MKT 500. Marketing Management the fundamentals of data transmission, local area practice (e.g., the use of eye tracking in informing This course addresses consumer and industrial networks, local internetworking and enterprise the design of webpages). Students will learn decision-making, with emphasis on the internetworking, and security. Coverage includes how businesses can benefit from user experience development of products and services that data communications and computer networking; research to develop new or improve existing meet customer needs. Topics covered include local area communications topics such as cabling, products and services. Both theoretical concepts management and the development of distinctive and local area network hardware and software; and and practical skills will be addressed within the competence, segmentation and target marketing, topics involved in wide area networking, such as scope of the class through hands-on projects market research, competitor analysis and circuit and packet switching, and multiplexing. and assignments. (Recommended background: marketing information systems, product On the managerial side, this course focuses on ability to program in a higher level programming management, promotion, price strategy, and understanding the industry players and key language) channel management. Students will learn how the organizations, and the telecommunications elements of marketing strategy are combined in a investment decisions in a business environment. marketing plan, and the challenges associated with Coverage includes issues in the national and managing products and services over the life cycle, international legal and regulatory environments including strategy modification and market exit. for telecommunications services.

58 Robert A. Foisie School of Business Return to Table of Contents MKT 561. Consumer Behavior MKT 567. Integrated Marketing and analyze the individual, group, organizational This course provides an in-depth analysis Communications and contextual dynamics that enable and of factors that affect purchase decisions and This course provides students with an constrain productive and innovative work in consumption in the marketplace. Topics understanding of the role of integrated marketing organizations. (Students cannot get credit for covered include consumer behavior theory, an communications in the overall marketing OBC 505 and OBC 500) examination of attitude formation and value program and its contribution to marketing OBC 506. The Heart of Leadership: Power, creation, the challenges of consumer protection, strategy. The tools of marketing communications Reflection, and Interpersonal Skills market research, and the influence of technology include advertising, sales promotion, publicity, All of us hope to have positive, collaborative, on consumer decision making. Students will learn personal selling, public relations, trade shows, and effective interactions with others — in our how the elements of consumer behavior impact direct, and online marketing. Understanding the professional and personal lives. Yet often our marketing strategy and decisions through case concepts and processes that organizations use in interactions do not go as planned and it gets analysis and other activities developing effective and synergistic marketing ugly: people behave irrationally and get emo- communications is useful for managers across tional, communication stops, conflicts fester, and MKT 562. Marketing Research functional disciplines. This course will also opportunities are left unrealized and obscured. This course is designed to equip students with consider ethical issues of IMC. research methods and tools that are used for This course develops skills for understanding and marketing decision making. Students will learn MKT 568. Data Mining Business acting more powerfully, ethically, and mindfully in to conduct, use, apply, interpret, and present Applications our interactions. These include analytic techniques marketing research in order to become effective This course provides students with the key for understanding emotional, biographical, and decision makers. The topics covered in this course concepts and tools to turn raw data into useful social-psychological reasons for our own and include problem formulation, research design, business intelligence. A broad spectrum of others behavior, and skills for paying attention to data collection methods, and finally presentation business situations will be considered for which and managing the complex dynamics unfolding in of a research plan. This course will be an activity- the tools of classical statistics and modern data interpersonal interactions. Students will learn to based course involving design and presentation mining have proven their usefulness. Problems identify and reflect upon their own contributions of a marketing research plan. Basic knowledge considered will include such standard marketing to problematic interactions; design and execute of marketing concepts is assumed. (Prerequisite: research activities as customer segmentation and better ways of interacting with others; and develop MKT 500 or equivalent content, or consent of customer preference as well as more recent issues their own interpersonal strengths and collaborative instructor.) in credit scoring, churn management and fraud capacities. (Prerequisite: OBC 505 or instructor detection. Roughly half the class time will be consent) (Students cannot get credit for OBC 506 MKT 564. Global Technology Marketing devoted to discussions on business situations, and OBC 501) Extending technology to global markets requires data mining techniques, their application and OBC 533. Negotiations an understanding of consumer behavior in their usage. The remaining time will comprise an This course focuses on improving the student¹s different cultures, and effective management of risk applications laboratory in which these concepts understanding of the negotiation process and and overseas infrastructures. This course addresses and techniques are used and interpreted to solve effectiveness as a negotiator. Emphasizes issues the issues associated with technology application realistic business problems. Some knowledge of related to negotiating within and on behalf of in new markets and includes the following topics: basic marketing principles and basic data analysis organizations, the role of third parties, the sources consumer behavior differences in international is assumed. markets and the implications for the marketing of power within negotiation, and the impact of mix, cultural differences that affect business MKT 569. Product and Brand gender, culture and other differences. Conducted practices in new markets, managing exchange rate Management in workshop format, combining theory and fluctuation, factors that affect manufacturing and The conversion of technology into new products practice. research location, the impact of local government requires an understanding of how to develop OBC 535. Managing Creativity in on marketing decision making, and the use of a meaningful value proposition and integrate Knowledge Intensive Organizations strategic alliances to acquire expertise and manage the development of a product with a marketing This course considers creativity in its broadest risk in global market development. Knowledge of strategy that creates brand equity. This course sense from designing new products and processes marketing management is assumed. will focus on the management of products, the to creating our own role and identity as managers implications of other marketing decisions on and leaders in knowledge-intensive organizations. MKT 565. Digital Marketing product and brand management, the management In this course we will look actively at our own The rapid evolution of technology has led to of product lines within the organization, creative process and how we might more fully increasingly well-informed buyers who are including introduction, growth, and market exit. realize our creative potential. At the same time connected, communicative, and more in control (Prerequisite: MKT 500 or equivalent content, or we will build a conceptual understanding of than ever. This course discusses the theory and consent of instructor.) practice of digital marketing and its role in creating, creativity, and knowledge based in building relationships and, ultimately, driving sales. MKT 598. Special Topics the philosophic, academic, and practitioner It examines digital technologies and their impact literatures. We will critically apply this conceptual on business models, the marketing mix, branding, OBC 505. Teaming and Organizing for understanding to organizational examples of communication strategies, and distribution Innovation managing creativity in support of practical action. channels. Emphasis is placed on contemporary How do we navigate complex human systems OBC 536. Organizational Design topics that face today’s marketing managers in organizations? How do we foster innovation A key role for organizational leaders is to design -- including online lead generation, search, within organizations? In this course, we explore their organization to achieve their desired social networking, and ecommerce -- and their the paradoxes, opportunities, and hidden systemic results. This course applies design thinking and application within a comprehensive, integrated challenges that arise on teams and projects, and methods to the practical problems of designing digital marketing strategy. The course considers the in working across networks and within innovative various sized organizations for optimal results opportunities and challenges faced in business- organizations. Students will learn to more deftly in a complex environment. This is based on to-consumer and business-to-business markets. manage the inherent challenges and opportunities a foundation of organizational theory, design It covers latest research, current practices, and of cross-cultural and multi-disciplinary teams; methodology, and organizational strategy. hands-on project work. (Prerequisite: MKT 500 or work through or avoid dysfunctional team and (Prerequisite: OBC 505 or equivalent content, equivalent content, or consent of instructor.) organizational conflicts; wrestle with ambiguity and uncertainty; negotiate change by learning or instructor consent) to work with networks of power and influence;

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 59 Return to Table of Contents OBC 537. Leading Change design including: quality assurance, supply chains, OIE 554. Global Operations Strategy This course focuses on the role of leadership in information security, fire protection engineering, This course focuses on operations strategy from the design and implementation of organizational environmental management, projects and new a global perspective. Topics such as strategy of change. Topics include visioning, communication, products. A course project is required (and chosen logistics and decisions to outsource are examined. social influence, power, resiliency, and resistance by the student according to his/her interest) As an example, the strategic issues concerned to change. Teaching methods include classroom to develop skills in integrating subjective and with firms that are doing R&D in the United discussion of readings and cases, simulations, and objective information in modeling and evaluating States, circuit board assembly in Ireland and final experiential exercises. (Prerequisite: OBC 505 or risk. (Prerequisite: OIE 501 or equivalent content, assembly in Singapore. Cases, textbooks and equivalent content, or instructor consent) or instructor consent.) (Students cannot get credit recent articles relating to the topic are all used. for both OIE 542 and OIE 541.) Term paper based on actual cases is required. OBC 538. Developing Managerial Talent (Prerequisite: OIE 501 or equivalent content, or OIE 544. Supply Chain Analysis and Assessing and developing managerial talent in instructor consent) yourself and others is a key to professional success Design and can be a source of organizational competitive This course studies the decisions, strategies and OIE 555. Lean Process Design advantage. This course addresses the Globalizing analytical methods in designing, analyzing, Lean thinking has transformed the way that World and You, and provides students access to evaluating, and managing supply chains. organizational processes are designed and the frameworks, tools, and practice necessary to Concepts, techniques, and frameworks for better operated, using a systematic approach that engage in thoughtful self-assessment, construc- supply chain performance are discussed, and how eliminates waste by creating flow dictated by tive feedback acquisition and interpretation, and digital technologies enable companies to be more customer pull. In this course we explore the strategic development planning for themselves efficient and flexible in their internal and external lean concepts of value, flow, demand-pull, as well as for others on their teams and in their operations are explored. The major content of the and perfection in global, multistage processes. organizations. The goals of this course are: a) to course is divided into three modules: supply chain The tactics that are used to translate these help students assess their own managerial abilities, integration, supply chain decisions, and supply general principles into practice, such as creating b) to develop plans for securing new knowledge, chain management and control tools. Students manufacturing cells, are also discussed. The design skills and abilities that will help them in their will learn how to apply some of the techniques in process is complicated because in reality not all careers, c) to set goals and agendas for their own Operations Research such as linear programming, wastes can be eliminated. To learn effective design, development and d) to consider ways to translate dynamic programming, and decision tree to students will practice applying lean ideas in case this development process to others. aid decision-making. A variety of instructional studies and simulations, exploring how variability tools including lectures, case discussions, guest affects process dynamics and combining this OIE 501. Designing Operations for speakers, games, videos, and group projects and knowledge with analysis of process data. Competitive Advantage presentations are employed. (Prerequisite: OIE The operations function in an organization is 501 or equivalent content, or instructor consent) OIE 556. Health Systems Modeling and focused on the transformation processes used to Improvement produce goods or provide services. Operations OIE 548. Productivity Management This course is organized around problem-solving design is driven by strategic values, and innovative Productivity management and analysis techniques frameworks for designing and improving health improvements can support sustained competitive and applications are covered from engineering systems, exploring specific methodologies and advantage. In this course, a variety of analyti- and management perspectives. Topics include their role in organizational change. Tools and cal and statistical techniques are introduced to benchmarking, production functions, and the techniques from operations management, develop a deep understanding of process behavior, concept of relative efficiency and its measurement industrial engineering, statistics, and manage- and to use this analysis to inform process and by data envelopment analysis. Application ment sciences, are used to explore common health operational designs. Topics such as process analysis examples include efficiency evaluations of bank systems design and management issues, focusing and value stream mapping, postponement and branches, sales outlets, hospitals, schools and on data requirements and decision-making. Issues global and local supply chain strategies, queuing others. (Prerequisite: OIE 501, or equivalent that may be explored include demand forecasting, models, and managing system constraints are content, or consent of the instructor.) process design, product design, and staffing and covered using case studies and hands-on activities scheduling. OIE 552. Modeling and Optimizing such as on-line simulations. Non-traditional Processes operations systems are also explored. The skills re- OIE 557. Service Operations Management This course is designed to provide students with a quired to model an operational system, to reduce Successful management of service organizations variety of quantitative tools and techniques useful variation and mitigate bottlenecks, to effectively often differs from that of manufacturing in modeling, evaluating and optimizing operation present resource needs, and to adjust capacity and organizations. Service business efficiency is processes. Students are oriented toward the inventory service levels are practiced during the sometimes difficult to evaluate because it is creation and use of spreadsheet models to support course. (Students cannot get credit for OIE 501 often hard to determine the efficient amount of decision-making in industry and business. and OIE 500) resources required to produce service outputs. This course introduces students to the available OIE 553. Global Purchasing and Logistics OIE 542. Risk Management and Decision techniques used to evaluate operating efficiency This course aims to develop an in-depth Analysis and effectiveness in the service sector. The course understanding of the decisions and challenges Risk management deals with decision making covers key service business principles. Students related to the design and implementation of a under uncertainty. It is interdisciplinary, drawing gain an understanding of how to successfully firm’s purchasing strategy within a context of an upon management science and managerial manage service operations through a series of integrated, global supply chain. Topics centering decision-making, along with material from case studies on various service industries and on operational purchasing, strategic sourcing, negotiation and cognitive psychology. Classic covering applications in yield management, and strategic cost management will be covered. methods from decision analysis are first covered inventory control, waiting time management, The global logistics systems that support the and then applied, from the perspective of project management, site selection, performance purchasing process will be analyzed, and the business process improvement, to a broad set of evaluation and scoring systems. The course commonly used techniques for designing and applications in operations risk management and assumes some familiarity with basic probability evaluating an effective logistics network will be and statistics through regression. studied.

60 Robert A. Foisie School of Business Return to Table of Contents OIE 558. Designing and Managing OIE 597. Supply Chain Consulting Project Six-Sigma Processes This course integrates Supply Chain Management This course teaches Six-Sigma as an organizational theory and practice, and incorporates a number quality system and a set of statistical tools that of skills and tools acquired in the Supply Chain have helped the world’s leading companies Management curriculum. The objective of save millions of dollars and improve customer this course is twofold: (1) to enrich students’ satisfaction. This course is organized in three experiential learning and equip the students parts: part one covers the essentials of Six-Sigma, with additional skillsets and capabilities to tackle including fundamental concepts, the advantages real-world problems; and (2) to enhance their of Six-Sigma over Total Quality Management, teamwork, interpersonal and consulting skills. and a five-phase model for building a Six-Sigma The media is a consulting project, to be sponsored organization; part two of the course covers the by an external organization, and is completed in Six-Sigma training, including technical topics teams. In addition to a written report, the project such as capability and experimental design as well will be formally presented to members of the as how to train “Black Belts” and other key roles; School, outside sponsors and other interested part three describes the major activities of the Six- parties. Prerequisites: OIE 501, OIE 544, OIE Sigma Roadmap, from identifying core processes 553, MIS 576, MKT 561, and OBC 533 or to executing improvement projects to sustaining equivalent content, or instructor consent. Six-Sigma gains. OIE 598. Special Topics OIE 559. Optimization Methods for Business Analytics OIE 599. Supply Chain Research This course covers mathematical optimization in This research study is at the master’s level. The greater detail beyond the foundational concepts course provides a research experience for students of linear programming. A variety of optimization interested in studying a pressing supply chain problem classes will be addressed, likely including management problem or challenge. Students must integer programming, nonlinear programming, satisfactorily complete a written paper and are stochastic programming and global optimization. encouraged to publically present the results. While ensuring an appropriate level of theory, the main emphasis will be the methodological and computational aspects of solving such problems arising in the operational, manufacturing, and service sectors. Recommended background: Previous course(s) in linear algebra, basic knowledge about optimization and linear programming, or consent of the instructor.

Robert A. Foisie School of Business 61 Return to Table of Contents Chemical Engineering www.wpi.edu/+che Faculty A. R. Teixeira, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Bioengineering research focuses on cellular University of Massachusetts Amherst. engineering, metabolic engineering, S. C. Roberts, Professor and Department Reaction engineering, heterogeneous synthetic biology bio-materials, and cell- Head; Ph.D., Cornell University. Cellular catalysis, microfluidic crystallization surface interactions. Materials and soft engineering, plant cell culture, biotechnol- matter research focuses on biopolymers, ogy, metabolic pathway engineering M. T. Timko, Associate Professor, Ph.D., MIT. Renewable energy, liquid and advanced carbon materials, biointerfaces T. A. Camesano, Professor; Ph.D., Penn-­ biomass fuels, reaction engineering, fuel and nano-sensors. Energy and the sylvania­ State University. Bacterial adhesion refining and desulfurization environment research focuses on carbon and interaction forces, biopolymers, capture, biomass conversion, resource bacterial/natural organic matter interactions J. Wilcox, Professor and Manning Chair; and energy efficiency, catalysis, fuel cells, Ph.D., University of Arizona. Carbon reaction engineering, solar energy and W. M. Clark, Associate Professor and capture, renewable energy, interfacial zeolite synthesis. Computational science Associate Department Head; Ph.D., Rice phenomena and engineering research focuses on University. Separations, bioseparation, computational fluid dynamics, genome two-phase electrophoresis, filtration using E. M. Young, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., scale modeling, molecular modeling, inorganic membranes University of Texas at Austin. Synthetic biology, metabolic pathway engineering, process systems analyses and reactor R. Datta, Professor; Ph.D., University of yeast gene expression, transport protein design. California, Santa Barbara. Catalysis and engineering Master’s and doctoral candidates’ research reaction engineering as applied to fuel cells in each of these areas involves the and hydrogen H. S. Zhou, Associate Professor; Ph.D., University of California-Irvine. Bioano- application of fundamental aspects of N. A. Deskins, Associate Professor; Ph.D., technology, bioseparations, micro- and chemical engineering to interdisciplinary, Purdue University. Energy production, nano-bioelectronics, bioMEMS, micro­ societally relevant problems. Studies may nanomaterials research and development, fluidics, polymer thin films, surface be pursued in the following areas: pollution control and abatement, catalysis ­modification, microelectronic and and chemical kinetics, and computational photonic packaging Bacterial Adhesion to Biomaterials chemistry The mechanisms governing bacterial W. P. Zurawsky, Associate Teaching adhesion to biomaterials, including D. DiBiasio, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Professor; Ph.D., University of Illinois. catheters and other implanted devices, Purdue University. Engineering education, Membrane permeation and separations, are poorly understood; however, it is teaching and learning, assessment plasma processing. known that the presence of a biofilm A. G. Dixon, Professor; Ph.D., University on a biomaterial surface will lead to of Edinburgh. Transport in chemical Emeritus infection and cause an implanted device reactors, applications of CFD to catalyst Y. H. Ma, Professor Emeritus; Ph.D., to fail. Research is aimed at characterizing and reactor design, membrane separation Massachusetts Institute of Technology bacterial interaction forces and adhesion and reactors W. R. Moser, Professor Emeritus; Ph.D., to biomaterials, and developing anti- N. K. Kazantzis, Professor; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology bacterial coatings for biomaterials. We are University of Michigan. Techno-economic using novel techniques based on atomic R. W. Thompson, Professor Emeritus; force microscopy (AFM) to quantify the performance analysis, sustainable design Ph.D., Iowa State University and control of chemical processes, energy nanoscale adhesion forces between bacteria production and environmental systems, A. H. Weiss, Professor Emeritus; Ph.D., and surfaces. valuation methods for clean energy University of Pennsylvania Catalyst and Reaction Engineering technology options in the presence of Research in this area is centered on uncertainty, process safety and chemical Research Interests the physical and chemical behavior of risk analysis The Chemical Engineering Department’s research efforts are concentrated in the fluids, especially gases, in contact with S. J. Kmiotek, Professor of Practice, following major areas: bioengineering homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysts Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute. and biomanufacturing, materials and soft as well as ways to improve organic Chemical process safety, air pollution matter, energy and the environment and and inorganic crystal growth. Projects control, pollution prevention computational science and engineering. include diffusion through porous solids, E. J. Stewart, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., multicomponent adsorption, mechanism University of Michigan. Biological soft studies, microkinetics, reaction networks, matter, bacterial biofilms, biophysics synthesis and characterization of catalysts, of host-pathogen interactions, complex catalytic reformers, electrochemical fluids, microfluidics.

62 Chemical Engineering Return to Table of Contents synthesis, heat and mass transfer in domains to design and fabricate chip- Reactor modeling and simulation catalytic reactors, and simulation of based bioseparation and biosensing devices A better understanding of interactions catalyst surfaces and reaction sites. and application of bionanotechnology for between reactor transport processes and Experimental techniques include standard rapid and sensitive molecular diagnostics. chemical reaction is needed to improve lab-scale reactors, microreactors, and Novel nanomaterials for biomedical reactor efficiency, which contributes in situ spectroscopic instruments to applications are also of interest. to sustainable engineering. Multiscale monitor chemical reactions. Applications approaches are used to give new insight include partial oxidation reactions, Metabolic and Cellular Engineering into the development of catalysts and steam reforming to produce hydrogen, The goal of this research is to engineer reactors, such as computational fluid pharmaceuticals synthesis and conversion advanced “cell factories”. To accomplish dynamics (CFD) and multiphysics of bio-renewable feeds into commodity this goal, researchers look to control methods, for example microkinetics and chemicals. gene expression, metabolism and protein multicomponent diffusion models can be function by writing new DNA sequences integrated into the CFD simulations of Fuel Cell and Battery Technology into genomes. Whether to understand fixed bed reactors. Applications include Fuel cells have potential as clean and fundamental questions about genetics, partial oxidation reactions, and steam efficient power sources for automobiles or to modify cells to produce valuable reforming for generation of hydrogen and stationary applications. Research medicines and fuels, engineering DNA is and synthesis gas, one route towards is being conducted on developing, an interdisciplinary challenge. Techniques the generation of clean power. Other characterizing and modeling of fuel such as next-generation sequencing, research includes study of membrane cells that are robust for these consumer modeling, molecular biology and flow modules for recovery of high-purity applications and includes development of cytometry are used. hydrogen, membrane reactors for process CO-tolerant anodes, higher temperature intensification of hydrogen generation, proton-exchange membranes and direct Molecular Modeling of Materials for and new catalytic materials such as ceramic methanol fuel cells. Ongoing research also Sustainability foams. includes reformers and membranes for Computer technologies have advanced production of hydrogen from liquid fuels, to the point of being able to accurately Sustainable Fuels flow batteries for grid energy storage and determine properties of material and Transportation and shipping rely on access fuel cells for electrochemical synthesis and chemical systems. For example, catalysts to affordable and abundant supplies of reforming processes. involve a number of reactions that are liquid fuels. Research is being conducted difficult to determine using experimental to deliver these liquid fuels in more Soft Matter and Biointerfaces techniques. Research is being conducted in sustainable ways, for example, using green Studies on the structure-property-function the areas of photocatalysis, photovoltaics, technologies, waste feeds, and renewable relationships within biological soft matter industrial catalysis, and environmental feeds. The primary research tools systems allow for advancements in the catalysis, all with the goal of producing include catalysis science, reactor design, understanding of disease states as well as environmentally-safe energy and computational modeling, and metabolic the development of biophysical strate- chemicals. Sample projects include engineering. Breaking down lignocellulosic gies to combat disease. Our program’s determining active catalysts for CO2 bio-polymers is one of the main technical approach considers the physical interac- photo-reduction to solar fuels, simulating and economic barriers preventing tions between cells, surfaces, biopolymers alloys for fuel cells, and modeling carbon- affordable production of biomass-derived and their microenvironments to resolve based materials. fuels. New techniques and technologies cellular behaviors and design strategies are being developed to understand and for controlling cell growth. Our work is Plant Cell Biotechnology control the de-polymerization processes. multidisciplinary and utilizes tools from Plant cells synthesize an array of Fermentation of the resulting simple engineering, the physical sciences, and sophisticated “specialized metabolites” sugars is an effective method to produce biology. Research activities in the depart- that serve a variety of functions as human hydrocarbon fuels. Here, work is on-going ment are particularly focused on bacterial health agents, colors, flavoring and to develop fermenter technologies that infection prevention and control with agricultural chemicals. Production of produce drop-in biofuels, such as butanol. research thrusts in bacterial surface adhe- these compounds for clinical or industrial With conventional oil reserves dwindling, sion, mechanisms of antimicrobial peptide supply can be challenging due to their low environmentally responsible upgrading cytotoxicity, bacterial biofilm formation yields in nature, under-defined metabolic of heavy oils is becoming increasingly and dispersion, and in vitro models of pathways and difficult gene transformation important. Research into green host-pathogen interactions. technologies. Plant cell culture technology technologies which reduce the energy can be exploited not only to synthesize footprint of heavy oil upgrading are being Lab-on-chip and BioMEMS these valuable compounds, but also to gain studied. Waste plastics represent an energy Research in the area of lab-on-chip fundamental insights into regulation of dense feed that is currently under-utilized. and BioMEMS involves developing plant cell metabolism so that systems can Work is ongoing to convert waste plastics a fundamental understanding of be effectively engineered. By considering into high-value monomers and liquid microfluidics transport and surface all scales of cellular engineering – intra, fuels. Likewise, food wastes are a low-cost reaction kinetics in the micro-and nano- inter and extra, cultures can be designed to and energy dense feedstock being studied produce yield yields of desirable molecules.

Chemical Engineering 63 Return to Table of Contents for potential production of liquid fuels. Selection of graduate courses and thesis Advanced Process Engineering focuses Lastly, many of these processes co-produce project is made with the aid of a faculty on advanced topics in design, control a solid char material which reduces the advisor with whom the student works and optimization that are applicable to energy yield of the oil product. Studies are closely. All graduate students participate in a wide range of chemical processing. ongoing to valorize these char products a seminar during each term of residence. The credit distributions for the different as waste water treatment sorbents and in The master’s degree program in chemical concentrations are shown in Table 1. other applications. engineering is concerned with the The GQP provides a capstone experience advanced topics of the field. There are in applying chemical engineering skills to Techno-economic performance three choices for students wishing to real-world problems. GQP’s are carried out analysis, sustainable design, control obtain advanced knowledge in chemical in cooperation with an industrial partner and safety of chemical processes and engineering and related fields: professional and with the approval and oversight of a energy systems engineering option with concentration, faculty member in Chemical Engineering. Current research efforts lie in the thesis option and non-thesis option. All broader areas of nonlinear process Students must take one required three- students must complete three of the four credit concentration course plus 6 techno-economic performance analysis, core courses offered in mathematics, sustainable design, control and safety. credits chosen from a list of approved thermodynamics, reaction engineering, concentration courses. Students in the In particular, the following thematic and transport phenomena. In addition, areas may be identified in our current ­Bioengineering concentration must take they choose courses from a wide range of CHE 521: Biochemical Engineering, research efforts: (1) Techno-economic electives and available projects. performance assessment and technology while students in the Advanced Process valuation methods in the presence of In the doctoral program, a broad ­Engineering concentration must take uncertainty; (2) synthesis of robust knowledge of chemical engineering topics CHE 565: Advanced Process Engineering. digital feedback regulators for nonlinear is required for success in the qualifying There is flexibility in other concentration processes; (3) design of state estimators for examination. Beyond this point, more course choices so that students can further digital process performance monitoring intensive specialization is achieved in tailor their studies to their interests and and fault detection/ diagnosis purposes; the student’s field of research through needs. Courses for each of the concentra- (4) chemical risk assessment and coursework and thesis research. tions are listed in Table 2. Students can management with applications to process choose additional courses to fulfill their safety; (5) development of the appropriate Admission Requirements concentration requirement as new courses software tools for the effective digital An undergraduate degree in chemical become available, as long as they receive implementation of the above process engineering is preferred for master’s and approval, in advance, from the Professional analysis, control, performance monitoring doctoral degree applicants. Those with Engineering Program Director. and risk assessment schemes related backgrounds (e.g., chemistry, biomedical engineering, physics) are also Table 1. Professional Engineering Option Credit Distribution Zeolite Science and Technology encouraged to apply. We work closely with Research in the area of zeolite science each student on individual plans to assure Bioengineering Concentration Credits is driven by the need to establish an they are appropriately prepared for the 3 Core Courses in CHE 9 1 underlying understanding of the complex master’s and doctoral curricula, including 2 Chemical Engineering Electives 6 phenomena driving the synthesis and Concentration: participation in a “boot camp” course. CHE 521: Biochemical Engineering 3 applications of molecular sieve zeolites. 2 Concentration Courses 6 In particular, utilizing core reaction Degree Requirements CHE 590: GQP 6 engineering techniques to elucidate the Total 30 fundamental mechanisms of zeolite For the M.S. nucleation and crystal growth in Professional Engineering Option with Advanced Process Engineering Concentration Credits hydrothermal systems is of interest. Uses of Concentration zeolites as liquid and gas phase adsorbents, A total of 30 credit hours is required. At 3 Core Courses in CHE 9 2 Chemical Engineering Electives1 6 and as catalysts, are being studied. least 24 course credit hours must be in chemical engineering including 6 credit Concentration: Incorporation of zeolites into membranes CHE 565: Advanced Process Engineering 3 for separations is being investigated due to hours of Graduate Qualifying Project 2 Concentration Courses 6 zeolites’ very regular pore dimensions on (GQP), 9 credit hours chosen from the CHE 590: GQP 6 the molecular level. chemical engineering core curriculum, Total 30 9 credits of concentration courses, 1 and 6 credits of chemical engineering Students may choose to take one of these courses Programs of Study in the topic of innovation to gain additional electives. Students select a concentration Students have the opportunity to do experience in business and for preparation for the creative work on state-of-the-art research in either Bioengineering or Advanced GQP, including ETR 500. Entrepreneurship and projects as a part of their graduate study Process Engineering. Bioengineering Innovation. Students should get approval from the Faculty Director for course substitution. in chemical engineering. The program prepares students for the biotech, pharma offers excellent preparation for rewarding and medical device industries, while careers in research, industry or education.

64 Chemical Engineering Return to Table of Contents Table 2: Possible Concentration Courses Table 3: Core Courses in and/or leads a number of research cen- Bioengineering Core Courses (choose 3) ter efforts on campus including the Energy BCB 501. Bioinformatics CHE 504: Mathematical Analysis in Chemical Research Center, Center for Advanced BCB 502. Biovisualization Engineering Research in Drying, Biomanufacturing BCB 503. Biological and Biomedical Database CHE 509. Reactor Design and Kinetics Education and Training Center, Fuel Cell Mining CHE 561: Thermodynamics Center, and Metal Processing Institute. BCB 504. Statistical Methods in Genetics and CHE 571: Transport Phenomena Bioinformatics Course Descriptions BB 505. Fermentation Biology Thesis Option BB 509. Scale Up of Bioprocessing All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. BB 560. Methods of Protein Purification and A total of 30 credit hours is required, *Core chemical engineering courses. including 18 credit hours of coursework Downstream Processing CHE 501-502. Seminar BB 562. Cell Cycle Regulation and at least 12 credit hours of thesis (0 credits) BME 523. Biomedical Instrumentation work. The coursework must include 15 Reports on current advances in the various BME/ME 550. Tissue Engineering credit hours of graduate level chemical branches of chemical engineering or on graduate CH 538. Medicinal Chemistry engineering courses and 9 of these must research in progress. Must be taken during every CH 540. Regulation of Gene Expression be chosen from the core curriculum. A semester in residence. BB 565. Virology BB 575. Advanced Genetics and Cellular satisfactory oral seminar presentation must CHE 503. Colloquium Biology be given every year in residence. (0 credits) BME 552/ME 552. Tissue Mechanics Presentations on scientific advances by recognized CE 562. Biosystems in Environmental Non-Thesis Option experts in various fields of chemical engineering Engineering A total of 30 credit hours is required, and related disciplines. The course will be graded xxxAdvanced Process Engineering including a minimum of 24 credit hours on a Pass/Fail basis. CHE 504. Mathematical Analysis in Chemical in graduate level courses. At least 21 CHE 504. Mathematical Analysis in Engineering2 course credit hours must be in chemical Chemical Engineering• CHE 509. Reactor Design and Kinetics2 engineering and 9 of these must be chosen An essential skill of an engineer is to provide CHE 531. Fuel Cell Technology from the core curriculum. A maximum analytical and numerical solutions to relevant DS 501. Introduction to Data Science of 6 credit hours of independent study problems. This course will provide students with a FP 521. Fire Dynamics I under the faculty advisor may be part of solid mathematical background required to solve FP 553. Fire Protection Systems the program. Any advanced undergraduate chemical engineering problems in fields such as FP 554. Advanced Fire Suppression fluid mechanics, reactor design, thermodynamics, FP 555. Detection, Alarm and Smoke Control level courses must be approved by the and process design. Methods of mathematical FP 573. Industrial Fire Protection departmental Graduate Committee. analysis relevant to engineering will be selected FP 575. Explosion Protection from such topics as vector analysis, matrices, MFE 510/ ME 542. Control and Monitoring of For the Ph.D. eigenvalue problems, Fourier analysis, Fourier Manufacturing Processes Upon completion of the comprehensive transforms, Laplace transformation, solution of MFE 520/ MTE 520/ME 543. Design and qualifying examination, candidates must ordinary and partial differential equations, integral Analysis of Manufacturing Processes present a research proposal in order to equations, calculus of variation, optimization MFE/MTE/ME 5420. Fundamentals methods, and numerical methods. Students of Axiomatic Design of acquaint members of the faculty with the should have a background in undergraduate Manufacturing Processes chosen research topic. calculus and differential equations. MTE 558. Plastics MTE 5844. Corrosion and Corrosion Control Chemical Engineering CHE 509. Reactor Design and Kinetics* ME 516. Heat Transfer This course includes a review of prototypical ME/AE 5220. Control of Linear Dynamical Research Centers and chemical reactors, including design of batch, Systems Laboratories stirred tank, and tubular reactors. Theories of ME/AE 5221. Control of Nonlinear Dynamical reaction kinetics and catalysis for simple and Systems Research is housed in both Goddard Hall complex reactions are addressed. Reactor design is SD 550. System Dynamics Foundation: and Gateway Park (Life Sciences and Bio- discussed within the context of complex transport Managing Complexity engineering Center; LSBC). The LSBC is phenomena and reaction kinetics, including ef- fects of bulk and pore diffusion and multiphase SD 553. Model Analysis and Evaluation a four-story, 125,000-square-foot inter- Techniques reactions/reactors. Techniques for experimenta- disciplinary research building that houses tion, reaction data treatment, catalyst preparation SYS 501. Concepts of Systems Engineering life sciences faculty in the departments of SYS 502. Business Practices and characterization, and computational tools are SYS 510. Systems Architecture and Design Biology and Biotechnology, Biomedical also included. Students cannot receive credit for SYS 512. Requirements Engineering Engineering, Chemistry and Biochemistry, this course and CHE 506 or CHE 507, which this SYS 520. System Optimization Chemical Engineering and Physics. Both class replaces. SYS 521. Model-Based Systems Engineering Goddard Hall and LSBC are equipped CHE 510. Dynamics of Particulate Systems SYS 540. Introduction to Systems Thinking with state of the art instrumentation and Analyzes discrete particles which grow in size 2Can be used to satisfy concentration require- core facilities to support catalysis and reac- or in some other characteristic variable (e.g., ments if not taken as part of the core. tion engineering work and bioengineering age, molecular weight). Reaction engineering work, respectively. In addition, the Chemi- and population balance analyses for batch and continuous systems. Steady state and cal Engineering Department participates transient system dynamics. Topics may include crystallization, latex synthesis, polymer molecular weight distribution, fermentation/ ecological systems and gas-solid systems.

Chemical Engineering 65 Return to Table of Contents CHE 521. Biochemical Engineering CHE 561. Thermodynamics* such as: separation of variables, similarity Ligand binding and membrane transport Thermodynamics is at the heart of many solutions, perturbation theory, and Laplace and processes, growth kinetics of animal cells and systems of interest to chemical engineers, from Fourier transform methods. Methods involving micro-organisms, kinetics of interacting multiple the efficiency of simple mechanical processes non-dimensionalization and scaling will be populations, biological reactor design and to the equilibria of complex reactions. This emphasized. Special problems to be covered may analysis, soluble immobilized enzyme kinetics, course is a rigorous treatment of classical include the lubrication approximation, creeping optimization and control of fermentation, thermodynamics, with reference to the field of flow, and potential and laminar boundary-layer biopolymer structure and function, properties statistical thermodynamics. Key modules include flows, as well as heat and mass transport in multi- of biological molecules, biological separation First and Second Law analysis; behavior and component systems. Students are expected to processes, scale-up of bioprocesses; laboratory interrelationships of thermodynamic properties; have taken previous courses on transport processes work may be included when possible. and fluid phase and chemical equilibria. Example and have mathematical background that includes topics may include analysis of open and dynamic solution of differential equations. CHE 531. Fuel Cell Technology systems; fundamental relationships; Legendre CHE 580. Special Topics The course provides an overview of the various transforms and generalized potentials; Maxwell This course will focus on various topics of current types of fuel cells followed by a detailed discussion relationships; stability theory; thermodynamics of interest related to faculty research experience. of the proton-exchange membrane (PEM) fuel mixtures; fugacity, activity, and chemical potential; cell fundamentals: thermodynamics relations phase equilibria of systems containing two or CHE 590. Graduate Qualifying Project in including cell equilibrium, standard potentials, more components; and generalized treatment of Chemical Engineering and Nernst equation; transport and adsorption in chemical equilibria. (3 or 6 credits) proton-exchange membranes and supported liquid electrolytes; transport in gas-diffusion electrodes; CHE 565. Advanced Process Engineering These courses provide a capstone experience in kinetics and catalysis of electrocatalytic reactions Advanced topics in process synthesis, optimization applying chemical engineering skills to real-world including kinetics of elementary reactions, the and process control are examined. Optimization problems. The Graduate Qualifying Project Butler-Volmer equation, reaction routes and topics include objective functions, multivariable (GQP) is carried out with an industrial partner mechanisms; kinetics of overall anode and cathode optimization, constrained optimization, mixed or sponsoring agency and with the approval reactions for hydrogen and direct methanol integer linear programming and applications of and oversight of a faculty member in chemical fuel cells; and overall design and performance optimization to process industries. Control topics engineering. A written report and a presentation characteristics of PEM fuel cells. include model predictive control, adaptive control, to members of the department and industrial batch process control, and plant-wide control. partners are required. (Pre-requisites: Completion CHE 554/CH 554. Molecular Modeling Recommended background: Undergraduate of core requirements, at least one concentration This course trains students in the area of degree in Chemical Engineering. course and consent of the program director.) molecular modeling using a variety of quantum Recommended background: Undergraduate mechanical and force field methods. The CHE 571. Transport Phenomena* degree in Chemical Engineering, completion of approach will be toward practical applications, Transport rates of mass, energy, and momentum the core requirements and at least one concentra- for researchers who want to answer specific are key to the design of many chemical tion course. questions about molecular geometry, transition technologies. This class adopts a unified states, reaction paths and photoexcited states. No approach to transport phenomena, providing the *Core chemical engineering courses. experience in programming is necessary; however, fundamental background required for analysis of a backround at the introductory level in quantum complex problems. Students will use mathematical mechanics is highly desirable. Methods to be techniques for analytic and approximate solutions explored include density functional theory, ab initio methods, semiempirical molecular orbital theory, and visualization software for the graphical display of molecules.

66 Chemical Engineering Return to Table of Contents www.wpi.edu/+chemistry Chemistry and Biochemistry Faculty J. MacDonald, Associate Professor; Programs of Study Ph.D., University of Minnesota; porous A. Gericke, Professor and Department crystalline materials composed of The Department of Chemistry and Head; Dr.rer.nat., University of Hamburg; organic & coordination compounds, ­Biochemistry offers the M.S. and Ph.D. biophysical characterization of lipid-­ polymorphism of pharmaceutical drugs, in both Chemistry and Biochemistry. The mediated protein function, development crystallization of proteins, surpramolecular major areas of research in the department of vibrational spectroscopic tools to assembly on surfaces. are biochemistry and biophysics, molecular characterize biological tissue. design and synthesis, and nanotechnology A. Mattson, Associate Professor; Ph.D., and materials. J. M. Argüello, Professor; Ph.D., Northwestern University; metal-free Universidad Nacional de Río Cuarto, catalyst design, methodology development, Admission Requirements Argentina; transmembrane ion transport, complex molecule synthesis. metal-ATPases structure-function, A B.S. degree with demonstrated profi- bacterial metal homeostasis, role os metals C. Perez Olsen, Assistant Professor; ciency in chemistry or biochemistry is in bacterial pathogenesis. Ph.D., University of Washington; required for entrance to Chemistry and characterization of membrane composition Biochemistry graduate programs. S. C. Burdette, Associate Professor; Ph.D., by mass spectrometry, quantification Massachusetts Institute of Technology; of lipid flux with stable isotope tracers, Degree Requirements synthesis of fluorescent sensors for iron, genetic dissection of the regulatory Each student must take at least three photoactive chelators for delivery of metal pathways of membrane maintenance. core courses in their self-identified home ions in cells, applications of azobenzene track (biochemistry, inorganic, organic, derivatives with unusual optical properties, S. F. Scarlata, Professor, Ph.D., University physical), at least three elective courses polymers to detect metal contaminants in Illinois Urbana-Champaign; Mechanisms either from an approved list of classes the environment. of cell signaling using fluorescence imaging and correlation methods, how mechanical or pre-approved by the CBC graduate R. E. Dempski, Associate Professor; deformation affects calcium fluxes in cells. committee, as well as seminar courses. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Entering students who have deficiencies in Technology; molecular mechanism of Research Interests specific areas (inorganic, organic, physical, human zinc transporter, structure-function or biochemistry), as revealed by entrance The three major areas of research in the of light activated channel, optogenetics. interviews, will take appropriate courses to department are: correct these deficiencies. J. P. Dittami, Professor; Ph.D., Rensselaer • Biochemistry and Biophysics. Within Polytechnic Institute; medicinal chemistry, this area there is active research on a Ph.D. students should select a research organic synthesis, new synthetic methods number of topics including heavy metal advisor no later than at the end of the first development. transport and metal homeostasis of semester of residence, and M.S. students M. H. Emmert, Associate Professor; both plants and bacteria, computational should select an advisor no later than at Ph.D., Universität Münster, Germany; biochemistry/biophysics of membrane the end of the first term (first seven weeks). proteins, enzyme structure and function, transition metal catalysts for C-H For the M.S. functionalization and CO2 reduction, and G protein and calcium signaling, For the Master of Science in Chemistry sustainable syntheses, and new reagents for membrane protein domains and or Biochemistry, the student is required direct aminations of C-H bonds. mechanotransduction. • Molecular Design and Synthesis. Within to complete a minimum of 30 graduate R. L. Grimm, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., this area there is active research on topics credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree. California Institute of Technology; growth encompassing organic synthesis and Students may choose between a thesis or and characterization by surface science medicinal chemistry, supramolecular non-thesis option. In addition to general and by photoelectrochemistry of non- materials, metal ion sensors and chelators, college requirements, all courses taken for traditional semiconductor materials related polymorphism in pharmaceutical drugs, graduate credit must result in a GPA of to solar energy capture, catalysis, and spectroscopy and photophysical 3.0 or higher. conversion. properties of molecules, catalysis for Thesis Option G. A. Kaminski, Associate Professor; C-H functionalization, and more. The student must complete a thesis with Ph.D., Yale University; computational • Nanotechnology and Materials. This at least 15 combined credits CH 598 physical and biophysical chemistry, force research area encompasses such projects (Directed Research) or CH 599 (M.S. field development, protein structure and as photonic and nonlinear optical Thesis). Additional credits may consist binding, host-guest complex formation, materials, nanoporous and microporous of any combination of thesis or course solvation effects. crystals of organic and coordination electives. Course elective credits must compounds, molecular interactions at consist of additional CBC or other 4000-, surfaces, and others. 500- or 600-level engineering, science, management or mathematics electives. All course selections must be approved by the

Chemistry and Biochemistry 67 Return to Table of Contents student’s research advisor and the CBC be completed in either 4 years (course and single crystal x-ray diffractometers, Graduate Committee prior to registering. work based M.S.) or 5 years (course work cyclic voltammetry, impedence Each student should select a research or research based M.S.). Students may spectroscopy, ellipsometer, quartz crystal advisor by the end of the first semester of formally apply to the B.S./M.S. program microbalance, grazing incidence IR, study. M.S. candidates must submit and through the graduate admissions office or atomic force microscope (AFM), and defend a thesis based on research conducted via their website. other surface-related facilities. Additional under the direction of a CBC faculty equipment in the biochemistry area member. The thesis committee consists of For the Ph.D. include: centrifugues, ultra-centrifugues, at least three members, two of whom must Each student should select a research PCR, phospho imager, scintillation belong to the CBC Department faculty. advisor by the end of the first semester of counter, FPLC, bacteria and eukaryotic residence. At the end of the first semester cell culture and plant growth facilities. The Non Thesis Option of the second year of residence, the student department is exceptionally well set up Graduate credits must consist of 4000-, must submit a written and an oral progress with computer facilities and is also linked 500- or 600-level courses. Credits should report in the dissertation committee of to the University’s network. be distributed as follows: at least four faculty members, including • At least 15 credits in CBC courses. the Research Advisor, at least two more Course Descriptions • A maximum of 10 credits in electives members of the Department, and at least All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. in areas of engineering, science, one person from outside the Department. management or mathematics. CH 516. Chemical Spectroscopy The committee will consider the student’s The emphasis is on using a variety of spectroscopic • Students also may use up to 9 credits progress and will recommend to the data to arrive at molecular structures, particularly of CH 598 (Directed Research) toward department whether the student should be of organic molecules. Major emphasis is on H- credit hour requirements. allowed to continue toward a Ph.D. and C-NMR, IR and MS. There is relatively little Biochemistry students will be advised to emphasis on theory or on sampling handling Students who do not satisfy the academic techniques. take graduate courses in Membrane milestones described in the Departmental Biophysics (CH 541), Molecular Handbook (e.g., completing 2nd year CH 536. Theory and Applications Modeling (CH 554), Medicinal Chemistry seminar, maintaining a departmental GPA of NMR Spectroscopy (CH 538), and Spectroscopy (CH 516) in This course emphasizes the fundamental aspects over 3.0, finding a mentor, passing the of 1D and 2D nuclear magnetic resonance addition to advanced Biochemistry qualifying exam, etc.), as determined by spectroscopy (NMR). The theory of pulsed courses. Among electives in other areas, the department, will be dismissed from the Fourier transform NMR is presented through these might include courses on applied program. the use of vector diagrams. A conceptual Biochemistry/Biological processes (BB 560/ nonmathematical approach is employed in BB 505/BB 509) and Bioinformatics Qualifying Examination discussion of NMR theory. The course is geared (BCB 501/BCB 502/BCB 503). Before formal admission to the doctoral toward an audience which seeks an understanding candidacy, Ph.D. students must take the of NMR theory and an appreciation of the Chemistry students will be advised to take practical applications of NMR in chemical qualifying examination in their field of graduate courses in Theory and analysis. Students are exposed to hands-on NMR specialization. The examination should Applications of NMR Spectroscopy (CH operation. Detailed instructions are provided and take place before the end of the second 536), Molecular Modeling (CH 554), each student is expected to carry out his or her year of residence. own NMR experiments on a Bruker AVANCE Medicinal Chemistry (CH 538), and 400 MHz NMR spectrometer. Spectroscopy (CH 516) in addition to Dissertation CH 538. Medicinal Chemistry advanced Chemistry courses. Among To fulfill the final Ph.D. degree require- electives in other areas, these might This course will focus on the medicinal chemistry ment the candidate must submit and aspects of drug discovery from an industrial include courses on Chemical Engineering defend a satisfactory dissertation to the pharmaceutical research and development (CHE 506/ CHE 521/CHE 561) applied dissertation committee. perspective. Topics will include chemotherapeutic Biochemistry/Biological processes agents (such as antibacterial, antiviral and (BB 560/BB 505/BB 509). Chemistry and antitumor agents) and pharmacodynamic agents (such as antihypertensive, antiallergic, antiulcer B.S./M.S. Degree Biochemistry Research and CNS agents). (Prerequisite: A good foundation The Department of Chemistry and Laboratories in organic chemistry, e.g., CH 2310 Organic Biochemistry offers a combined B.S./M.S. Chemistry I and CH 2320 Organic Chemistry II.) The Chemistry and Biochemistry Research degree option for undergraduate students CH 540. Regulation of Gene Expression currently enrolled at WPI. The university Laboratories are located in Goddard (2 credits) rules for B.S./M.S. programs are described Hall and at Gateway Park. Department This course covers the biochemical mechanisms in Section 5 of the undergraduate catalog facilities and instrumentation in individual involved in regulation of gene expression: and on page 23 of the graduate catalog. research laboratories include 500 and modifications of DNA structures that influence 400 MHz FT-NMR, GC-MS, GC, transcription rates, transcriptional regulation, The M.S. degree requirements for the HPLC, capillary electrophoresis, DSC post-transcriptional processing of RNA including B.S./M.S. program are the same as (differential scanning calorimeter), TGA splicing and editing, nuclear/cytoplasmic transport, regulation of translation, and factors the requirements for the course work- (thermogravometric analysis), polarizing based M.S. degree that already exists that control the half-lives of both mRNA and optical stereomicroscope, FT-IR, UV- protein. During the course, common experimental in the Department of Chemistry and VIS absorption, fluorescence and methods are explored, including a discussion of Biochemistry. A B.S./M.S. degree can phosphorescence spectroscopy; powder the information available from each method.

68 Chemistry and Biochemistry Return to Table of Contents CH 541. Membrane Biophysics CH 554/CHE 554. Molecular Modeling the biosynthesis of lipids and steroids leads to (2 credits) This course trains students in the area of a discussion of the structure and function of This course will focus on different areas of molecular modeling using a variety of quantum biological membranes. Finally, the membrane biophysics with special emphasis on membrane mechanical and force field methods. The processes in neurotransmission are discussed. phenomena. The biomedical-biological importance approach will be toward practical applications, (Recommended background: CH 4110.) of biophysical phenomena will be stressed. The for researchers who want to answer specific CH 4130. Biochemistry III course will begin with an introduction to the questions about molecular geometry, transition This course presents a thorough analysis of molecular forces relevant in biological media states, reaction paths and photoexcited states. No the biosynthesis of DNA (replication), RNA and subsequently develop the following topics: experience in programming is necessary; however, (transcription) and proteins (translation), and of membrane structure and function; channels, a backround at the introductory level in quantum their biochemical precursors. Proteins and RNAs carriers and pumps; nerve excitation and related mechanics is highly desirable. Methods to be have distinct lifetimes within the living cell; thus topics; and molecular biophysics of motility. Topics explored include density functional theory, ab the destruction of these molecules is an important will be developed assuming a good understanding initio methods, semiempirical molecular orbital biochemical process that is also discussed. In of protein and lipid chemistry, enzyme kinetics, theory, and visualization software for the graphical addition to mechanistic studies, regulation of cell biology, and electricity. display of molecules. these processes is covered. CH 543. Organometallic Chemistry and CH 555. Advanced Topics CH 4330. Organic Synthesis Catalysis (1 to 3 credits as arranged) Modern synthetic methods as applied to the Organometallic chemistry and catalytic reactions A course of advanced study in selected areas whose construction of societally relevant target molecules have fundamentally changed the way drugs and content and format varies to suit the interest and will be the focus of this course. Discussions may polymeric materials are made today. Furthermore, needs of faculty and students. This course may be emphasize the logic and strategy in synthetic they have enabled the synthesis and application repeated for different topics covered. approaches toward active pharmaceutical of new electronic materials (e.g. in OLEDs and ingredients, agrochemicals, fine chemicals, molecular wires) and materials mimicking natural CH 560. Current Topics in Biochemistry materials, and other targets of interest. The processes (e.g. self-healing and anti-bacterial (1 credit per semester) analysis of current examples from the primary coatings). This course will establish principles In this seminar course, a different topic is selected literature will draw attention to the most state- to understand the reactivity of organometallic each semester. Current articles are read and of–the-art synthetic tactics. Recommended for compounds of transition and main groups analyzed. graduate students and undergraduates who have metals. Furthermore, metal-free catalysis will CH 561. Functional Genomics a basic understanding of the principles governing be introduced. Pulling on influences from both (1 credit per semester) organic reactions, such as those covered in inorganic and organic chemistry, the class will In this seminar course, students will present and CH2310, CH2320, and CH2330. This course provide insight into catalysis approaches that have critically analyze selected, recent publications in will be offered in 2018-19 and alternate years revolutionized synthetic chemistry, enabling highly functional genomics. The course will conclude thereafter. efficient, sustainable production of compounds with a written project, either a mini-grant that are used in such different areas as drug proposal or an analysis of publicly available data in CH 4420. Inorganic Chemistry II discovery, protein analysis, and performance a research manuscript format. The course will be Complexes of the transition metals are discussed. plastics. Case studies will be drawn from the offered in alternate years in lieu of CH 560, may Covered are the electronic structures of transition current literature and applications that are widely be repeated as many times as offered, and satisfies metal atoms and ions, and the topological used in industrial and academic settings and will the department’s requirement for a graduate and electronic structures of their complexes. include work that has led to recent Nobel prizes in seminar in biochemistry. This course is offered by Symmetry concepts are developed early in the the area. Recommended preparation includes the special arrangement only, based on expressed student course and used throughout to simplify treatments organic chemistry sequence (CH2310, CH2320, interest. of electronic structure. The molecular orbital and CH2330) and CH3410. The course is approach to bonding is emphasized. The pivotal recommended for both graduate and advanced CH 571. Seminar area of organotransition metal chemistry is undergraduate students. This course will be offered (1 credit per semester) introduced, with focus on complexes of carbon in 2018-2019 and alternate years thereafter. Reports on current advances in the various monoxide, metal-metal interactions in clusters, branches of chemistry. and catlysis by metal complexes. (Recommended CH 544. Elucidation of Organic Reaction background: CH 2310 and CH 2320, or Mechanisms CH 598. Directed Research equivalent.) This course will be offered in 2019-20 In this advanced course, students will develop skill CH 599. M.S. Thesis and in alternate years thereafter. sets to independently understand, explain, and predict reactions of organic molecules. Principles CH 699. Ph.D. Dissertation CH 4520. Chemical Statistical Mechanics of modern physical organic chemistry, such as The following graduate/undergraduate This course deals with how the electronic, bonding, hybridization, molecular orbital theory, chemistry courses are also available for translational, rotational and vibrational energy non-covalent interactions, stereochemistry, and levels of individual molecules, or of macromolecular graduate credit. conformational analysis, will be introduced along- systems are statistically related to the energy, side experimental techniques related to thermo- CH 4110. Biochemistry I entropy and free energy of macroscopic systems, dynamics and kinetics to provide scientists with The principles of protean structure are presented. taking into account the quantum mechanical tools to understand existing reaction pathways Mechanisms of enzymatic catalysis, including properties of the component particles. Ensembles, and study new reactions. The interplay between those requiring coenzymes, are outlined in detail. partition functions, and Boltzmann, Fermi/Dirac mechanistic hypotheses and experimental observa- The structures and biochemical properties of and Bose-Einstein statistics are used. A wealth of tions will be demonstrated using case studies carbohydrates are reviewed. Bioenergetics, the role physical chemical phenomena, including material from the primary literature. Recommended for of ATP, and its production through glycolysis and related to solids, liquids, gases, spectroscopy and graduate students and undergraduates who have the TCA cycle are fully considered. chemical reactions are made understandable by the completed the sequence in organic chemistry concepts learned in this course. This course will be (CH2310, CH2320, and CH2330). This course CH 4120. Biochemistry II offered in 2019-20 and in alternate years thereafter. will be offered in 2019-2020 and alternating years Oriented around biological membranes, this term thereafter. begins with a discussion of electron transport and the aerobic production of ATP, followed by a study of photosynthesis. The study of

Chemistry and Biochemistry 69 Return to Table of Contents Civil and Environmental Engineering www.wpi.edu/+cee Faculty J. Plummer, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Master of Science and University of Massachusetts Amherst; Doctor of Philosophy T. El-Korchi, Professor and Department surface water quality, drinking water The graduate programs in civil engineering Head; Ph.D., University of New treatment, public health. Hampshire; glass fiber reinforced cement and environmental engineering are composites, tensile testing techniques, N. Rahbar, Associate Professor; Ph.D., arranged to meet the interests and materials durability. Princeton University; atomistic objectives of the individual student. simulations, bioinspired design of Through consultation with an advisor L. Abu-Lail, Assistant Professor of materials, contact mechanics and and appropriate selection from the courses Teaching, Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic adhesion, computational material science. listed in this catalog, independent graduate Institute; Unit Operations of Chemical A. Sakulich, Associate Professor; Ph.D., study and concentrated effort in a research Engineering, Water Treatment, Hydraulics, or project activity, a well-planned program Environmental Organic Chemistry. Drexel University; sustainability of infra- structure materials, alternative binders, may be achieved. Students may take L. D. Albano, Associate Professor; Ph.D., and advanced civil engineering systems. acceptable courses in other departments Massachusetts Institute of Technology; or those approved for graduate credit. The performance-based design of buildings, G. F. Salazar, Associate Professor; Ph.D., complete program must be approved by design and behavior of building structures Massachusetts Institute of Technology; the student’s advisor and the Graduate in fire conditions, integration of design integration of design and construction, Program Coordinator. and construction. models and information technology, cooperative agreements. The faculty have a broad range of teaching J. Bergendahl, Associate Professor; Ph.D., and research interests. Through courses, University of Connecticut; industrial and H. Salim, Assistant Professor of Teaching, projects and research, students gain domestic wastewater treatment, particulate Ph.D., Iowa State University; Structural excellent preparation for rewarding careers processes in the environment, chemical health Monitoring (SHM), Innovative in many sectors of engineering including oxidation of contaminants. Sensing Technologies, Sustainable and consulting, industry, government and Resilient Structures, Steel and Concrete education. K. M. Elovitz, Adjunct Teaching Design, Smart Structures. Professor, J.D., Suffolk University; HVAC Graduate programs may be developed and Electrical systems in buildings, M. Tao, Associate Professor; Ph.D., in the following areas: Professional Practice/Risk Management, Case Western Reserve University; soil spreadsheet applications for design and mechanics, geotechnical-pavement Structural Engineering analysis techniques. engineering, geo-material characterization and modeling. Courses from the structural offerings, S. Farzin, Assistant Professor of Teaching, combined with appropriate mathemat- Ph.D., University of Massachusetts S. Van Dessel, Associate Professor; Ph.D., ics, mechanics and other courses, provide Amherst; Architectural Design, Sustainable University of Florida, Gainesville; opportunities to pursue programs ranging Building Technologies, Urban Metabolism, architectural engineering, building from theoretical mechanics and analysis to Net Zero Emission Neighborhood, materials. structural design and materials research. Building Energy Simulation, Art H. Walker, Schwaber Professor of There are ample opportunities for research installation, Music. Environmental Engineering, Ph.D., and project work in mechanics, structures and construction utilizing campus facilities S. Liu, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Univer- University of California, Irvine; water and in cooperation with area consulting sity of Texas at Austin; indoor air quality, quality, emerging contaminants, water and and contracting firms. The integration of thermal comfort, building energy efficien- wastewater treatment, environmental design and construction into a cohesive cy, computational fluid dynamics. nanotechnology, membrane processes. master builder plan of studies is available. R. B. Mallick, Professor and White Chair; Programs of Study (See page 71). Ph.D., Auburn University; nondestructive The Department of Civil and Environ­ Some current and recent structural testing, highway design, pavement material mental Engineering (CEE) offers graduate engineering research topics at WPI characterization. programs leading to the degrees of master include: structural vibration control; P. P. Mathisen, Associate Professor; Ph.D., of science, master of engineering and structural health monitoring; system Massachusetts Institute of Technology; doctor of philosophy. The department also identification; design and analysis of smart water resources and environmental offers graduate and advanced certificate structures; high impact response analysis; fluid dynamics, contaminant fate and programs. Full- and part-time programs of control and monitoring; three-dimensional transport in groundwater and surface study are available. dynamic response of tall buildings to water, exchanges across the sediment-water stochastic winds; the inelastic dynamic interface. response of tall buildings to earthquakes;

70 Civil and Environmental Engineering Return to Table of Contents evaluation of structural performance Engineering and Construction nano characterization and micro/nano during fire conditions; structural design Designed to assist the development of mechanics of construction materials, agents for building design; finite element professionals knowledgeable in the design/ synthesizing ‘greener’ cementitious methods for nonlinear analysis; finite construction engineering processes, labor materials (geopolymers) from industrial element analysis of shell structures for and legal relations, and the organization wastes, understanding fundamental dynamic and instability analysis; and box and use of capital. The program has been behavior of granular materials, energy girder bridges. developed for those students interested harvesting from pavements, reduction of pavement temperatures and urban Environmental Engineering in the development and construction of large-scale facilities. The program includes heat island effects, high reclaimed The environmental engineering program four required courses: CE 580, CE 584, asphalt pavement (RAP) recycling, is designed to meet the needs of engineers CE 587 and FIN 500. (FIN 500 can be use of geosynthetics, phase changing and scientists in the environmental field. substituted by an equivalent 3-credit-hour materials, Superpave technology, Coursework provides a strong foundation course approved by the department.) It pavement smoothness and ride quality in both the theoretical and practical must also include any two of the following measurement, recycled asphalt materials, aspects of the environmental engineering courses: CE 581, CE 582, CE 583 and and implementation of innovation in discipline, while project and research CE 586. The remaining courses include a transportation management and other activities allow for in-depth investigation balanced choice from other civil engineer- transportation-related topics. of current and emerging topics. Courses ing and management courses as approved are offered in the broad areas of water Interdisciplinary M.S. Program by the advisor. It is possible to integrate quality and waste treatment. Topics in Construction Project a program in design and construction to covered in classes include: hydraulics develop a cohesive master builder plan of Management and hydrology; physical, chemical and studies. Active areas of research include The interdisciplinary M.S. program in biological treatment systems for water, integration of design and construction, construction project management wastewater, hazardous waste and industrial models and information technology, combines offerings from several disciplines waste; modeling of contaminant transport cooperative agreements, and international including civil engineering, management and transformations; water quality and construction. science, business and economics. water resources. Requirements for the degree are similar to Current research interests in the Transportation Engineering the master of science in engineering and environmental engineering program The transportation engineering program construction management program. span a wide range of areas. These areas is to provide a center for education and include microbial contamination of source research for the engineers who will design, Master of Engineering waters, colloid and surface chemistry, build and conduct cutting-edge research The master of engineering degree is a physiochemical treatment processes, on transportation infrastructure. professional practice-oriented degree. disinfection, pollution prevention for The degree is available both for WPI The transportation engineering program undergraduate students who wish to industries, treatment of hazardous is a multidisciplinary interdepartmental and industrial wastes, hydraulic and remain at the university for an additional program designed to prepare students year to obtain both a bachelor of science environmental fluid dynamics and for careers designing, maintaining and coastal processes, contaminant fate and and a master of engineering, as well as managing transportation infrastructure for students possessing a B.S. degree who transport in groundwater and surface systems. Students gain proficiency water, exchanges between surface and wish to enroll in graduate school to seek in transportation engineering in two this degree. At present, the M.E. program subsurface waters, and storm water quality complementary ways: projects and control. Research facilities include the is offered in the following two areas of coursework. Projects focus on developing concentration. Environmental Laboratory and several improved practical methods, procedures computing laboratories. Additional and techniques. Coursework is focused opportunities are provided through Master Builder on practical aspects of infrastructure The master builder program is designed collaborative research projects with technology needed by practicing engineers. nearby Alden Research Laboratory, an for engineering and construction profes- independent hydraulics research laboratory Research in the transportation engineering sionals who wish to better understand with large-scale experimental facilities. program is sponsored by a variety of the industry’s complex decision-making private and governmental organizations environment and to accelerate their career Geotechnical Engineering including the U. S. Federal Highway paths as effective project team leaders. Course offerings in soil mechanics, geo- Administration, the National Cooperative This is a practice-oriented program that technical and geoenvironmental engineer- Highway Research Program, the builds upon a project-based curriculum ing may be combined with structural Massachusetts Highway Department, The and uses a multidisciplinary approach to engineering and engineering mechanics Maine Department of Transportation, the problem solving for the integration of courses, as well as other appropriate uni- New England Transportation Consortium, planning, design, construction and facility versity offerings. the National Science Foundation and management. It emphasizes hands-on others. Some of the more active research experience with information technology areas being pursued in the transportation and teamwork. engineering program include micro/

Civil and Environmental Engineering 71 Return to Table of Contents Environmental For the Ph.D. practice and the design of engineering The environmental master of engineering Ph.D. applicants must have earned a processes, systems and facilities. program concentrates on the collection, bachelor’s or master’s degree. Applicants Subfields are currently available in storage, treatment and distribution of will be evaluated based on their academic structural engineering, engineering and ­industrial and municipal water resources background, professional experience, and construction management, highway and and on pollution prevention and the other supporting application material. As transportation engineering, geotechnical treatment and disposal of industrial and the dissertation is a significant part of the engineering, materials engineering, municipal wastes. Ph.D., applicants are encouraged, prior to geohydrology, water quality management, submitting an application, to make con- water resources, waste management, Admission Requirements tact with CEE faculty performing research and impact engineering. The sub-field in the area the applicant wishes to pursue. requirements are satisfied by completing For the M.S. two thematically related graduate courses An ABET accredited B.S. degree in civil Degree Requirements that have been agreed upon by both the engineering (or another acceptable engi- student and the advisor as appropriate neering field) is required for admission For the M.S. to the program of study. In addition to the M.S. program in civil engineering. The completion of 30 semester hours of to the subfields noted above, other Applicants are expected to have the neces- credit, of which 6 credits must be research appropriate areas may be identified as sary academic preparation and aptitude to or project work, is required. A non-thesis long as it is clear that the courses represent succeed in a challenging graduate pro- alternative consisting of 33 semester advanced work and complement the gram. Students who do not have an ABET hours is also available. In addition to civil program. Coursework and other academic accredited B.S. degree may wish to enroll and environmental engineering courses, experiences to fulfill this requirement will in the inderdisciplinary M.S. program. students also may take courses relevant to be defined in the integrated Plan of Study For the environmental engineering their major area from other departments. at the start of the program. program, a B.S. degree in civil, chemical Students who do not have the appropriate or mechanical engineering is normally undergraduate background for the Transfer between M.S. and required. However, students with a B.S. graduate courses in their program may be M.E. Program in other engineering disciplines as well required to supplement the 30 semester A student may transfer from the M.E. as physical and life sciences are eligible, hours with additional undergraduate program to the M.S. program at any provided they have met the undergraduate studies. time. A student may transfer from the math and science requirements of the civil M.S. program to the M.E. program only and environmental engineering program. For the M.E. after an integrated program of study has A course in the area of fluid mechanics is The master of engineering degree requires been agreed upon by the student and the also required. As for the civil engineering the completion of an integrated program advisor in the area of concentration and degree program, applicants are expected to of study that is formulated with a CEE approved by the CEE department head or have the necessary background preparation faculty advisor at the start of the course the Graduate Program Coordinator. and aptitude to succeed in a challenging of study. The program and subsequent graduate program. All graduates of this modifications thereof must be submitted For the Ph.D. option will receive a master of science in to and approved by the CEE department Doctoral students must satisfactorily environmental engineering. head or the Graduate Program Coordina- complete a qualifying examination ad- tor, when they are developed or changed. ministered within the first 18 credits of For the interdisciplinary M.S. program The program requires the completion of admission into the Ph.D. program. The in construction project management, 30 semester hours of credit. The following purpose of the qualifying examination is students with degrees in areas such as activities must be fulfilled through comple- to assess the student’s ability to succeed architecture, management engineering and tion of the courses noted or by appropriate at the Ph.D. level and also to identify civil engineering technology are normally documentation by the department head or strengths and weaknesses in order to plan accepted to this program. Management graduate program coordinator: experience an appropriate sequence of courses. The engineering students may be required to with complex project management (CE exam is administered by a four member complete up to one year of undergraduate 593 Advanced Project), competence in committee consisting of the major advisor civil engineering courses before working integration of computer applications and and three other members selected by the on the M.S. information technology (CE 587 Building major advisor. Information Modeling), and knowledge in For the M.E. In addition to the university requirements the area of professional business practices A B.S. degree in civil engineering (or for the Ph.D. degree, the CEE department and ethics (CE 501 Professional Practice). another acceptable engineering field) is re- requires students to establish a minor and The program shall also include course- quired for admission to the M.E. program to pass a comprehensive examination. work in at least two subfields of civil and in civil engineering. Students must establish a minor environmental engineering that are related outside their major area. This may be to the M.E. area of specialization. accomplished with three courses in the The primary subfield will provide the approved minor area. One member of the student with competence required for student’s dissertation committee should the analysis of problems encountered in

72 Civil and Environmental Engineering Return to Table of Contents represent the minor area. The student’s Geo/Water Resources Radar. A major focus of the pavement dissertation committee has the authority Laboratory engineering program is on the integration to make decisions on academic matters of undergraduate and graduate curriculum The geo-water resources laboratory is associated with the Ph.D. program. To with research projects funded by the a flexible teaching and research space become a candidate for the doctorate, Maine Department of Transportation, that provides support for research, the student must pass a comprehensive Federal Highway Administration, New undergraduate and graduate projects, examination administered by the student’s England Transportation Consortium and and courses in the areas of geotechnical dissertation committee. The candidate, National Science Foundation. engineering and water resources. The on completion and submission of the laboratory provides bench-top laboratory dissertation, must defend it to the Structural Mechanics Impact space for completing soil and water quality satisfaction of the dissertation committee. Laboratory analyses, a flexiblearea for working with The Structural Mechanics Impact Labora- Civil and Environmental larger lab configurations that cannot be placed on the bench-top, space for tory is a teaching and research laboratory. Engineering Laboratories preparing equipment and supplies for The impact laboratory is used to explore field investigations, and a secure area for the behavior of materials and components The department has five civil and in collisions. environmental engineering laboratories testing, developing, and storing both field (Environmental Lab, Geotechnical Lab, and laboratory equipment. Laboratory The Structural Mechanics Impact Labora- Materials/Structural Lab, Structural equipment includes fully automated stress- tory consists of the following major pieces Impact Lab and Pavement Engineering path-control triaxial testing system, flexible of equipment: Lab), plus three computer laboratories wall permeameter, and other devices for • An Instron Dynatup Model 8250 located within Kaven Hall. The CEE determining basic soil properties, and Instrumented Impact Test System, laboratories are used by all civil and an aquarium and variety of tanks for • A high-speed video camera system, environmental engineering students and demonstrating and testing equipment • A data acquisition system, in water. Field equipment includes faculty. The computer laboratories are • A large-mass drop tower, open to all WPI students and faculty. Uses flowmeters, pumps for groundwater for all laboratories include formal classes, sampling, multiparameter water quality • A space control desk, and student projects, research projects and monitoring, and a variety of equipment • National Instrument Lab View. unsupervised student activities. for hydrologic monitoring and water quality testing. Course Descriptions Computer Laboratories All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. The CEE Department has a number of Materials/Structural Laboratory CE 501. Professional Practice computer laboratories that are located The Materials/Structural Laboratory is set Professional practices in engineering. Legal issues in Kaven Hall and connected to WPI’s up for materials and structures testing. The of business organizations, contracts and liability; network. The computer laboratories laboratory is utilized for undergraduate business practice of staffing, fee structures, teaching and projects, and graduate accounts receivable, negotiation and dispute contain up-to-date computers, network resolution, and loss prevention; marketing and connections, and presentation systems. research. The laboratory is equipped for proposal development; project management They are used for courses, group project research activities including construction involving organizing and staffing, budgeting, work and research. materials processing and testing. Materials scheduling, performance and monitoring, and tested in this lab include portland cement, presentation of deliverables; professionalism, Fuller Environmental Laboratory concrete, asphalt, and fiber composites. ethics and responsibilities. The laboratory has several large-load The Fuller Laboratory is designed for CE 510. Structural Mechanics mechanical testing machines. state-of-the-art environmental analyses, Analysis of structural components: uniform and nonuniform torsion of structural shapes, analysis including water and wastewater testing Pavement Research Laboratory of determinate and indeterminate beams (includ- and treatability studies. Major equipment The pavement research laboratory provides ing elastic foundation conditions) by classical includes an inductively coupled plasma support for graduate research and courses. methods, finite difference equations, numerical mass spectrometer, total organic carbon The state of the art array of equipment integrations, series approximation, elastic stability of beams and frames, lateral stability of beams, analyzer, UV-Vis spectrophotometer, includes compactor, moisture susceptibility particle counter, an ion chromatograph, beams-columns, analysis of frames including the testing equipment, loaded wheel tester effect of axial compression. and two gas chromatographs. Along with and extraction and recovery equipment. CE 511. Structural Dynamics ancillary equipment (such as a centrifuge, The laboratory contains some of the autoclave, incubators, balances, pH Analysis and design of beams and frames under most advanced testing equipment – most dynamic loads; dynamics of continuous beams, meters and water purification system), notable of these are the material testing the laboratory is equipped for a broad multistory building frames, floor systems and system, the Model Mobile Load Simulator, bridges; dynamic analysis and design of structures range of physical, chemical and biological and an array of Non Destructive Testing subjected to wind and earthquake loads; approxi- testing. The laboratory is shared by equipment consisting of the Portable mate methods of analysis and practical design graduate research projects, graduate and Seismic Property Analyzer, Falling Weight applications. undergraduate courses (e.g. CE 4060 Deflectometer and Ground Penetrating Environmental Engineering Laboratory) and undergraduate projects.

Civil and Environmental Engineering 73 Return to Table of Contents CE 514/ME 5383. Continuum Mechanics are developed in detail for the one- and two- CE 536. Construction Failures: Analysis (2 credits) dimensional equilibrium and transient problems. and Lessons This course covers the fundamentals of These numerical strategies are used to solve This course develops an understanding of the continuum mechanics at an introductory graduate actual problems in heat flow, diffusion, wave integration process of technical, human, capital, level. Topics covered include: 1) Introduction: propagation, vibrations, fluid mechanics, social and institutional aspects that drive the essential mathematics - scalars, vectors, tensors, hydrology and solid mechanics. Weekly computer life cycle of a construction project. The study and indicial notation; 2) Basics: three-dimensional exercises are required to illustrate the concepts of failures provides an excellent vehicle to find states of stress, finite and infinitesimal measures discussed in class. Students cannot receive credit ways for the improvement of planning, design strain, and principal axes; 3) Conservations laws: for this course if they have taken the Special and construction of facilities. Student groups mass, linear momentum, angular momentum Topics (ME 593E) version of the same course or are required to complete a term project on the and energy; 4) Constitutive equations: ideal ME 533 or CE 524. investigation of a failure and present their findings and recommendations. This investigation includes materials, Newtonian fluids, isotropy and CE 531. Advanced Design of not only the technical analysis of the failure but anisotropy, elasticity and thermoelasticity, Steel Structures also requires a comprehensive analysis of the plasticity, and viscoelasticity; 5) Applications to Advanced design of steel members and organizational, contractual and regulatory aspects classical problems and emerging topics in solid connections; ultimate strength design in structural of the process that lead to the failure. The course and fluid mechanics. Recommended background: steel; codes and specifications; loads and working uses case studies to illustrate different types of undergraduate knowledge of strength of materials, stresses; economic proportions; and buckling of failure in the planning, design, construction and fluid mechanics, and linear algebra. slender elements and built-up sections, torsion, operation of constructed facilities. Students taking lateral-torsional buckling, beam-columns, design CE 519. Advanced Structural Analysis this course are expected to have a sound academic for lateral forces, and connections for building Energy methods in structural analysis, concepts of or practical background in the disciplines frames. force method and displacement methods, methods mentioned above. of relaxation and numerical techniques for the CE 532. Advanced Design of Reinforced CE 538. Pavement Analysis and Design solution of problems in buildings, and long-span Concrete Structures for Highways and Airports structures and aircraft structural systems. Effects Advanced design of reinforced concrete members This course is designed for civil engineers and of secondary stress in structures. Course may be and structural systems; effect of continuity; codes provides a detailed survey of analysis and design offered by special arrangement. (Prerequisites: and specifications; ultimate strength theory of concepts for flexible and rigid pavements for Structural mechanics and undergraduate courses design; economic proportions and constructibility highways and airports. The material covers elastic in structural analysis, differential equations.) considerations; and deep beams, torsion, beam- and inelastic theories of stress pavement compo­­ ­­­­ columns, two-way slabs, design for lateral forces, CE 523. Advanced Matrix nents and currently used design methods, i.e., and beam-to-column joints. Structural Analysis Corps of Engineers, AASHTO, etc. The use of Matrix methods of structural analysis, displace- CE 534. Structural Design for Fire finite element methods for pavement stress and ment and flexibility methods; substructuring, tall Conditions deformation analysis are presented. A review of buildings, energy methods, finite elements, The development of structural analysis and pavement rehabilitation methods and processes is including plane stress and strain elements, design methods for steel and reinforced concrete presented. (Prerequisites: differential equations, approximate methods, solution of linear systems. members subjected to elevated temperatures construction materials, soil mechanics, computer CE 524. Finite Element Method and caused by building fires. Beams, columns and literacy.) rigid frames will be covered. The course is based Applications CE 542. Geohydrology on research conducted during the past three This course serves as an introduction to the basic This course addresses engineering problems decades in Europe, Canada and the United States. theory of the finite element method. Topics associated with the migration and use of Course may be offered by special arrangement. covered include matrix structural analysis variation subsurface water. An emphasis is placed on the (Prerequisites: Knowledge of statically form of differential equations, Ritz and weighted geology of water-bearing formations including indeterminate structural analysis, structural steel residual approximations, and development of the study of pertinent physical and chemical design and reinforced concrete design.) the discretized domain solution. Techniques characteristics of soil and rock aquifers. Topics are developed in detail for the one- and two- CE 535. Integration of Design include principles of groundwater movement, dimensional equilibrium problem. Examples and Construction geology of groundwater occurrence, regional focus on elasticity and heat flow with reference As an interactive case study of the project groundwater flow, subsurface characterization, to broader applications. Students are supplied development process, student groups design a water well technologies, groundwater chemistry microcomputer programs and gain experience in facility and prepare a construction plan, including and unsaturated flow. solving real problems. Prerequisites: Elementary cost and schedule, to build the project. The CE 560. Advanced Principles of differential equations, solid mechanics and heat students present their design-build proposal to Water Treatment flow. Note: Students cannot receive credit for participating industrial clients. Emphasis is on Theory and practice of drinking water treatment. both this course and CE/ME 5303 Applied Finite developing skills to generate, evaluate and select Water quality and regulations; physical and Element Methods. design alternatives that satisfy the needs of the chemical unit processes including disinfection, owner and the constraints imposed by codes CE/ME 5303. Applied Finite Element coagulation, clarification, filtration, membranes, and regulations, as well as by the availability Methods in Engineering air stripping, adsorption, softening, corrosion of construction resources. Emphasis is also in (2 credits) control, and other advanced processes. This course is devoted to the numerical solution developing team-building skills and efficient of partial differential equations encountered in communication. Computer-based methods CE 561. Advanced Principles of engineering sciences. Finite element methods for design, construction cost estimating and Wastewater Treatment are introduced and developed in a logical scheduling, and personal communications are Theory and practice of wastewater treatment. progression of complexity. Topics covered extensively used. The interactive case study Natural purification of streams; screening; include matrix structural analysis variation form is specifically chosen to balance the content sedimentation; flotation, thickening; aerobic of differential equations, Ritz and weighted between design, construction engineering and treatment methods; theory of aeration; anaerobic residual approximations, and development of management. Students taking this course are digestion; disposal methods of sludge including the discretized domain solution. Techniques expected to have a background in at least two of vacuum filtration, centrifugation and drying beds; these disciplines. wet oxidation; removal of phosphate and nitrogen compounds; and tertiary treatment methods.

74 Civil and Environmental Engineering Return to Table of Contents CE 562. Biosystems in Environmental barrier design considerations, hazardous waste CE 574. Water Resources Management Engineering risk assessment, spill response and clean-up This course provides an introduction to water Application of microbial and biochemical technologies, centralized treatment facilities, on- resources engineering and management, with an understanding to river and lake pollution; natural site treatment, in situ treatment, and industrial emphasis on water resources protection and water purification processes; biological conversion of management and control measures. Design of supply. Course content addresses technical aspects important elements such as C, N, S, O and P; selected containment and treatment systems, as well as the legal, regulatory and policy aspects biological aspects of wastewater treatment; disease- and a number of industrial case studies are also of water resources management. Topics include producing organisms with emphasis on water- covered. This course is offered to students with surface water hydrology and watershed protection, borne diseases; and quantitative methods used in varying backgrounds. Students interested in development of water supplies, conjunctive use indicator organism counts and disinfection. taking this course must identify a specific problem of groundwater and surface water, management that deals with either regulation, containment of of reservoirs and rivers, the role of probability CE 5621. Open Channel Hydraulics hazardous waste, treatment of hazardous waste and statistics, systems analysis techniques, and This course begins with fundamentals of free or industrial source reduction of hazardous planning of water resources projects. surface flow, and includes engineering and waste. This problem becomes the focal point environmental applications. Development of basic for in-depth study. The arrangement of topics CE 580. Advanced Project Management principles, including specific energy, momentum between the students and the instructor must be This course develops an understanding of the and critical flow. Rapidly varied, uniform and established by the third week. A knowledge of managerial principles and techniques used gradually varied steady flow phenomena and basic chemistry is assumed. throughout a construction project as they are analysis. Density-stratified flow. Similitude applied to its planning, preconstruction and considerations for hydraulic models. Optional CE 570. Contaminant Fate and Transport construction phases. The course emphasizes the topics: dispersion and heat transfer to atmosphere. This course introduces the concepts of integrative challenges of the human, physical and Course may be offered by special arrangement. contaminant fate and transport processes in the capital resources as experienced from the owner’s environment, with consideration to exchanges point of view in the preconstruction phase of a CE 563. Industrial Waste Treatment across phase boundaries and the effects of project. Through assignments and case studies, Legislation; the magnitude of industrial wastes; reactions on environmental transport. Topics the course reviews the complex environment effects on streams, sewers and treatment units; include equilibrium conditions at environmental of the construction industry and processes, physical, chemical and biological characteristics; interfaces, partitioning and distribution of project costing and economic evaluation, project pretreatment methods; physical treatment contaminants in the environment, transport and organization, value engineering, time scheduling, methods; chemical treatment methods; biological exchange processes in surface water; dispersion, contracting and risk allocation alternatives, treatment methods; and wastes from specific sorption, and the movement of non-aqueous contract administration, and cost and time control industries. Lab includes characterization and phase liquids in ground-water, and local, urban techniques. (Prerequisites: CE 3020, CE 3025, treatment of typical industrial wastes. and regional scale transport processes in the or equivalent.) atmosphere. CE 565. Surface Water Quality Modeling CE 582. Engineering and Construction This course provides a quantitative analysis of CE 571. Water Chemistry Information Systems the fate and transport of contaminants in surface This course covers the topics of chemical This course provides an understanding of the water systems. Water quality models are developed equilibrium, acid/base chemistry, the carbonate various subjects involved in the use, design, using a mass balance approach to describe the system, solubility of metals, complexation and development, implementation and maintenance transport, dispersal, and chemical/biological oxidation-reduction reactions. These principles of computer- based information systems in the reactions of substances introduced into river and will be applied to understanding of the chemistry construction industry. Theoretical and hands-on lake systems. Topics covered include water quality of surface waters and groundwaters, and to review of basic building blocks of information and standards, model formulation and application, understanding the behavior of chemical processes decision support systems including user interfaces, waste load allocation, and water quality used in water and wastewater treatment. database management systems, object-oriented parameters such as biochemical oxygen demand, approaches and multimedia. Applications include CE 572. Physical and Chemical dissolved oxygen, nutrients, and toxic chemicals. project scheduling and cost control, budgeting, Treatment Processes project risk analysis, construction accounting, CE 566. Groundwater Flow and Pollution This course presents the physical and chemical materials management and procurement This course provides a review of the basic principles for the treatment of dissolved and systems, project document tracking and resource principles governing ground water flow and solute particulate contaminants in water and wastewater. management. Commercial software—such as transport, and examines the models available These concepts will provide an understanding PRIMAVERA Project Planner, TIMBERLINE, for prediction and analysis including computer of the design of commonly used unit operations and spreadsheets and databases—is extensively models. Topics covered include mechanics in treatment systems. Applications will be used. Students are required to complete a term of flow in porous media; development of the discussed as well. Topics covered include water project reviewing an existing information equations of motion and of conservation of solute characteristics, reactor dynamics, filtration, system and presenting recommendations for mass; analytical solutions; and computer-based coagulation/flocculation, sedimentation, improvement. (Prerequisites: A knowledge of numerical approaches and application to seepage, adsorption, gas stripping, disinfection, and the material covered in CE 580 and CE 584 well analysis, artificial recharge, groundwater chemical oxidation. pollution, salinity intrusion and regional is expected). Course may be offered by special groundwater analyses. CE 573. Treatment System Hydraulics arrangement. Hydraulic principles of water, domestic CE 583. Contracts and Law for CE 567. Hazardous Waste: Containment, wastewater and industrial wastewater systems. Civil Engineers Treatment and Prevention Hydraulic analysis and design of collection, An introduction to the legal aspects of This course provides a survey of the areas distribution and treatment systems and construction project management, emphasis on associated with hazardous waste management. equipment. Topics covered include pipe and legal problems directly applied to the practice of The course materials deal with identification channel flow, pump characteristics and selection, project management, contracts and specifications of hazardous waste legislation, containment, friction loss, corrosion and material selection. storage, transport, treatment and other hazardous documents, codes and zoning laws, and labor wastes management issues. Topics include laws. hazardous movement and containment strategies,

Civil and Environmental Engineering 75 Return to Table of Contents CE 584. Advanced Cost Estimating and provides discipline specific as well as global CE 593. Advanced Project Procedures perspectives on BIM. The course format includes This capstone project is intended for students This course examines cost estimating as a key formal lectures, computer laboratory sessions, completing the M.E. degree. The student is process in planning, designing and construct- student presentations based on assigned readings expected to identify all aspects of the M.E. ing buildings. Topics include the analysis of the and a project developed collaboratively by the curriculum and an integrative, descriptive systems elements of cost estimating; database develop- students throughout the course. Guest speakers approach. The project activity requires the student ment and management, productivity, unit costs, may be invited based on the topics covered and to describe the development, design construction, quantity surveys and pricing, and the application discussed in class. maintenance and operation process for an actual of these tools in business situations; marketing, Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of computers. facility; to evaluate the performance of the sales, bidding, negotiating, value engineering, Exposure to professional practice in any area of facility with respect to functional and operational cost control, claims management and cost history. the Architecture / Engineering / Construction / objectives; and to examine alternative solutions. Computerization is evaluated as an enhancement Facilities Management (A/E/C/FM) industry is Specific areas of study are selected by the student to the process. desirable. Students are not permitted to receive and approved by the faculty member. The work may be accomplished by individuals or small CE 586. Building Systems credit for CE 587 if they have previously received credit for CE 585 or CE 590A-BIM. groups of students working on the same project. This course introduces design concepts, (Prerequisite: consent of instructor.) components, materials and processes for major CE 590. Special Problems building projects. The topics analyze the choice of CE 599. M.S. Thesis (2 to 4 credits) foundations, structures, building enclosures and Research study at the M.S. level. Individual investigations or studies of any phase other major building subsystems as affected by en- of civil engineering as may be selected by the vironmental and legal conditions, and market and CE 699. Ph.D. Thesis student and approved by the faculty member who project constraints. Consideration is given to the Research study at the Ph.D. level. supervises the work. functional and physical interfaces among building subsystems. Emphasis is given to the processes CE 591. Environmental Engineering through which design decisions are made in the Seminar evolution of a building project. Participation of students in discussing topics of interest to environmental engineers. CE 587. Building Information Modeling (BIM) CE 592. Constructed Facilities Seminar This course introduces the concept of Building Participation of students, faculty and recognized Information Modeling (BIM) which is a relatively experts outside of WPI in developing modern new approach in planning, design, construc- and advanced topics of interest in the constructed tion and operation of constructed facilities in a facilities area. technologically enabled and collaborative fashion. The course reviews fundamental concepts for collaboration and integration; it also reviews technologies that support the BIM approach

76 Civil and Environmental Engineering Return to Table of Contents www.cs.wpi.edu Computer Science Faculty N. T. Heffernan, Professor; Ph.D., G. N. Sarkozy, Professor; Ph.D., Rutgers, Carnegie Mellon, 2001. Intelligent 1994. Graph theory, combinatorics, C. E. Wills, Professor and Department tutoring agents, artificial intelligence, algorithms. Head; Ph.D., Purdue, 1988. Distributed cognitive modeling, machine learning. systems, networking, user interfaces. C. A. Shue, Associate Professor; Ph.D., G. T. Heineman, Associate Professor; Indiana, 2009. Computer networking, E. O. Agu, Professor; Ph.D., Ph.D., Columbia, 1996. Component- security, distributed systems. Massachusetts, 2001. Computer graphics, based software engineering, formal C. L. Sidner, Research Professor; Ph.D., wireless networking, mobile computing approaches to compositional design, and mobile health. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, design of algorithms. 1979. Discourse processing, collaboration, J. E. Beck, Associate Professor; Ph.D., X. Kong, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., human-robot interaction, intelligent user Massachusetts, 2001. Machine learning, University of Illinois, Chicago, IL 2014. interfaces, natural language processing, educational data mining, intelligent Data mining, social networks, machine artificial intelligence. tutoring systems, human learning and learning, big data analytics. problem solving. G. M. Smith, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., D. Korkin, Associate Professor, Ph.D., UC Santa Cruz, 2012. Computational D. C. Brown, Professor; Ph.D., Ohio University of New Brunswick, Canada, creativity, game design, computer science State, 1984. Knowledge-based design 2003. Bioinformatics of disease, big data education, computational craft. systems, artificial intelligence. in biomedicine, computational genomics, E. T. Solovey, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., M. L. Claypool, Professor; Ph.D., systems biology, data mining, machine Tufts University, 2012. Human-computer Minnesota, 1997. Distributed systems, learning. interaction, user interface design, novel networking, multimedia and online games. K. Lee, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., interaction modalities, human-autonomy L. De Carli, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Texas A&M, 2013, Big data analytics collaboration, machine learning. University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2016. and mining, social computing, and K. Venkatasubramanian, Assistant Profes- Network Security, Web and Cloud cybersecurity over large-scale networked sor; Ph.D., Arizona State, 2009. Secure Security, Threat Analysis and Detection. information systems such as the Web, cyber-physical systems, body area net- social media and crowd-based systems. D. J. Dougherty, Professor; Ph.D., works, trust management, medical device Maryland, 1982. Logic in computer Y. Li, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University security. science, with a focus on security. of Minnesota, 2003. Big data from R. J. Walls, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., complex networks, large-scale network M. Y. Eltabakh, Associate Professor; University of Massachusetts Amherst, data measurement, online social behavior Ph.D., Purdue University, 2010. Data- 2014. Systems security and privacy, digital modeling, spectral graph theory. base management systems, information forensics and online crime, large-scale management. C. Pinciroli, Assistant Professor, internet measurement. PhD., Université Libre de Bruxelles, L. Fichera, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., J. R. Whitehill, Assistant Professor; Belgium, 2014. Swarm robotics, software University of Genoa/Italian Institute Ph.D., University of California, San engineering, multi-agent systems, of Technology, 2015. Computer- and Diego, 2012. Machine learning, human-swarm interaction, programming robot-assisted surgery, continuum medical crowdsourcing, automated teaching, languages. robots, machine learning. human behavior recognition. C. Roberts, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., M. A. Gennert, Professor; Sc.D., J. Xiao, Professor; Ph.D., University of University of California at Santa Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Michigan, 1990. Robotic manipulation Barbara, 2014. Interactive programming, 1987. Image processing; image under­ and motion planning, artificial audiovisual performance, music standing; artificial intelligence; robotics. intelligence, haptics, multi-modal programming languages, human-centered perception. T. Guo, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., computing. University of Massachusetts Amherst, C. Ruiz, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Research Interests 2016. Distributed systems, cloud Maryland, 1996. Data mining, knowledge computing, data-intensive systems. The current departmental activities discovery in databases, machine learning. include, among other areas, analysis J. D. Guttman, Research Professor; Ph.D., E. A. Rundensteiner, Professor; Ph.D., of algorithms, applied logic, artificial Chicago, 1984. Information security, University of California, Irvine, 1992. intelligence, big data, computer vision, logic and formal methods, mechanized Data and information management, big computer graphics, database and reasoning, programming languages. data analytics, visual analytics, machine information systems, data mining, L. Harrison, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., learning. distributed systems, graph theory and University of North Carolina at Charlotte, computational complexity, intelligent 2013. Information visualization, visual tutoring systems, machine learning, analytics, perception-based computation for visualization. Computer Science 77 Return to Table of Contents network performance evaluation, exam. Work experience will be considered essential bins. The eleven bins are listed programming languages, robotics, security, if it covers a broad spectrum of Computer below, together with their corresponding software engineering, user interfaces, Science at a technical or mathematical courses. virtual reality, visualization, and Web- level. Essential Bins (9 credits) based systems. Research groups meet A student may apply to the Ph.D. program • Theory (3 credits): 5003, 503, 521, 559 weekly and focus on topics related to upon completion of either a bachelor’s (in the above areas. Students are encouraged • Algorithms (3 credits): 5084, 584, 504 which case the master’s degree must first be to participate in the meetings related • One course from either Bin: (3 credits) completed as part of the Ph.D. studies) or • Systems: 502, 533, 535 to their area(s) of interest. Research master’s degree in computer science, or • Networks: 513, 528, 529, 530, 577, and development projects and theses with an equivalent background. are available in these areas. Computer 558 science students may also participate in Non-matriculated students may enroll in Breadth Bins (3 credits) computer applications research work up to two courses prior to applying for • Design: 509, 546, 562 admission to a Computer Science Gradu- being conducted in a number of other • Compilers/Languages: 536, 544 departments including electrical and ate Program. computer engineering, mechanical • Graphics/Imaging: 543, 545, 549, 563, engineering, biomedical and fire Certificate Programs 573 protection engineering. Students are also WPI’s Graduate Certificate Program • AI: 534, 538, 539, 540, 541, 548, 549, encouraged to undertake projects and provides an opportunity for students 566 theses in cooperation with neighboring holding undergraduate degrees to continue • Databases: 542, 561, 585, 586 computer manufacturers or commercial their study in an advanced area. A B.S. or • Cybersecurity: 557, 558, 564, 571, 578 B.A. degree is the general requirement. organizations. • Applications of CS: 526, 565, 567, Certificate programs require a student to 568, 582, 583 Programs of Study complete 4-5 thematically related courses Courses with a 5000 number (e.g., 5003, Graduate programs in Computer Sci- in their area of interest. Each student’s program of study must be approved by the 5084) are preparatory courses, designed ence provide opportunities for advanced specifically for students with insufficient coursework and research for highly academic advisor. Academic advisors are assigned upon admission to the program background knowledge or skills. Graduate qualified students. Graduate Certificates, credit can be earned for these course and recognizing completion of a cohesive set but may be changed in accordance with departmental policies. M.S. students may use them to satisfy of advanced courses, are offered in several bin requirements. However, students areas of Computer Science. The Master Details about the certificates available in with a solid undergraduate degree in CS of Science degree is more comprehensive; the Department of Computer Science can are strongly encouraged to take more with thesis and non-thesis (coursework- be found online at advanced courses within the bins. Note: only) options, it is the degree of choice https://www.wpi.edu/academics/study/ B.S./M.S. students may satisfy this breadth for many full-time students and working computer-science-certificate requirement with fewer than 12 credits professionals. The Doctor of Philoso- because of the credit conversion rate as phy degree emphasizes deeper study and Degree Requirements described on page 23. discovery in preparation for a career in For the M.S. research or education. 2. Computer Science Electives The M.S. program in Computer Science Graduate programs may be undertaken on (21 credits) requires 33 credit hours of work. Students M.S. students must complete sufficient a full-time or part-time basis. For all stu- may select a non-thesis option or a thesis- dents, challenging courses and demanding course work selected from CS courses at option, which requires a 9-credit thesis. the 500-level or independent study. With research projects, with high expectations of Each student should carefully weigh the accomplishment, are the standard. the permission of the academic advisor, pros and cons of these alternatives in a student may take a total of at most six Admission Requirements consultation with his or her advisor prior graduate credits from outside of Computer to selecting an option, typically in the Science towards the M.S. degree. Courses Applicants are expected to demonstrate second year of study. The department will in college teaching may not be counted sufficient background in core Computer allow a student to change options only towards the 33 credits required for a CS Science for graduate-level work. Back- once. All entering students must submit a Master’s degree. ground in both theoretical and applied plan of study identifying the courses to be Computer Science, with significant pro- taken. The plan of study must be approved Thesis Option gramming experience and some college- by the student’s advisor and the CS A thesis consisting of a research or level mathematics, is required. A bachelor’s Graduate Coordinator, and must include development project worth a minimum degree in Computer Science or a closely the following minimum requirements: of 9 credit hours must be completed and related field should be adequate prepara- presented to the faculty. A thesis proposal tion. Students from other backgrounds are 1. Computer Science Breadth must be approved by the department welcome to apply if they can demonstrate Requirement (12 credits) by the end of the semester in which a their readiness through other means, such M.S. students are required to achieve student has registered for a third thesis as the Computer Science GRE Subject a passing grade in courses from four credit. Proposals will be considered only at different bins, including at least three regularly scheduled department meetings.

78 Computer Science Return to Table of Contents Students funded by a teaching assistant­ level mathematics. These 27 coursework However, the Ph.D. breadth requirement ship, research assistantship or fellowship credits must contain at least 15 graduate is more demanding than the MS breadth must complete the thesis option. credits in computer science. Coursework requirement. Consequently, those credits taken outside computer science students should satisfy the Ph.D. breadth Non-thesis Option must be approved by the student’s advisor. requirement instead while obtaining the A total of at least 33 credit hours must The student may also enroll for research MS degree. All other requirements for the be satisfactorily completed, including credits, but is only allowed up to 18 M.S. degree remain the same. four courses which satisfy the Breadth research credits prior to the acceptance Requirement. Students should endeavor to B.S./M.S. Program of the written dissertation proposal by take these four courses as early as possible Overview the Dissertation Committee. With the so as to provide the background for the The university rules for the B.S./M.S. approval of the Dissertation Committee, remaining graduate work. program are described in Section 5 of the the student applies for and takes the undergraduate catalog and on page 23 of Non-thesis option is not applicable Ph.D. comprehensive examination. This the graduate catalog. to students funded by a teaching examination must be passed prior to the assistantship, research assistantship or completion of the dissertation defense Process fellowship. and is normally taken after some initial Students may formally apply for admission dissertation research has been performed. to the B.S./M.S. program during or after For the Ph.D. With approval of the Dissertation Students are advised to contact the taking their second 4000-level Computer Committee, the student applies for Science course. Forms are available department for detailed rules, as there are and takes the dissertation proposal departmental guidelines, in addition to the through the graduate admissions office or examination, usually within one year of via their website. university’s requirements, for the Ph.D. the Ph.D. candidacy. degree. Students who have entered the B.S./M.S. The Ph.D. research component consists of program, or are considering it, qualify Upon admission, the student is assigned at least 30 credits (including any research an academic advisor and together they for B.S./M.S. credit for the courses listed credits earned prior to the acceptance of below. design a Plan of Study during the first the dissertation proposal and excluding semester of the student’s Ph.D. program. any research credits applied toward a In order to receive B.S./M.S. credit for The student must satisfy the Ph.D. master’s degree) leading to a dissertation a course, the student must complete a Qualifying Requirement, consisting and a public defense, which must be Course Selection Form; the instructor will of the Breadth Requirement and the approved by the student’s Dissertation indicate the conditions that the student Research Qualifying Requirement. These Committee. must satisfy in order to receive B.S./M.S. requirements are described in the Graduate credit for the course, such as earning a Regulations on the CS department website Ph.D. Breadth Requirements specific grade or doing additional assigned http://web.cs.wpi.edu/Intranet/Graduate/ Ph.D. students are required to achieve at work. Faculty may offer, at their discretion, guide.html. least a B grade in courses from six different an additional 1/6 undergraduate unit, bins (listed earlier in the CS Breadth or equivalently a 1 graduate credit, for Upon successful completion of the Ph.D. Requirement for the M.S. Degree). These completing additional work in the course. qualifying requirement, the student six bins must include all three essential To obtain this credit, the student must becomes a computer science Ph.D. bins. Students must achieve an A grade in register for 1/6 undergraduate unit of candidate. The student’s Dissertation at least four of the six bins, including an A independent study at the 4000-level or Committee must be formed within the grade in at least one essential bin. a 1 graduate credit independent study at first year of candidacy. The student selects the 500-level, with permission from the Courses with a 5000 number (e.g., 5003, a research advisor from within the CS instructor. department, and together they select, 5084) are “preparatory courses”, designed with the approval of the CS Graduate specifically for students with insufficient Regulations Committee, three additional members, at background knowledge or skills. While The CS department allows only selected least one of whom must be from outside graduate credit can be earned for these 4000-level undergraduate course credits the WPI CS department. The Dissertation courses, they cannot be used by Ph.D. to count towards the B.S./M.S. The CS Committee will be responsible for students to satisfy a bin requirement. 4000-level course credits that may be supervising the comprehensive The Ph.D. breadth requirement must be counted towards both degrees are: examination, and approving the satisfied by the time the student achieves • 4100, 4120, 4123, 4233, 4241, 4341, dissertation proposal and final report. the following number of graduate credits: 4401, 4404, 4432, 4445, 4513, 4515, The Ph.D. degree requirements consist of for PhD-90: 54 credits (18 courses); for 4516, 4518, 4533, 4536, 4731, 4732 PhD-60: 36 credits (12 courses). a coursework component and a research • 4000-level Undergraduate Independent component, which together must total at Students admitted to the CS Ph.D. Studies, with permission of instructor least 60 credit hours beyond the master’s program with only a bachelor’s degree and either the Graduate Committee or degree requirement. The coursework (i.e., PhD-90) must complete a CS MS the Department Chair component consists of at least 27 graduate degree as the first step towards the Ph.D. credits, including 3 credits of graduate

Computer Science 79 Return to Table of Contents Some undergraduate and graduate courses cover similar material. Students may receive credit for both when the graduate course covers extensive material beyond the undergraduate course. The table below lists courses with significant overlap. A student can receive credit for at most one of the two courses in any row of this table.

Undergraduate Course Graduate Course CS 4341 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence CS 534 Artificial Intelligence CS 4432 Database Systems II CS 542 Database Management Systems CS 4445 Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery in Databases CS 548 Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining CS 4513 Distributed Systems CS 502 Operating Systems CS 4516 Advanced Computer Networks CS 513 Computer Networks CS 4518 Mobile and Ubiquitous Computing CS 528 Mobile and Ubiquitous Computing CS 4533 Techniques of Programming Language Translation CS 544 Compiler Construction CS 4536 Programming Languages CS 536 Programming Language Design CS 4731 Computer Graphics CS 543 Computer Graphics CS 4803 Biological and Biomedical Database Mining CS 583 Biological and Biomedical Database Mining

A B.S./M.S. student may use 1/3 unit Facilities based systems. Current research includes of undergraduate credit or independent intelligent tutoring systems, intelligent study/project work taken for B.S./M.S. WPI boasts excellent computing design, machine learning, data mining, credit to satisfy a bin requirement, if any resources and network connectivity robotics, multi-agent systems, and of the following conditions is met: (1) through the university’s Computing & intelligent interfaces. The undergraduate course covers material Communications Center and the CS similar to that of a graduate course that Department’s own systems. A wide range Database Systems Research Group satisfies the bin. The table above provides of machines provides web, mail, file, high- (DSRG) Lab pairs of undergraduate and graduate performance computation, and security Profs. Rundensteiner, Eltabakh, Kong & Li courses that cover similar material. The services. An extensive software library This group focuses on research issues and undergraduate course under consideration is available free of charge to all campus project work related to very large database must appear in this table, and the users. Other specialized resources include and information systems in support of corresponding graduate course must satisfy multiple high performance and parallel- advanced applications including busi- the bin requirement. (2) The course or computing clusters. WPI is a member ness, engineering, and sciences. Currently independent study/project work is deemed of the Internet2 consortium and WPI’s on-going projects include intelligent event to satisfy the bin by the instructor, Bin campus network consists of a 10 Gigabit analytics, scalable data stream processing Committee, and Graduate Program Chair (on campus) backbone with multiple systems, map-reduce technologies, biologi- as indicated on the Graduate Bins Petition connections to the global internet. High cal databases, stream mining and discovery, Form. (3) B.S./M.S. students that receive speed wireless connectivity is available large-scale visual information exploration, B.S./M.S. credit for one of the following virtually everywhere on campus. medical process tracking, and distributed courses can use that course to satisfy the Computer Science Research heterogeneous information sources. corresponding bin. Groups/Laboratories Human-Robot Interaction (HRI) Lab • Theory: 4123 (Theory of Prof. Sidner Computation) Applied Logic and Security Group (ALAS) Lab If human-like robots are ever going to • Algorithms: 4120 (Analysis of Profs. Dougherty, Guttman, Shue, Venkata- move freely among us, we will need to Algorithms) subramanian & Wills understand how to program them to col- • Design: 4233 (OOAD), 4241 The ALAS group explores various prob- laborate with us smoothly and naturally. (Webware) lems related to security and applied logic, Our research spans robotics, artificial • Graphics/Imaging: 4732 (Animation) including research on privacy, network intelligence, computational linguistics and • Cyber Security: 4401 (Software security, software engineering, software human-computer interaction. Security), 4404 (Tools and Techniques) verification, security, and programming Knowledge Discovery and Data • Applications of CS: 4100 (AI for languages. ­Mining (KDDRG) Lab IMGD) Artificial Intelligence Research Group Profs. Ruiz, Kong & Li (AIRG) KDDRG conducts research in data min- Profs. Beck, Berenson, Brown, Gennert, ing, machine learning, and knowledge Heffernan, Ruiz & Sidner discovery in databases. Current research AIRG members share interests in the projects include applications of data min- theory and applications of knowledge- ing to clinical medicine, genomic data, sequence mining, and web mining.

80 Computer Science Return to Table of Contents Mobile Graphics Research Group These and other opportunities provide mathematics and algorithms at the undergraduate (MGRG) real-world problems and experiences level, and some facility with reading and writing mathematical proofs.) Prof. Agu consistent with WPI’s policy of extending MGRG is investigating architectures and learning beyond the classroom. CS 504. Analysis of Computations techniques that enable high-end servers and Systems to assist heterogeneous mobile hosts Course Descriptions The following tools for the analysis of computer programs and systems are studied: probabil- in rendering large geometric models. All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. ity, combinatorics, the solution of recurrence Wireless networked graphics applications CS 5003. Foundations of Computer relations and the establishment of asymptotic are becoming more pervasive on mobile Science: an Introduction bounds. A number of algorithms and advanced devices. Computer graphics applications This is the study of mathematical foundations data structures are discussed, as well as paradigms are computationally intensive and resource of computing, at a slower pace than that of CS for algorithm design. (Prerequisites: CS 5084 or hungry, while mobile devices have limited 503 and with correspondingly fewer background equivalent.) assumptions. Topics include finite automata resources, low bandwidths and high error CS 5084. Introduction to Algorithms: and regular languages, pushdown automata and rates. Design and Analysis context-free languages, Turing machines and de- This course is an introduction to the design, cidability, and an introduction to computational analysis and proofs of correctness of algorithms. Performance Evaluation of Distributed complexity. (Prerequisite: an undergraduate course Examples are drawn from algorithms for many Systems (PEDS) Lab in discrete mathematics.) areas. Analysis techniques include asymptotic Profs. Agu, Claypool, Shue & Wills worst case and average case, as well as amortized CS 5007. Introduction to Applications of PEDS is interested in the design and anal- analysis. Average case analysis includes the Computer Science with Data Structures ysis of distributed systems, with a special development of a probability model. Techniques and Algorithms focus on the performance of distributed for proving lower bounds on complexity This is an introductory graduate course teaching are discussed, along with NP-completeness. operating systems. core computer science topics typically found in an Prerequisites: an undergraduate knowledge of undergraduate Computer Science curriculum, but discrete mathematics and data structures. Note: Software Engineering Research Group at a graduate-level pace. It is primarily intended students with a strong background in design and (SERG) for students with little formal preparation in analysis of computer systems, at the level equal to a Computer Science to gain experience with Profs. Heineman & Rundensteiner B.S. in computer science, should not take CS 5084 fundamental Computer Science topics. SERG meets to discuss issues related to and should consider taking the discipline of Software Engineering. After a review of programming concepts the focus CS 504 or CS 584. of the course will be on data structures from SERG has several goals: to provide a forum CS 509. Design of Software Systems the point of view of the operations performed for discussion of the research of group This course introduces students to a methodology upon the data and to apply analysis and design members; to attract graduate students and and specific design techniques for team-based techniques to non-numeric algorithms that act prospective MQPs in Software Engineer- development of a software system. Against the on data structures. The data structures covered backdrop of the software engineering life-cycle, ing; and to generate new areas of software include lists, stacks, queues, trees and graphs. this course focuses on the object-oriented engineering research. Projects will focus on the writing of programs paradigm and its supporting processes and tools. to appropriately integrate data structures and Students will be exposed to industrial-accepted Theory Umbrella Group (THUG) algorithms for a variety of applications. standards and tools, such as requirements elicitation, Profs. Dougherty, Guttman & Selkow This course may not be used to satisfy degree specification, modeling notations, design patterns, THUG is a group dedicated to the requirements for a B.S., M.S., or Ph.D. degree software architecture, integrated development discussion of theory. The group meets in Computer Science or a minor in Computer environments and testing frameworks. Students each week for the Theory Seminar, which Science. It may satisfy the requirements for other will be expected to work together in teams in the features talks on all aspects of theoretical degree programs at the discretion of the program complete specification, implementation and computer science. Students and faculty in review committee for the particular degree. testing of a software application. Prerequisites: (Prerequisites: Experience with at least one high- all areas of computer science are welcome knowledge of a recursive high-level language and level programming language such as obtained in data structures. An undergraduate course in to participate. an undergraduate programming course.) software engineering is desirable. Tutor Research Group (TRG) Lab CS 502. Operating Systems CS 513. Computer Networks Profs. Beck & Heffernan The design and theory of multiprogrammed This course provides an introduction to the operating systems, concurrent processes, process theory and practice of the design of computer and TRG researches intelligent tutoring communication, input/output supervisors, communications networks, including the ISO systems and tutoring strategies. Topics memory management, resource allocation and seven-layer reference model. Analysis of network include artificial intelligence, machine scheduling are studied. (Prerequisites: knowledge topologies and protocols, including performance learning, educational data mining, and of computer organization and elementary analysis, is treated. Current network types cognitive science. data structures, and a strong programming including local area and wide area networks are background.) introduced, as are evolving network technologies. The theory, design and performance of local area Off-Campus Research CS 503. Foundations of Computer Science networks are emphasized. The course includes an Opportunities This is the study of mathematical foundations introduction to queueing analysis and network of computing. Topics include finite automata Computer science graduate students programming. (Prerequisites: knowledge of the and regular languages, pushdown automata and have opportunities for research and C programming language is assumed. CS 504 or context-free languages, Turing machines and equivalent background in CS 5084 or CS 584.) development in cooperation with several decidability, and an introduction to computational neighboring organizations, both for the complexity. (Prerequisites: Knowledge of discrete master’s thesis and Ph.D. dissertation.

Computer Science 81 Return to Table of Contents CS 514/ECE 572. Advanced Systems CS 529. Multimedia Networking them. An attempt will be made to evaluate the Architecture This course covers basic and advanced topics relat- contribution to our understanding of problems See ECE 572 course description on page 103. ed to using computers to support audio and video that such systems can tackle. (Prerequisite: CS 534 over a network. Topics related to multimedia or equivalent or permission of the instructor.) CS 521. Logic in Computer Science will be selected from areas such as compression, CS 539. Machine Learning This course is an introduction to mathematical network protocols, routing, operating systems The focus of this course is machine learning for logic from a computer science perspective. Topics and human computer interaction. Students will knowledge-based systems. It will include reviews covered include the exploration of model theory, be expected to read assigned research papers and of work on similarity-based learning (induction), proof theory, and decidability for propositional complete several programming intensive projects explanation-based learning, analogical and case- and first-order classical logics, as well as various that illustrate different aspects of multimedia based reasoning and learning, and knowledge non-classical logics that provide iseful tools computing. (Prerequisites: CS 502 and CS 513 or compilation. It will also consider other approaches for computer science (such as temporal and the equivalent and strong programming skills.) intuitionistic logics). The course stresses the to automated knowledge acquisition as well as application of logic to various areas of computer CS 533/ECE 581. Modeling and connectionist learning. (Prerequisite: CS 534 or science such as computability, theorem proving, Performance Evaluation of Network equivalent, or permission of the instructor.) programming languages, specification,and and Computer Systems CS 540. Artificial Intelligence in Design verification. The specific applications included Methods and concepts of computer and commu- The main goal of this course is to obtain a deeper will vary by instructor. (Prerequisites: CS 503, nication network modeling and system perfor- understanding of what “design” is, and how AI or equivalent background in basic models of mance – evaluation. Stochastic processes; measure- might be used to support and study it. Students computation.) ment techniques; monitor tools; statistical analysis will examine some of the recent AI-based work on of performance experiments; simulation models; design problem-solving. The course will be run CS 522/MA 510. Numerical Methods analytic modeling and queueing theory; M/M, in seminar style, with readings from the current See MA 510 course description. Erlang, G/M, M/G, batch arrival, bulk service literature and with student presentations. The and priority systems; work load characterization; CS 525. Topics in Computer Science domains will include electrical engineering design, performance evaluation problems. (Prerequisites: A topic of current interest is covered in detail. mechanical engineering design, civil engineering CS 5084 or CS 504 or equivalent background in Please consult the department for a current listing design and software design (i.e., automatic probability and some background in statistics.) of selected topics in this area. (Prerequisites: vary programming). This course will be of interest to with topic.) CS 534. Artificial Intelligence those wanting to prepare for research in design, CS/RBE 526. Human-Robot Interaction This course gives a broad survey of artificial intelli- or those wishing to increase their understanding This course focuses on human-robot interaction gence. The course will cover methods from search, of expert systems. Graduate students from and social robot learning, exploring the leading probabilistic reasoning, and learning, among other departments other than computer science are research, design principles and technical challenges topics. Selected topics involving the applications welcome. (Prerequisite: knowledge of artificial we face in developing robots capable of operating of these tools are investigated. Such topics might intelligence is required. This can only be waived in real-world human environments. The course include natural language understanding, scene with permission of the instructor). understanding, game playing, and planning. will cover a range of multidisciplinary topics, CS/DS 541. Deep Learning (Prerequisites: familiarity with data structures and including physical embodiment, mixed-initiative This course will offer a mathematical and practical a high-level programming language.) interaction, multi-modal interfaces, human-robot perspective on artificial neural networks for ma- teamwork, learning algorithms, aspects of social CS 535. Advanced Topics in chine learning. Students will learn about the most cognition, and long-term interaction. These Operating Systems prominent network architectures including multi- topics will be pursued through independent This course discusses advanced topics in the layer feedforward neural networks, convolutional reading, class discussion, and a final project. theory, design and implementation of operating neural networks (CNNs), auto-encoders, recur- (Prerequisites: Mature programming skills and at systems. Topics will be selected from such areas rent neural networks (RNNs), and generative- least undergraduate level knowledge of Artificial as performance of operating systems, distributed adversarial networks (GANs). This course will also Intelligence, such as CS 4341. No hardware operating systems, operating systems for multi- teach students optimization and regularization experience is required.) processor systems and operating systems research. techniques used to train them -- such as back- CS 528. Mobile and Ubiquitous (Prerequisites: CS 502 and either CS 5084, propagation, stochastic gradient descent, dropout, Computing CS 504, CS 584, or equivalent background in pooling, and batch normalization. Connections This course acquaints participants with the funda- probability.) to related machine learning techniques and algorithms, such as probabilistic graphical models, mental concepts and state-of-the-art computer sci- CS 536. Programming Language Design ence research in mobile and ubiquitous comput- will be explored. In addition to understanding the This course discusses the fundamental concepts mathematics behind deep learning, students will ing. Topics covered include mobile systems issues, and general principles underlying current human activity and emotion sensing, location also engage in hands-on course projects. Students programming languages and models. Topics will have the opportunity to train neural networks sensing, mobile HCI, mobile social networking, include control and data abstractions, language mobile health, power saving techniques, energy for a wide range of applications, such as object processing and binding, indeterminacy and detection, facial expression recognition, handwrit- and mobile performance measurement studies delayed evaluation, and languages and models and mobile security. The course consists of weekly ing analysis, and natural language processing. for parallel and distributed processing. A variety Prerequisite: Machine Learning (CS 539), and presentations on current advanced literature, of computational paradigms are discussed: discussions and a term project. The term project knowledge of Linear Algebra (such as MA 2071) functional programming, logic programming, and Algorithms (such as CS 2223). involves implementing research ideas on a mobile object-oriented programming and data flow device such as a smartphone. (Prerequisite: CS programming. (Prerequisites: student is expected CS 542. Database Management Systems 502 or an equivalent graduate level course in to know a recursive programming language and to An introduction to the theory and design of Operating Systems, and CS 513 or an equivalent have an undergraduate course in data structures.) data-base management systems. Topics covered graduate level course in Computer Networks, include internals of database management systems, and proficiency in a high level programming CS 538. Knowledge-Based Systems fundamental concepts in database theory, and language.) The course will review knowledge-based problem- database application design and development. In solving systems. It will concentrate on an analysis particular, logical design and conceptual of their architecture, knowledge and problem- modeling, physical database design strategies, solving style in order to classify and compare relational data model and query languages, query

82 Computer Science Return to Table of Contents optimization, transaction management and data preprocessing techniques; data mining CS 561. Advanced Topics in distributed databases. Typically there are hands-on techniques for classification, regression, clustering, Database Systems assignments and/or a course project. Selected deviation detection, and association analysis; This course covers modern database and topics from the current database research literature and evaluation of patterns minded from data. information systems as well as research issues in may be touched upon as well. (Prerequisite: CS Industrial and scientific applications are discussed. the field. Topics and systems covered may include 5084 would be helpful.) Recommended background: Background in object-oriented, workflow, active, deductive, artificial intelligence, databases, and statistics spatial, temporal and multimedia databases. Also CS 543. Computer Graphics at the undergraduate level, or permission discussed will be recent advances in database This course examines typical graphics systems, of the instructor. Proficiency in a high level systems such as data mining, on-line analytical both hardware and software; design of low-level programming language. processing, data warehousing, declarative and software support for raster displays; 3-D surface visual query languages, multimedia database and solids modeling; hidden line and hidden CS/RBE 549. Computer Vision tools, web and unstructured data sources, and surface algorithms; and realistic image rendering This course examines current issues in the com­ client-server and heterogeneous systems. The including shading, shadowing, reflection, puter implementation of visual perception. Topics specific subset of topics for a given course offering refraction and surface texturing. (Prerequisites: include image formation, edge detection, seg- is selected by the instructor. Research papers familiarity with data structures, a recursive high- mentation, shape-from-shading, motion, stereo, from recent journals and conferences are used. level language and linear algebra. CS 509 would texture analysis, pattern classification and object Group project required. (Prerequisites: CS 542 be helpful.) recognition. We will discuss various representa- or equivalent. Expected background includes a tions for visual information, including sketches knowledge of relational database systems.) CS 544. Compiler Construction and intrinsic images. (Prerequisites: CS 534, A general approach to the design of language CS 543, CS 545, or the equivalent of one of these CS 562. Advanced Topics in Software processors is presented without regard for either courses.) Engineering the source language or target machine. All phases This course focuses on the nondesign aspects of compilation and interpretation are investigated CS 557. Software Security Design and of software engineering. Topics may include in order to give the student an appreciation for the Analysis requirements specification, software quality overall construction of a compiler. Typical projects Software is responsible for enforcing many central assurance, software project management and may include implementation of a small compiler security goals in computer systems. These goals software maintenance. (Prerequisite: CS 509.) for a recursive or special-purpose language. include authenticating users and other external (Prerequisites: knowledge of several higher-level principals, authorizing their actions, and ensuring CS 564. Advanced Topics in Computer languages and at least one assembly language. The the integrity and confidentiality of their data. Security material in CS 503 is helpful.) This course studies how to design, implement, This course examines one or more selected and analyze mechanisms to enforce these goals in current issues in the area of computer security. CS 545/ECE 545. Digital Image Processing both web systems and programs in traditional lan- Specific topics covered are dependent on the This course presents fundamental concepts of guages. Topics include: identifying programming instructor. Potential topics include: modeling digital image processing and an introduction to choices that lead to reliable or flawed security and analyzing security protocols, access-control, machine vision. Image processing topics will outcomes, successful and unsuccessful strategies network security, and human-centered security. include visual perception, image formation, for incorporating cryptography into software, (Prerequisites: a graduate level security course or imaging geometries, image transform theory and and analysis techniques that identify security equivalent experience. applications, enhancement, restoration, encoding vulnerabilities. The course will cover both practi- and compression. Machine vision topics will cal and theoretical aspects of secure software, and CS/SEME 565. User Modeling include feature extraction and representation, will include a substantial secure software design User modeling is a cross-disciplinary research stereo vision, model-based recognition, motion project. (Prerequisites: Programming and software field that attempts to construct models of human and image flow, and pattern recognition. Students engineering experience (commensurate with an behavior within a specific computer environment. will be required to complete programming undergraduate Computer Science major), and Contrary to traditional artificial intelligence assignments in a high-level language. background in foundational models of computing research, the goal is not to imitate human (Prerequisites: working knowledge of systems (on par with CS 5003 or CS 503).) behavior as such, but to make the machine able undergraduate level signal analysis and linear to understand the expectations, goals, knowledge, algebra; familiarity with probability theory is CS 558. Computer Network Security information needs, and desires of a user in helpful but not necessary.) This course covers core security threats and terms of a specific computing environment. The mitigations at the network level. Topics include: computer representation of this information about CS 546. Human-Computer Interaction denial-of-service, network capabilities, intrusion a user is called a user model, and systems that This course prepares graduate students for detection and prevention systems, worms, botnets, construct and utilize such models are called user research in human-computer interaction. Web attacks, anonymity, honeypots, cybercrime modeling systems. A simple example of a user Topics include the design and evaluation of (such as phishing), and legality and ethics. The model would be an e-commerce site which makes interactive computer systems, basic psychological course prepares students to think broadly and con- use of the user’s and similar users’ purchasing and considerations of interaction, interactive language cretely about network security; it is not designed browsing behavior in order to better understand design, interactive hardware design and special to teach students low-level tools for monitoring the user’s preferences. In this class, the focus is input/output techniques. Students are expected or maintaining system security. Assignments and on obtaining a general understanding of user to present and review recent research results projects will assess each student’s ability to think modeling, and an understanding of how to apply from the literature, and to complete several both conceptually and practically about network user modeling techniques. Students will read projects. (Prerequisites: students are expected to security. (Prerequisites: a strong background in seminal papers in the user modeling literature, as have mature programming skills. Knowledge of computer networking and systems, either at the well as complete a course project where students software engineering would be an advantage.) undergraduate or graduate level, and moderate build a system that explicitly models the user. CS 548. Knowledge Discovery and programming experience.) (Prerequisites: Knowledge of probability.) Data Mining CS 559. Advanced Topics in Theoretical CS/SEME 566. Graphical Models for This course presents current research in Computer Science Reasoning Under Uncertainty Knowledge Discovery in Databases (KDD) This course has an instructor-dependent syllabus. This course will introduce students to graphical dealing with data integration, mining, and models, such as Bayesian networks, Hidden interpretation of patterns in large collections Markov Models, Kalman filters, particle filters, of data. Topics include data warehousing and and structural equation models. Graphical

Computer Science 83 Return to Table of Contents models are applicable in a wide variety of work in presentations, and writing assignments. It does databases, digital libraries of scientific articles, computer science for reasoning under uncertainty not involve programming, but assumes that and ontologies. Techniques covered will be drawn such as user modeling, speech recognition, students have substantial prior experience with from several areas including sequence mining, computer vision, object tracking, and determining security protocols, attacks, and mitigations at the statistical natural language processing and text a robot’s location. This course will cover 1) using implementation level. This course satisfies the mining, and data mining. (Prerequisite: strong data to estimate the parameters and structure of behavioral component of the M.S. specialization programming skills, an undergraduate or graduate a model using techniques such as expectation in computer security. (Prerequisites: A prior course course in algorithms, an undergraduate course in maximization, 2) understanding techniques or equivalent experience in technical aspects statistics, and one or more undergraduate biology for performing efficient inference on new of computer security, at either the software or courses.) Students may not receive credit for both observations such as junction trees and sampling, systems level.) CS 583 and CS 4803. and 3) learning about evaluation techniques to determine whether a particular model is a good CS 573. Data Visualization CS 584. Algorithms: Design and Analysis one. (Prerequisites: CS 534 Artificial Intelligence This course exposes students to the field of data This covers the same material as CS5084 though or permission of the instructor.) visualization, i.e., the graphical communication of at a more advanced level. As background, students data and information for the purposes of should have experience writing programs in a CS/SEME 567. Empirical Methods for presentation, confirmation, and exploration. The recursive, high-level language and should have Human-Centered Computing course introduces the stages of the visualization the background in mathematics that could be This course introduces students to techniques for pipeline. This includes data modeling, mapping expected from a B.S. in Computer Science. performing rigorous empirical research in data attributes to graphical attributes, visual computer science. Since good empirical work display techniques, tools, paradigms, and CS 585/DS 503. Big Data Management depends on asking good research questions, this perceptual issues. Students learn to evaluate the Big Data Management deals with emerging course will emphasize creating conceptual effectiveness of visualizations for specific data, applications in science and engineering disciplines frameworks and using them to drive research. In task, and user types. Students implement that generate and collect data at unprecedented addition to helping students understand what visualization algorithms and undertake projects speed, scale, and complexity that need to be makes a good research question and why, some involving the use of commercial and public- managed and analyzed efficiently. This course elementary statistics will be covered. Furthermore, domain visualization tools. Students also read introduces the latest techniques and students will use and implement computationally papers from the current visualization literature infrastructures developed for big data management intensive techniques such as randomization, and do classroom presentations. (Prerequisite: a including parallel and distributed database bootstrapping, and permutation tests. The course graduate or undergraduate course in computer systems, map-reduce infrastructures, scalable also covers experiments involving human subjects, graphics.) platforms for complex data types, stream and some of the statistical and non-statistical processing systems, and cloud-based computing. difficulties researchers often encounter while CS 577/ECE 537. Advanced Computer Query processing, optimization, access methods, performing such work (e.g., IRB (Institutional and Communications Networks storage layouts, and energy management Review Board), correlated trials, and small sample This course covers advanced topics in the theory, techniques developed on these infrastructures will sizes). While this course is designed for students in design and performance of computer and be covered. Students are expected to engage in Human Computer Interaction, Interactive Media communications networks. Topics will be selected hands-on projects using one or more of these & Game Development, and Learning Sciences from such areas as local area networks, metropoli- technologies. Prerequisites: A beginning course in and Technologies, it is appropriate for any student tan area networks, wide area networks, queueing databases at the level of CS 4432 or equivalent with programming experience who is doing models of networks, routing, flow control, new knowledge, and programming experience. empirical research. (Prerequisites: MA 511 technologies and protocol standards. The current literature will be used to study new networks CS 586/DS 504. Big Data Analytics Applied Statistics for Engineers and Scientists or Big Data Analytics addresses the obstacle that permission of instructor.) concepts and emerging technologies. (Prerequisite: CS 533/ECE 581 and either CS 513 or ECE 506) innovation and discoveries are no longer hindered CS/SEME 568. Artificial Intelligence for by the ability to collect data, but by the ability to Adaptive Educational Technology CS 578/ECE 578. Cryptography and summarize, analyze, and discover knowledge from Students will learn how to enable educational Data Security the collected data in a scalable fashion. This course technology to adapt to the user and about typical See ECE 578 course description. covers computational techniques and algorithms architectures used by existing intelligent tutoring for analyzing and mining patterns in large-scale CS 582/BCB 502. Biovisualization datasets. Techniques studied address data analysis systems for adapting to users. Students will This course uses interactive visualization to see applications of decision theoretic systems, issues related to data volume (scalable and explore and analyze data, structures, and processes distributed analysis), data velocity (high-speed reinforcement learning, Markov models for action Topics include the fundamental principles, selection, and Artificial Intelligence (AI) planning. data streams), data variety (complex, concepts, and techniques of visualization heterogeneous, or unstructured data), and data Students will read papers that apply AI techniques and how visualization can be used to analyze for the purpose of adapting to users. Students will veracity (data uncertainty). Techniques include and communicate data in domains such as mining and machine learning techniques for complete a project that applies these techniques biology. Students will be expected to design and to build an adaptive educational system. complex data types, and scale-up and scale-out implement visualizations to experiment with strategies that leverage big data infrastructures. (Prerequisites: CS 534 Artificial Intelligence or different visual mappings and data types, and will permission of the instructor.) Real-world applications using these techniques, complete a research oriented project. Prerequisite: for instance social media analysis and scientific CS 571. Case Studies in Computer Security experience with programming (especially data mining, are selectively discussed. Students are This course examines security challenges and JavaScript), databases, and data structures. expected to engage in hands-on projects using one failures holistically, taking into account technical Students may not receive credit for both CS 582 or more of these technologies. Prerequisites: A concerns, human behavior, and business and CS 4802. beginning course in databases and a beginning decisions. Using a series of detailed case studies, CS 583/BCB 503. Biological and course in data mining, or equivalent knowledge, students will explore the interplay among Biomedical Database Mining and programming experience. these dimensions in creating secure computing This course will investigate computational CS 598. Directed Research systems and infrastructure. Students will also techniques for discovering patterns in and across apply lessons from the case studies to emerging complex biological and biomedical sources includ- CS 599. Master’s Thesis secure-systems design problems. The course ing genomic and proteomic databases, clinical requires active participation in class discussions, CS 699. Ph.D. Dissertation

84 Computer Science Return to Table of Contents Computer Security Program of Study Degree Requirements • CS 564 (Advanced Topics in Computer Security) A specialization in computer security 33 credits • Special topics courses with the approval is available within the master’s degree The Computer Security specialization has of the specialization director program of the Computer Science (CS) both coursework-only and thesis options. Department. At least one course counted towards The program distribution requirements are security electives must provide significant Students enrolled in this specialization as follows: coverage of behavioral dimensions of will receive the master of science degree in • Security Core: 6 credits cyber security. Permanent course offerings computer science, with a notation on their • Security Electives: 6 credits for the that satisfy the behavioral dimensions transcript “Specialization in Computer coursework option, or 3 credits for the requirement are designated as such in their Security.” The program is focused on thesis option. At least one elective course catalog descriptions. The instructors of preparing students for both industrial must emphasize Behavioral Dimensions topics courses (CS 525 and CS 5XX) and positions and Ph.D. study related to of security. independent study courses may designate computer security. • Business/Management: 3 credits particular offerings as satisfying the WPI’s cyber-security programs place • Computer Science Bins: 12 credits behavioral requirement with the approval of the Specialization Director. the science and engineering of security • Either 6 credits of general CS electives within the broader holistic frameworks of (coursework option) or 9 credits of M.S. Business/Management: Courses covering institutions and society. The specialization thesis (thesis option) business or management issues that bear in Computer Science prepares students The following courses satisfy each on security concerns. Current applicable to approach technical computer security requirement: courses are: problems in the context of users and • MIS 582 (Information Security organizations. The M.S. specialization Security Core: Courses covering two of Management) software, systems/networks, and wireless/ in computer security strives to produce • OIE 542 (Risk Management and internet level security. Current applicable students who Decision Making) courses are: • can assess which security-related threats • CS 557 (Software Security Design and Computer Science Bins: Courses as to address in a computing problem Analysis) required to satisfy the breadth require- ments (“bins”) for the CS M.S. degree. • understand technical security • CS 558 (Network Security) vulnerabilities and technologies at least Details appear in the CS M.S. degree two different abstraction levels within • ECE 579W (Wireless and Internet requirements. computing systems Security) Students with B.S./M.S. credit for CS Electives: Any courses allowable within • appreciate behavioral and human factors the requirements for CS M.S. degrees, in creating feasible security systems 4401 (Software Security Engineering) or CS 4404 (Tools and Techniques in including thesis credits. Admission Requirements Computer Network Security) may apply Thesis Approval: If a student applies at most one of these courses towards the thesis credits towards a degree bearing the The program is conducted at an advanced security core requirement for the M.S. computer security specialization, his or her technical level and requires, in addition to specialization. thesis topic must be approved as security- the WPI admissions requirements, a solid related by one of the core specialization background in computer science (CS). Security Electives: Includes all security- faculty. Theses need not be advised by Normally a B.S. degree in CS is expected; related courses offered in Computer core specialization faculty; in such cases, however, applicants with comparable Science and Electrical and Computer the reader should be one of the core backgrounds, together with expertise Engineering. Up to three credits from specialization faculty. gained through work experience, will also thesis work on a security-related topic may count towards this requirement, with the be considered. Interested students should Important Note approval of the specialization director. apply to the CS master’s degree program. Since the security specialization is within Current applicable courses are the security Admission decisions are made by the CS the master’s programs of the Computer core courses as well as: department. Science Department, students in this • CS 571 (Case Studies in Computer specialization must also satisfy all Security) [satisfies Behavioral requirements of the computer science Dimensions requirement] master’s program. There is a limit to the • CS 578 (Cryptography) number of courses outside of Computer • ECE 673 (Advanced Cryptography) Science that students may apply towards their Computer Science master’s degree.

Computer Security 85 Return to Table of Contents Data Science Faculty C. Ngan, Assistant Teaching Professor, M. Y. Blais, Associate Teaching Professor, Data Science, Ph.D., George Mason Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., Cornell E. A. Rundensteiner, Professor, Computer University, 2013. Time Series Analysis, University, 2006. Liquidity modeling, Science Department and Program Decision Guidance and Support Systems. volatility derivatives, leverage. Director, Data Science. Ph.D., University of California, Irvine, 1992. Big data R. C. Paffenroth, Associate Professor, D. Brown, III, Associate Professor, processing, big data analytics, visual Mathematical Sciences Department, Department of Electrical and Computer analytics, machine learning. Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1999. Engineering. Ph.D., Cornell University, Large scale data analytics, statistical 2000. Communication systems and M. Eltabakh, Associate Professor, machine learning, compressed sensing, networking, signal processing, information Computer Science Department. Ph.D., network analysis. theory. Purdue University, 2010. Database management systems and information C. Ruiz, Associate Professor, Computer L. Capogna, Department Head, Professor, management, query processing and Science Department. Ph.D., University of Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., University optimization, indexing techniques, Maryland, 1996. Data mining, machine of Purdue, 1996. Partial differential scientific data management, and big data learning, artificial intelligence, genomics, equations, calculus of variations and analytics. clinical medicine. analytic aspects of quasiconformal D. M. Strong, Professor, Robert A. Foisie mappings, sub-Riemannian geometry, F. Emdad, Associate Teaching Professor, minimal surfaces and mean curvature flow. Data Science Program. Ph.D., Colorado School of Business. Ph.D., Carnegie State University, 2007. Business analytics, Mellon University, 1988. Healthcare and S. Djamasbi, Associate Professor, Robert computational and applied mathematics. business data analytics, computing A. Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., applications in organizations. University of Hawaii, 2004. Management L. Harrison, Assistant Professor, information systems. Computer Science Department. Ph.D., A. C. Trapp, Associate Professor, Robert University of North Carolina, 2013. A. Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., J. Doyle, Associate Professor, Social Science Situational awareness, visual analytics, University of Pittsburgh, 2011. and Policy Studies. Ph.D., University of visualization. Mathematical modeling and optimization Colorado-Boulder, 1991. Mental models applied to social justice: humanitarian of complex systems, environmental X. Kong, Assistant Professor, Computer operations, inequality; health: healthcare, cognition and behavior. Science Department, Ph.D., University of biomedicine; analytics: data mining; and T. Eisenbarth, Associate Professor, Illinois, 2014. Data mining and big data environment: energy, sustainability. analysis, with emphasis on addressing the Department of Electrical and Computer data variety issues in biomedical research J. Zou, Associate Professor, Mathematical Engineering. Ph.D., Ruhr-Universiat and social computing, and healthcare Sciences Department. Ph.D., University of Bochum, Bochum, Germany, 2009. analytics. Connecticut, 2009. Financial time series Embedded system security, side channel and spatial statistics with applications to analysis, physical attacks and their K. Lee, Assistant Professor, Computer epidemiology, public health and climate prevention. Science Department, Ph.D., Texas A&M change. University, 2013. Big data analytics M. Elmes, Professor, Robert A. Foisie and mining, social computing, and Affiliated Faculty School of Business. Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1998. Interpersonal and group cybersecurity over large-scale networked E. O. Agu, Professor, Computer Science dynamics in complex organizations, information systems such as the Web, Department. Ph.D., University of leading change, leadership ethics. social media and crowd-based systems. Massachusetts, 2001. Computer graphics, Y. Li, Assistant Professor, Computer mobile computing, and wireless networks. B. Faber, Professor, Humanities & Arts Department. Ph.D., English University of Science Department, Ph.D., University of I. Arroyo, Associate Professor, Social Utah, 1998. Organizations and change, Minnesota, 2013. Ph.D., BUPT, Beijing, Science and Policy Studies. D.Ed., health care operations and data-intensive China, 2009. Big data from complex University of Massachusetts, 2003. methods for understanding health systems networks, large-scale network data Learning with novel technologies, and medical practices. measurements, online social behavior multimedia learning, intelligent tutoring modeling, spectal graph theory. systems, personalized learning systems. T. Guo, Assistant Professor, Computer Science; Ph.D., University of E. T. Loiacono, Professor, Management J. Beck, Associate Professor, Computer Massachusetts Amherst, 2016. Distributed Information Systems at the Robert A. Science Department. Ph.D., University of systems, cloud computing, data-intensive Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., Massachusetts, 2001. Educational data systems. University of Georgia, 2000. Human mining. computer interaction, user experience, intersection of technology and people.

86 Data Science Return to Table of Contents A. Hall-Phillips, Associate Professor, M. Radzicki, Associate Professor, Social J. Wang, Assistant Professor, Robert A. Robert A. Foisie School of Business. Science and Policy Studies. Ph.D., Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., Lehigh Ph.D., Purdue University, 2011. University of Notre Dame, 1985. System University, 2009. Health economics, ­Consumer behavior, business-to-business dynamics modeling, agent-based corporate governance, applied marketing, small business. modeling, predictive analytics. micro-econometrics. N. T. Heffernan, Professor, Computer E. Ryder, Associate Professor, Biology and S. L. Weekes, Professor, Mathematical Science Department and Co-Director Biotechnology. Ph.D., Harvard University, Sciences. Ph.D., University of Michigan, Learning Sciences and Technologies. 1993. Developmental neurobiology, 1995. Numerical methods, mathematical Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University, 2001. genetics, bioinformatics, computational modeling, dynamic materials. Educational data mining, intelligent biology. J. R. Whitehill, Assistant Professor, tutoring systems. M. Sarkis, Professor, Mathematical Computer Science Department. Ph.D., M. Hofri, Professor, Computer Science Sciences. Ph.D., New York University, University of California, San Diego, 2012. Department. D.Sc., Israel Institute of 1994. Numerical analysis, finite element Machine learning, crowdsourcing, Technology, Haifa, Israel, 1972. Analysis of methods automated teaching, human behavior algorithms under probabilistic assumptions. G. Sarkozy, Professor, Computer Science recognition. X. Huang, Professor, Department of Department. Ph.D., Rutgers University, E. V. Wilson, Associate Professor, Robert Electrical and Computer Engineering. 1994. Graph theory, discrete mathematics, A. Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., Ph.D., Virginia Tech, 2001. and theoretical computer science. University of Colorado-Boulder, 1995. Reconfigurable computing, ubiquitous S. Sturm, Associate Professor, E-health, computer mediated computing and RFID. ­Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., Technical communications. M. Humi, Professor, Mathematical University of Berlin, Germany, 2010. Z. Wu, Associate Professor, Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., Weizmann Institute of Financial mathematics and engineering. Sciences. Ph.D., Yale University, 2009. Big Science, Rehovot, Israel, 1969. Develop- B. Sunar, Associate Professor, Department data statistical analytics, bioinformatics. ment and application of mathematical of Electrical and Computer Engineering. A. Zeng, Assistant Dean, Professor, Robert methods to atmospheric research and Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1998. A. Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., satellites orbits. Cryptography, network security, high Pennsylvania State University, 1996. Risk S. Johnson, Professor, Robert A. Foisie performance computing and disruption management strategies and School of Business. Ph.D., Cornell D. Tang, Professor, Mathematical tactics in supply chains, global supply University, 1989. Healthcare delivery Sciences. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin- chain supply. processes, EHR systems, process analysis Madison, 1988. Computational J. Zhu, Professor, Robert A. Foisie School and demand. biomathematics, biology and of Business. Ph.D., University of C. Kasouf, Associate Professor, Robert A. bioengineering. ­Massachusetts, 1998. Performance Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., Syracuse S. Taylor, Professor, Robert A. Foisie evaluation and benchmarking, sustainable University, 1991. Buyer-seller relationships School of Business. Ph.D., Boston design and performance. in the supply chain, cognitive factors College, 2000. Organizational aesthetics, affecting opportunity recognition. reflective practice, first person research, Faculty Research R. Konrad, Associate Professor, Robert A. authentic leadership. Our faculty work in many areas related to Data Science, including in: Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., Purdue B. Tulu, Associate Professor, Robert A. University, 2009. Decision-analytic Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., • Big data and high performance analytics modeling, discrete event stochastic ­Claremont Graduate University, 2006. • Bioinformatics and genomic data bases simulation-based optimization. Design and development health inform­ • Business intelligence and predictive F. Miller, Associate Professor, Robert A. ation technologies. analytics Foisie School of Business. Ph.D., Michigan­ B. Vernescu, Professor, Mathematical • Cybersecurity analytics State University, The Eli Broad School of Sciences. Ph.D., Institute of Mathematics, • Cryptography and data security Management, 2007. Accounting, Bucharest, Romania, 1989. Partial psychology and economics interact. • Educational data mining differential equations, homogenization, • Financial decision making S. D. Olson, Associate Professor, calculus of variation. • Healthcare data analytics Mathematical Sciences. Ph.D., North H. Walker, Professor, Mathematical • Internet big data analysis Carolina State University, 2008. Sciences. Ph.D., New York University, Mathematical biology, chemical signaling, • Large-scale data management and 1970. Computational mathematics, infrastructures mechanics, and hydrodynamics. numerical methods for systems of linear and nonlinear equations.

Data Science 87 Return to Table of Contents • Machine learning, data mining & The graduate degree program in Data Degree Requirements for knowledge discovery Science is designed to produce the future • Signal processing and information generation of data scientists who are the M.S. Degree theory proficient in their ability to: Students pursuing the M.S. degree in Data • Social media analytics • Assess the suitability of, apply, and Science must complete a minimum of 33 • Statistical learning advance state-of-art data analytics credits of relevant work at the graduate level. These 33 credits must include the • Visual and numerical analysis of large tools and methods from data core coursework requirements in Data data sets analysis, statistics, data mining, data management, computational thinking, Science (see below) and either a 3-credit Program of Study big data algorithms, and visualization to Graduate Qualifying Project (GQP) or a 9-credit M.S. thesis. These M.S. degree The WPI Data Science (DS) program bring about transformative solutions to requirements have been designed to offers graduate studies toward an M.S., important real-world problems across a provide a comprehensive yet flexible B.S./M.S. and Ph.D. Degree as well as a number of domains. program to students who are pursuing an Certificate in Data Science. This Data • Bring to bear their integrative, M.S. degree exclusively and also students Science program educates professionals, interdisciplinary knowledge and skills who are pursuing a combined B.S./M.S. Data Scientists, with interdisciplinary in the core disciplines central to Data degree. skills in analytics, computing, statistics, Science (Computing, Statistics, and and business intelligence. Key skills Business) to understand and then Upon acceptance to the M.S. program, include the ability to recognize problems to explain analytics results and their students will be assigned an academic that can be solved with data analytics, applicability and validity to those advisor who will work with the student apply the appropriate technologies on a responsible for solving real-world to correctly prepare a Plan of Study. This given data problem, and communicate problems. Plan of Study must then be approved by those solutions effectively to relevant • Serve as visionary leaders and project the Data Science Program Review Board. stakeholders. Our faculty, together with managers in data analytics, with the our industrial partners, provide students technical, and professional knowledge with the resources and opportunities to and skills needed for the current and The Data Science M.S. Degree engage in practical, purpose-driven future career demands of data scientists (GQP Project-based) projects, formal course work, and men- working on impactful projects. Graduate Qualifying Project tored interdisciplinary research work. This (3 credits) Data Science program requires advanced, Admissions Requirements Concentration and Electives in-depth course work in business, innova- Students applying to the graduate degree (15 credits) tion, data analytics, computing, and program in Data Science (DS) are Mathematical Analytics (3 credits) statistical foundations. The program is expected to have a bachelor’s degree with a Data Access & Management (3 credits) designed to provide focused study in an strong quantitative and computational area of interest to the student, ranging background including coursework in Data Analytics & Mining (3 credits) from general data analytics, computing, programming, data structures, algorithms, Business Intelligence & Case Studies mathematical analytics, and business univariate and multivariate calculus, linear (3 credits) analytics, to specialized concentrations in algebra and introductory statistics. Introduction to Data Science financial analytics, healthcare analytics, Students with a bachelor’s degrees in (3 credits) biomedical analytics, analytics for sustain- computer science, mathematics, business, ability, and learning sciences, among engineering and quantitative sciences others. Due to their increased interdisci- would typically qualify if they meet the plinary perspective, our graduates will have The Data Science M.S. Degree above background requirements. A strong (M.S. Thesis based) a clear competitive advantage over applicant who is missing background M.S. Thesis professionals who are trained in a single coursework may be admitted with the (9 credits) discipline, such as business administration, expectation that he or she will take and statistics, or computer science, and who pass one or more undergraduate courses in Concentration and Electives are seeking to work in the data analytic this area of deficiency either during the (9 credits) industry. As such, they will be poised to summer prior to admission or within the Mathematical Analytics (3 credits) successfully become leaders in Data first semester after admission. The Data Access & Management (3 credits) Science, helping to formalize and realize its determination of what course or courses Data Analytics & Mining (3 credits) vision. will satisfy this provision will be made by the DS Program Review Board. Students Business Intelligence & Case Studies applying to the Certificate in Data Science (3 credits) are expected to meet the same qualifica- Introduction to Data Science tions described above. (3 credits)

88 Data Science Return to Table of Contents Core Data Science Coursework • 3-credit Graduate Qualifying tent program of study. While the core Requirement (15 credits) Project. (DS 598) This project is coursework requirements provide the Students in the M.S. program must take most commonly done in teams, and needed breadth in Data Science core both courses in the Integrative Data will provide a capstone experience categories, students will gain depth in one Science category and one (1) course from in applying data science skills to a or several concentrations by choosing each of the other core Data Science real-world problem. It will be carried appropriate electives from the list of categories listed below: out in cooperation with a sponsor or pre-approved courses relevant to data an industrial partner, and must be science. Integrative Data Science (required): approved and overseen by a faculty DS 501. Introduction to Data Science Other courses beyond the pre-approved member affiliated with the Data Science Program electives may be chosen as Program. A student that follows this Mathematical Analytics (Select one): electives, but only with prior approval by * MA 543/DS 502. Statistical Methods practice-oriented project option must the DS Program Review Board, and if for Data Science gain sufficient Data Science depth by consistent with the student’s Plan of Study. selecting at least 2 courses beyond the MA 542. Regression Analysis For example, students might choose to required Data Science core courses from MA 554. Applied Multivariate Analysis concentrate their data science expertise on among the electives below within the areas of physics, engineering, or sciences, Data Access and Management (Select same area of concentration. not captured in the electives below. one): • 9-credit Master’s Thesis. (DS 599) Independent study and directed research * CS 542. Database Management A thesis in the Data Science Program courses also require prior approval by the Systems consists of a research or development DS Program Review Board. * MIS 571. Database Applications project worth a minimum of 9 graduate Development credit hours. Students interested in List of Program Elective Courses: research, and in particular those who CS 561. Advanced Topics in Database Relevant Business Graduate Courses (a are considering a Ph.D. in a related Systems maximum of 16 graduate credits of School area, are encouraged to select the M.S. CS 585/DS 503. Big Data Management of Business coursework may count toward thesis option. Any affiliated DS faculty the M.S. in Data Science): Data Analytics and Mining (Select one): may serve as the thesis advisor. If the ACC 503. Financial Intelligence for * CS 548. Knowledge Discovery and advisor is not a tenure-track faculty at Strategic Decision-Making Data Mining WPI, then a DS affiliated tenure-track BUS 500. Business Law, Ethics and CS 539. Machine Learning faculty member must serve as the thesis co-advisor. A thesis proposal must be Social Responsibility CS 586/DS 504. Big Data Analytics approved by both the DS Program FIN 500. Financial Information and Business Intelligence and Case Studies Review Board and the student’s advisor Management (Select one): before the student can register for more FIN 501. Economics for Managers *MIS 584. Business Intelligence than three thesis credits. The student MIS 500. Innovating with Information MKT 568. Data Mining Business must then satisfactorily complete a Systems written thesis and present the results to Applications MIS 571. Database Applications the DS faculty in a public presentation. If a student does not have prior back- Development ground in a particular core category, then Electives and Areas of Concentration MIS 573. Systems Design and it is advised that the student take the (9-15 credits) Development course with an asterisk * in the title within A student seeking an M.S. in Data Science MIS 576. Project Management that category. If two or more courses have program must take course work from the MIS 581. Information Technology an asterisk *, then the student may select Program electives listed below in order to Policy and Strategy either of these courses based on their satisfy the remainder of the 33 credit MIS 583. User Experience Applications personal interest and background. requirement. An elective may be any of Students must take at least 1 course in each these graduate-level courses, with the MIS 584. Business Intelligence of these core areas, but are encouraged to restriction that no more than 16 credits of MKT 568. Data Mining Business take several. Additional courses taken in a the 33-credit Data Science degree program Applications core category will count as electives and/or may be courses offered by the School of OBC 501. Interpersonal and Leadership concentration courses as described below. Business. Skills While the core areas ensure that students OBC 505. Teaming and Organizing for Graduate Qualifying Project GQP or have adequate coverage of essential Data Innovation M.S. Thesis Science knowledge and skills, the wide OIE 500. Analyzing and Designing A student in the M.S. program must variety of electives enable students to tailor Operations to Create Value complete one of the following two their Data Science degree program to OIE 542. Risk Management and options: domain and technique areas of personal Decision Making interest. Students are expected to select OIE 544. Supply Chain Analysis and elective course work to produce a consis- Design

Data Science 89 Return to Table of Contents OIE 552. Modeling and Optimizing MA 546. Design and Analysis of Specializations of the Data Science Processes Experiments Degree: OIE 598. Optimization Methods for MA 547. Design and Analysis of Specializations of the Data Science degree Business Analytics Observational and Sampling Studies in targeted areas of high societal impact Relevant Computer Science Graduate MA 549. Analysis of Lifetime Data ranging from Health Care to National Courses: MA 556. Applied Bayesian Statistics Security may be designed in the future. We expect these specializations to naturally fit CS 5007. Introduction to Applications Relevant Learning Sciences and into the flexible structure of the Data of Computer Science with Data Technology Program Graduate Courses: Science degree framework. Structures and Algorithms CS 566. Graphical Models For CS 5084. Introduction to Algorithms: Reasoning Under Uncertainty For the B.S./M.S. Design and Analysis CS 565. User Modeling The requirements for the proposed M.S. CS 504. Analysis of Computations and CS 567. Empirical Methods For in Data Science are structured so that Systems Human-Centered Computing undergraduate student would be able to pursue a five-year Bachelors/Masters CS 509. Design of Software Systems PSY 505. Advanced Methods and CS 534. Artificial Intelligence program, in which the Bachelors degree is Analysis for the Learning and Social awarded in any major offered at WPI and CS 539. Machine Learning Sciences the Masters degree is awarded in Data CS 542. Database Management Systems Relevant Bioinformatics and Science. Students enrolled in the B.S./ CS 561. Advanced Topics in Database Computational Biology Program M.S. program must satisfy all the program Systems Courses: requirements of their respective B.S. CS 548. Knowledge Discovery and Data BCB 501. Bioinformatics degree and all the program requirements of Mining BCB 502/CS 582. Biovisualization the M.S. degree in Data Science. WPI CS 584. Algorithms: Design and allows the double counting of up to 12 BCB 503/CS 583. Biological and credits for students pursuing a 5-year Analysis Biomedical Database Mining CS 585/DS 503. Big Data Management Bachelors-Masters program. This overlap BCB 504/MA 584. Statistical Methods can be achieved through the following CS 586/DS 504. Big Data Analytics in Genetics and Bioinformatics mechanisms. They may double-count CS 573. Data Visualization Relevant Biomedical Engineering courses towards both their undergraduate CS 528. Mobile and Ubiquitous Courses: and graduate degrees whose credit hours Computing total no more than 40 percent of the 33 BME 595. Special Topics: Machine credit hours required for the M.S. degree in CS 525. Topics in Computer Science Learning for Biomedical Informatics (with prior approval of the Program Data Science, and that meet all other Review Committee to determine Relevant Electrical and Computer requirements for each degree. These relevancy) Engineering Department Courses: courses can include graduate courses as CS 536. Programming Language Design ECE 502. Analysis of Probabilistic well as certain undergraduate 4000-level course as long as the undergraduate course CS 545. Digital Image Processing Signals And Systems ECE 503. Digital Signal Processing is acceptable in place of a corresponding CS 546. Human-Computer Interaction graduate course that satisfies a Data ECE 504. Analysis of Deterministic CS 549. Computer Vision Science M.S. requirement. See the Signals And Systems Note: Students may not receive credit for individual departmental entries in this both CS 5084 and CS 584 ECE 578/ CS 578. Cryptography and catalog for listings of such undergraduate Data Security and graduate courses pairs. Students must Relevant Mathematical Sciences ECE 630. Advanced Topics in Signal Graduate Courses: consult their faculty advisor and the Processing graduate catalog as individual departments MA 543/DS 502. Statistical Methods ECE 673. Advanced Cryptography have restrictions on which undergraduate for Data Science ECE 5311. Information Theory and courses may be taken for graduate credit, MA 542. Regression Analysis Coding and on which pairs of undergraduate and MA 554. Applied Multivariate Analysis graduate courses cannot both be taken for Other Relevant Graduate Courses and credit. Students must register for B.S./M.S. MA 552. Distribution-Free and Robust Concentration Areas: Statistical Methods credit prior to taking the courses, as faculty Beyond courses in the three core disci- MA 550. Time Series Analysis may assign extra work for those taking a plines of computer science, business, and 4000-level course as part of both degrees. MA 529. Stochastic Processes statistics, relevant graduate courses in other In consultation with the academic advisor, MA 511. Applied Statistics for potential areas of concentration, such as the student prepares a Plan of Study Engineers and Scientists Finance, Manufacturing, Healthcare, outlining the selections chosen to satisfy MA 540. Probability and Mathematical National Security, Engineering, Fraud the B.S./M.S. degree requirements, Statistics I Detection, Science, Smart Grid Manage- including the courses that will be double- MA 541. Probability and Mathematical ment, Sustainability and the like, may be Statistics II added in the future to the above list of pre-approved Program electives.

90 Data Science Return to Table of Contents counted. This Plan of Study must then be to satisfy these two competency require- Affiliated Departments and approved by the DS Program Review ments; with 4 of these 7 courses having to Programs Board. be an A letter grade. This is a joint program administered by For the Graduate Certificate In addition the Ph.D. Qualification the Computer Science Department, requirement also includes the Qualifying The certificate program in Data Science Mathematical Sciences Department, and Examination. These qualification require- prepares students to harness, analyze and the Robert A. Foisie School of Business. ments are described in the Graduate interpret data in real-word applications. Closely affiliated departments also include Regulations on the Data Science The Certificate Program in Data Science Social Science and Policy Studies program website http://wpi.edu/academics/ corresponds to the study of 18 credits of Department, Learning Sciences and datascience/graduate-program.html. graduate work composed of one course Technologies Program, Bioinformatics and taken from each of the 5 core categories of Upon successful completion of the Ph.D. Computational Biology Program, and the Data Science coursework, with the sixth qualifying requirement, the student be- Electrical and Computer Engineering course being an elective in an area of comes a Data Science Ph.D. candidate. Department. Data Science faculty are interest or concentration. A Graduate The student’s Dissertation Committee comprised of faculty interested in Data Certificate is granted after completion of must be formed within the first year of Science graduate education and research this six-course program of study. These candidacy. With approval from the Data and who hold advanced degrees. courses may be subsequently applied to a Science Steering Committee, the student Industrial Relationships degree program at WPI, including the selects a research advisor. Also with In collaboration with WPI’s Corporate and M.S. degree in Data Science, providing the approval from the Data Science Steering Professional Education, the Data Science courses meet the requirements of that Committee, the student and research faculty work with industrial, government degree program. advisor select three additional members, and academic partners who serve on an at least one of whom must be from a Students who have completed or are Advisory Board to help shape the WPI core data science department different currently enrolled in a graduate degree at Data Science program and its offerings to than that of the research advisor and at WPI (other than Data Science) can double assure its continued relevancy. In addition, least one must be from outside of WPI. count graduate credits from their graduate these Advisory Board members provide The Dissertation Committee will be degree to meet up to 1/3 of the graduate input on industrial hiring needs, offer responsible for approving the dissertation credits for a (subsequent) Graduate projects and internships to Data Science proposal and the final dissertation Certificate in Data Science. students, and serve as employers of our manuscript. We anticipate that other certificates in graduates. The Ph.D. degree requirements consist of Data Science in specific areas of concentra- a coursework component and a research tion may be created in the future. Course Descriptions component, which together must total at All courses are 3 graduate credits unless For the Ph.D. least 60 credit hours beyond the master’s otherwise stated. Students are advised to contact the degree requirement. The coursework com- DS 501. Introduction to Data Science program for detailed rules, as there are ponent consists of at least 30 coursework Introduction to Data Science provides an overview program guidelines, in addition to the credits, as specified on the Data Science of Data Science, covering a broad selection of key university’s requirements, for the Ph.D. program website http://wpi.edu/academics/ challenges in and methodologies for working with datascience/graduate-program.html. big data. Topics to be covered include data degree. collection, integration, management, modeling, Upon admission, the student is assigned The student may also enroll for research analysis, visualization, prediction and informed an academic advisor and together they credits, but is only allowed up to 18 decision making, as well as data security and data design a Plan of Study during the first research credits prior to the acceptance of privacy. This introductory course is integrative the written dissertation proposal by her across the core disciplines of Data Science, semester of the student’s Ph.D. program. A including databases, data warehousing, statistics, Ph.D. student without a prior M.S. degree Dissertation Committee. With approval of the Dissertation Committee, the student data mining, data visualization, high performance is required to take the M.S. thesis Option computing, cloud computing, and business to engage in research early on. applies for and takes the dissertation pro- intelligence. Professional skills, such as communi- posal examination, usually within one year cation, presentation, and storytelling with data, The student must satisfy the Ph.D. Quali- of the Ph.D. candidacy. will be fostered. Students will acquire a working fication Requirement, which include the knowledge of data science through hands-on core breadth and core depth competency The Ph.D. research component consists of projects and case studies in a variety of business, requirements. The Core breadth compe- at least 30 credits (including any research engineering, social sciences, or life sciences tency includes at least one course in each credits earned prior to the acceptance of domains. Issues of ethics, leadership, and of the core Data Science areas, while the the dissertation proposal and excluding teamwork are highlighted. Prerequisites: None any research credits applied toward a beyond meeting the Data Science admission later implies that the student must take criteria. at least two courses in two of these core master’s degree) leading to a dissertation areas. Only courses in which the student and a public defense, which must be has obtained an A or a B grade can be used approved by the student’s Dissertation Committee.

Data Science 91 Return to Table of Contents DS 502/MA 543. Statistical Methods for students to analyze high dimensional data sets. DS 595. Special Topics in Data Science Data Science Topics covered include Bayes’ theorem, the central Special Topics in Data Science is course offering Statistical Methods for Data Science surveys the limit theorem, hypothesis testing, linear equations, that will cover a topic of current interest in detail. statistical methods most useful in data science linear transformations, matrix algebra, eigenvalues This serves as a flexible vehicle to provide a applications. Topics covered include predictive and eigenvectors, and sampling techniques, one-time offering of topics of current interest as modeling methods, including multiple linear including Bootstrap and Markov chain Monte well as to offer new topics before they are made regression, and time series, data dimension Carlo. Students will use these techniques while into a permanent course. Prerequisites: will vary reduction, discrimination and classification engaging in hands-on projects with real data. with topic. methods, clustering methods, and committee Prerequisites: Some knowledge of integral and methods. Students will implement these methods differential calculus is recommended. DS 596. Independent Study using statistical software. Prerequisites: DS 517/ Independent Study, as the name suggests, is a DS/CS 541. Deep Learning MA 517, Statistics at the level of MA 2611 and course that allows a student to study a chosen This course will offer a mathematical and practical MA 2612 and linear algebra at the level of MA topic in Data Science under the guidance of a perspective on artificial neural networks for ma- 2071. faculty member affiliated with the Data Science chine learning. Students will learn about the most program. The student must produce a written DS 503/CS 585. Big Data Management prominent network architectures including multi- report to satisfy the course requirement. Big Data Management deals with emerging layer feedforward neural networks, convolutional applications in science and engineering disciplines neural networks (CNNs), auto-encoders, recur- DS 597. Directed Research that generate and collect data at unprecedented rent neural networks (RNNs), and generative- Directed Research study, conducted under the speed, scale, and complexity that need to be adversarial networks (GANs). This course will also guidance of a faculty member affiliated with the managed and analyzed efficiently. This course teach students optimization and regularization Data Science Program, investigates the challenges introduces the latest techniques and infrastruc- techniques used to train them -- such as back- and techniques central to data science, and aims to tures developed for big data management propagation, stochastic gradient descent, dropout, develop novel approaches and techniques towards including parallel and distributed database pooling, and batch normalization. Connections solving these challenges. The student who chooses systems, map-reduce infrastructures, scalable to related machine learning techniques and this course must produce a written report to fulfil platforms for complex data types, stream algorithms, such as probabilistic graphical models, the course requirement. processing systems, and cloud-based computing. will be explored. In addition to understanding the DS 598. Graduate Qualifying Project Query processing, optimization, access methods, mathematics behind deep learning, students will The Graduate Qualifying Project, or GQP, is a storage layouts, and energy management also engage in hands-on course projects. Students 3-credit project, typically done in teams that is techniques developed on these infrastructures will will have the opportunity to train neural networks carried out in cooperation with a sponsor or be covered. Students are expected to engage in for a wide range of applications, such as object industrial partner. It will be overseen by a faculty hands-on projects using one or more of these detection, facial expression recognition, handwrit- member affiliated with the Data Science Program technologies. Prerequisites: A beginning course in ing analysis, and natural language processing. and will offer integrated theory and practice of databases at the level of CS 4432 or equivalent Prerequisite: Machine Learning (CS 539), and Data Science including the utilization of tools and knowledge, and programming experience. knowledge of Linear Algebra (such as MA 2071) techniques acquired in the Data Science Program. and Algorithms (such as CS 2223). DS 504/CS 586. Big Data Analytics In addition to a written report, this project must Big Data Analytics addresses the obstacle that DS 594. Data Science Internship be presented in a formal demonstration to the innovation and discoveries are no longer hindered (1 to 3 credits) faculty of the Data Science program and sponsors. by the ability to collect data, but by the ability to The internship is an elective-credit­ option Professional development skills, such as communi- summarize, analyze, and discover knowledge from designed to provide an opportunity to put into cation, teamwork, leadership, and collaboration, the collected data in a scalable fashion. This course practice the principles studied in previous Data along with storytelling, will be practiced. covers computational techniques and algorithms Science courses. Internships will be tailored to the Prerequisites: DS 501, completion of at least 24 for analyzing and mining patterns in large-scale specific interests of the student. Each intern- credits of the DS degree, and consent of the datasets. Techniques studied address data analysis ship must be carried out in cooperation with instructor. issues related to data volume (scalable and a sponsoring organization, generally from off DS 599. Master’s Thesis in Data Science distributed analysis), data velocity (high-speed campus and must be approved and advised by a The Master’s Thesis in Data Science consists of a data streams), data variety (complex, heteroge- core faculty member in the Data Science program. research and development project worth a mini- neous, or unstructured data), and data veracity The internship must include proposal, design and mum of 9 graduate credit hours and is advised by (data uncertainty). Techniques include mining documentation phases. Following the internship, a faculty member affiliated with the Data Science and machine learning techniques for complex data the student will report on his or her internship Program. A thesis proposal must be approved by types, and scale-up and scale-out strategies that activities in a mode outlined by the supervising the DS Program Review Board and the student’s leverage big data infrastructures. Real-world faculty member. Students are limited to counting advisor, before the student can register for more applications using these techniques, for instance a maximum of 3 internship credits towards their than three thesis credits. The student must satis- social media analysis and scientific data mining, degree requirements for the M.S. degree in Data factorily complete a written thesis document, and are selectively discussed. Students are expected to Science. We expect a full-time­ graduate student present the results to the DS faculty in a public engage in hands-on projects using one or more of to take on only part-­time (20 hours or less of) presentation. these technologies. Prerequisites: A beginning internship work during the regular academic course in databases and a beginning course in data semester, while a full-time­ internship of 40 hours DS 699. Dissertation Research. mining, or equivalent knowledge, and program- per week is appropriate during the summer semes- Intended for doctoral students admitted to ming experience. ter as long as the student does not take a full class candidacy wishing to obtain research credit toward load at the same time. Internship credit cannot be their dissertations. (Prerequisite: Consent of DS/MA 517. Mathematical Foundations used towards a certificate degree in Data Science. Dissertation Advisor.) for Data Science The internship may not be completed at the stu- The foci of this class are the essential statistics dent’s current place of employment. Prerequisites: and linear algebra skills required for Data Science Registration for internship credit requires prior students. The class builds the foundation for approval and signature by the academic advisor. theoretical and computational abilities of the

92 Data Science Return to Table of Contents www.ece.wpi.edu Electrical and Computer Engineering Faculty and Research U. Guler, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., A. M. Wyglinski, Professor; Bogozici University, Turkey. Physical Ph.D., McGill University. Wireless Interests security sensors, wireless power and data communication systems engineering, J. A. McNeill, Professor and Department transmission, analog front-end circuits, vehicular technology, cognitive radio, Head; Ph.D., Boston University. Analog IoT and biomedical applications. software-defined radio, autonomous IC design; high-speed imaging; mixed- X. Huang, Professor; Ph.D., Virginia vehicles, wireless spectrum, vehicular signal circuit characterization. Tech. Reconfigurable computing; VLSI security, cyber-physical systems. and SoC design; parallel processing. D. R. Brown, Professor; Ph.D., Cornell Emeritus University. Wireless communications and H. Hakim, Associate Professor; Ph.D., D. Cyganski, Professor networks, cooperative communication Purdue University. Digital signal J. A. Orr, Professor systems, synchronization, efficient resource processing, system engineering. allocation, distributed decision making, P.C. Pedersen, Professor game-theoretic analysis of networks, peer- F. J. Looft, Professor; Ph.D., University to-peer networks, cognitive radio, software of Michigan. Digital and analog systems, Programs of Study defined radio, computationally efficient microprocessor and embedded systems, The Electrical and Computer Engineering signal processing, security in wireless space-flight systems, robots and robotic (ECE) Department offers programs communication systems. systems, robot sensors, alternative energy leading to M.Eng., M.S. and Ph.D. systems, systems engineering capstones degrees in electrical and computer E. A. Clancy, Professor; Ph.D., MIT. and education. engineering, an M.Eng. degree in power Biomedical signal processing and systems engineering (PSE), as well as modeling, biomedical instrumentation. R. Ludwig, Professor and Associate Department Head; Ph.D., Colorado graduate and advanced certificates. The A. Clark, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., State University. Design of RF coils for following general areas of specialization ­University of Washington. Security, magnetic resonance imaging; amplifier are available to help students structure ­control of cyber-physical systems. design; nondestructive material evaluation. their graduate courses: biomedical signal processing/instrumentation, R. J. Duckworth, Associate Professor; Y. Mahmoud, Assistant Professor; communications and signal processing, Ph.D., Nottingham University. Embedded Ph.D., University of Waterloo, Canada. computer engineering, electromagnetics computer system design, computer Solar energy conversion, renewable and ultrasonics engineering, electronics architecture, real-time systems, wireless energy integration, power electronics, and solid state, power engineering, and instrumentation, rapid prototyping, logic dispatchability in renewable energy systems and controls. synthesis, location and tracking systems. systems, control and operation of micro The M.S. ECE degree is designed to T. Eisenbarth, Associate Professor; Ph.D., grids, and smart cities. provide an individual with advanced Ruhr University Bochum. IT security, S. N. Makarov, Professor; Ph.D., St. knowledge in one or more electrical and with a focus on the security of embedded Petersburg State University (Russia). computer engineering areas via successful systems and applied cryptology. Topics of Electromagnetic therapeutic devices, completion of at least 21 credits of WPI special interest include embedded security antennas, and electromagnetic sensors for ECE graduate courses (including M.S. design, physical security and side channel human body applications. CAD human thesis credit), combined with up to 9 cryptanalysis, and efficient implementation body models. credits of coursework from computer of cryptographic algorithms. W. R. Michalson, Professor; Ph.D., science, mathematics, physics and other A. E. Emanuel, Professor; D.Sc., Israel Worcester Polytechnic Institute. engineering disciplines. Institute of Technology. Power quality, Navigation and tracking; high- The M.Eng. ECE and M.Eng. PSE power electronics, electromagnetic design, performance embedded computer systems. degrees are tailored for individuals seeking high-voltage technology. K. Pahlavan, Professor; Ph.D., Worcester an industrial career path. Similar to the J. Fu, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute. Wireless networks. M.S. degree, the M.Eng. degree requires University of Delaware. Reactive robotic the successful completion of at least 21 systems, multi-robot coordination, optimal B. Sunar, Professor; Ph.D., Oregon credits of WPI ECE graduate courses control of hybrid systems and design of State University. Security; cryptography; (specific course requirements for the M.S. adaptive semi-autonomous systems. computer arithmetic; finite fields; high- ECE and M.S. PSE degrees are discussed speed computing. below). In contrast to the M.S. degree, the S. Virani-Bhada, Assistant Professor, M.Eng. degree allows up to 9 credits on Ph.D., University of Alabama, Huntsville. non-ECE courses to be chosen as manage- System Design Quality and Policy ment courses and does not include a thesis Modeling. option.

Electrical and Computer Engineering 93 Return to Table of Contents Admission Requirements ences), the applicant may be approved for 30 credits must be graduate level activity direct admission to the Ph.D. program, (designated 500-, 5000-, or 600-level) Master’s Program or to an M.S.-Ph.D.. program sequence. in the field of electrical and computer Students with a B.S. degree in electrical Applicants possessing and M.S. degree in engineering (course prefix ECE) offered by engineering or electrical and computer electrical and computer engineering from WPI. The remaining credits may be either engineering may submit an application WPI that have not been directly admitted at the 4000 level (maximum of six credits) for admission to the Master’s program. to the Ph.D. program are still required to or at the graduate level in computer There are three degree options in the submit an application and associated refer- science (CS), physics (PH), engineering Master’s program: An M.S. in Electrical ences for consideration, with the exception (BME, CHE, CE, ECE FP, MFE, MTE, and Computer Engineering, an M.Eng. in of GRE scores, TOEFL scores, and the ME, RBE, and SYS), mathematics (MA), Electrical and Computer Engineering, and application fee. and/or from the School of Business (ACC, an M.Eng. in Power Systems Engineering. BUS, ETR, FIN, MIS, MKT, OBC, and Admission to the Master’s program will be Certificate Requirements OIE). The complete program must be based on a review of the application and The ECE Department offers advanced cer- approved by the student’s advisor and the associated references. tificate and graduate certificate programs. Graduate Program Committee. Please visit http://www.wpi.edu/academics Applicants without a B.S. degree in /ece/certificate-program.html for more Master of Engineering PSE electrical engineering or electrical and details about these certificate programs. The M.Eng. PSE is primarily delivered to computer engineering, but who hold a industry professionals at a variety of off- B.S. degree in mathematics, computer Degree Requirements campus locations; students should contact the engineering, physics or another There are three degree options within the ECE office staff regarding course availability. engineering discipline, may also apply Master’s program in the Electrical and Students pursuing the M.Eng. PSE degree for admission to the Master’s program in Computer Engineering Department: A require 30 graduate credits in course work, the Electrical and Computer Engineering Master of Engineering in Electrical and independent study, or directed research. Department. If admitted, the applicant Computer Engineering (M.Eng. ECE), There is no thesis option for the M.Eng. will be provided with required courses a Master of Science in Electrical and PSE degree program. At least 21 of the necessary to reach a background equivalent Computer Engineering (M.S. ECE), and 30 credits must be graduate level activ- to the B.S. degree in electrical engineering a Master of Engineering in Power Systems ity in the field of electrical and computer or electrical and computer engineering, Engineering (M.Eng. PSE). engineering offered by WPI; of these 21 which will depend on the applicant’s credits, at least 15 must be in the field of specific background. Master of Science ECE power system engineering (course prefix Applicants with the bachelor of technology Students pursuing the M.S. ECE degree ECE with course numbers from 5500 or the bachelor of engineering technol- may take either the non-thesis option, through 5599). The remaining courses ogy degree must typically complete about which requires 30 graduate credits in may be either at the 4000 level (maximum 1-1/2 years of undergraduate study in course work, independent study, or of six credits) or at the graduate level electrical engineering before they can directed research, or the thesis option, with (designated as 500-, 5000-, or 600-level) be admitted to the graduate program. If a total of 30 graduate credits including in computer science (CS), physics (PH), admitted, the applicant will be provided a 9-credit thesis. In either case, at least engineering (BME, CHE, CE, ECE, FP, with required courses necessary to reach a 21 of the 30 credits must be graduate MFE, MTE, ME, RBE, and SYS), math- background equivalent to the B.S. degree level activity (designated 500-, 5000-, or ematics (MA), and/or from the School of in electrical engineering or electrical and 600-level) in the field of electrical and Business (ACC, BUS, ETR, FIN, MIS, computer engineering, which will depend computer engineering (course prefix ECE) MKT, OBC, and OIE). on the applicant’s specific background. offered by WPI. The remaining credits may be either at the 4000 (maximum of Program of Study Ph.D. Program six credits) or the 500 level in computer Each student must submit a program of Students with a Master’s degree in science (CS), physics (PH), engineering study for approval by the student’s advisor, electrical and computer engineering may (BME, CHE, CE, ECE, FP, MFE, MTE, the ECE Department Graduate Program apply for the doctoral program of study. ME, RBE, and SYS) and/or mathematics Committee and the ECE Department Admission to the Ph.D. program will be (MA). The complete program must be Head. To ensure that the Program of based on a review of the application and approved by the student’s advisor and the Study is acceptable, students should, in associated references. Students with a Graduate Program Committee. consultation with their advisor, submit Bachelor of Science degree in electrical and it to the ECE Department Graduate computer engineering may also apply to Master of Engineering ECE Secretary prior to the end of the semester the Ph.D. program. Students with a strong Students pursuing the M.Eng. ECE degree following admission into the graduate background in areas other than Electrical require 30 graduate credits in course work, program. Students must obtain prior and Computer Engineering will also be independent study, or directed research. approval from the ECE Department considered for admission into the Ph.D. There is no thesis option for the M.Eng. Graduate Program Committee for the program. If admitted (based on review ECE degree program. At least 21 of the substitution of courses in other disciplines of the application and associated refer- as part of their academic program.

94 Electrical and Computer Engineering Return to Table of Contents All full-time students in the Master’s Transfer Credit these two courses is required regardless if degree program (with the exception Students may petition to transfer a the student has already successfully passed of B.S./M.S. students as noted below) maximum of 15 graduate semester credits, these courses and counted them towards are required to attend and pass the two with a grade of B or better, after they the requirements of an M.S. degree or graduate seminar courses, ECE 596A have enrolled in the degree program. This equivalent credit. (fall semester) and ECE 596B (spring may be made up of a combination of up Full-time residency at WPI for at least one semester). See course listings for details. to 9 credits from the WPI ECE graduate academic year is required while working courses taken prior to formal admission toward a Ph.D. degree. Thesis Option and up to 9 credits from other academic Students pursuing an M.S. ECE degree institutions. Transfer credit will not be Research Advisor and that are financially supported by the allowed for undergraduate level courses Committee Selection department in the form of teaching taken at other institutions. In general, The doctoral student is required to select assistantship, research assistantship, or transfer credit will not be allowed for a Research Advisor and their Committee fellowship are required to complete a any WPI undergraduate courses used to prior to scheduling their Diagnostic thesis. The thesis option is not available fulfill undergraduate degree requirements; Examination. This will usually occur for students pursuing an M.Eng. ECE or however note that there are exceptions prior to the start of the student’s second M.Eng. PSE degree. M.S. thesis research in the case of students enrolled in the semester in the graduate program. The involves 9 credit hours of work, registered B.S./M.S. program. Research Advisor and all members of the under the designation ECE 599, normally Committee must hold doctoral degrees. spread over at least one academic year. For the Ph.D. The Research Advisor must be a full-time For students completing the M.S. thesis The degree of doctor of philosophy is ECE faculty member. The Committee as part of their degree requirements, a conferred on candidates in recognition of must consist of at least two faculty thesis committee will be set up during high scientific attainments and the ability members, at least one of which must the first semester of thesis work. This to carry on original research. The follow- be an ECE faculty member and at least committee will be selected by the student ing is a list of requirements for students one of which must be from outside the in consultation with the major advisor and intending to obtain a Ph.D. in Electrical ECE department or from outside WPI. will consist of the thesis advisor (who must and Computer Engineering. The Committee is usually selected by the be a full-time WPI ECE faculty member) student in consultation with the Research and at least two other faculty members Coursework and Residency Advisor. All members of the committee whose expertise will aid the student’s Requirements must be approved by the Research Advisor. research program. An oral presentation Students must complete 60 or more before the Thesis Committee and a general credits of graduate work beyond the A completed Research Advisor and audience is required. In addition, all WPI credit required for the Master of Science Committee Selection form must be filed thesis regulations must be followed. degree in Electrical and Computer with the ECE department prior to taking Engineering. Of the 60 credits, at least 30 the Diagnostic Exam. A student may Non-Thesis Option credits must be research registered under change their Research Advisor or members Although the thesis is optional for M.S. the designation ECE 699. The doctoral of their Committee by submitting a ECE students not financially supported student must also establish two minors new Research Advisor and Committee by the department, and there is no thesis in fields outside of electrical engineering. Selection form to the Graduate Secretary. option available for M.Eng. ECE or Physics, mathematics and/or computer Changes to the student’s Research M.Eng. PSE students, all M.Eng. and science are usually recommended. Each Advisor after completion of the diagnostic M.S. students are encouraged to include student selects the minors in consultation examination must be approved by the a research component in their graduate with their Research Advisor. At least 6 ECE Graduate Program Committee. program. A directed research project, credits of graduate work is required in Changes to the student’s Committee registered under the designation ECE each minor area. Courses with an ECE after completion of the area examination 598, involves a minimum of 3 credit designation which are cross-listed in the must be approved by the ECE Graduate hours of work under the supervision of a course offerings of another department Program Committee. faculty member. The task is limited to a cannot be used toward fulfilling the well-defined goal. Note that the Graduate requirements of a minor area. Diagnostic Examination Requirement Program committee will not allow credit The doctoral student is required to All doctoral students are required to received under the thesis designation (ECE complete the diagnostic examination attend and pass two offerings of the ECE 599) to be applied toward an M.Eng. ECE requirement during the first year beyond graduate seminar courses, ECE 596A degree, M.Eng. PSE degree, or non-thesis the M.S. degree (or equivalent number of (fall semester) and ECE 596B (spring M.S. ECE degree. credits, for students admitted directly to semester). These students may either enroll the Ph.D. program) with a grade of Pass. in the same ECE graduate seminar course The diagnostic examination is scheduled offered in two different semesters, or enroll with the student’s Research Advisor and in each of the two different ECE graduate Committee. Prior to scheduling the seminar courses. Note that enrollment in diagnostic examination, a student must

Electrical and Computer Engineering 95 Return to Table of Contents have a completed Research Advisor and Area Examination Requirement For the Combined B.S./M.S. Committee Selection form on file in the The doctoral student is required to pass Program ECE department. the area examination before writing a A WPI student accepted into the B.S./ dissertation. The area examination is The diagnostic examination is administered M.S. program may use 12 credit hours of intended to be an opportunity for the stu- by the student’s Research Advisor and work for both the B.S. and M.S. degrees. dent’s Advisor and Committee members to at least one member of the Committee. Note that students will not be able to evaluate the suitability, scope, and novelty Full participation of the Committee is receive an M.Eng. ECE or M.Eng. PSE of the student’s proposed dissertation recommended. At the discretion of the degree via this particular program. At least topic. The format of the area examination research advisor, additional faculty outside 6 credit hours must be from graduate is at the discretion of the student’s Advisor of the student’s committee may also courses (including graduate level indepen- and Committee but will typically include participate in the diagnostic examination. dent study and special topics courses), and a presentation by the student describing The diagnostic examination is intended none may be lower than the 4000-level. the current state of their research field, to be an opportunity to evaluate the No extra work is required in the 4000-level their planned research activities, and the student’s level of academic preparation and courses. A grade of B or better is required expected contributions of their work. identify any shortcomings in the student’s for any course to be counted toward both background upon entrance to the Ph.D. Students are eligible to take the area degrees. A student must define the 12 program. The format and duration of the examination after they have successfully credit hours at the time of applying to diagnostic examination is at the discretion completed the diagnostic examination and the B.S./M.S. program. Applications will of the student’s Research Advisor and have completed at least three semesters of not be considered if they are submitted Committee. The examination may be coursework in the graduate program. All prior to the second half of the applicant’s written or oral and may include questions Ph.D. students are required to successfully junior year. Ideally, applications (including to test the general background of the complete the area examination prior to the recommendations) should be completed student as well as questions specific to the completion of their seventh semester in the by the early part of the last term of the student’s intended area of research. graduate program. Failure to successfully junior year. complete the area examination prior to the The Research Advisor and Committee At the start of Term A in the senior year, end of the student’s seventh semester will determine the outcome of the diagnostic but no later than at the time of applica- be considered a failure to make satisfactory examination (Pass, Repeat, or Fail) and any tion, students are required to submit to academic progress. required remediation intended to address the graduate coordinator of the Electrical shortcomings identified in the student’s The Research Advisor and Committee de- and Computer Engineering Department background. A grade of Fail will result termine the Pass/Fail outcome of the area a list of proposed courses to be taken in dismissal from the graduate program. examination. A grade of Fail will result in as part of the M.S. degree program. A A grade of Repeat requires the student dismissal from the graduate program. Area copy of the student’s academic transcript to reschedule and retake the diagnostic examination completion forms must be (grade report) must be included with the examination. A grade of Pass is expected to signed by the student’s Research Advisor application. also include a summary of any prescribed and Committee Members and filed with All students in the B.S./M.S. program in remediation including, but not limited the ECE department upon completion of Electrical and Computer Engineering who to, coursework, reading assignments, the examination. have completed their B.S. degree must and/or independent study. Irrespective of register for at least six credits per semester outcome of the examination, a diagnostic Dissertation Requirement until they complete 30 credits toward their examination completion form, signed All Ph.D. students must complete and M.S. degree. If fewer than six credits are by the student’s Research Advisor and orally defend a dissertation prepared under required to complete the M.S. degree, then committee, must be filed with the ECE the general supervision of their Research the student must register for at least the department upon completion of the Advisor. The research described in the dis- number of credits required to complete the examination. sertation must be original and constitute degree. If a student double counts a full 12 a contribution to knowledge in the major Upon successful completion of the credits for both the M.S. and B.S. degrees, field of the candidate. The Research Advi- Diagnostic Examination, each doctoral then the remaining 18 credits must be sor and Committee certify the quality and student must submit a program of study to completed within 3 semesters of graduate originality of the dissertation research, the the ECE Department Graduate Secretary work (1.5 years). Students who double satisfactory execution of the dissertation for approval by the student’s research count less than 12 credits for both the and the preparedness of the defense. advisor, the ECE Department Graduate M.S. and B.S. degree will be allowed an Program Committee and the ECE The Graduate Secretary must be notified additional semester (2 years) to complete Department Head. The program of study of a student’s defense at least seven days the degree. should be completed in consultation with prior to the date of the defense, without All B.S./M.S. students are required to at- the student’s research advisor and should exception. A student may not schedule a tend and pass one of the graduate seminar include specific course work designed defense until at least three months after courses, either ECE 596A (fall semester) or to address any shortcomings identified they have completed the area examination. ECE 596B (spring semester). in the student’s background during the Diagnostic Examination.

96 Electrical and Computer Engineering Return to Table of Contents Students enrolled in the B.S./M.S. pro- both indoor and outdoor radio environ- Embedded Computer gram in Electrical and Computer Engi- ments. The laboratory develops, designs, Laboratory neering may petition for permission to use implements, and field-tests a variety of Prof. Huang a single graduate course (3 credits maxi- radio and navigation systems. Housed The mission of the Embedded Comput- mum) taken at other institutions to satisfy within the laboratory is the Public Safety ing Lab is to solve important problems ECE B.S./M.S. degree requirements. The Integration Center, which focuses on the of embedded computer systems, includ- course must be at the graduate level and development and deployment of com- ing theories, architectures, circuits, and the student must have earned a grade of munications, information, and navigation systems. Our current research is focused B or better to be considered for transfer technologies for public safety applications. on ASIC, FPGA and SoC design for signal credit. Representative projects: Radio systems for processing, wireless communications, error indoor positioning, Digital radios for pub- correction coding, reconfigurable comput- Certificate in Power Systems lic safety systems, Simulation of wireless ing, and computing acceleration. Our Engineering ad hoc networks for public safety applica- research goal is to create new architectures This specialized program raises profession- tions. http://www.wpi.edu/academics/ece/ and circuit designs to facilitate high-speed al competency levels of protection engi- cairn/index.html information processing at minimum neers and focuses solely on the protection power consumption. and control aspects of the power industry. Center for Wireless Information Networking Studies (CWINS) http://computing.wpi.edu/ This certificate consists of 12-18 credits of graduate coursework. Prof. Pahlavan Laboratory for Sensory and The mission of the Center for Wireless In- Physiologic Signal Processing – formation Network Studies is the analysis L(SP)2 Electrical and Computer of wideband radio propagation for design Engineering Research and performance evaluation of wireless Prof. Clancy access and localization techniques. The The mission of the Laboratory for Sensory Laboratories/Centers current focus of research is on body area and Physiologic Signal Processing L(SP)2 Analog/Mixed Signal networking and in particular localization is to employ signal processing, math- of wireless video capsule endoscope inside ematical modeling, and other electrical Microelectronics Laboratory and computer engineering skills to study Prof. McNeill the small intestine. The past focus of the center were on indoor geolocation and applications involving electromyography The Analog and Mixed Signal Micro- (EMG — the electrical activity of skeletal electronics Laboratory focuses on the Wi-Fi localization for application in smart devices and robots. The center was estab- muscle). Researchers are improving the continuation of research in self-calibrating detection and interpretation of EMG for analog to-digital converter architectures lished in 1985 as the world’s first research center for the design of wireless local area such uses as the control of powered pros- and low-jitter clock generation; funded by thetic limbs, restoration of gait after stroke NSF, Allegro Microsystems, and Analog networks. More details on the center are available at www.cwins.wpi.edu. or traumatic brain injury, musculoskeletal Devices. www.wpi.edu/+ECE modeling, and clinical/scientific assess- Antenna Laboratory Collective Intelligence and ment of neurologic function. http://users.wpi.edu/~ted/ Prof. Makarov Bionic Robotics (CIBR) Lab The Antenna Laboratory uses modeling Prof. Fu (ECE) and Prof. Li (ME) Renewable Energy Innovations and hardware design of UHF, L-band, CIBR lab is a joint lab between ECE Laboratory and X-band antennas including wearable faculty Jie Fu and ME faculty Zhi Li, under the Robotics Engineering Program. Prof. Mahmoud antennas (low UHF), base station Our lab emphasizes all aspects of wideband GPS/modernized GPS antennas Our research focus is to bring a joint force between control theory, machine innovations in renewable energy systems (L-band), the broadband rib-cage dipoles, for the conversion, delivery, and its and the UHF non-scanning antenna arrays learning and robotics to achieve two major objectives: First, by leveraging use in electrical form. Our aim is to for directed power applications. contribute in expanding the utilization of www.wpi.edu/+ECE learning-based control design, we aim to develop algorithms to achieve provably renewable energy resources in the world by Center for Advanced Integrated safe, adaptive and robust performance in addressing technical challenges impeding Radio Navigation (CAIRN) autonomous systems in the presence of their utilization, including reducing uncertain and dynamical environment. their cost, and improving their overall Prof. Michalson efficiency, operation, control, integration The Center for Advanced, Integrated, Second, we aim to build the algorithmic foundation for bionic robotics that and reliability. Our objective is also to Radio Navigation (CAIRN) mission is commercialize and transfer our developed the development of radio systems that facilitates a seamless collaboration between human and robots, with applications to technologies to market. https://www.wpi. integrate communications and navigation edu/people/faculty/yamahmoud functions. Basic research into radio design advanced manufacturing, health, and (analog and digital), wireless ad hoc net- medical robotics. working and positioning is performed for

Electrical and Computer Engineering 97 Return to Table of Contents Center for Imaging and Sensing Vernam Group ECE 503. Digital Signal Processing Discrete-time signals and systems, frequency (CIS) Profs. Sunar, Martin (Mathematics), and analysis, sampling of continuous time signals, Prof. Ludwig Venkatasubramanian (CS) the z-transform, implementation of discrete The lab has access to high-field and ultra The mission of the Vernam Group is to ad- time systems, the discrete Fourier transform, high-field magnetic resonance imaging dress both short-term and long-term secu- fast Fourier transform algorithms, filter design (MRI) systems for use in functional and rity problems spanning several disciplines. techniques. (Prerequisites: Courses in complex anatomical imaging. Major research Group members are focused on developing variables, basic signals and systems.) focuses on visualization of elastic new security technologies to ensure the ECE 504. Analysis of Deterministic vibrations in the female breast. A novel safety of all facets of the communication Signals and Systems coil geometry was designed that proved and computation infrastructure bridging Review of Fourier series and linear algebra. Fourier more efficient at generating these strong the gap between cutting edge research and transforms, Laplace transforms, Z transforms solid engineering practices, thus, providing and their interrelationship. State space modeling gradients when compared with of continuous-time and discrete-time systems. conventional coil technology. Research has the perfect setting for the education of next Canonical forms, solution of state equations, resulted in the design of special-purpose generation security experts. http://v.wpi.edu/ controllability, observability and stability of radio frequency array coil systems for breast linear systems. Pole placement via state feedback, cancer diagnosis, bone density determin­ Wireless Innovation Laboratory observer design, Lyapunov stability analysis. ation, and stroke. The lab has successfully (WILab) (Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in signals and systems.) tested its single-tuned and dual-tuned Prof. Wyglinski prototypes at various sites throughout the The Wireless Innovation Laboratory ECE 505. Computer Architecture U.S. in clinical MRI systems. (WILab) conducts fundamental and This course introduces the fundamentals of www.wpi.edu/+ECE applied research in wireless computer system architecture and organization. communication systems engineering and Topics include CPU structure and function, Secure Cyber-Physical Systems addressing modes, instruction formats, memory vehicular technology. Consisting of system organization, memory mapping and Lab approximately 750 sq ft of prime research hierarchies, concepts of cache and virtual Prof. Clark space as well as state-of-the-art software memories, storage systems, standard local buses, Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS) are tool and experimentation equipment, this high-performance I/O, computer communication, comprised of tightly integrated cyber facility focuses on devising new solutions basic principles of operating systems, multi­ (sensing, communication, computation) and new knowledge in the areas of programming, multiprocessing, pipelining and cognitive radio, connected vehicles, memory management. The architecture principles and physical (actuation) components in underlying RISC and CISC processors are applications including transportation, software-defined radio, autonomous presented in detail. The course also includes a medicine, energy, and housing. The goal vehicles, wireless spectrum and resource number of design projects, including simulating of our lab is to develop foundations for allocation, vehicular security, prototype a target machine, architecture using a high-level CPS with provable guarantees on safety, wireless systems, vehicular networking, language (HLL). (Prerequisites: Undergraduate performance, and security, in the presence cyber-physical systems, and advanced course in logic circuits and microprocessor system signal processing algorithms. WILab has design, as well as proficiency in assembly language of dynamic environments, random faults and a structured high-level language such as C or and failures, and malicious attacks. been extensively funded via numerous Pascal.) sponsors from both government and Signal Processing and industry, including the National Science ECE 506. Introduction to Local and Wide Information Networking Foundation, MathWorks, Office of Naval Area Networks This course provides an introduction to the Laboratory (SPINLab) Research, Toyota InfoTechnology Center theory and practice of the design of computer Prof. Brown USA, and the MITRE Corporation. For communications networks according to IEEE SPINLab was established in 2002 to more details, please see the WILab website 802 standard model for lower layers and IETF investigate fundamental and applied at http://www.Wireless.WPI.edu. standard for TCP/IP higher layers. Analysis of problems in signal processing, network topologies and protocols, including Course Descriptions performance analysis, is treated. Current communication systems, and networking. network types including local area and wide area All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. Our current focus is on the development networks are introduced, as are evolving network of network carrier synchronization ECE 502. Analysis of Probabilistic technologies. The theory, design and performance schemes to facilitate distributed Signals and Systems of local area networks are emphasized. The course beamforming and space-time coded Applications of probability theory and its includes application of queueing analysis to cooperative transmission. We are also engineering applications. Random variables, performance analysis of medium access control (MAC) and application of communication theory working on techniques for optimal distribution and density functions. Functions of random variables, moments and characteristic in design of physical layer (PHY). (Prerequisites: resource allocation in multiuser functions. Sequences of random variables, familiarity to MATLAB programming is assumed. communication systems and the stochastic convergence and the central limit Background in undergraduate level courses in application of game-theoretic tools to theorem. Concept of a stochastic process, networking, probability, statistic, and signal analyze selfish behavior in cooperative stationary processes and ergodicity. Correlation processing.) communication systems. SPINLab offers functions, spectral analysis and their application research opportunities at both the graduate to linear systems. Mean square estimation. and undergraduate levels. For more details, (Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in signals and systems.) please see the SPINLab Web page at http://spinlab.wpi.edu.

98 Electrical and Computer Engineering Return to Table of Contents ECE Graduate Course Chart 2018-19 ECE GRADUATE COURSE CHART AY2015-16

Undergraduate Advanced OFFERED EVERY FALL OFFERED EVERY SPRING 630 Background Signal Processing 504 Deterministic Signals and Systems Detection and 531 Estimation Theory Signals 503 Digital Signal Processing 5341 Medical Signal Information Theory Systems Analysis 5311 and Coding 545 Digital Image Comms Processing Probabilistic Signals 5312 Modern Digital 502 and Systems Communication

Networks 538 Wireless Information Networks 506 Local and Wide 5307 Wireless Access Area Networks and Localization High Performance 530 Networks 581 Modeling & Eval. 537 Adv. Computer and Netwk. & Comp. Sys. Comm. Networks Logic Circuits CS502 505 Computer Architecture 572 Advanced Systems Architecture Synthesis of Digital Synthesis of Digital 574 5720 566 Digital Syst. Verilog/VHDL Syst. w Verilog VLSI

Computer Embedded Cores 5722 Architect. & Design 5715 Reconfigurable Engineering Computing Methods for System 5724 Digital System Test 5723 Design & Modeling and Test Design

578 Cryptography and 673 Advanced Data Security Cryptography

Modeling EM Fields 514 Fundamentals of RF 5105 Introduction to 5106 E & M & Microwave Eng. Antenna Design Elec. & Bio. Syst. Fields

Advanced Bipolar 523 Power 5204 Analog Circuits and 524 Analog IC 5905 Analog Electronics Intuitive Design Design Solid-State Phys. Circuits

5500 Power Systems 5510 Power Analysis Quality 5511 Transients in 5523 Power System Power Power Systems Dynamics 5512 Electromechanical Systems Energy Conversion 5521 Protective 5522 Adv. Applications in Relaying Protective Relaying 5530 Power 5520 Power System Distribution Protectn. & Control 5531 Power System Oper. & Planning 5540 Power Transmission

Border indicates primary form of course offering Arrow indicates background KEY: Solid: prerequisite On-campus Online / Blended Dashed: recommended off-campus

Electrical and Computer Engineering 99 Return to Table of Contents ECE 5105. Introduction to Antenna Design ECE 5204. Analog Circuits and Intuition functional block [op-amp, comparator, etc.] This course is intended for graduate and senior- The ability to see the simplicity in a complex level. Also familiarity with techniques such as level undergraduate students. The course provides design problem is a skill that is not usually taught small-signal modeling and analysis in the s-plane an introduction to major antennas and antenna in engineering classes. Some engineers, when using Laplace transforms. Undergraduate course types for wireless communications, electrical and faced with design problems, immediately fill up equivalent background ECE 3204; ECE 4902 biomedical sensors, and RF and MW engineering. pages and pages of calculations, or do complex helpful but not essential.) Basic antenna characteristics are studied: circuit simulations or finite-element analyses. One ECE 529. Selected Topics in Electronic polarization, directivity, gain, realized gain, and problem with this approach is that if you get an System Design impedance bandwidth. Both narrowband and answer, you do not know if it is correct unless Courses in this group are devoted to the study of broadband antennas as well as linear and planar you have an intuitive “feel” for what the answer advanced topics in electronic system design. antenna arrays are considered. An emphasis is should be. The application of some simple rules made on learning modern antenna modeling of thumb and design techniques is a possible first ECE 530/CS 530. High Performance software– ANSYS HFSS and Antenna Toolbox step to developing intuition into the behavior of Networks of MATLAB. The course structure is directed complex electrical systems. This course outlines This course is an in-depth study of the theory, toward practical antenna design and enables senior some ways of thinking about analog circuits and design and performance of high-speed networks. undergraduate students to take this course. Course systems that are intended will help to develop Topics include specifi c high-performance net- topics include: transmitter-receiver antenna intuition and guide design. The lectures are a work architectures and protocols and emerging circuit models, antenna radiation and radiation mixture of instructional sessions covering new technologies including multimedia networks and parameters, dipole antenna family, patch antenna background material, and design case studies. quality-of- service issues. Topics associated with family, loop antenna family, reflector antennas, (Prerequisites: Undergraduate background in interconnecting networks such as bridges and small antennas, antenna matching and tuning, device physics, microelectronics, control systems, routers will also be discussed. Performance analysis antenna arrays, on-body and in-body antennas. electromagnetism) of networks will include basic queueing models. (Prerequisites: undergraduate analog electronics, (Prerequisite: ECE 506/CS 513.) college MATLAB, and basic introductory ECE 523. Power Electronics knowledge of electromagnetic theory - ECE 2019 The application of electronics to energy ECE 5307. Wireless Access and and ECE 3113). conversion and control. Electrical and thermal Localization characteristics­ of power semiconductor devices— This course covers the fundamentals of the ECE 5106. Modeling of Electromagnetic diodes, bipolar transistors and thyristors. Magnetic evolving wireless localization techniques and their Fields in Electrical & Biological Systems components. State-space averaging and sampled- relation with the wireless access infrastructures for This course is intended for graduate and senior- data models. Emphasis is placed on circuit Electrical and Computer Engineering, Computer level undergraduate students. Modern numerical techniques. Application examples include dc-dc Science or other graduate students interested in methods and major software packages are conversion, controlled rectifiers, high-frequency this field. The course begins with an explanation reviewed in application to modeling electrical and inverters, resonant converters and excitation of of the common ground among wireless access and biomedical sensors, bioelectromagnetics, wireless electric machines. (Prerequisites: ECE 3204 and localization techniques which are principles of communications (including wireless body area undergraduate­ courses in modern signal theory waveform transmission in multipath rich urban networks), and power electronics. The course and control theory; ECE 504 is recommended.) and indoor areas and the deployment of the infra- begins with an introduction to computational structure for wireless networks. This is followed ECE 524. Advanced Analog Integrated mesh generation. Triangular surface meshes, by the fundamentals of received signal strength Circuit Design volumetric tetrahedral meshes, voxel meshes, and (RSS) and Time- and Angle-of-arrival (TOA/ This course is an advanced introduction to computational human phantoms are studied. AOA) based localization techniques, addressing the design of analog and mixed analog-digital The boundary element method or the method- applications, systems, effects of environment, integrated circuits for communication and of-moments is introduced and detailed, followed performance bounds and algorithms. The course instrumentation applications. An overview of by a review of the finite element method for describes how wireless access methods used in bipolar and CMOS fabrication processes shows electromagnetic problems. The finite-difference wide, local and personal area networks are related the differences between discrete and integrated time-domain method is another major topic of to localization techniques using cellular, UWB, circuit design. The bipolar and MOS transistors the course. The course also covers ray tracing WiFi, and other signals of opportunity as well as are reviewed with basic device physics and algorithms in application to wireless networks. mechanical sensors used in different smart phone the development of circuit models in various (Prerequisites: college MATLAB, differential and and Robotic platforms. The emphasis on the operating regions. The use of SPICE simulation integral calculus). effects of environment is on the analysis of the in the design process will be covered. Integrated effects of multipath on precision of the localiza- ECE 514. Fundamentals of RF and amplifier circuits are developed with an emphasis tion techniques. The emphasis on performance MW Engineering on understanding performance advantages and evaluation is on the derivation of Cramer Rao This introductory course develops a compre­ limitation in such areas as speed, noise and power Lower Bound (CRLB). For algorithms, the course hensive understanding of Maxwell’s field theory as dissipation. Simple circuits are combined to form describes fingerprinting algorithms used for RSS- applied to high-frequency radiation, propagation the basic functional building blocks such as the based localization and super-resolution, coopera- and circuit phenomena. Topics include radio­ op-amp, comparator, voltage reference, etc. These tive localization, localization using multi-carrier frequency (RF) and microwave (MW) propaga- circuit principles will be explored in an IC design transmission and localization using multipath tion modes, transmission line aspects, Smith project, which may be fabricated in a commercial diversity as well as Kalman and Particle filtering Chart, scattering parameter analysis, microwave analog process. Examples of possible topics techniques used for model based localization. filters, matching networks, power flow relations, include sample-and-hold (S/H) amplifier, analog- Examples of emerging technologies in Body Area unilateral and bilateral amplifier designs, stability to-digital (A/D) and digital-to-analog (D/A) Networking and Robotics applications are provid- analysis, oscillators circuits, mixers and microwave converters, phase-locked loop (PLL), voltage- ed. (Prerequisite: ECE 506, CS 513, or equivalent antennas for wireless communication systems. controlled oscillator, phase detector, switched familiarity with local and wide area networks.) (Prerequisites: ECE 504 or equivalent, under- capacitor and continuous-time filters, and sampled graduate course in electromagnetic field analysis.) current techniques. (Prerequisite: Background in analog circuits both at the transistor and

100 Electrical and Computer Engineering Return to Table of Contents ECE 531. Principles of Detection and classification) of heart, brain and muscle electrical ECE 5510. Power Quality Estimation Theory impulses; and non-invasive estimation of muscle This graduate level course provides detailed expla- Detection of signals in noise, optimum receiver activation level. Students may not receive credit nations of the physical mechanisms that control principles, M-ary detection, matched filters, for ECE 5341 and either ECE 443X or ECE phenomena related to Power Quality. It addresses orthogonal signals and representations of random 539D. (Prerequisites: Undergraduate (or graduate) concepts that underlie harmonic generation and processes. MAP and maximum likelihood esti- course in digital signal processing, experience with harmonic flow, and the modeling of voltage sags mation. Wiener filtering and Kalman filtering. MATLAB and a course in probability.) and swells. The effects of such disturbances on Channel considerations: prewhitening, fading and equipment (transformers, rotating machines, ECE 537/CS 577. Advanced Computer diversity combining. (Prerequisites: ECE 502 and lamps, relays and converters) performance are and Communications Networks ECE 504 or equivalent.) studied by means of actual field cases. Frequency This course covers advanced topics in the theory, response of the grid, resonances and ferroreso- design and performance of computer and com- ECE 5311. Information Theory and Coding nances as well as electromagnetic interference munication networks. Topics will be selected from This course introduces the fundamentals of are studied. Mitigation methods using advanced such areas as local area networks, metropolitan information theory and discusses applications in transformers connections, static, hybrid and active area networks, wide area networks, queuing compression and transmission of data. Measures filters are modeled using real-life examples. Others models of networks, routing, flow control, new of information, including entropy, and their topics covered are Power Quality measurements technologies and protocol standards. The current properties are derived. The limits of lossless data in the era of smart grid, Power Quality problems literature will be used to study new networks compression are derived and practical coding caused by Renewable Generators, and Engineer- concepts and emerging technologies. (Prerequisite: schemes approaching the theoretical limits are pre- ing Economics issues related to Power Quality. ECE 506/CS 513 and ECE 581/CS 533.) sented. Lossy data compression tradeoffs are dis- (Prerequisites: ECE 5500 Power System Analysis. cussed in terms of the rate-distortion framework. ECE 538. Wireless Information Networks Also, this course presumes that the student has an The concept of reliable communication through Overview of wireless information networks and understanding of basic electronics.) noisy channels (channel capacity) is developed. personal communications systems: digital cellular, Techniques for practical channel coding, including ECE 5511. Transients in Power Systems wireless PBX, cordless phone, wireless LAN, and block and convolutional codes, are also covered. This graduate level course introduces the student mobile data, multimedia wireless and directions of (Prerequisite: background in probability and ran- to the effects of electromagnetic transients in the future. Radio propagation modeling for urban dom processes such as in ECE502 or equivalent). distribution systems. Topics include transient and indoor radio channels, coverage interface analysis, lightning and switching surges, and cell size. Modulation techniques for efficient ECE 5312. Modern Digital mechanisms of transient generation, insulation use of bandwidth resources. Methods to increase Communications coordination, grounding, surge protection devices, the data rate: antenna diversity and sectorization, This course introduces a rigorous analytical treat- and shielding. (Prerequisite: ECE 5500 Power adaptive equalization, multirate transmission and ment of modern digital communication systems, System Analysis) including digital modulation, demodulation, multiamplitude phase modulation. Spread spec- and optimal receiver design. Error performance trum for digital cellular, personal communications ECE 5512. Electromechanical Energy analysis of these communication systems when and wireless LAN applications. TDMA, CDMA, Conversion operating over either noisy or band-limited chan- ALOHA, and CSMA, DECT, GSM, USDC, This graduate level course will further explore nels will be conducted. Advanced topics to be JDC, IEEE 802.11, WINForum, and HIPER- alternating current circuits, three phase circuits, covered include a subset of the following: MIMO, LAN. (Prerequisite: Background in networks. basics of electromagnetic field theory, magnetic fading channels, multiuser communications, Familiarity with probability, statistics and signal circuits, inductance, and electromechanical spread spectrum systems, and/or multicarrier processing). energy conversion. Topics also include ideal transmission. (Prerequisites: An understanding of transformer, iron-core transformer, voltage ECE 539. Selected Topics in Communication probability and random processes theory (ECE regulation, efficiency equivalent circuit, and Theory and Signal Processing 502 or equivalent); an understanding of various three phase transformers. Induction machine Courses in this group are devoted to the study of analog and digital (de)modulation techniques construction, equivalent circuit, torque speed advanced topics in in Communication Theory (ECE 3311 or equivalent); familiarity with MAT- characteristics, and single phase motors, and Signal Processing. LAB programming. synchronous machine construction, equivalent ECE 545/CS 545. Digital Image Processing circuit, power relationships phasor diagrams, ECE 5341. Applied Medical Signal See CS 545 course description. and synchronous motors will be covered. Direct Analysis current machine construction, types, efficiency, This course provides a broad introduction to ECE 549. Selected Topics in Control power flow diagram, and external characteristics medical signal analysis, particularly tailored Courses in this group are devoted to the study of will be discussed. to students who have no prior background advanced topics in the formulation and solution in physiology or medicine. The course will of theoretical or practical problems in modern ECE 5520. Power System Protection and concentrate on signal analysis of the electrical control. Control activity of the human body, providing sufficient This graduate level course seeks to provide an physiologic background for study of the relevant ECE 5500. Power System Analysis understanding of how interconnected power organ systems. System-level engineering models This graduate level course examines the principles systems and their components are protected of the electrical activity of the heart, skeletal of Power System Analysis. It will begin with a from abnormal events such as faults (short muscles and brain will be presented and actual review of AC circuit analysis. The course will then circuits), over-voltages, off-nominal frequency physiologic signals will be analyzed. Digital signal cover the topics of transmission line parameter and unbalanced phase conditions. This subject is processing algorithms for analysis of these signals calculation, symmetrical component analysis, presented from a theoretical viewpoint, however, will be studied extensively using MATLAB. transformer and load modeling, symmetrical and many practical examples and applications are Specific signal processing topics may include: use unsymmetrical fault analysis, power flow, and included that emphasize the limitations of of muscle electrical activity to command powered power systems stability. (Prerequisites: Knowledge existing protective equipment. Course content prostheses and/or guide rehabilitation therapy; of circuit analysis, basic calculus and differential is not specific to any particular manufacturer’s design of filters to reject motion artifact, noise equations, elementary matrix analysis and basic equipment. and interference; monitoring (e.g., detection and computer programming.)

Electrical and Computer Engineering 101 Return to Table of Contents The course begins with a brief review of power specific to both new installations and existing, ECE 5531. Power System Operation system operation, three-phase system calculations older facilities will be included. Course content and Planning and the representation (modeling) of power is not specific to any particular manufacturer’s This graduate-level course deals with modern system elements. The modeling of current equipment. The course begins with applications of operation, control and planning for power transformers under steady-state and transient protective devices to generators. This will include systems. Topics include: Characteristics of conditions is presented with emphasis on the distributed generation as well as wind-turbine generating units; Economic Dispatch; Unit impact on protective devices. A unit on system and inverter-connected sources. Transformer Commitment; Effects of the transmission grounding and its impact on protective device protection is covered next, including application system on power delivery; Optimal Power Flow operation are included. Course emphasis then procedures for older, electromechanical relays and Location Marginal Pricing; Power System shifts to protective devices and their principles as well as modern numeric relay designs. A unit Security; State Estimation for Power Systems; of operation. Both electromechanical and on bus protection is covered next, including all Power System Reliability Evaluation. Software numeric relay designs are covered. The final typical high-speed and time backup bus protection tools such as MATLAB and power system course segments cover specific applications schemes. Transmission line and distribution simulator software will be used both in the such as pilot protection of transmission lines, feeder protection is covered in detail including classroom and in some homework assignments. generator protection and transformer protection. both conventional and communications-assisted (Prerequisite: ECE 5500 Power System Analysis) schemes. The course ends with a unit on other ECE 5532. Distributed and Renewable protection applications such as under frequency Power Generation ECE 5521. Protective Relaying load shedding, reclosing and out-of-step relaying. This course introduces the characteristics This graduate level course is the first of a two (Prerequisite: ECE 5521 Protective Relaying. and challenges of interconnecting increasing course sequence that covers both the principles Note: Credit cannot be awarded for this course numbers of Distributed Energy Resources and practices of power system protective relaying. if credit has already been received for ECE 5520 (DERs) to the Electric Power System (EPS). The course seeks to provide an understanding Power System Protection and Control.) Topics include: challenges to distribution and of how interconnected power systems and their transmission system protection; local voltage components are protected from abnormal events ECE 5523. Power System Dynamics control; ride through; optimal interconnection such as faults (short circuits), over-voltages, This graduate level course is concerned with transformer configurations; and practical off-nominal frequency and unbalanced phase modeling, analyzing and mitigating power system engineering approaches to maintain system conditions. This subject is presented from a stability and control problems. The course seeks to reliability and protection. The current and theoretical viewpoint, however, many practical provide an understanding of the electromechanical evolving interconnection standard (IEEE 1547) is examples are included that emphasize the dynamics of the interconnected electric power included. Prerequisites: Since the course material limitations of existing protective equipment. grid. This subject is presented from a theoretical builds on power system analysis capabilities, Course content is not specific to any particular viewpoint; however, many practical examples are including system protection and controls, ECE manufacturer’s equipment. The course begins included. The course begins with a description 5500 Power System Analysis and either ECE with a brief review of the nature of power of the physics of the power system, frequency 5520 Power System Protection & Control or ECE system operation, power system faults and other regulation during “steady-state” operation, 5521 Protective Relaying are required. Also, it is abnormal conditions. The nature and objectives of dynamic characteristics of modern power systems, recommended that students take this course after protective relaying are covered next with emphasis a review of feedback control systems, power completing ECE 5530 Power Distribution. on how the power system can be monitored to system frequency regulation, and a review of detect abnormal conditions. The computational protective relaying. This is followed by material ECE 5540. Power Transmission tools needed to analyze system operation and on synchronous machine theory and modeling. This graduate level course focuses on the theory apply protective relaying are covered next, Simulation of power system dynamic response, and current professional practice in problems including the per-unit system, phasors and small signal stability, transient stability analysis of electric power transmission. It begins with symmetrical components. The modeling of using SIMULINK and effects of non-traditional a review of the theory of AC electric power current transformers under steady-state and power sources on systems dynamics will also be transmission networks and addresses a range of transient conditions is presented with emphasis on covered. Power system stabilizers, load modeling challenges related to reactive power and voltage the impact on protective devices. A unit on system and under frequency load shedding are covered control as well as steady-state and transients grounding and its impact on protective device in the final lectures. (Prerequisite: ECE 5500 stability. Students will learn in detail the principles operation is included. Course emphasis then Power System Analysis and ECE 5511 Transients of traditional reactive power compensation (shunt shifts to protective devices and their principles of in Power Systems or equivalent background reactors and capacitors); series compensation operation. Both electromechanical and numeric experience is suggested. Familiarity with the and modern static reactive compensation like relay designs are covered. (Prerequisite: ECE 5500 basics of Laplace Transforms, derivatives, transfer SVC, STATCOM and other Flexible AC Power System Analysis or equivalent background functions, poles and zeros, block diagram and Transmission Systems (FACTS) devices. The experience is suggested. Familiarity with phasors, the notion of feedback with basic understanding effects of each of these types of compensation derivatives, transfer functions, poles and zeros, power system analysis topics recommended.) on static and dynamic voltage control, reactive block diagram and the notion of feedback with power requirement and steady-state and transient basic understanding power system analysis or ECE 5530. Power Distribution stability problems are covered from theoretical similar background is recommended. Note: Credit This graduate level course introduces the as well as practical aspects. Particular attention is cannot be awarded for this course if credit has fundamentals of power distribution systems, given to the mathematical models and principles already been received for ECE 5520 Power System apparatus, and practices suited to new and of operation of many types of compensation Protection and Control.) experienced utility distribution engineers. Topics systems. Basic principles of operation and control include distribution system designs, transformers of High-Voltage DC (HVDC) systems and their ECE 5522. Advanced Applications in and connections, practical aspects of apparatus impact on steady-state and dynamics of power Protective Relaying and protection, principles of device coordination, system will be covered as well. (Prerequisite: ECE This graduate level course covers advanced topics grounding, voltage control, and power quality. 5500 Power System Analysis.) in the principles and practices of power system (Prerequisites: Prior courses in magnetism and protective relaying. The course seeks to provide an three-phase circuits. An electric machines course understanding of how protective relays are applied would be recommended.) to protect power system components. While the subject is presented from a theoretical viewpoint, many practical examples are included. Examples

102 Electrical and Computer Engineering Return to Table of Contents ECE 5599. Capstone Project Experience in ECE 572/CS 514. Advanced Systems processors and its bus structure will be presented Power Systems Architecture in details. The course also includes a number of This project-based course integrates power systems This course covers techniques such as caching, design projects, including design and simulation engineering theory and practice, and provides the hierarchical memory, pipelining and parallelism, of an embedded processor, design of an arithmetic opportunity to apply the skills and knowledge that are used to enhance the performance of core, and design of a complete embedded system. acquired in the Power Systems curriculum. The computer systems. It compares and contrasts (Prerequisite: Familiarity with C programming, project is normally conducted in teams of two different approaches to achieving high Undergraduate knowledge of basic logic design to four students. Students are encouraged to performance in machines ranging from advanced concepts, familiarity with a hardware description select projects with practical significance to their microprocessors to vector supercomputers (CRAY, language). Note: For students not having the current and future professional responsibilities. CYBER). It also illustrates how these techniques necessary background, online videos will be made The projects are administered, advised, and are applied in massively parallel SIMD machines available to cover the prerequisites. evaluated by WPI faculty as part of the learning (DAP, Connection Machine). In each case the ECE 5723. Methodologies for System Level experience, but students are also encouraged to focus is on the combined hardware /software Design and Modeling seek mentorship from experienced colleagues in performance achieved and the interaction between This course discusses principles, methodologies the Power Systems profession. (Prerequisites: Since application demands and hardware/software and tools used for a modern hardware design pro- the Capstone Project will draw on knowledge capabilities. (Prerequisites: This course assumes cess. Design flows and hardware languages needed obtained throughout the degree program, it is the material covered in ECE 505. The student for each stage of the design process are discussed. expected that the student will have completed should also have a background in computer The use of transaction level modeling (TLM) for most or all of the coursework within their plan of programming and operating systems (CS 502). dealing with today’s complex designs is empha- study before undertaking the capstone project.) Familiarity with basic probability and statistics sized. The course starts with a discussion of the such as ECE 502 or MA 541 is recommended.) ECE 559. Selected Topics in Energy evolution of hardware design methodologies, and Systems ECE 5720. Modeling and Synthesis of then discusses the use of C++ for an algorithmic Courses in this group are devoted to the study of Digital Systems Using Verilog description of hardware. SystemC and its TLM advanced topics in energy systems. Typical topics Automatic design, synthesis, verification, and derivative and the role of SystemC in high-level include optimal power flow, probability methods modeling of complex digital systems with Verilog design will be discussed. In addition, RT level in power systems analysis, surge phenomena, are the main course objectives. Verilog for interfaces and the use of SystemC for this level design of electrical apparatus, transient behavior of modeling existing circuits, as well as Verilog for of design will be covered. Timed, untimed, and electric machines and advanced electromechanical design and automatic synthesis is discussed. Using approximately timed TLM models and modeling energy conversion. Verilog for a design that consists of a hierarchy of schemes will be presented. Use of TLM for fast components that include controllers, sequential design simulation, design space exploration, and ECE 566. VLSI Design and combinational parts is focused. Design high-level synthesis will be discussed. TLM testing VLSI Design introduces computer engineers description from transistor level to software methods and testing of TLM based NoCs will and computer scientists to the techniques, interface will be discussed. Students will learn be discussed. The course starts with a complete methodologies and issues involved in conceptual details of hardware of processor architectures and design project and exercises various parts of this and physical design of complex digital integrated their peripherals. The course discusses module design as methodologies, concepts, and languages circuits. The course presupposes knowledge of delay adjustments using Verilog path delay are discussed. Specific topics covered are as fol- computer systems and hardware design such as and distributed delay mechanisms. Testbench lows: Levels of abstraction C++ for digital design found in ECE 505, but does not assume detailed development and assertion verifications will be SystemC RT level and above TLM methodol- knowledge of transistor circuits and physical discussed. Students will learn to simulate verify, ogy TLM timing aspects TLM channels TLM electronics. (Prerequisite: ECE 505 or equivalent.) synthesize, and program their designs on an channels Mixed level design NoC TLM modeling ECE 569. Selected Topics in Solid State Altera development board using advanced Altera System testing FPGAs. (Prerequisite: Undergraduate knowledge Courses in this group are devoted to the study ECE 5724. Digital Systems Testing and of basic logic design concepts. ECE 574 may of advanced topics in solid state, for example: Testable Design be substituted for ECE 5720. Students may not degenerate semiconductors, many-body theory, This course discusses faults and fault modeling, receive credit for both ECE 574 and ECE 5720). elastic effects and phonon conduction, and test equipment, test generation for combinational For students not having the necessary background, solar cells. To reflect changes in faculty research and sequential circuits, fault simulation, memory online videos will be made available to cover the interests, these courses may be modified or new testing, design for testability, built-in self-test prerequisites. courses may be added. techniques, boundary scan, IEEE 1149.1, and ECE 5715. Reconfigurable Computing ECE 5722. Embedded Core Architectures board and SoC test standards. Various fault This course focused on the principles and and Core-based Design simulation and ATPG methods including applications of using FPGAs for reconfigurable This course introduces the concept of design with concurrent fault simulation, D-algorithm, and computing. The key feature of reconfigurable embedded components. Embedded processors, PODEM are discussed. Controllability and computing is its ability to perform computations IP cores, and bus structures are discussed here. observability methods such as SCOAP for in customized hardware, while retaining much of Embedded processor architectures, architectures testability analysis are discussed. Various full-scan the flexibility of a software solution. This course for arithmetic processors, I/O interfacing modules, and partial scan methods are described and provides an overview of field programmable memory interfacing, and architectures related to modeled in Verilog and tested with Verilog gate array (FPGA) architecture and technology. busses and switch fabrics for putting a complete testbenches. BIST architectures for processor It introduces computer-aided design tools for embedded system are discussed here. Topics testing, memory testing and general RT level FPGAs including synthesis, timing, placement, include RT level design, arithmetic processors, hardware testing are described, modeled in Verilog and routing. The course emphasizes on the ISA, CPU structure and function, addressing and simulated and evaluated for fault coverage. techniques to analyze algorithms and to modes, instruction formats, memory system The course uses Verilog testbenches for simulating implement them on the FPGAs. It demonstrates organization, memory mapping and hierarchies, golden models, developing and evaluating test real-time signal and data processing in customized concepts of cache, standard local buses, IO sets, and for mimicking testers. (Recommended hardware circuits. This course also covers system- devices, pipelining, memory management, prerequisites: Understanding digital systems and on-chip design using the embedded processors embedded processors, embedded environments, design of combinational and sequential circuits, inside the FPGAs. Partially reconfiguration and bus and switch fabrics, and embedded system Understanding a hardware description language runtime reconfiguration design flow are also implementation. An example embedded design (VHDL or Verilog) and the use of these languages included. environment including its configurable cores and for simulation and synthesis.)

Electrical and Computer Engineering 103 Return to Table of Contents ECE 574. Modeling and Synthesis of ECE 579. Selected Topics in Computer ECE 598. Directed Research Digital Systems Using Verilog and VHDL Engineering Each student will work under the direct super­ This is an introductory course on Verilog and Courses in this group are devoted to the study of vision of a member of the department staff on an VHDL, two standard hardware description advanced topics in computer engineering such experimental or theoretical problem which may languages (HDLs), for students with no back­ as real-time intelligent systems, VLSI design and involve an extensive literature search, experimental ground or prior experience with HDLs. In this high-level languages. procedures and analysis. A comprehensive report course we will examine some of the important in the style of a technical report or paper and features of Verilog and VHDL. The course will ECE 581/CS 533. Modeling and an oral presentation are required. (A maximum enable students to design, simulate, model and Performance Evaluation of Network and of two registrations in ECE 598 is permitted.) synthesize digital designs. The dataflow, structural, Computer Systems (Prerequisite: Graduate standing.) and behavioral modeling techniques will be dis- Methods and concepts of computer and commu- cussed and related to how they are used to design nication network modeling and system perfor- ECE 599. Thesis mance evaluation. Stochastic processes; measure- combinational and sequential circuits. The use of ECE 630. Advanced Topics in Signal test benches to exercise and verify the correctness ment techniques; monitor tools; statistical analysis of performance experiments; simulation models; Processing of hardware models will also be described. Course The course will cover a set of important topics Projects: Course projects will involve the model- analytic modeling and queueing theory; M/M, Erlang, G/M, M/G, batch arrival, bulk service in signal and image analysis: orthogonal signal ing and sysntesis and testing of systems using decomposition, wavelet transforms, analytic sig- Xilinx tools. We will be targeting Xilinx FPGA and priority systems; work load characterization; performance evaluation problems. (Prerequisites: nals, time-frequency estimation, 2D FT, Hankel and CPLDs. Students will need to purchase a transform and tomographic reconstruction. In FPGA or CPLD development board for project CS 504 or ECE 502, or equivalent background in probability.) addition, the course will each year have selected assignments. (Other VHDL tools may be used current topics in signal processing, e.g., ambiguity if these are available to the student at their place ECE 5905. Advanced Bipolar Solid State functions in RADAR and SONAR, coded wave- of employment.) Students will have the choice Devices forms, Fourier based beamforming for 2D arrays of completing assignments in either Verilog or The operation of the bipolar junction transistor and single value decomposition. In place of a final VHDL. (Prerequisites: Logic Circuits and experi- (BJT) will be explored in detail, resulting in exam, there will be a student project. The course ence with programming in a high-level language thorough understanding of observed phenomena is intended for students working in areas such as (such as C or Pascal) and a computer architecture including second-order effects that limit device image analysis, NDE, ultrasound, audio, speech, course such as ECE 505.) Students cannot receive performance in practical integrated circuit RADAR, SONAR and date compression. Signal/ credit for both ECE 574 and ECE 5720 applications. The course begins with a review of image theory and applications will be emphasized ECE 578/CS 578. Cryptography and semiconductor fundamentals and p-n junction over coding; however, Matlab-based modules for Data Security behavior, followed by extension to the BJT, self-paced signal/image visualization and manipu- This course gives a comprehensive introduction with an emphasis on effects such as temperature lation will be part of the course. (Prerequisites: to the field of cryptography and data security. dependence of operation parameters, deviations ECE 504 Analysis of Deterministic Signals and The course begins with the introduction of from ideal behavior at high and low voltages Systems, undergraduate course in linear systems the concepts of data security, where classical and currents, and failure modes such as zener theory and vector calculus.) and avalanche breakdown. BJT behavior will algorithms serve as an example. Different attacks ECE 673. Advanced Cryptography on cryptographic systems are classified. Some be modeled for large and small signals under DC, AC, and transient conditions. Results This course provides deeper insight into areas pseudo-random generators are introduced. The of cryptography which are of great practical and concepts of public and private key cryptography from theoretical hand-analysis equations will be correlated with model parameters in software theoretical importance. The three areas treated are are developed. As important representatives detailed analysis and the implementation of cryp- for secret key schemes, DES and IDEA are tools such as SPICE. Implications of fabrication technology including device scaling in submicron toalgorithms, advanced protocols, and modern at- described. The public key schemes RSA and tacks against cryptographic schemes. The first part ElGamal, and systems based on elliptic curves processes will be considered. This course is intended for students pursuing study in either of the lecture focuses on public key algorithms, in are then developed. Signature algorithms, hash particular ElGamal, elliptic curves and Diffie- functions, key distribution and identification integrated circuit design or device physics. (Prerequisite: undergraduate analog electronics). Hellman key exchange. The underlying theory of schemes are treated as advanced topics. Some Galois fields will be introduced. Implementation advanced mathematical algorithms for attacking ECE 596A and ECE 596B. Graduate of performance security aspects of the algorithms cryptographic schemes are discussed. Application Seminars will be looked at. The second part of the course examples will include a protocol for security The presentations in the graduate seminar series deals with advanced protocols. New schemes for in a LAN and a secure smart card system for will be of tutorial nature and will be presented by authentication, identification and zero-knowledge electronic banking. Special consideration will be recognized experts in various fields of electrical proof will be introduced. Some complex protocols given to schemes which are relevant for network and computer engineering. All full-time graduate for real-world application— such as key distribu- environments. For all schemes, implementation students will be required to take both seminar tion in networks and for smart cards—will be aspects and up-to-date security estimations will courses, ECE 596A and ECE 596B, once during introduced and analyzed. The third part will look be discussed. (Prerequisites: Working knowledge their graduate studies in the Electrical and Com- into state-of-the-art cryptoanalysis (i.e., ways to of C; an interest in discrete mathematics and puter Engineering Department. The course will be break cryptosystems). Brute force attacks based algorithms is highly desirable. Students interested given Pass/Fail. (Prerequisite: Graduate standing.) on special purpose machines, the baby-step giant- in a further study of the underlying mathematics step and the Pohlig-Hellman algorithms will be ECE 597. Independent Study may register for MA 4891 [B term], where topics discussed. (Prerequisites: ECE 578/ CS 578 or Approved study of a special subject or topics in modern algebra relevant to cryptography will equivalent background.) be treated.) selected by the student to meet his or her particular requirements or interests. Can be ECE 699. Ph.D. Dissertation technical in nature, or a review of electrical and computer engineering history and literature of importance and permanent value. (Prerequisite: B.S. in ECE or equivalent.)

104 Electrical and Computer Engineering Return to Table of Contents www.wpi.edu/+fpe Fire Protection Engineering Faculty Adjunct FPE Faculty Specific capabilities and interests include: W. Krein, Adjunct Assistant Professor; fire and material;, combustion and Core FPE Program Faculty Fire Protection Engineering and School explosion protection; computer modeling; A. Simeoni, Professor and Department of Business; organizational behavior, fire performance of structural systems; fire Head, ad interim, Ph.D., University entrepreneurship, corporate financial detection and suppression; fire and smoke of Corsica; modeling, simulation and management, mergers and acquisitions, dynamics; wildland urban interface fires; experiments of wildfires, heat and consulting, engineering economics, project regulatory policy, risk, and engineering mass transfer, fire fighting and land management. framework; and firefighter safety and management. J. Tubbs, Adjunct Assistant Professor; policy. N. A. Dembsey, Professor; Ph.D., Consulting, large unique building design, University of California at Berkeley; smoke control systems, detection and Programs of Study Fire properties of materials and alarm, egress from fire. The Department of Fire Protection Engi- protective clothing via bench-top neering serves as a crossroads for bringing C. Wood, Adjunct Associate Professor; scale experimentation; compartment together talents from many disciplines to Licensed attorney, fire protection fire dynamics via residential scale focus on fire and explosion safety prob- engineering, expert witness testimony, fire experimentation, evaluation, development lems. The department features formal de- modeling and dynamics. Fire investigation, and validation of compartment fire gree and certificate programs in fire protec- failure analysis of fires and explosions. models, performance fire codes, tion engineering, continuing education for engineering design tools, and engineering FPE Emeritus the practitioner, and research to uncover forensic tools. R. W. Fitzgerald, Professor Emeritus; new knowledge about fire behavior and K. A. Notarianni, Associate Professor; Ph.D., University of Connecticut; fire protection methods. structural aspects of fire safety, building Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University; The fire protection engineering program analysis and design for fire safety, marine Fire detection and suppression; high- at WPI adapts previous educational and fire safety, building codes, real estate bay fire protection; fire policy and risk; employment experiences into a cohesive development, fire department operations, uncertainty; performance-based design; Plan of Study. Consequently, the program risk management. engineering tools for the fire service. is designed to be flexible enough to meet M. T. Puchovsky, Professor of Practice; D. A. Lucht, Director Emeritus; building specific and varying student educational fire engineering design practices, codes and codes and regulatory reform, building fire objectives. Students can select combina- standards development, loss control, life safety analysis and design, professional tions of major courses, non-major courses, safety code and design, performance-based practice. thesis and project topics that will prepare design and risk analysis, fire investigation R. Zalosh; Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., them to proceed in the career directions and litigation support, fire protection Northeastern University; Fire and they desire. The curriculum can be tailored systems. explosion hazards associated with to enhance knowledge and skill in the gen- eral practice of fire protection engineering, A. Rangwala, Professor, Ph.D., flammable gases, liquids, and powders. Fire/explosion protection methods and in fire protection engineering specialties University of California, San Diego; (such as industrial, chemical, energy, de- combustion, flame spread on solid fuels systems designed to deal with these special hazards. Theoretical, experimental, and sign, or testing), or in the more theoretical and compartment fire modeling, dust and research-oriented sphere. explosions, risk assessment of Liquefied risk-based engineering tools for addressing Natural Gas (LNG) transport and storage, these issues. Practicing engineers or others already industrial fire protection. ­employed and wishing to advance their Research Interests technical skills may enter the program Associated FPE Program Faculty WPI is a recognized world leader in a as part-time students or take off-campus L. Albano, Associate Professor; Ph.D., wide range of topics in fire protection courses via WPI’s Quality Online Courses Massachusetts Institute of Technology; engineering and related areas. Research (see page 10) The master’s degree may be Performance of structural members, is directed toward both theoretical completed on a part-time basis in less than elements, and systems at elevated understandings and the development two years, depending on the number of temperatures; structural design for fire of practical engineering methods. WPI courses taken each semester. conditions; simplified or design office faculty and their students create new techniques for fire-structure interaction; WPI offers both master’s and doctoral knowledge that informs and shapes degrees as well as the advanced certificate relationship between building construction regulatory policy, building design, product systems and fire service safety. and graduate certificate in fire protection manufacturing, and product performance engineering. standards. WPI offers combined B.S./M.S. programs for students wishing to complete two degrees in a condensed time frame.

Fire Protection Engineering 105 Return to Table of Contents Graduate Certificate Admission Requirements Graduate Internships The graduate certificate program in Fire High school graduates applying for the A unique internship program is available Protection Engineering provides qualified Combined B.S./Master’s Program must to fire protection engineering students, students with an opportunity to further meet normal undergraduate admission allowing them to gain important clinical their studies in an advanced field. A com- criteria and submit a two-page essay experiences in practical engineering and pleted undergraduate degree in engineer- articulating their interest in the field. research environments. Students are able ing or physical science is the preferred Applicants for the master’s or certificate to earn income while maintaining their prerequisite for admission. Four courses programs should have a B.S. in engineer- student status. Internships are generally are selected from a range of offerings in ing, engineering technology or the physical full time for one year and provide the consultation with an academic advisor. sciences. Applicants with no FPE work student a chance to try out various areas of Taken together, the courses form a cohe- experience should submit a two-page essay practice, generate income, gain knowledge sive theme. Options include but are not articulating their interest in the field. and experience, and make valuable lifetime limited to: Core Concepts in Fire Protec- contacts. tion Engineering, Industrial Applications, Students with science degrees and Hazard and Risk Assessment, Facility and graduates of some engineering technology Research Laboratories Building Design, Advanced Protection disciplines may be required to take selected Systems, and Fire Protection Management. undergraduate courses to round out their Fire Science Laboratory backgrounds. This brand new and exciting laboratory Combined B.S./Master’s GRE scores are required for all interna- facility supports both fundamental studies Program tional students and all Ph.D. applicants. and large scale engineering studies, experi- High school seniors and engineering mentation in fire dynamics, combustion/ students in their first three years can apply Degree Requirements explosion phenomena, detection, and for this five-year program. This gives high fire and explosion suppression. The Fire school graduates and others the opportu- For the M.S. Propagation Apparatus, cone calorimeter, nity to complete the undergraduate degree The program for a master of science in fire infrared imaging system, phase doppler in a selected field of engineering and the protection engineering is flexible and can particle analyzer and room calorimeter are master’s degree in fire protection engineer- be tailored to individual student career also available, with associated gas analysis ing in five years. Holders of bachelor of goals. The fire protection engineering mas- and data acquisition systems, making science degrees in the traditional engineer- ter’s degree requires 30 semester hours of this a truly unique awe-inspiring place to ing fields and the master’s degree in fire credit. Both a thesis and non-thesis option conduct research. are offered. A 9 credit thesis can replace 9 protection engineering enjoy extremely The wet lab area supports water-based fire good versatility in the job market. credits of course work. All M.S. students are required to take 9 units of core classes; suppression and demonstration projects. Master’s Program FP 521, FP 570, FP 553, and at least one Serving as both a teaching and research The M.S. program is a graduate level Fire Protection Integration course; FP 571 facility, the lab accommodates undergradu- program in Fire Protection Engineering and/or FP 573. The remaining credits 18 ate projects as well as graduate students and Policy that is structured to be equally credits are chosen by the student and up to in fire protection engineering, mechanical effective for full-time or part-time distance 9 credits can be taken outside of the Fire engineering and related disciplines. learning study. The M.S. program is a high Protection discipline (with academic advi- level graduate program designed to refine sors approval). Fire Modeling Laboratory critical thinking skills necessary for making The Fire Modeling Laboratory specializes you an industry leader. For the Ph.D. in computer applications to fire protection The degree of doctor of philosophy is engineering and research. Research activi- Ph.D. Program conferred on candidates in recognition ties include computational fluid dynamics The Ph.D. degree in the department of of high scientific attainments and the modeling of building and vehicle fires, Fire Protection Engineering will focus on a ability to conduct original research. Ph.D. flame spread model development, and program that produces scholars capable of students must complete a minimum of 90 building egress modeling. creating new knowledge for the field. Our semester hours of graduate work after the Ph.D. graduates will function at a high bachelor’s degree (or 60 semester hours Combustion Laboratory level no matter where they work or go in after the master’s). This includes at least 15 The WPI Combusion Lab supports stud- the profession. semester hours of fire protection engineer- ies of fundamental combustion properties ing course credits and 30 hours of disserta- as they relate to fire safety. Experimental tion research. set-ups are available for the study of self- heating of coal dust; flammable properties Doctoral students must successfully of gasoline containers; cross-correlation complete the fire protection engineering velocimetry and the laminar burning qualifying examination, a research pro- velocity of flammable dusts. posal and public seminar, and the disserta- tion defense.

106 Fire Protection Engineering Return to Table of Contents FP 555. Detection, Alarm and FP 575. Explosion Protection Course Descriptions Smoke Control Principles of combustion explosions are taught All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. Principles of fire detection using flame, heat and along with explosion hazard and protection FP 520. Fire Modeling smoke detector technology are described. Fire applications. Topics include a review of Modeling of compartment fire behavior is studied alarm technology and the electrical interface with flammability limit concentrations for flammable through the use and application of two types of fire/smoke detectors are reviewed in the context gases and dusts; thermochemical equilibrium models: zone and field. The zone model studied is of contemporary equipment and installation calculations of adiabatic closed-vessel deflagration CFAST. The field model studied is FDS. Focus on standards. Smoke control systems based on pressures, and detonation pressures and velocities; in-depth understanding of each of these models buoyancy and HVAC principles are studied in the pressure development as a function of time for is the primary objective in terms of needed input, context of building smoke control for survivability closed vessels and vented enclosures; the current equations solved, interpretation of output and and safe egress. (Prerequisites: FP 553 and FP status of explosion suppression technology; and limitations. Additional fundamental understand- 521, which can be taken concurrently.) vapor cloud explosion hazards. ing of fire models is gained via a student devel- FP 570. Building Fire Safety I FP 580. Special Problems oped model. A working student model is required This course focuses on the presentation of qualita- Individual or group studies on any topic relating for successful completion of the course. Basic tive and quantitative means for firesafety analysis to fire protection may be selected by the student computational ability is assumed. Basic numerical in buildings. Fire test methods, fire and building and approved by the faculty member who methods are used and can be learned during the codes and standards of practice are reviewed in supervises the work. Examples include: course via independent study. (Prerequisite: FP the context of a systematic review of firesafety in • Business Practice 521 or permission of the instructor.) proposed and existing structures. • Combustion • People in Fires FP 521. Fire Dynamics I FP 571. Performance-Based Design This course introduces students to fundamentals • Fire Risk and Regulatory Policy This course covers practical applications of fire • Fire Dynamics II of fire and combustion and is intended to serve protection engineering principles to the design as the first exposure to fire dynamics phenom- • Fire and Materials of buildings. Both compartmented and non- • Forensic Techniques ena. The course includes fundamental topics in compartmented buildings will be designed for fire and combustion such as thermodynamics of • Uncertainty in FPE Design and Decision criteria of life safety, property protection, continu- Making combustion, fire chemistry, premixed and diffu- ity of operations, operational management and sion flames, solid burning, ignition, plumes, heat cost. Modern analytical tools as well as traditional FP 587. Fire Science Laboratory release rate curves, and flame spread. These topics codes and standards are utilized. Interaction with This course provides overall instruction and are then used to develop the basis for introduc- architects and code officials, and an awareness of hands-on experience with fire-science-related ing compartment fire behavior, pre- and post- other factors in the building design process are experimental measurement techniques. The flashover conditions and zone modeling. Basic incorporated through design exercises and a design objective is to expose students to laboratory-scale computational ability is assumed. Basic numerical studio. (Prerequisites: FP 553, FP 521 and fire experiments, standard fire tests and state- methods are used and can be learned during the FP 570, or special permission of the instructor.) of-the-art measurement techniques. The lateral course via independent study. (Prerequisites: Un- ignition and flame transport (LIFT) apparatus, dergraduate chemistry, thermodynamics or physi- FP 572. Failure Analysis state-of-the-art smoke detection systems, closed- cal chemistry, fluid mechanics and heat transfer.) Development of fire investigation and cup flashpoint tests and gas analyzers are among reconstruction as a basis for evaluating FP 553. Fire Protection Systems the existing laboratory apparatus. Fire-related and improving fire-safety design. Accident measurement techniques for temperature, This course provides an introduction to auto- investigation theory and failure analysis techniques matically activated fire suppression and detec- pressure, flow and veloci ty, gas species and such as fault trees and event sequences are heat fluxes, infrared thermometry, laser doppler tion systems. A general overview is presented of presented. Fire dynamics and computer modeling relevant physical and chemical phenomena, and velocimetry (LDV) and laser-induced fluorescence are applied to assess possible fire scenarios and (LIF) will be reviewed. (Prerequisite: FP 521.) commonly used hardware in automatic sprinkler, the effectiveness of fire protection measures. The gaseous agent, foam and dry chemical systems. product liability aspects of failure analysis are FP 590. Thesis Typical contemporary installations and current presented. Topics include products liability law, Research study at the M.S. level. installation and approval standards are reviewed. use of standard test methods, warnings and safe (Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in chemis- product design. Application of course materials is FP 690. Ph.D. Dissertation try, fluid mechanics and either thermodynamics or developed through projects involving actual case physical chemistry.) studies. (Prerequisite: FP 521, FP 553, FP 570 or FP 554. Advanced Fire Suppression special permission of the instructor.) Advanced topics in suppression systems analysis FP 573. Industrial Fire Protection and design are discussed with an aim toward Principles of fire dynamics, heat transfer and developing a performance-based understanding thermodynamics are combined with a general of suppression technology. Automatic sprinkler knowledge of automatic detection and suppression systems are covered from the standpoint of systems to analyze fire protection requirements for predicting actuation times, reviewing numerical­ generic industrial hazards. Topics covered include methods for hydraulic analyses of pipe flow safe separation distances, plant layout, hazard networks and understanding the phenomenology isolation, smoke control, warehouse storage, and involved in water spray suppression. Special flammable liquid processing and storage. Historic suppression systems are covered from the stand­ industrial fires influencing current practice on point of two-phase and non-Newtonian pipe flow these topics are also discussed. (Prerequisites: and simulations of suppression agent discharge FP 553, FP 521 or special permission of the and mixing in an enclosure. (Prerequisite: FP 553 instructor.) or special permission of instructor.)

Fire Protection Engineering 107 Return to Table of Contents Interactive Media & Game Development Faculty B. J. Moriarty, Professor of Practice; in interactive media, game-industry M.Ed., Framingham State University, professionals looking to assume leadership A. R. Agloro, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., 2014. Digital games and culture, virtual roles, professionals from other fields University of Southern California, 2015. communities, interactive fiction. retooling for the game industry, and those Participatory and community-based game seeking scholarship in interactive media. design, activist media making, critical race D. M. O’Donnell, Teaching Professor; M.F.A., Brandeis University, 1990. Game Graduate students in IMGD: 1) take core and ethnic studies, speculative fiction and courses that provide a base of knowledge futurism. and level design, narrative, impact of new media on society, board game design, relevant to the design of interactive media; E. O. Agu, Professor; Ph.D., University escape room design. 2) select courses from Technical, Serious of Massachusetts, 2001. Computer Games, or Management Focus areas that graphics, wireless networking, and mobile E. Ottmar, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., enable tailoring the degree to suit interests computing. University of Virginia, 2011. Theories in and career goals; and 3) design, develop, developmental, educational, and cognitive and evaluate a substantial group project I. Arroyo, Associate Professor; Ed.D., psychology, and mathematics and teacher and/or undertake a thesis with novel M.S., University of Massachusetts, education. scholarship as a capstone experience. Amherst, 2003. Learning with novel Graduates with an IMGD graduate technologies; multimedia learning; C. D. Roberts, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., degree will be qualified to pursue a diverse intelligent tutoring systems; wearable UC Santa Barbara, 2014. Computer range of careers in the interactive media, learning and e-Textiles; learner music, creative coding, live coding, large- computer games, or related industries, characteristics and their relationship to scale virtual reality, audiovisual authoring. becoming producers, designers, academics, learning; connection between affect and J. Rosenstock, Associate Professor; or project leaders in specific subfields such learning; educational data mining and M.F.A., School of the Art Institute of as technology, art, or design. student modeling. Chicago, 2004. Multimedia performance, S. Barton, Associate Professor; Ph.D. interactive installation art, experimental Admission Requirements University of Virginia, 2012. Human- electronic instrument design, diasporic • Statement of purpose that details: robot interaction in music composition music and culture, video/music hybrids, - the student’s goals, and and performance, design of robotic and stencil art. - the student’s previous industry or musical instruments, music perception and L. Sheldon, Professor of Practice; M.F.A. academic experiences. cognition, audio production. California Institute of the Arts, 1974. • Proof of a four-year degree. Applicants M. L. Claypool, Professor; Ph.D., Game writing, design and production, who are not participating in the University of Minnesota, 1997. Distributed level design, applied (serious) games. B.S./M.S. program must submit a systems, networking, multimedia and online G. M. Smith, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., final transcript showing that they have games. UC Santa Cruz, 2012. Computational completed a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent before enrolling in the M.S. J. deWinter, Associate Professor; Ph.D., creativity, games and social justice, tangible computing, computer science program. University of Arizona, 2008. Japanese • Three letters of recommendation from game studies, experience design, virtual education, computational craft, procedural generation. individuals who can comment on the and augmented reality, games for social student’s qualification for pursuing justice, production management and R. P. H. Sutter, Instructor/Lecturer; B.S., graduate study in IMGD. entrepreneurship in games. New England Institute of Art, 2010. 3D • Applicants may submit other material L. Harrison, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., animation, digital sculpting/character supporting their application, such as a University of North Carolina at Charlotte, creation, games, augmented reality, tradi- portfolio of their work. 2013. Information visualization, visual tional animation and art. More information on admissions analytics, perception and cognition of K. Zizza, Adjunct Instructor; Digital can be found here: http://imgd.wpi.edu/ data, modeling and quantitative analysis of audio, game design. gradadmin-requirements.html human behavior, statistical literacy. A full listing can be found here: Degree Requirements N. T. Heffernan, Associate Professor; http://imgd.wpi.edu/faculty.html Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University, 2001. IMGD M.S. students undertake a Game Educational data mining, learning sciences Program of Study Design Studio course (3 credit hours), a set and technology. of core courses (9 credit hours) covering The Master of Science in Interactive various aspects of design, supplemented V. J. Manzo, Associate Professor; Ph.D. ­Media & Game Development (IMGD) is by two courses (6 credit hours) supporting Temple University, 2012. Interactive designed for those interested in the design a focus area (Serious Games, Technical, music systems, algorithmic and traditional of immersive, interactive environments. or Management), and one elective course composition, electric guitar performance The intended audience includes college (3 credit hours). Each student is required and innovation, music theory, music graduates looking for continued education education.

108 Interactive Media & Game Development Return to Table of Contents to complete either a Master’s thesis (a • Human-Robot Interaction (HRI) Lab. reproduction, motion pictures, radio and television, systematic approach to addressing an Research lab for improving face-to-face the planetarium, immersive and 3-dimensional identified research question, typically interaction between robots and humans. cinema, and special attraction venues, with a particular focus on digital games. Current trends done individually) or a Master’s project • Performance Evaluation of Distributed and future directions will also be considered. (a substantial development effort that Systems (PEDS) Lab. Design and Students will attend seminars and lectures, read and follows a production plan to implement a analysis of distributed systems, with a discuss texts on media history and aesthetics, and design vision, typically done in teams) to special focus on the performance on write an original research paper. Midterm and final complete the degree requirements (9 credit ­networking. exams test students’ knowledge and understanding hours). of important events and developments.­ A student • Grad Innovation Studio. Collaborative may not receive credit for both IMGD 5200 and Game Design Studio (3 credits) design work space. IMGD 4200. (Prerequisites: An understanding of IMGD 5000. Game Design Studio • Image Science Research Group (ISRG). dominant themes and genres in video games) Core Courses Conducts interdisciplinary research into IMGD 5300. Design of Interactive Choose 3 of 4 (9 credits) the theory and application of graphics, Experiences visualization, image processing and This course will introduce students to the theories IMGD 5100. Immersive Human- computer vision techniques. of design, the purpose of which is to guide students Computer Interaction in articulating a design vision that can then be IMGD 5200. History and Future of Course Descriptions implemented in an interactive experience such Immersive and Interactive Media as a computer game or an art installation. The All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. design elements addressed in this course are as IMGD 5300. Design of Interactive IMGD 5000. Game Design Studio follows: narrative, visual, sound, spatial, challenges Experiences This is a “studio” course in which the instructor and objectives, and characters. This course also IMGD 5400. Production Management will guide and mentor the students on individual emphasizes the communicative strategies needed for Interactive Media and/or joint projects. The focus of the course will to sell other people on a design in order to enter be on the design of interactive media and games, production, convince investors, and engage users. Focus Courses (6 credits) with the students designing (and optionally Students will be required to design an environment Technical Focus, or implementing) one or more games or interactive that is populated in a meaningful way that is experiences. There will also be readings and dependant on the purpose of their visions. They will Serious Games Focus, or discussion of design theory as it relates to student provide mock-ups of this environment that they Management Focus projects. This course can be taken for M.S. credit must present to their stakeholders - the professor twice if desired. and peers - and finally create prototypes that help (see details at them sell their design idea. Throughout the class, http://imgd.wpi.edu/gradrequirements.html) IMGD 5100. Immersive Human-Computer students will be writing their designs in professional Elective Course (3 credits) Interaction genres, presenting their designs to the class (often Immersive environments are those which give called a pitch), and discuss the theories and practices Selected from the courses in the Core the user the feeling of occupying a space different of design during in-class meetings. (Prerequisites: and Focus areas, or from their current physical space. They are created A course on game design, or equivalent work IMGD 5099 (Special Topics in IMGD). in the mind of the user by careful selection experience) of sensory stimuli and support for natural Thesis/Project (9 credits) interaction. This course focuses on the design IMGD 5400. Production Management for and evaluation of user interfaces that support user Interactive Media The IMGD program also offers a immersion in several contexts, including desktop, This course focuses on the process of creating a set of B.S./M.S. program for current IMGD head-mounted display, large-screen, and mobile documents encompassing the design and vision of a undergraduate students. Students enrolled situations. Through a combination of traditional piece of interactive media, methods for structur­ing in this program may count up to 12 credit lecture, literature review, and hands-on work, the implementation of the design, and tools for hours of specific undergraduate courses students will learn to critically evaluate different successfully managing the project. Students will analyze different types of design documents, focusing towards both their B.S. and M.S. degrees. alternatives, build prototype systems, and design comparative evaluations to test the effectiveness on form and purpose while also considering audience Details on the degree requirements for of various techniques. Students will be expected and publication medium. Students will write design both M.S. and B.S./M.S. students can be to implement several techniques as part of this documents, give peer feedback, and revise their own course. (Prerequisites: A demonstrated proficiency documents based on feedback received. In order to found here: see their design transform from document to http://imgd.wpi.edu/gradrequirements.html to program. A course on traditional human- computer interaction is recommended.) product, students will study different project management methods and employ them, defining in Facilities/Research Labs IMGD 5200. History and Future of detail discrete components, timelines, milestones, Immersive and Interactive Media players and their responsibilities, and status reports to /Research Centers This course will familiarize students with the history stakeholders. Tools common to managing interactive • IMGD Lab. 27-seat teaching/research of the development, deployment, commercialization, media projects (e.g., source-code revision control, lab. and evolution of immersive and active media. The asset management, scheduling) will be used lesson plan will cover a broad range of enabling throughout the process. (Prerequisites: Experience • Zoo Lab. 25-seat teaching/research lab. technologies, such as geometric perspective drawing, working on development projects) • Digital Art Studio. Work space for both pre-20th-century panoramic displays, photography digital and traditional art. and the stereoscope, sound recording and • Human Interaction in Virtual Environments (HIVE) Lab). Research lab for designing effective interfaces for virtual reality and games.

Interactive Media & Game Development 109 Return to Table of Contents Interdisciplinary Programs

New fields of research and study that Students are allowed at most two attempts ID 527. Fundamentals of Scientific combine traditional fields in innovative at passing the examination, and may take a Teaching and Pedagogy ways are constantly evolving. In response maximum of 18 credits prior to passage. (0 Credits) to this, WPI encourages the formation The purpose of this zero credit course is to bolster of interdisciplinary graduate programs to Interdisciplinary Master’s teaching proficiency for pre-doctoral and post- doctoral trainees through in depth and interactive meet new professional needs or the special Programs sessions on the science behind student learning, interests of particular students. Interdisciplinary master’s programs require scientific teaching, assessments and rubrics, active at least 30 credits beyond the bachelor’s learning, project based learning, inclusive learning Interdisciplinary Ph.D. degree. They may also include a thesis or environments, teaching philosophies, technology Programs project requirement. Proposals for such in the classroom, and course design. Participants Interdisciplinary Ph.D. programs are programs are initiated by groups of at will learn through both lecture and practicum sessions each week, and will work in small groups initiated by groups of at least three least two faculty members from different to develop a short teachable unit incorporating the full-time faculty members who share a academic departments who share a techniques learned throughout the course, which common interest in a cross-disciplinary common interest in a cross-disciplinary they will ultimately present at the conclusion of the field. A sponsoring group submits to field. The sponsoring group submits a series. The course is recommended for all graduate the Committee on Graduate Studies proposal for an interdisciplinary degree students and postdocs who are pursuing careers and Research (CGSR) a proposal for an to the Committee on Graduate Studies that will entail teaching in higher education as well interdisciplinary degree, together with & Research (CGSR) that includes the as those interested in learning the fundamentals of pedagogy and effective teaching strategies. all the details of the degree requirements details of a program of study and the and the credentials of the members of the credentials of the members of the group. Bioscience Administration sponsoring group. At least one member of At least one member of the group must the group must be from a department or be from a department or program Faculty program currently authorized to award the currently authorized to award the masters Faculty hold a full time position in doctorate. degree. No more than half of the total a WPI academic department or are If the CGSR approves the proposal, academic credit may be taken in any one adjunct faculty vetted by a WPI academic the sponsoring group serves in place of department. The CGSR may request department head. additional input from the sponsors or a department in the administration of Program of Study the approved interdisciplinary program. appropriate departments. If the CGSR WPI offers graduate levels studies in the Administrative duties include admitting approves the proposal, the sponsoring field of Bioscience Administration leading and advising students, preparing and group serves in place of a department in to the Master of Science. This program is conducting examinations, and certifying administration of the approved program. designed to offer both business and science the fulfillment of degree requirements. Current Interdisciplinary Master’s degree education thus meeting an educational programs include Systems Modeling, WPI currently offers the Interdisciplinary need in the life sciences and bioresearch Construction Project Management, Ph.D. in Learning Sciences and fields. This degree is applicable for students Impact Engineering, Manufacturing Technologies (see page 114), and Systems seeking employment in pharmaceutical, Engineering Management, Power Systems Modeling (see page 170). biotechnology, and biomedical device Management, Systems Engineering. and companies. This program helps science Students may also design their own Materials Systems Engineering. interdisciplinary Ph.D. program in professionals advance their science consultation with faculty members Interdisciplinary Courses knowledgebase and also helps them build relevant to the proposed project. ID 500. Responsible Conduct of Research the necessary administrative infrastructure for their field. In addition to the general requirements (0 Credits) established by WPI for an interdisciplinary The purpose of this zero credit course is to Admissions Requirements doctoral degree, applicants must pass a familiarize pre-doctoral and postdoctoral trainees Admission for the Master’s degree qualifying examination. This examination with basic ethical issues in research confronting scientists and engineers. The course includes five is consistent with the admission will test the basic knowledge and lectures and five student-led discussion sessions on requirements listed in the Graduate understanding of the student in the topics such as experimental design best practices, Catalog for a Master of Science degree. disciplines covered by the research as is research involving animal subjects, authorship, Appropriate undergraduate bachelor’s normally expected of degree holders in and research misconduct. Student learning will degree majors include but are not limited the disciplines. It must be administered be assessed through in-class formative assessments to life science, management, engineering, as well as small group presentations during the within the first 18 credits of registration and computer science. Students with other in the interdisciplinary Ph.D. program. discussion sessions. The course is recommended for all graduate students and postdocs who are backgrounds may be considered with the The examination will be administered by a engaged in research and will be offered annually. approval of the program administrator. committee of no less than three members, Students need a working knowledge of approved by CGSR, representing the basic biotechnology, biochemistry, cell disciplines covered by the research. biology, and chemistry.

110 Interdisciplinary Programs Return to Table of Contents Certificates computer science. Students with other Manufacturing backgrounds may be considered with the Graduate Certificate in Life Science approval of the program administrator. Engineering Management Management GRE and GMAT examinations are not Faculty This certificate program is designed to required for admission to the program. meet the needs of a variety of corporations Faculty hold a full time position in a and individuals who are interested in hon- Requirements WPI academic department or are adjunct ing advanced technical and business skill Awarding of the degree requires successful faculty vetted by a WPI academic depart- sets necessary to fill leadership roles within completion of at least 30 credit hours of ment head. the life science industry. Inherent in the graduate coursework, not to exceed 14 program of study is sufficient course selec- credit hours in Biomedical engineering, Program of Study tion flexibility for students to, if desired within the Bioengineering or Custom • Interdisciplinary Master of Science and admitted, be able to continue their Science tracks, and no more than 12 credit in Manufacturing Engineering graduate studies and earn an MS degree in hours from any other discipline, including Management Biotechnology, Biochemistry, or Bioscience required or elective courses or directed This program is designed to meet Administration, depending on student research credits. the demand from professionals who interest and background. The program of typically have an undergraduate degree study requires 12 credits of coursework Curriculum in engineering, work experience in chosen from amongst our life science and The Master of Science in Bioscience manufacturing, and a desire to pursue management course offerings: Administration consists of three track a master’s degree curriculum with • At least six credits must be chosen from options: Life Science, Bioengineering, and equal emphasis in both manufacturing courses thematically-related to the life Custom Science. Although the courses engineering and manufacturing/operations sciences and may include those with are not specified in any of the tracks, the management. They project their career a prefix of BB, BCB, CH, or other number of credit hours completed must as continuing to need a balanced growth approved department by the CBC conform to the breakdown found Table I. in manufacturing engineering and faculty administrator (for ex. BME, Each student must have a Plan of Study manufacturing management. CHE) approved by the program administrator Admissions Requirements • At least three credits of management within their first 9 credits. coursework, typically chosen from Students will be eligible for admission amongst the following list of courses: Table I: Three track options for the Master of into the program if they have earned an undergraduate degree from an accredited • ETR 593 Technology Science in Bioscience Administration university consistent with the WPI Commercialization Life Science Track: Graduate Catalog. Students should have a • MIS 576 Project Management 6-12 Credit Hours in Chemistry/ bachelor’s degree in science or engineering. • OBC 503 Organizational Behavior Biochemistry Students with other backgrounds will • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing 6-12 Credit Hours in Management be considered based on their interest, for Innovation 6-12 Credit Hours in Biology/Biotechnology formal education and experience in • OBC 506 The Heart of Leadership: 3-9 Credit Hours of electives or directed manufacturing. Admission decisions will Power, Reflection, and Interpersonal research be made by the sponsoring faculty based Skills Bioengineering Track: on all factors presented in the application, • OBC 533 Negotiations 9-14 Credit Hours in Biomedical Engineering including prior academic performance, • OBC 537 Leading Change 6-12 Credit Hours in Management quality of professional experience, letters of • OIE 542 Risk Management and 3-12 Credit Hours in Chemistry or Biology recommendation, etc. Decision Making 3-9 Credit Hours of electives or directed • OIE 546 Managing Technological research Degree Requirements Innovation Custom Science Track: • OIE 548 Productivity Management Interdisciplinary Master of Science 16-24 Credit Hours selected from Biomedical in Manufacturing Engineering • OIE 598 Designing and Managing Engineering, Biology/Biotechnology, Six Sigma Processes Chemistry/Biochemistry, Computer Management Science, Mathematical Science Students must complete 30 credit hours of Degree Requirements 6-12 Credit Hours in Management course work in Manufacturing, Engineer- Interdisciplinary Master of Science in ing, and Management related courses as defined by the coordinating faculty. Bioscience Administration Transfer Credits Admission Consistent with WPI policy in most Business (choose 12 credits) All applicants for this program must hold graduate areas, up to one-third of the • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for a bachelor’s degree from an accredited degree program (10 credit hours) may be Innovation college or university recognized by WPI. transferred from an accredited college or • OBC 531 Managing Organizational Acceptable bachelor’s degrees include life university with approval of the program Change science, management, engineering, and administrator. • OIE 542 Risk Management and Decision Making

Interdisciplinary Programs 111 Return to Table of Contents • OIE 544 Supply Chain Analysis and expected. Students with other backgrounds acquired throughout the Power Systems Design may be considered with the approval of the Management curriculum. Students are encouraged faculty. GRE examinations are required for to select projects with practical significance • OIE 546 Managing Technological to their current and future professional Innovation all international applicants. responsibilities. Each project is normally • OIE 548 Productivity Management Degree Requirements conducted in teams of two to four students. They • FP 563 Operations Risk Management are administered, advised, and evaluated by WPI Interdisciplinary Master of Science in faculty as part of the learning experience, but • MIS 500 Innovating with Information Power Systems Management students are also encouraged to seek mentorship Systems from experienced colleagues in the Power Systems At least 30 credit ours composed of: • MIS 576 Project Management profession. (Prerequisites: Since the Capstone • At least 12 credits but no more than Project will draw on knowledge obtained • Engineering (choose 15 credits) 15 credits of graduate level coursework throughout the degree program, it is expected that • MFE 510 Control and Monitoring of in Power Systems Engineering (course the student will have completed most or all of Manufacturing Processes prefix ECE with course numbers from the coursework within their plan of study before • MFE 511 Application of Industrial 5500 through 5599) undertaking the capstone project.) Robotics • At least 12 but no more than 14 credits Other Certificates • MFE 520 / MTE 520 / ME 543 Design of graduate level coursework in Business and Analysis of Manufacturing Processes (example courses prefixed by BUS, MIS, The Certificate in College • MFE 530 / ME544 Computer- OBC, OIE, etc.). Teaching Integrated Manufacturing Electives: Purpose Under the direction of the advisors, each • MFE 540 Design for Manufacturability WPI graduate students wishing to develop student will select 6 credits of coursework • MFE 598* Directed Research skills in college teaching may enroll in at the 4000 level (maximum of two) or this innovative program, managed by at the graduate level (designated as 500-, Power Systems the Higher Education Consortium of 5000-, or 600-level) in computer science Central Massachusetts (HECCMA). Management (CS), physics (PH), engineering (BME, Many doctoral and even masters’ degree CHE, CE, ECE (1 only), FP, MFE, Faculty holders will devote a least some of their MTE, ME, RBE, and SYS), mathematics Faculty hold a full time position in a WPI professional time to college-level teaching. (MA), and/or Systems Dynamics (SD) to academic department or are adjunct The Certificate in College Teaching complete the Interdisciplinary Master of faculty vetted by a WPI academic (CCT) program offers an opportunity Science degree. department head. to acquire both teaching skills and There is no thesis option for this degree. professional recognition of high-level Programs of Study preparation to teach. The Certificate • Interdisciplinary Master of Science in Certificates represents a collaborative institutional Power Systems Management Certificate in Power Systems response to the ever-present challenges of • Certificate in Power Systems Management promoting exemplary teaching in today’s Management complex higher education environments. This certificate program is proposed to Power Systems Engineering education Most college professors are never trained meet the needs of a variety of corporations to be teachers. Preparation for the college is in high demand in the United States and individuals who are taking a first step and more so in developing nations. WPI classroom involves more than a solid base toward an M.S. in Power Systems Manage- of knowledge in a discipline; it requires has broadened its offerings of courses in ment. The framework presents minimum this area, and now offers a new level of a systematic inquiry into the pedagogies requirements for the distribution of power and processes that facilitate learning. The flexibility for students and their current systems and management courses, but or prospective employers. In addition, the CCT program is grounded in the latest provides flexibility for the student. School of Business provides an attractive educational research of best practices palette of relevant courses to enhance the This certificate must consist of at least 17 in college teaching, and is designed professional skills of practicing engineers. credits of graduate coursework. to enhance the teaching and learning experiences for faculty and students at This framework has created programs to For more information please consult meet industry demands. HECCMA institutions. The primary the WPI web at https://www.wpi.edu/ focus of the Certificate is to prepare Admissions Requirements academics/departments/power-systems graduate students and adjunct faculty for a career in academia. Research has shown Students will be eligible for admission Course that graduate students with some formal into the program if they have earned IDG 599. Capstone Project Experience in an undergraduate degree from an Power Systems Management preparation in college teaching have a accredited university consistent with This project-based course is an interdisciplinary substantial advantage in the academic the WPI Graduate Catalog. Normally, exercise that integrates the technical aspects of job market. Once hired, the new faculty an undergraduate bachelor’s degree power systems engineering with challenges of members are better prepared to assume in electrical engineering, computer meeting business goals within the framework of their teaching duties and are, consequently, the corporate organizational structure. It allows more productive in developing their engineering, or computer science is the students to apply the skills and knowledge research programs.

112 Interdisciplinary Programs Return to Table of Contents Program professor. Worcester State University, the academic into four main sections: (1) introduction to Students may take any combination of host for HECCMA, offers and grants credit for this elementary quantum mechanics, (2) nuclear and the courses offered. Generally students course, and credit can be transferred to WPI. atomic structure, (3) nuclear decays and radiation, and (4) nuclear matter interactions and nuclear begin with the 2-credit Seminar in College Certificate in Nuclear Science reactions. Prerequisites: Physics of mechanics and Teaching (IDG501, description below) and Engineering electrodynamics (PH 1110/11 and PH 1120/21) which is usually taught fall, spring and and mathematical techniques up to and including summer terms. The full Certificate pro- Faculty ordinary differential equations (MA 2051) The faculty hold a full time position in a gram is 6 credits, with three 1-credit addi- NSE 530. Health Physics tional elective courses taken and culminat- WPI academic department or are adjunct (3 credit) (offered biennially) ing in the one-credit Capstone Practicum. faculty approved by an academic department This course builds on fundamental concepts and the NSE program review committee. introduced in NSE 510 and applies them to key Tuition topics in health physics and radiation protection. Tuition rates are set by HECCMA; current Program of Study and Certificate Health physics topics include man-made and rates can be found on the program web- Requirements natural sources of radiation, dose, radiation site: www.heccma.org/cct/. WPI graduate The graduate certificate in nuclear science biology, radiation measurement, and radiation and engineering will require the successful safeguards. Radiation protection concepts are students are eligible for tuition assistance explored as they apply to existing and advanced from WPI’s Class of ’57 Excellence in completion of 12 graduate credits with an overall GPA of 3.00. The courses will be nuclear power generators, including reactor safety, Teaching Fund; full details and application nuclear waste and byproducts, regulatory procedures can be found at the website selected from the list below. constraints, and accident case studies. Prerequisites: of the Morgan Teaching and Learning All students must successfully complete graduate standing or consent of the instructor four of the five courses listed below: Center: www.wpi.edu/academics/faculty/ NSE 540. Nuclear Materials support/morgan-teaching-learning-center/ • NSE 510 Introduction to Nuclear (3 credits) (offered biennially) graduate-resources/certificates. The pro- Science and Engineering (3 credits) This course applies fundamental materials gram is open to all qualified persons wish- science concepts to effects on materials in harsh • NSE 520 Applied Nuclear Physics ing to participate at their own expense. nuclear environments. An overview is provided (3 credits) on environments, special nuclear materials, and constraints in materials selection. Relationships Information • NSE 530 Health Physics (3 credits) are developed between nuclear effects on crystal Courses are taught online or in a hybrid • NSE 540 Nuclear Materials (3 credits) structure, microstructure, degraded material format at HECCMA institutions in performance, and bulk properties of engineering the Worcester area. For information on • NSE 550 Reactor Design and and electronic materials. Case studies provide specific course descriptions and availability, Operations (3 credits) examples of enhancements induced my multiple see the program website at harsh environments and mitigation through www.heccma.org/cct/. Admissions Requirements material design hardening. Prerequisites: ES 2001 Admission to the Nuclear Science and or equivalent. Questions Engineering graduate certificate program NSE 550. Reactor Design, Operations, Contact Chrysanthe Demetry, Ph.D. is consistent with the admissions require- and Safety Associate Professor of Mechanical ments listed in this catalog for graduate (3 credits) (offered biennially) Engineering; Director, Morgan Teaching certificates. Appropriate undergraduate This course provides a systems engineering view and Learning Center degree majors include all engineering and of commercial nuclear power plant technology. science majors. Power plant designs and their evolutions are WPI, 100 Institute Rd studied, ranging from early to modern generation Worcester, MA 01609 USA Course Descriptions light water reactors, as well as advanced designs Email: [email protected] NSE510. Introduction to Nuclear Science families, such alternate moderator and breeder Tel: (508)831-5195; Fax: (508)831-5178 and Engineering reactors. Critical aspects of conventional power reactor designs are explored in detail, including Course (3 credits) (offered annually) This introductory course provides an overview of steam supply, reactor core, control, and protection IDG 501. Seminar in College Teaching the field of nuclear science and engineering as it systems. Plant operational characteristics are stud- (2 credits) relates to nuclear power and nuclear technologies. ied, including reactor dynamics, control, feedback, This seminar is designed to acquaint graduate Fundamental concepts relevant to nuclear systems and fuel cycle management. Critical power plant students with some of the basic principles and are introduced, including radioactivity, radiation safety aspects of the design and operations are theories of education and with instructional interaction phenomena, chain reaction physics, explored and reinforced with lessons learned from practices associated with effective college teaching. and transport in engineering materials. Nuclear major power generator accidents scenarios (includ- This information applies without regard to the reactor physics and design concepts are introduced ing Three Mile Island, Chernobyl, and Fukushima particular nature of the subject matter being with focus on light water fission reactors. A survey Daiichi). Prerequisites: graduate standing or taught; the emphasis is on the educational of advanced nuclear technologies and applications consent of the instructor process, not the disciplinary content. Course is provided. Prerequisites: graduate or senior NSE 595. Special Topics activities include readings, lectures, discussion, standing or consent of the instructor. and individual and group projects. Topics covered (1-3 credits) include an introduction to learning theories, NSE 520. Applied Nuclear Physics Arranged by faculty affiliate to the Nuclear Science cognitive development and motivation for (3 credits) (offered annually) and Engineering program for individual or groups learning; effective teaching skills such as lecturing, This course introduces engineering and science of students, these courses survey areas that are class discussion, active and cooperative learning, students to the fundamental topics of nuclear not covered by the regular NSE course offerings. and use of instructional technology; evaluating physics for applications, basic properties of Exact course descriptions are disseminated by the student performance; and life as a college the nucleus, nuclear radiations, and radiation NSE Program Committee well in advance of the interactions with matter. The course is divided offering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.)

Interdisciplinary Programs 113 Return to Table of Contents Learning Sciences and Technologies Faculty J. R. Whitehill, Assistant Professor; Program of Study Ph.D., University of California, San Learning Sciences & Technologies Diego; Machine learning, crowdsourcing, The Learning Sciences and Technologies Core Faculty automated teaching, human behavior (LS&T) program offers graduate studies N. T. Heffernan, Professor and Director; recognition. toward the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Our state-of-the-art facilities, faculty and strong Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University; J. Zou, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Intelligent tutoring agents, artificial relationships with K-12 schools provide University of Connecticut; Financial time students with the resources to perform intelligence, cognitive modeling, machine series (especially high frequency financial learning innovative scientific research at the highest data), spatial statistics, biosurveillance, level. The diverse learning environment I. Arroyo, Associate Professor; Ed.D., high dimensional statistical inference, that characterizes our program promotes M.S., University of Massachusetts, Bayesian statistics. easy exchange of ideas, access to all the Amherst; learning with novel technologies; Learning Sciences & Technologies necessary resources, and encourages multimedia learning; intelligent Associated Faculty creative solutions to pressing scientific tutoring systems; wearable learning and questions. The LS&T program is based on e-Textiles; learner characteristics and D. C. Brown, Professor; Ph.D., Ohio three affiliated areas – Computer Science, their relationship to learning; connection State University; Knowledge-based design Cognitive and Educational Psychology, between affect and learning; educational systems, artificial intelligence and Statistics – and provides opportunities data mining and student modeling. J. K. Doyle, Associate Professor; for advanced course work and research for R. Baker, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Colorado/Boulder; highly qualified students. Carnegie Mellon University; educational judgement and decision making, mental data mining, learner-computer interaction, models of dynamic systems, evaluation of Admissions Requirements gaming the system, student modeling, interventions Applicants must apply directly to the intelligent tutoring systems, educational K. Fisler, Associate Professor; Ph.D., LS&T program. In order to be capable of games. Indiana University; Interplay of human performing graduate level work, applicants should have background in at least one J. E. Beck, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., reasoning and formal logic in the context of hardware and software systems; current of the core disciplines of LS&T, namely, University of Massachusetts, Amherst; Cognitive/Educational Psychology, educational data mining, student projects explore access-control policies and diagrams. Computer Science, or Statistics. We will modeling, Bayesian Networks, student also consider applicants whose academic individual differences G. T. Heineman, Associate Professor; background is in Science or Math. S. Djamasbi, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Ph.D., Columbia University; Component- based software engineering, formal A student may apply to the Ph.D. University of Hawaii at Manoa; Usability, program in LS&T after completing decision science. approaches to compositional design a bachelor’s degree (in which case a L. Harrison, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., A. C. Heinricher, Professor; Ph.D., master’s degree must first be completed) or University of North Carolina at Charlotte; Carnegie Mellon University; applied a master’s degree in one of the affiliated Information visualization, visual analytics, probability, stochastic processes and areas (Computer Science,­ Cognitive or human-computer interaction. optimal control theory Educational Psychology or Statistics) or E. Ottmar, Assistant Professor; Ph. D., C. Ruiz, Associate Professor; Ph.D., a closely related area. Applicants with University of Virginia; mathematics University of Maryland; Data mining, other degrees are welcome to apply if they teaching and learning; mathematics knowledge discovery in databases, machine can demonstrate their readiness through development and cognition; interventions learning other means, such as GRE Subject exams in schools; instructional quality; social in an affiliated area, or through academic J. L. Skorinko, Assistant Professor; or professional experience. GRE scores are and emotional learning; motivation Ph.D., University of Virginia; soc and engagement; perceptual leaning; strongly recommended, but not required, ial environmental cues, stigmas and for all applicants. Inquiries about the GRE teacher/child interactions; observational stereotyping, perceptions of others measurement development should be made to Dr. Neil Heffernan, the Program Director. G. B. Somasse, Assistant Teaching Professor; Ph.D., Clark University; Development economics, applied econometrics, policy evaluation, public policy.

114 Learning Sciences and Technologies Return to Table of Contents Degree Requirements M.S. in LS&T – Thesis Option Course Requirements In addition to the 15 graduate credit hours The Ph.D. degree in LS&T requires an For the M.S. as required by the M.S. core requirements, additional 60 graduate credit hours of The student may choose between two a student pursuing the thesis option must work beyond the M.S. degree. Students options to obtain the M.S. degree: satisfactorily complete a written thesis. must take a minimum of 30 graduate thesis or coursework. Students should Any Core or Associated LS&T faculty credit hours of course work, including carefully weigh the pros and cons of these may serve as the thesis advisor. A thesis independent study, and 30 graduate credit alternatives in consultation with their consisting of a research or development hours of research. LS&T faculty advisor prior to selecting an project worth a minimum of 9 graduate To satisfy the interdisciplinary nature of option. Completion of the M.S. degree credit hours must be completed and the LS&T program, each Ph.D. student requires 33 graduate credit hours. M.S. presented to the LS&T faculty. A thesis must complete the following 24 graduate LS&T students who wish to become proposal must be approved by the Core credit hours. To count towards the course doctoral candidates in LS&T must first LS&T faculty and the student’s advisor requirements, students must get a mini- complete their M.S. degree in LS&T before the student can register for more mum grade of B for each of the courses. following the thesis option. than four thesis credits. Students receiving a C or below must To satisfy the interdisciplinary nature To complete the remaining 9 graduate retake a course in the appropriate area and of the LS&T program, each M.S. stu- credit hours, the student must register receive a B or higher. dent must complete the following 15 for an additional three graduate courses. • Computer Science Requirement To ensure a sufficient focus on LS&T, graduate credit hours that form the core [9 graduate credit hours] requirements. two of these courses (for a total of 6 graduate credit hours) must be from the Three LS&T Computer Science • Computer Science Requirement LS&T course list. The remaining course courses [6 graduate credit hours] (of 3 graduate credit hours) is an elective • Cognitive Psychology Requirement Two LS&T Computer Science that relates to the student’s individual [9 graduate credit hours] courses program of study and must be selected Three LS&T Cognitive Psychology • Cognitive Psychology Requirement in consultation with the student’s LS&T courses [6 graduate credit hours] advisor. As for the coursework option, • Statistics Requirement Two LS&T Cognitive Psychology M.S. graduate credits cannot be from [6 graduate credit hours] courses independent study/research courses LS&T Statistics courses, or • Statistics Requirement except by approval of the LS&T Program CS 567. Empirical Methods for [3 graduate credit hours] Director. Human-Centered Computing One LS&T Statistics course; or All students are required to submit a No Combined B.S./M.S. Degree CS 567. Empirical Methods for program of study that describes their The LS&T program does not offer a Human-Centered Computing planned course work; their LS&T advisor combined B.S./M.S. degree. No single graduate course can be double must approve the program. These classes counted to satisfy two of the above For the Ph.D. can include graduate classes at WPI, classes at Clark University, particularly from requirements. Students are advised to contact the pro- their Psychology Department, and from gram director for detailed program guide- independent studies. However, to ensure M.S. in LS&T – Coursework Option lines, in addition to the university’s re- depth in LS&T, no more than 9 credit In addition to the 15 graduate credit hours quirements for the Ph.D. degree. Students hours can be from disciplines other than as required by the M.S. core requirements, who wish to pursue a Ph.D. in LS&T who Cognitive Psychology, Computer Science, a student pursuing the coursework option completed their M.S. at WPI in LS&T, and Statistics except by the approval of the must register for an additional six graduate must have chosen the thesis option. courses (totaling 18 graduate credit hours). Program Director. Fundamentally, it is expected that all To ensure a sufficient focus on LS&T, two Students can count previously taken LS&T Ph.D. students master the basics of of these courses (for a total of 6 graduate LS&T courses towards these requirements. Learning Sciences, apply those concepts credit hours) must be from the LS&T However, students must still complete 30 to create an innovative technology, and course list. The remaining four courses graduate credit hours of coursework for properly analyze their work with the (for a total of 12 graduate credit hours) the Ph.D. degree. For example, if a student appropriate statistical techniques. Ph.D. are electives that relate to the student’s had taken two LS&T Computer Science students will receive training through individual program of study and must be courses as part of an LS&T M.S. degree, a combination of enrolling in courses, selected in consultation with the student’s only one more LS&T Computer Science satisfying competency requirements LS&T advisor. course would be required, but the student and completing a dissertation; all Ph.D. would still have to complete 30 graduate Note that M.S. graduate credits cannot be students will be reviewed by the Core credit hours of coursework for the Ph.D. from independent study/research courses LS&T faculty at least once a year to see Similarly, students who are transferring in except by approval of the LS&T Program that they are making satisfactory progress with an M.S. degree will be evaluated for Director. towards these three components of the which requirements they have fulfilled, but Ph.D. program. will still be required to take 30 graduate credit hours of coursework. Learning Sciences and Technologies 115 Return to Table of Contents To complete the remaining 6 graduate The committee must contain at least • MA 540/4631 Probability and credit hours, the Ph.D. student can regis- one Core LS&T faculty member and Mathematical Statistics I ter for other graduate courses or indepen- one faculty member external to WPI. • MA 541/4632 Probability and dent studies with approval of the student’s To reinforce the interdisciplinary nature Mathematical Statistics II LS&T advisor. of the degree, at least two of the three • MA 542 Regression Analysis cooperating departments (Computer • MA 546 Design and Analysis of Competency Requirements Science, Social Science and Policy Studies Experiments In addition to successful completion of and Mathematical Sciences) must have their coursework, Ph.D. students must a faculty member on the dissertation • MA 547 Design and Analysis of demonstrate competency in two core areas: committee. The dissertation committee Observational and Sampling Studies Data Analysis and Communication (spe- will be responsible for approving the • MA 554 Applied Multivariate Analysis cifically, Speaking and Writing). Regarding dissertation proposal and final report. • MA 556 Applied Bayesian Statistics Data Analysis, it is expected that students Students must enroll in at least 30 credits will learn analysis methods relevant to for their dissertation. Before presenting Research Labs/Research the Learning Sciences. We have selected and defending their dissertation proposal, these two areas as they are fundamental to Groups students may only enroll in 15 graduate success as an empirical scientist and will research credit hours. Students are Advanced Learning form the basis of LS&T graduates’ future expected to defend their dissertation Technologies Research Lab careers. within six semesters of the acceptance of Prof. Arroyo Competency in both Data Analysis and their dissertation proposal. In addition to We create, explore, and analyze the Communication will be assessed as fol- the minimum of 30 graduate credit hours impact of Learning Technologies for lows: Students will be expected to conduct of research, the dissertation culminates in STEM focusing on a variety of important a pilot research study towards their gradu- the student submitting the document itself aspects of human learning. Our research ate research. Students will submit a short and a public defense of the research. spans many areas, including: Personalized paper (10-20 pages) to the Core LS&T Learning, Affect and Motivation, faculty who will write a set of questions to Courses Metacognition, Embodied Cognition be asked during a public presentation by LS&T Computer Science Courses and Wearable Devices for Active the graduate student of the pilot research • CS 509 Design of Software Systems Learning, Educational Games, Intelligent project. Possible venues for this include • CS 534 Artificial Intelligence Pedagogical Agents, Students with the AIRG (Artificial Intelligence Research • CS 538 Knowledge Based Systems Learning Disabilities, Cultural Differences Group) or the Learning Sciences Seminar. in the design and implementation of • CS 539 Machine Learning Students will be graded by at least two Learning Technologies, and Learning Core LS&T faculty on their responses to • CS 540 Artificial Intelligence in Design Technologies for the Developing World. the LS&T questions, their data analysis, • CS 546 Human-Computer Interaction http://alt.wpi.edu and communication skills at handling • CS 548 Knowledge Discovery and spontaneous questions during the talk. Data Mining Educational Data Mining This requirement will be handled by the • CS 565 User Modeling Research Group Core LS&T faculty. • CS 566 Graphical Models for Reasoning Profs. Beck, Heffernan, Whitehill & Arroyo Students must complete this competency Under Uncertainty Large datasets of students’ fine-grained requirement prior to defending their interactions (e.g., student S answers • CS 567 Empirical Methods for Human- math problem X with answer Y at time Ph.D. proposal. Furthermore, competency Centered Computing requirements must be completed within T) with intelligent tutoring systems, • CS 568 Artificial Intelligence for educational interventions, and massive four semesters after students begin as Adaptive Educational Technology Ph.D. students, except by permission of open online courses (MOOCs) enable LS&T Cognitive Psychology Courses the Program Director. the exploration and optimization of how • PSY 501 Foundations of the learners learn and how teachers teach. Dissertation Requirements Learning Sciences By harnessing methods from machine Within six semesters of being admitted to • PSY 502 Learning Environments learning -- such as probabilistic graphical the LS&T Ph.D. program, each student in Education models, Markov chains, and deep neural must form a dissertation committee, and • PSY 503 Research Methods for the networks -- we can develop more accurate write and defend a dissertation proposal. Learning Sciences predictors of which and when students will Any deviation from the timetable for • PSY 504 Meta-cognition, Motivation, succeed, fail, persist, need help, etc. These the dissertation must be approved by the and Affect predictors can, in turn, serve as the basis Program Director. Any Core or Associated for both human-assisted and automated • PSY 505 Advanced Methods and interventions to improve students’ learning LS&T faculty may serve as a research Analysis for the Learning and advisor. outcomes and the personalization of Social Sciences learning. A student’s dissertation committee is LS&T Statistics Courses composed of at least four members, as • MA 511 Applied Statistics for Engineers approved by the LS&T Core faculty. and Scientists

116 Learning Sciences and Technologies Return to Table of Contents Educational Psychology and are used a lot in Learning Science like PSY/SEME 503. Research Methods for the Mathematics Learning Lab structural question modeling, longitudinal Learning Sciences data analysis, propensity score matching, This course covers research methods used Prof. Ottmar regression discontinuity designs, quasi- in the Learning Sciences. Students will gain Teaching and learning mathematics is a expertise and understanding of think-aloud experimental designs and advanced topics highly complex social, exploratory, and studies, cognitive task analysis, quantitative and like principal stratification. The faculty creative process. We design novel dynamic qualitative field observations, log file analysis, in this group like to apply (and adapt) technologies that make “math come alive” psychometric, cognitive, and machine-learning statistical methodologies to solves the based modeling, the automated administration (Graspable Math, From Here to There!) problems they are working on. of measures by computer, and issues of validity, and use eye tracking, mouse gestures, reliability, and statistical inference specific to these and log files to explore the coordination Running Classroom Experiments methods. Students will learn how and when to of attention, cognition, gestures, and on the Web apply a variety of methods relevant to formative, strategies when solving mathematical performance, and summative assessment in both Profs. Heffernan, Beck, Ottmar, Arroyo & equations. We also use a variety of laboratory and field settings. Readings will be Whitehill drawn primarily from original source materials applied multilevel quantitative methods, We use a number of web-based platforms (e.g. journal articles and academic book chapters), observational measures, and assessments and technologies (i.e. ASSISTments, in combination with relevant textbook chapters. to examine the efficacy of instructional, MathSpring, GraspableMath) to conduct (Prerequisites: SS 2400, Methods, Modeling, and social, and emotional classroom Analysis in Social Science, comparable course, or randomized-controlled trials in K-12 Interventions that can improve K-12 instructor discretion.) mathematics classrooms. These studies math teaching, learning, and engagement. help us understand “what works” PSY/SEME 504. Meta-cognition, https://sites.google.com/site/erinottmar/ with regards to different pedagogical Motivation, and Affect This course covers three key types of constructs Embodied Cognition In techniques, content, feedback, and that significantly impact learning and performance Mathematics Research Group tasks, and helps us develop a better in real-world settings, including but not limited understanding of the mechanisms guiding Profs. Arroyo & Ottmar to educational settings. Students will gain learning. Together the group has over 100 understanding of the main theoretical frameworks, This research group carries out research randomized controlled trials running each and major empirical results, that relate individuals’ about new ways of learning, using motor year. There are a set of methodologic issues meta-cognition, motivation, and affect to real- actions as well as cognitive thought. We that their research group tackle related world outcomes, both in educational settings and other areas of life. Students will learn how theories investigate how children may better learn to student-level randomized controlled and findings in these domains can be concretely mathematics while exploring the physical assignment. used to improve instruction and performance, space, getting a different understanding http://www.neilheffernan.net/ and complete final projects that require applying of math learning by gesturing, and using research in these areas to real-world problems. technology to guide them through 3D Course Descriptions Students will do critical readings on research on this topic. (Prerequisites: None) spaces. All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. PSY 505. Advanced Methods and Analysis Machine Perception of Human PSY/SEME 501. Foundations of the for the Learning and Social Sciences Learning Group Learning Sciences This course covers advanced methods and analysis This course covers readings that represent the Profs. Whitehill, Heffernan & Beck for the learning and social sciences, focusing on foundation of the learning sciences, including: contemporary modeling and inference methods This group uses machine learning and Foundations (Constructivism, Cognitive for the types of data generated in these forms computer vision to study how learners Apprenticeship, & Situated Learning); Approaches of research. This course will enable students learn and how they emote while they learn. (Project-based Learning, Model-based reasoning, to choose, utilize, and make inferences from Particular interests include the training Cognitive Tutors); and Scaling up educational analytical metrics that are appropriate and/ of deep neural networks to recognize interventions. The goal of this course is for or characteristic to these domains, properly students to develop an understanding of the accounting for the characteristic forms of structure students’ facial expressions during learning foundations and approaches to the Learning tasks, and the development of real-time found in data typically collected for research in the Sciences so that they can both critically read learning and social sciences. Some of the topics cyberlearning systems that respond current literature, as well as build on it in their covered will include ROC analysis and the use of instantaneously to learners’ current own research. (Prerequisites: None) A’ for assessing student models, learning curve and cognitive, affective, and linguistic needs. PSY/SEME 502. Learning Environments learning factor analysis, social network and dyad in Education analysis, and appropriate methods for tracking Quantitative Methods in the In this class, students will read and review both student learning and behavior in longitudinal Learning Sciences classic and critical current journal articles about data. Readings will be drawn from original source materials (e.g. journal articles and academic Profs. Somasse, Ottmar, Zou & Heffernan learning technologies developed in the Learning Sciences. This course is designed to educate book chapters). (Prerequisites: PSY503, Research This research group is focus on rigorous students on current technological approaches to Methods for the Learning Sciences, comparable quantitative methods such as hierarchical curricular design, implementation, and research in course, or instructor discretion.) linear models (which is a typical method the Learning Sciences. (Prerequisites: None) To see the Computer Science and Math classes, to use when students are nested inside refer to those departments, pages 77 and 130. teachers and teachers are nested inside schools). Other topics include issues that

Learning Sciences and Technologies 117 Return to Table of Contents Manufacturing Engineering www.wpi.edu/+mfe Faculty D. A. Lados, Milton Prince Higgins II Y. Wang, Associate Professor of Distinguished Professor of Mechanical Mechanical Engineering; Ph.D., R. D. Sisson Jr., George F. Fuller Engineering; Director, Integrative University of Windsor (Canada). Lithium Professor; Director, Manufacturing and Materials Design Center (iMdc); Ph.D., ion battery, fuel cell, corrosion and Materials Engineering; Ph.D., Purdue Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 2004; electrochemistry, flow battery. University. Materials process modeling, Fatigue, fatigue crack growth, and fracture manufacturing engineering, corrosion, A. Zeng, Professor of Operations of metallic materials – life predictions, Management; Assistant Dean; Director of and environmental effects on metals and computational modeling and ICME, ceramics. Operations & Industrial Engineering materials/process design and optimization Program; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State D. Apelian, Howmet Professor of for aerospace, automotive, marine, and University. Engineering; Director, Metal Processing military applications. Institute; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of J. Liang, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Faculty Research Interests Technology. Solidification processing, Brown University, 2004. Nanostruc- Current research areas include tolerance spray casting, molten metal processing, tured materials, material processing, analysis, CAD/CAM, production systems aluminum foundry processing, plasma materialcharacterization. analysis, machining, fixturing, delayed processing, and knowledge engineering in dynamical systems, nonlinear chatter, materials processing. M. M. Makhlouf, Professor; Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute. surface metrology, fractal analysis, surface I. Bar-On, Professor; Ph.D., Hebrew Solidification of Metals, the application of functionality, metals processing and University of Jerusalem. Mechanical heat, mass and momentum transfer to manufacturing management, axiomatic behavior of materials, fracture and fatigue modeling and solving engineering design, and abrasive processes, electronic of metals, ceramics and composites, materials problems, and processing of medical records, lean in health care and reliability and lie prediction, and electronic ceramic materials. health dynamics. packaging. B. Mishra, Kenneth G. Merriman Programs of Study C. A. Brown, Professor, Director Surface Professor,­ Director of Metal Processing The Manufacturing Engineering (MFE) Metrology Laboratory; Ph.D., University Institute: Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Program offers two graduate degrees: of Vermont, 1983. Surface metrology, MN. Physico-chemical processing of the master of science and the doctor of multi-scale geometric analyses, axiomatic materials;­ Corrosion science and philosophy. Full- and part-time study is design, sports engineering, and engineering; Materials Processing, Surface available. manufacturing process. Engineering, Resource Recovery & M. S. Fofana, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Recycling, Critical materials extraction; The graduate programs in manufacturing University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Canada, Iron and steelmaking; Alloy development; engineering provide opportunities for 1993; Nonlinear delay dynamical systems, Thin film coatings. students to study current manufacturing techniques while allowing each student the stochastic bifurcations, regenerative S. Narra, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., flexibility to customize their educational chatter, numerically controlled CAD/ Carnegie-Mellon University. Additive program. Course material and research CAM machining. Manufacturing. activities often draw from the traditional C. Furlong, Associate Professor; Ph.D., D. Strong, Professor of Management; fields of computer science, controls WPI, 1999. MEMS and MOEMS, Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University; Director engineering, electrical and computer nanotechnology, mechatronics, laser of the Management Information Systems engineering, environmental engineering, applications, holography, computer (MIS) Program; MIS and work flows, data industrial engineering, materials science modeling of dynamic systems. integration and role changes; MIS quality and engineering, mechanical engineering, S. A. Johnson, Professor; Ph.D., Cornell issues, data and information quality. and management. The program’s intention University, 1989; Lean process design, W. Towner, Associate Teaching Professor; is to build a solid and broad foundation in enterprise engineering, process analysis Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; manufacturing theories and practices, and and modeling, reverse logistics. operations management, lean manufactur­ allow for further concentrated study in a ing, six-sigma. selected specialty. B. Tulu, Associate Professor of Management, Ph.D. Claremont Graduate University. Medical informatics, information security, telemedicine, personal health records, systems analysis and design.

118 Manufacturing Engineering Return to Table of Contents Admission Requirements and control of the factories of the future. For the Ph.D. The MS in Manufacturing Engineering Candidates for admission must meet The doctoral (Ph.D.) program in MFE is requires 30 graduate credits. The course a research degree with no required courses. WPI’s requirements and should have a requirements are presented below. bachelor’s degree in science, engineering, All candidates must pass a comprehensive or management, preferably in such Manufacturing Process and Design: written and oral exam. All candidates must fields as computer science/engineering, (4-6 graduate credits) complete at least one year in residence, electrical/ control engineering, industrial MFE510 Control and Monitoring of have a dissertation proposal accepted, then engineering, environmental engineering, Manufacturing Processes (3) complete the dissertation and defend it successfully. manufacturing engineering, materials MFE520 Axiomatic Design of science and engineering, mechanical Manufacturing Processes (3) The dissertation is based on original engineering, or management. Students MFE531 Computer Integrated research. A broad range of research with other backgrounds will be considered Manufacturing (2) topics is possible, including investigation based on their interest, formal education MFE541 Design for Manufacturability into the fundamental science on and experience in manufacturing. (2) which manufacturing processes are based, material science, manufacturing Degree Requirements Materials Processing: (5-6 graduate credits) engineering education, metrology, quality, For the M.S. MTE550 Phase Transformations (3) machine tool dynamics, manufacturing processes, design methodology and For the Master of Science in Manufacturing MTE511 Structure and Properties of production systems, and health systems Engineering, the student is required to Engineering Materials (2) research. complete a minimum of 30 graduate MTE512 Properties and Performance of credit hours. The course requirements are Engineering Materials (2) MFE Seminar Any other MTE5XXX course with the presented below. For the remaining credits, Seminar speakers include WPI faculty approval of the program director the student will choose between a thesis or and students as well as manufacturing Non-Thesis option. Systems Engineering: (6 graduate credits) experts and scholars from around the world. Registration for, attendance at and Thesis Option SYS 501 Concepts of Systems participation in the seminar course, MFE The student must complete a thesis Engineering (3) 500, is required for full-time students. The with a minimum of six graduate credits. SYS 502 Business Practices (3) seminar series provides a common forum Additional thesis credits may substitute SYS 540 Introduction to Systems for all students to discuss current issues in for elective courses. All elective courses Thinking (3) manufacturing engineering. must be approved by the student’s advisor SD 550 Systems Dynamics Foundations: and the Director of Manufacturing Managing Complexity (3) Research Facilities and Engineering or the Manufacturing Production/Operations Management: Engineering Graduate Committee. Laboratories (6 graduate credits) Non-Thesis Option OIE500 Analyzing and Designing The CAM Laboratory In addition to the course requirements Operations to Create Value (3) The CAM Lab facilitates the use of in the four core areas a Capstone Project OIE544 Supply Chain Analysis and digital technologies to model, analyze, and is required. This Capstone Project Design (3) control the manufacturing processes and systems. Besides the computers available requirement can be met by successful OIE548 Productivity management (3) completion of MFE590 Capstone for students, several application soft- OIE553 Global Purchasing and Logistics ware packages have been used for CAD, Project in Manufacturing Engineering (3) or with a three credit Independent solid modeling, kinematic analysis, FEA, OIE555 Lean Process Design (3) Study or Directed Research project in modeling and simulation of machining Manufacturing Engineering. All elective OIE558 Designing and Managing Six and other materials processing, as well as courses must be approved by the student’s Sigma Processes (3) new additive manufacturing processes. The lab has been developing techniques advisor and the Director of Manufacturing Capstone Project: (3 graduate credits) and systems for process (machining and Engineering or the Manufacturing MFE590 Capstone Project in Engineering Graduate Committee. heat treatment) modeling and simulation, Manufacturing Engineering (3) production planning, tolerance analysis, Course Requirements Electives: (3-6 graduate credits) fixture design, and lean manufacturing. The Manufacturing Program is Select from any graduate science or designed to focus on four core areas: engineering course, with approval of the manufacturing process and design, the program director. materials processing, systems engineering and production/operations management. These topics are important to the design

Manufacturing Engineering 119 Return to Table of Contents Manufacturing Interpreting courses. The machine tools facilitate the part of WPI’s Haas Technical Education Robotics Analysis Delay realization, i.e. fabrication, of parts that Center. The Mill Drill Center (MDC) is Dynamical Systems Laboratory students have designed on computers. a permanent entrustment and has duel The machine tools are important for pallets so a part can be loaded while (MIRAD) supporting WPI’s project based-education. the machine is cutting. This machine The MIRAD laboratory focuses on The machine tools are also be used in is frequently used in conjunction with developing computation, technology manufacturing engineering research, as the Fanuc LR Mate. The Haas ST30-Y and engineering to better improve well as to produce apparatus to support fully automated 4 axis machining center emergency medical services, ambulance research efforts in other fields. with an automatic bar feeder. Used in vehicles, dialysis treatment, medical and conjunction with the Fanuc ----- and public health systems, aircraft breaking Higgins Machine Shop and Project the MDC students can create a fully systems, systems engineering mechanics Laboratory automated production cell. Both the Haas and automated manufacturing systems The machine shop in the Higgins Labs VM2 and VF4-SS also located in the design. Our innovative computerized consists of three adjacent areas: the Robotics Lab are equipped with full 5 axis modelling techniques, simulations, Machine Shop (HL004, 600 sq. ft.), the control systems. We have a Haas fifth axis experiments and computer-controlled data Project Laboratory (HL005, 1600 sq. ft.), fixturing system that can be mounted in acquisition to understand vibrations and and the SAE Project Lab (HL006, 300 either machine tool. quantify uncertainty enable us to estimate sq. ft.). The Machine Shop contains 2 optimal performance reliance of products, CNC Machine tools (a Haas Tool Room CNC Teaching Laboratory processes and systems in sustained ways. min and a Haas Tool Room Lathe), as The CNC teaching laboratory is located The partners of MIRAD Laboratory well as a surface grinder, 2 DoAll Mills in the Washburn Shops Room 107 and include but not limited to industry, and a DoAll engine lathe as well as a drill covers 3,140 sq. ft. The mission of the academia, hospitals, EMS departments, press, 2 band saws and assorted hand tools CNC labs is to support the mission research institutions and universities. A machinist manages and supports the of WPI, by creating, discovering, and machine shop and project activities with conveying knowledge at the frontiers Manufacturing Laboratories the assistance of undergraduate PLAs. The of inquiry in CNC machining and The manufacturing laboratories are spread Project Laboratory is used primarily for education, as well as linking that new out in six main areas in two buildings and the conduct of capstone design projects knowledge to applications; help students house WPI’s Haas Technical Education requiring a large work and assembly area, achieve self-sufficiency in the use of Center as well as WPI’s Robotics such as the SAE Formula Race Car and CNC tools and technologies, so they can Resource Laboratory, WPI’s Collablab, other SAE projects. Typically, 12 –15 conceive, design, and create their own and several student work spaces. In the students are involved with the projects in CNC machined parts for their projects. Higgins Laboratories the facilities are this laboratory throughout the academic The vision of the CNC labs is to be the located in rooms 004, 005, and 006. In year. the Washburn Shops the facilities are premier laboratory for CNC engineering located in rooms 105, 107, and 108. The In addition to providing space for capstone education and research (applied and facilities are operated by an operations design projects the project lab also fundamental) in the world. manager, and two lab machinists who are provides space to one of WPI’s US First In the teaching laboratory we have one assisted by up to 20 undergraduate peer Robotics teams and supports the Robotics Universal Laser Systems VLS60 Laser learning assistants (PLAs). Over 1000 Resource Center, as well as being the Cutter, one Makerbot Replicator 2X, 3 WPI students use the facilities each year home of WPI’s CollabLab. The CollabLab Haas MiniMills and 2 Haas SL10s, 3 band completing hundreds of individual and is a student organization that promotes saws, two drill presses, a sheet metal shear group projects. In a typical 7 week term “maker” culture and collaboration at WPI. and bending break as well as assorted hand we record over 4000 instances of use in the tools. Attached to each of the MiniMills Robotics Laboratory facilities which are available for student use and SL10s are computer workstations The Robotics Laboratory, a 1,915 sq. ft. 24 hours per day 365 days per year. equipped with all of the design and facility, is located on the first floor of the programming software supported on The Haas Technical Education Center was Washburn Building room 108 is equipped campus and with our instructional tools established with a $400,000 award from with a variety of industrial robots, machine that have been developed to allow students the Fleet Asset Management, trustee of tools and other equipment. The industrial to train each other. the Elizabeth A. Lufkin Trust and Haas robots, for which the Robotics Laboratory Automation, Oxnard, California, and is named, are run primarily during the In addition to the computers located at represented in New England by Trident laboratory sessions of the Industrial each of the CNC machine tools in the Machine tools, who entrusted WPI with Robotics course (ME 4815), and to a CNC teaching laboratory and robotics over a quarter million dollars in new lesser extent by undergraduate project laboratories the facility has two computer machine tools, software and training. groups and graduate researchers. The classroom spaces one located in 107 with The center is used for both undergraduate industrial robots in the laboratory include: the other in 105. Each of the classroom teaching and graduate research. The eleven one Fanuc LR Mate 200iB, and one Fanuc spaces can be configured to contain CNC machine tools are used in ME 1800, M-710iC. The Robotics lab houses four of between 8 and 12 computer workstations. ME 3820, and ES 3323, as well as other the five entrusted machine tools that are

120 Manufacturing Engineering Return to Table of Contents Each space also has, a conference table, processing and influence the performance MFE 520/MTE 520/ME 543. Axiomatic whiteboards, and a ceiling mounted of surfaces. One task it to find ways to Design of Manufacturing Processes projector that each computer in the space discriminate surfaces that were processed (3 Credits) can send its signal to when the spaces are differently, or that perform differently, This course begins with elements axiomatic used for project group meetings. based on topographic measurement and design, the theory and practice. Design applications are considered primarily, although Students working on any of the computer analysis. Another task is to find functional not exclusively, for the design of manufacturing workstations in the facilities have access correlations between topographies and processes and tools. Axiomatic design is based on to the design software packages supported their processing or their performance. The the premise that there are common aspects to all lab has pioneered the development and good designs. These commons aspects, stated in on campus as well as our training the independence and information axioms, materials and several Computer Aided application of several kinds of multi-scale analyses including geometric and fractal facilitate the teaching and practice of engineering Manufacturing (CAM) software packages design as a scientific discipline. Analysis of analyses for discrimination and correlation. including Esprit, MasterCam, and processes and products is considered from the SurfCam. The lab serves industry and collaborates perspective of supporting product and process with engineers and scientists from a variety design. Fundamental methods of engineering Metal Processing Institute (MPI) of disciplines around the world. analysis of manufacturing processes with broad applicability are developed. Attention is given to The Metal Processing Institute (MPI) is an Course Descriptions examples from one or more of the following: industry-university alliance. Its mission is machining (traditional, nontraditional and All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. to design and carry out research projects grinding), additive manufacturing, and to the identified in collaboration with MPI’s MFE 500. Current Topics in Manufacturing production of surface topographies. The ability to industrial partners in the field of near and Seminar generalize from detailed examples is emphasized in net shape manufacturing. MPI develops (0 credits) order to facilitate the students’ ability to knowledge that will help enhance the This seminar identifies the typical problems development analyses and design methods with broader applicability. productivity and competitiveness of the involved in a variety of manufacturing operations, and generic approaches for applying advanced This course is offered live, in-class only, to be metal processing industry and develops the technologies to implement operations. Topical industry’s human resource base through completed in one semester, for three credits. areas of application and development such as Credit cannot be given for this course and any of the education of WPI students. Over intelligent materials processing, automated the similar, on-line versions of this material for 2 90 corporate partners participate in the assembly, MRP and JIT scheduling, vision credits: MFE 521, MTE 521 and ME 521. Institute, and their support helps fund recognition systems, high-speed computer fundamental and applied research that networks, distributed computer control MFE/MTE 521. Fundamentals of Axiomatic Design of Manufacturing addresses technological barriers facing of manufacturing processes and flexible manufacturing systems may be covered. This Processes the industry. MPI is one of WPI’s two seminar is coordinated with the undergraduate (2 credits) Institutes with a legacy based on Theory program in manufacturing engineering. Required The course starts with an in-depth study of and Practice. MPI houses three centers: for all full-time students. axiomatic design. Applications of axiomatic design the Advanced Casting Research Center are considered primarily, although not exclusively, MFE 510. Control and Monitoring of (ACRC); the Center for Heat Treating for the design of manufacturing processes and Manufacturing Processes tools. Axiomatic design is a design methodology Excellence (CHTE); and the Center for (3 Credits) Resource Recovery and Recycling (CR3). based on the premise that there are two axioms Covers a broad range of topics centered on control that apply to all good designs. These axioms The latter is a multi-university center with and monitoring functions for manufacturing, facilitate the teaching and practice of engineering CSM and KU Leuven. including process control, feedback systems, data design as a scientific discipline. Manufacturing collection and analysis, scheduling, machine- process analysis is considered from the perspective Surface Metrology Laboratory computer interfacing and distributed control. of supporting design. Methods of analysis of WPI’s Surface Metrology Lab is one of Typical applications are considered with lab work. manufacturing processes with broad applicability just a few academic labs in the world that MFE 511. Application of Industrial are sought. Special attention is given to examples focuses on measurement and analysis Robotics in machining (traditional, nontraditional and grinding), additive manufacturing, and to of surface topographies, or roughness. (2 Credits) (Concurrent with ME 4815) This course the production of surfaces. The ability to find Through the generosity of the respective commonalities across applications and generalize companies the lab has the use of an introduces the student to the field of industrial automation. Topics covered include robot is emphasized to facilitate further development of Olympus LEXT OLS4100 laser scanning specification and selection, control and principles with broad applicability. The content confocal microscope, a Solarius SolarScan drive methods, part presentation, economic is delivered in video lectures and in readings from white light microscope and a Mahr- justification, safety, implementation, product the technical literature. Homework and quizzes Federal MarSurf GD25 stylus profiler design and programming languages. The course are given and delivered on-line. There is a project combines the use of lecture, project work and to design a manufacturing process. The topics for measuring topographies, as well as can be from work or dissertations that can be Mountains Map (DigitalSurf), Modal laboratories that utilize industrial robots. Theory and application of robotic systems will be interpreted as manufacturing processes and tools. Filter, and Sfrax, software for analysis. We emphasized. Credit cannot be given for this course and any study how topographies are influenced by of the similar, in-class versions for 3 credits, MFE 520, MTE 520 and ME 543

Manufacturing Engineering 121 Return to Table of Contents MFE 531/ME 5431. Computer Integrated MFE/MTE 5841. Surface Metrology MFE 590. Capstone Project in Manufacturing ( 3 Credits) Manufacturing Engineering (2 Credits) This course emphasizes research applications The new capstone course (MFE 590) will provide An overview of computer-integrated of advanced surface metrology, including the a practical experience for the students in the manufacturing (CIM). As the CIM concept measurement and analysis of surface roughness. M.S. MFE Program to synthesize their learning attempts to integrate all of the business and Surface metrology can be important in a wide and to apply knowledge to solving real-world engineering functions of a firm, this course builds variety of situations including adhesion, friction, manufacturing problems. The projects will be on the knowledge of computer-aided design, catalysis, heat transfer, mass transfer, scattering, sponsored by either internal units on campus or computer-aided manufacturing, concurrent biological growth, wear and wetting. These external organizations. In addition to a written engineering, management of information systems situations impact practically all the engineering report, the project results will be formally and operations management to demonstrate the disciplines and sciences. The course begins by presented to the class, outside sponsors and other strategic importance of integration. Emphasis is considering basic principles and conventional interested parties. placed on CAD/CAM integration. Topics include, analyses, and methods. Measurement and MFE 594. Special Topics part design specification and manufacturing analysis methods are critically reviewed for Theoretical and experimental studies in subjects quality, tooling and fixture design, and utility. Students learn advanced methods for of interest to graduate students in manufacturing manufacturing information systems. This course differentiating surface textures that are suspected engineering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.) includes a group term project. (Prerequisites: of being different because of their performance The description of each Special Topics course Background in manufacturing and CAD/CAM, or manufacture. Students will also learn methods is attached to the course number as seen on the e.g., ME 1800, ES 1310, ME 3820.) Note: for making correlations between surface textures course schedule posted on the Registrar’s website. Students cannot receive credit for this course if and behavioral and manufacturing parameters. they have taken the Special Topics version of the The results of applying these methods can be used MFE 598. Directed Research same course (MFE 593D/MFE 594D). to support the design and manufacture of surface textures, and to address issues in quality assurance. MFE 599. Thesis Research MFE 541/ME 5441. Design For Examples of research from a broad range of Manufacturability applications are presented, including, food (2 Credits) science, pavements, friction, adhesion, machining The problems of cost determination and and grinding. Students do a major project of evaluation of processing alternatives in the design- their choosing, which can involve either an in- manufacturing interface are discussed. Approaches depth literature review, or surface measurement for introducing manufacturing capability and analysis. The facilities of WPI’s Surface knowledge into the product design process are Metrology Laboratory are available for making covered. An emphasis is placed on part and measurements for selected projects. Software for process simplification, and analysis of alternative advanced analysis methods is also available for use manufacturing methods based on such parameters in the course. No previous knowledge of surface as: anticipated volume, product life cycle, lead metrology is required. Students should have some time, customer requirements, and quality yield. background in engineering, math or science. Lean manufacturing and Six-Sigma concepts and their influence on design quality are included as well. Note: Students cannot receive credit for this course if they have taken the Special Topics version of the same course (MFE594M).

122 Manufacturing Engineering Return to Table of Contents www.wpi.edu/+MPE Materials Process Engineering

Faculty Degree Requirements Electives (3 credits) To ensure flexibility in this program, each R. D. Sisson, Jr., George F. Fuller For the M.S. Professor, Director of Manufacturing and student will select 3 credits of electives Materials Engineering: Ph.D., Purdue Course Requirements from any graduate-level course at WPI. University For the master of science in materials Electives are typically selected from the process engineering, the student is topics listed here; however, electives from Faculty from Management, Manufacturing required to complete a minimum of 30 mathematics, chemistry, physics, computer Engineering, Materials Science and graduate credit hours as follows: science, social science, or any engineering Engineering to Mechanical Engineering, program may be acceptable. Courses in and Systems Engineering work with this Materials Science and nanotechnology and MEMS are also program. See those programs for complete Engineering Graduate Courses available. faculty listings. (9 or more credits) MPE Capstone Project (3 credits) • MTE 511 Structure and Properties of Program of Study Each student must complete the MPE Engineering Materials The founders of Worcester Polytechnic Capstone Project. This may be a team Institute made their fortunes in the • MTE 512 Properties and Performance or independent project sponsored by materials processing industries of wire of Engineering Materials industry. The project must address several drawing (Ichabod Washburn) and tin • MTE 526 Advanced Thermodynamics issues in business analysis, operations, smithing (John Boynton). Since classes • MTE 532 X-Ray Diffraction and process design and quality, as well began in 1868, WPI has prepared young Crystallography as the processing/structure/property men and women for careers in materials • MTE 540 Analytical Methods in relationships in the process being studied. processing. Many WPI alumni and faculty Materials Engineering The culmination of this project will be a members have established materials • MTE 550 Phase Transformations in business plan and/or a research proposal processing companies including Norton Materials or a new product. The final report is Company, Wyman-Gordon, and PresMet. presented in a seminar or class in materials • MTE 561 Mechanical Behavior and WPI’s Materials Process Engineering science, manufacturing engineering, or Fracture of Materials management. (MPE) Master of Science graduate degree • MTE 5844 Corrosion and Corrosion program continues this outstanding legacy Control After at least twenty graduate credits have by providing engineers, scientists and been successfully completed, the student • Any other MTE 5XX course managers with the knowledge, skills and registers for the 3-credit project with one experience to become the entrepreneurs, Manufacturing Engineering or more faculty advisors. The project trend setters and executives in the Graduate Courses is completed over a 14-week semester. materials processing industry in the 21st (6 credits) Ideally, the project is completed by a century. This 30-credit program offers the • MFE 510 Control and Monitoring of team of three; however, smaller or larger opportunity for serious professionals to Manufacturing Processes teams will be considered. Working with a become leaders by selecting courses from • MFE 520 Design and Analysis of faculty advisor, the team develops a clear three programs: Manufacturing statement of the goals and objectives of Manufacturing Engineering the project. Weekly meetings with the • MFE 531 Computer Integrated advisor with written and oral reports are Materials Science and Engineering Manufacturing Management/Industrial Engineering required. The culmination of the project • MFE 541 Design for Manufacturability is a business plan and/or a research Admission Requirements • MFE 5841 Surface Metrology: proposal or a new product. The project Measurement and Analysis of Surface should integrate the skills obtained and Admission requirements include a B.S. Textures knowledge acquired in the student’s in engineering or science. The program is coursework as well as industrial experience. designed to be completed in three to four • Any other MFE 5XX course years while working full time. Classes are Management/Industrial offered on campus one evening or two Engineering Graduate Courses afternoons per week. Many classes are (9 credits) available through WPI’s Corporate Online These credits may be selected from any Graduate Programs. graduate management graduate courses. Typically, students will select from Operations and Industrial Engineering (OIE) or Entrepreneurship (ETR) topics. However courses from other topical areas in management may be selected.

Materials Process Engineering 123 Return to Table of Contents Materials Science and Engineering www.wpi.edu/+MPE Faculty D. A. Lados, Milton Prince Higgins II N. Sun, Assistant Research Professor; Distinguished Professor of Mechanical­ Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute. R. D. Sisson Jr., George F. Fuller Engineering; Director, Integrative­ Metal Processing, Casting. Professor; Director, Manufacturing and Materials Design Center (iMdc); Ph.D., Materials Engineering; Ph.D., Purdue L. Wang, Research Professor of Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 2004. Mechanical Engineering; Ph.D., Drexel University. Materials process modeling and Fatigue, fatigue crack growth, thermo- control, manufacturing engineering, University. Casting technology, aluminum mechanical fatigue, creep, and fracture casting alloy development and corrosion, and environmental effects on of metallic materials – life predictions, metals and ceramics. characterization, heat treatment, molten computational modeling and ICME, metal processing, and solidification D. Apelian, Alcoa/Howmet Professor of materials/process design and optimization processing. Engineering; Director, Metal Processing for aerospace, automotive, marine, and Institute; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of military applications; advanced material Y. Wang, William Smith Foundation Technology. Resource recovery and characterization; additive manufacturing, Dean’s Professor, Associate Professor of recycling, solidification processing, spray metal matrix nano–composites, friction Mechanical Engineering; Ph.D., casting, molten metal processing, stir welding, cold spray technology, University of Windsor (Canada). Lithium aluminum foundry processing, plasma powder metallurgy; residual stress; ion battery, fuel cell, corrosion and processing, and knowledge engineering in plasticity; fracture mechanics. electrochemistry, flow battery. materials processing. Jianyu Liang, Associate Professor, Ph.D., M. Yang, Assistant Research Professor, I. Bar-On, Professor; Ph.D., Hebrew Brown University, 2004. Nanostructured Associate Director of the Center for Heat University of Jerusalem. Mechanical materials, material processing, material Treating Excellence; Ph.D., Worcester behavior of materials, fracture and fatigue of characterization. Polytechnic Institute. Thermal Processing metals, ceramics and composites, reliability of Metals and Alloys, Integrated M. M. Makhlouf, Professor; Ph.D., Computational Materials Engineering. and lie prediction, and electronic packaging. Worcester Polytechnic Institute. R. R. Biederman, Professor Emeritus; Solidification of Metals, the application of Y. Zhong, Associate Professor; Ph.D., P.E., University of Connecticut. heat, mass and momentum transfer to Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Materials science and engineering, modeling and solving engineering Computational Thermodynamics. microstructural­ analysis, SEM, TEM, and materials problems, and processing of ­diffraction analysis. ceramic materials. Program of Study Materials Science and Engineering (MTE) C. A. Brown, Professor; Director, Surface B. Mishra, Kenneth G. Merriman Profes- offers programs leading to a degree of mas- Metrology Lab; Ph.D., University of sor, Director of Metal Processing Institute: ter of science and/or doctor of philosophy. Vermont. Surface metrology, multi-scale Ph.D., University of Minnesota, MN. geometric analyses, axiomatic design, Physico-chemical processing of materi- The master of science in materials science sports engineering, and manufacturing als; Corrosion science and engineering; and engineering provides students with processes. Materials Processing, Surface Engineering, an opportunity to study the fundamentals Resource Recovery & Recycling, Critical of materials science and state-of-the-art D. Cote, Assistant Professor, Director materials extraction; Iron and steelmaking; applications in materials engineering of Center for Materials Processing Data Alloy development; Thin film coatings. and materials processing. The program (CMPD); Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic is designed to build a strong foundation Institute. Computational thermodynamics S. Narra, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., in materials science along with industrial and kinetics; Phase transformations; Carnegie-Mellon University. Additive applications in engineering, technology Powder metallurgy. Manufacturing. and processing. Both full- and part-time C. Demetry, Associate Professor; Director P. Rao, Assistant Professor of Mechanical study are available. of the Morgan Teaching and Learning Engineering; Ph.D., Stanford University. Program areas for the doctor of philosophy Center, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Flame synthesis of nanomaterials for solar emphasize the processing-structure- Technology. Materials science and energy conversion and storage. property-performance relationships engineering education, nanocrystalline S. Shivkumar, Professor; Ph.D., Stevens in metals, ceramics, polymers and materials and nanocomposites, ceramics, Institute of Technology. Biomedical composites. Current projects are and grain boundaries and interfaces in materials, plastics, materials processing. addressing these issues in fuel cell materials. W. Soboyejo, Bernard M. Gordon Dean materials, biopolymers, aluminum and M. H. Emmert, Associate Professor of of Engineering, Professor of Engineering magnesium casting, the heat-treating of Chemistry; Ph.D., Universität Münster, Leadership; Ph.D., Cambridge University. steels and aluminum alloys and metal Germany. Transition metal catalysts for Materials Science, Biomaterials, Materials matrix composites. C-H functionalization and CO2 reduction, for Energy Systems and Multifunctional Well-equipped laboratories within sustainable syntheses, and new reagents for Materials for Sustainable Development. Washburn Shops and Stoddard direct aminations of C-H bonds.

124 Materials Science and Engineering Return to Table of Contents Laboratories include such facilities as professional project. The remaining A member of the materials science and scanning (SEM) and transmission (TEM) graduate credits must consist of additional engineering faculty will be appointed electron microscopes, X-ray diffractometer, MTE or other 4000-, 500- or 600-level to be the chairperson of the MEDQE process simulation equipment, a engineering, science, management or Committee. This person should not be mechanical testing laboratory including mathematics electives. All courses must be the student’s Ph.D. thesis advisor; but that two computer-controlled servohydraulic approved by the student’s advisor and the advisor may be a member of the MEDQE mechanical testing systems, metalcasting, Materials Graduate Committee. Committee. Others on the committee particulate processing, semisolid processing Satisfactory participation in the materi- should be the writers of the four sections laboratories, a surface metrology als engineering seminar (MTE 580) is of the examinations and any other faculty laboratory, a metallographic laboratory, a also required for all full-time students. In selected by the chairperson. Faculty polymer engineering laboratory with addition to general college requirements, from other departments at WPI or other differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), a all courses taken for graduate credit must colleges/universities, as well as experts from corrosion laboratory, topographic analysis result in a GPA of 3.0 or higher. Waiver industry, may be asked to participate in this laboratory and machining force of any of these requirements must be examination if the materials engineering dynamometry. A range of materials approved by the Materials Science and faculty deems that it is appropriate. processing, fastening, joining, welding, Engineering Graduate Committee, which At least one year prior to completion of machining, casting and heat treating will exercise its discretion in handling any the Ph.D. dissertation, the student must facilities is also available. extenuating circumstances or problems. present a formal seminar to the public describing the proposed dissertation Examples of Typical Program Admission Requirements research project. This Ph.D. research The program is designed for college • Materials engineering core courses— proposal will be presented after admission graduates with engineering, mathematics 18 credits to candidacy. or science degrees. Some undergraduate • Electives—6 credits courses may be required to improve the • Thesis—6 credits Materials Science and student’s background in materials science • Total—30 credits and engineering. For further information, Engineering Laboratories see page 11. For the Ph.D. and Research Centers Degree Requirements The number of course credits required for Electrochemical Energy the doctor of philosophy degree, above Laboratory For the M.S. those for the master of science, is not specified precisely. For planning purposes, The electrochemical energy laboratory is For the master of science in materials equipped for analyzing a variety of electro­ science and engineering, the student is the student should consider a total of 21 to 30 course credits. The remainder of the chemical reactions. Examples of these required to complete a minimum of 30 reactions include electrolysis of metal salts graduate credit hours. Requirements work will be in research and independent study. The total combination of research for primary metal production, lithium include MTE 511 and MTE 512 and ion transport in lithium ion batteries and at least 4 of the following courses: MTE and coursework required will not be less than 60 credits beyond the master of reactions involved in colloidal flow battery 526, MTE 532, MTE 540, MTE 550, suspensions. The equipment includes MTE 561. For the remaining credits, the science degree or not less than 90 credits beyond the bachelor’s degree. three different electrochemical analyzers student may choose between a thesis or (Bio-logic electrochemical tester with 10 coursework option and Directed Research. Admission to candidacy will be granted channels, Newware Battery testing system, only after the student has satisfactorily Arbin BT2043 with MitsPro4.0 System), Thesis Option passed the Materials Engineering Doctoral and a two-person MBRAUN Glovebox. The student must complete a thesis with a Qualifying/ Comprehensive Examination Additionally several furnaces, oven, high minimum of 6 graduate credits. Additional (MEDQE). The purpose of this exam energy ball mill, overhead stirrer, spin thesis credits may substitute for course is to determine if the student’s breadth coater and a hydraulic press are available electives. The remaining graduate credits and depth of understanding of the for electrode preparation. The lab also must consist of additional MTE or other fundamental areas of materials engineering includes a Shutte Buffalo W-6-H hammer- 4000-, 500- or 600-level engineering, is adequate to conduct independent mill for recycling related projects. science, management or mathematics research and successfully complete a Ph.D. electives. All courses must be approved dissertation. Integrative Materials Design by the student’s advisor and the Materials Center (iMdc) Graduate Committee. The MEDQE consists of both written and oral components. The written exam iMdc is a WPI-based research center Non Thesis Option must be successfully completed before the dedicated to advancing the state-of- The student must complete a three oral exam can be taken. The oral exam the-art-and-practice in sustainable credit capstone project or equivalent is usually given within two months of materials-process-component design and that demonstrates the ability to design, the completion of the written exam. The manufacturing for high-performance, implement, and complete an independent MEDQE is offered at least one time each reliability, and recyclability through year. knowledge creation and dissemination, and through education.

Materials Science and Engineering 125 Return to Table of Contents iMdc is formed through an industry-­ Agilent Nanoindenter, Clark CM-400AT faculty. The lab is equipped with leading- government-university alliance, and its microhardness indenter, Shimazu HMV- edge technology: program is built in direct collaboration, 2000 Microhardness tester, Buehler • Computerized data acquisition systems and with active participation and insight Microhardness tester, Rockwell hardness for solidification studies from its industrial and government partners. testers, and more than 10 grinding and • Thermal analysis units The center is conducting fundamental polishing machines. The MCL is also open • Liquid metal filtration apparatus research, which addresses well-identified to researchers from other universities and • Rheocasting machines industrial applications of general interest local industries. and relevance to the manufacturing sector. • Extensive melting and casting facilities Metal Processing Institute (MPI) • Variety of heat treating furnaces The overarching objective of the iMdc’s The Metal Processing Institute (MPI) is research portfolio is to prevent failure and Student scholarships offered by the an industry-university alliance dedicated increase high–performance and reliability Foundry Education Foundation (FEF) and to advancing available technology to the of high-integrity structures through: NADCA are available through ACRC, as metal processing and materials recovery • Exploring and advancing the funda­ are project opportunities at international and recycling industries. Students, profes- mental and practical understanding of sites. sors and more than 90 industry partners a wide range of multi-scale metallic and work together on research projects that The ACRC lab is open throughout the composite materials and their respective address technological barriers facing in- year for project activity and thesis work, as processes dustry – making member businesses more well as co-op and summer employment. • Developing new and optimized competitive and productive. http://wpi.edu/+acrc materials and processing practices, including recycling as a design factor MPI offers educational opportunities and Center for Heat Treating Excellence • Establishing knowledge-based corporate resources to undergraduate and (CHTE) microstructure-properties-performance graduate students. They include: At the Center for Heat Treating Excel- relationships • International exchanges and internships lence (CHTE) students get to work with with several leading universities in industry leaders and WPI faculty to solve • Investigating the impact of increased Europe and Asia. utilization of recycled materials in high- business challenges and improve manufac- performance materials and applications • Graduate internship programs leading to turing processes through applied research. a master’s or doctoral degree, where the • Providing practical and integrated research is carried out at the industrial Students will have the opportunity to work design and computational (ICME) site. with over 20 corporate members from methods and tools various parts of the heat treating industry • Identifying and pursuing implementation MPI’s research programs are managed by – commercial heat treaters, captive heat venues for the developed materials, three distinct research centers: treaters, suppliers and manufacturers. processes, and design methodologies • Advanced Casting Research Center (ACRC) – more information below. Research projects focus on: • Reducing energy consumption Industrial and government partners review • Center for Heat Treating Excellence and provide insight and guidance to the (CHTE) – more information below. • Controlling microstructure and research programs, bring industrial per- properties of metallic components spective, and assist in identifying strategies • Center for Resource Recovery and Recycling (CR3) – more information • Reducing processing time for the implementation of the develop- • Minimizing production costs ments in the industry. This setting pro- below. • Achieving zero distortion vides a platform for creating knowledge in For further information please visit the a well-defined context while being able to MPI offices on the third floor of Wash- • Increasing furnace efficiency disseminate it and witness its implementa- burn, Room 326. Our visit our website: Project opportunities, industrial intern- tion and impact in/on actual industrial http://wpi.edu/+mpi ships, co-op opportunities and summer applications. employment are available through CHTE. The Advanced Casting Research http://wpi.edu/+chte Materials Characterization Center (ACRC) Laboratory The Advanced Casting Research Center Center for Resource Recovery and The Materials Characterization Laboratory (ACRC) brings industry and university Recycling (CR3) (MCL) is an analytical user facility, which together to collaborate on research projects In nature, nothing is wasted. The Center serves the materials community at WPI, in the areas of light metals, non-ferrous for Resource Recovery & Recycling (CR3) offering a range of analytical techniques alloys and semi-solid processing. The is the premiere industry-university col- and support services. Licensed users have advancements being made in the ACRC laborative that works towards taking the 24/7 access to instruments including provide solutions to today’s manufacturing waste from one process and utilizing it in JEOL 7000F field-emission gun scan- challenges. another, establishing a closed loop system 3 ning electron microscope, JEOL 100CXII Undergraduate and graduate students – just as nature would. CR ’s mission is transmission electron microscope, PANa- working in the ACRC laboratories work to be the ultimate resource in material lytical Empyrean x-ray diffractometer, directly with professional engineers from sustainability. Spectro MAXx LMX04 Spectrometer, 34 sponsoring companies, as well as WPI

126 Materials Science and Engineering Return to Table of Contents Students who work with CR3 will work Nanomaterials synthesis equipment in the for measuring topographies, as well as with industry leaders on technological NanoEnergy lab includes vapor deposition Mountains Map (DigitalSurf), Modal advancements that recover and recycle ma- (flat-flame burner and multi-zone tube Filter, and Sfrax, software for analysis. We terials from initial product design, through furnace), hydrothermal synthesis reactors, study how topographies are influenced by manufacture to end-of-life disposition. solution deposition (fume hood, spin- processing and influence the performance The end result: enhanced environmental coater), and various furnaces for annealing of surfaces. One task it to find ways to conservation, and im proved energy and materials. Light sources, integrating discriminate surfaces that were processed cost savings. spheres, spectrometers, a potentiostat, differently, or that perform differently, Recent projects include: electrochemical cells and chemical sensors based on topographic measurement and • Near 100% auto recycling rates are available for the characterization of analysis. Another task is to find functional optical, electronic and electrochemical correlations between topographies and • Dist recovery and recycling properties of materials. their processing or their performance. The improvements The NanoEnergy Lab is located in lab has pioneered the development and • Recovery of valuable materials from application of several kinds of multi-scale waste fluorescent HL026. For further information, please see nanoenergy.wpi.edu. analyses including geometric and fractal • Transformation of waste streams to analyses for discrimination and correlation. value added materials Nanomaterials and The lab serves industry and collaborates CR3 is an Industry and University Center Nanomanufacturing Laboratory with engineers and scientists from a variety of disciplines around the world. (I/UCRC) and is supported by the Na- This laboratory is well-equipped for tional Science Foundation (NSF). Partner advanced research in controlled nano­ Course Descriptions universities include Colorado School of fabrications and nanomanufacturing of Mines and KU Leuven, Belgium. For carbon nanotubes, magnetized nanotubes, All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. more information: https://wpi.edu/+cr3 semiconducting, superconducting,­ MTE 509. Electron Microscopy magnetic, metallic arrays of nanowires and (2 credits) Center for Materials Processing quantum dots. Nanomaterials fabrication This course introduces students to the theory, Data (CMPD) and engineering will be carried out in this fundamental operating principles, and specimen The Center for Materials Processing preparation techniques of scanning electron laboratory by different means, such as microscopy (SEM), transmission electron Data (CMPD) is a research consortium PVD (physical vapor deposition), CVD microscopy (TEM), and energy dispersive x-ray dedicated to generating and disseminating (chemical vapor deposition), PECVD spectroscopy (EDS). The primary emphasis materials property data used in (plasma enhanced CVD), RIE (reactive is placed on practical SEM, TEM, and x-ray materials processing and manufacturing ion etching), ICP etching (induced microanalysis of materials. Topics to be technologies. This data is unique in that coupled plasma), etc. Material property covered include basic principles of the electron it’s often transient, and is therefore difficult characterizations will be conducted, microscopy; SEM instrumentation, image formation and interpretation, qualitative and to find, and generate. CMPD will both including optic, electronic, and magnetic quantitative x-ray microanalysis in SEM; electron generate experimentally, as well as mine property measurements. Nanostructured diffraction and diffraction contrast imaging in existing literature data. Then, data will be device design, implementation, and test TEM. Various application examples of SEM and disseminated to Center members to be will also be carried out in this lab. TEM in materials research will be discussed. Lab used in their own predictive models. work will be included. The course is available to Polymer Laboratory graduate students. Recommended background: NanoEnergy Laboratory This laboratory is used for the synthesis, CH 1020, PH 1120, and ES 2001 or equivalent. Research in the NanoEnergy Lab targets Note: Students cannot receive credit for this processing and testing of plastics. The course if they have taken the Special Topics the synthesis and study of ordered equipment includes: thermal analysis version of the same course. nanomaterials for energy conversion machines Perkin Elmer DSC 4, DSC 7, applications, particularly for converting DTA 1400 and TGA 7; single-screw table- MTE 511/ME 5311. Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials solar energy to electrical or chemical top extruder; injection molding facilities; (2 credits) energy. The goal is to use nanostructuring polymer synthesis apparatus; oil bath This course, (along with its companion course and scalable, economical synthesis furnaces; heat treating ovens; and foam MTE 512 Properties and Performance of methods to dramatically improve the processing and testing devices. Engineering Materials), is designed to provide energy conversion efficiency of earth- a comprehensive review of the fundamental abundant, low-cost materials. Surface Metrology Laboratory principles of Materials Science and Engineering WPI’s Surface Metrology Lab is one of for incoming graduate students. In the first part of Projects in the NanoEnergy Lab focus on: just a few academic labs in the world that this 2 course sequence, the structure in materials • Flame-synthesis of complex, ranging from the sub-atomic to the macroscopic focuses on measurement and analysis hierarchical, ordered nanomaterials including nano, micro and macromolecular of surface topographies, or roughness. • Design, synthesis and characterization structures will be discussed to highlight bonding Through the generosity of the respective mechanisms, crystallinity and defect patterns. of nanostructured materials for solar companies the lab has the use of an Representative thermodynamic and kinetic energy conversion (photovoltaic and Olympus LEXT OLS4100 laser scanning aspects such as diffusion, phase diagrams, photoelectrochemical) confocal microscope, a Solarius SolarScan nucleation and growth and TTT diagrams will be white light microscope and a Mahr- discussed. Major structural parameters that effect of performance in materials including plastics, Federal MarSurf GD25 stylus profiler

Materials Science and Engineering 127 Return to Table of Contents metallic alloys, ceramics and glasses will be MTE/MFE 521. Fundamentals of MTE 540. Analytical Methods in Materials emphasized. The principal processing techniques Axiomatic Design of Manufacturing Engineering to shape materials and the effects of processing on Processes (3 credits) structure will be highlighted. (Prerequisites: senior (2 credits) Heat transfer and diffusion kinetics are applied to or graduate standing or consent of the instructor.) The course starts with an in-depth study of the solution of materials engineering problems. Note: Students cannot receive credit for this axiomatic design. Applications of axiomatic design Mathematical and numerical methods for the course if they have taken the Special Topics are considered primarily, although not exclusively, solutions to Fourier’s and Pick’s laws for a variety version of the same course (MTE 594S). for the design of manufacturing processes and of boundary conditions will be presented and MTE 512/ME 5312. Properties and tools. Axiomatic design is a design methodology discussed. The primary emphasis is given heat Performance of Engineering Materials based on the premise that there are two axioms treatment and surface modification processes. that apply to all good designs. These axioms Topics to be covered include solutionizing, (2 credits) facilitate the teaching and practice of engineering quenching, and carburization heat treatment. The two introductory classes on materials science design as a scientific discipline. Manufacturing (Prerequisites: ME 4840 or MTE 511 and (MTE 511 and MTE 512) describe the structure- process analysis is considered from the perspective MTE 512 or equivalent.) property relationships in materials. The purpose of supporting design. Methods of analysis of of this class is to provide a basic knowledge of the manufacturing processes with broad applicability MTE 550. Phase Transformations in principles pertaining to the physical, mechanical are sought. Special attention is given to examples Materials and chemical properties of materials. The in machining (traditional, nontraditional and (3 credits) primary focus of this class will be on mechanical grinding), additive manufacturing, and to This course is intended to provide a fundamental properties. The thermal, tensile, compressive, the production of surfaces. The ability to find understanding of thermodynamic and kinetic flexural and shear properties of metallic alloys, commonalities across applications and generalize principles associated with phase transformations. ceramics and glasses and plastics will be discussed. is emphasized to facilitate further development of The mechanisms of phase transformations will be Fundamental aspects of fracture mechanics and principles with broad applicability. The content discussed in terms of driving forces to establish viscoelasticity will be presented. An overview of is delivered in video lectures and in readings from a theoretical background for various physical dynamic properties such as fatigue, impact and the technical literature. Homework and quizzes phenomena. The principles of nucleation and creep will be provided. The relationship between are given and delivered on-line. There is a project growth and spinodal transformations will be the structural parameters and the preceding to design a manufacturing process. The topics described. The theoretical analysis of diffusion mechanical properties will be described. Basic can be from work or dissertations that can be controlled and interface controlled growth will composite theories will be presented to describe interpreted as manufacturing processes and tools. be presented The basic concepts of martensitic fiber-reinforced composites and nanocomposites. transformations will be highlighted. Specific Various factors associated with material Credit cannot be given for this course and any examples will include solidification, crystallization, degradation during use will be discussed. Some of the similar, in-class versions for 3 credits, precipitation, sintering, phase separation and introductory definitions of electrical and optical MFE 520, MTE 520 and ME 543. transformation toughening. (Prerequisites: properties will be outlined. (Prerequisites: MTE MTE 526. Advanced Thermodynamics MTE 511 and MTE 512, ME 4850 or 511 and senior or graduate standing or consent equivalent.) of the instructor) Note: Students cannot receive (2 credits) credit for this course if they have taken the Special Thermodynamics of solutions—phase MTE 556/ME 5356. Smart Materials Topics version of the same course (MTE 594P). equilibria— Ellingham diagrams, binary and (2 credits) ternary phase diagrams, reactions between A material whose properties can respond to MTE 520/MFE 520/ME 543. Axiomatic gasses and condensed phases, reactions within an external stimulus in a controlled fashion is Design of Manufacturing Processes condensed phases, thermodynamics of surfaces, referred to as a smart or intelligent material. (3 credits) defects and electrochemistry. Applications to These materials can be made to undergo changes This course begins with elements axiomatic materials processing and degradation will be modulus, shape, porosity, electrical conductivity, design, the theory and practice. Design presented and discussed. (Prerequisites: ES 3001, physical form, opacity, and magnetic properties applications are considered primarily, although ES 2001) Note: Students cannot receive credit for based on an external stimulus. The stimuli can not exclusively, for the design of manufacturing this course if they have taken the Special Topics include temperature, pH, specific molecules, light, processes and tools. Axiomatic design is based version of the same course (MTE 594T). magnetic field, voltage and stress. These stimuli- on the premise that there are common aspects to sensitive materials can be utilized as sensors and all good designs. These commons aspects, stated MTE 532. X-Ray Diffraction and Crystallography as vehicles for the controlled delivery of drugs and in the independence and information axioms, other biomolecules in medical applications. Smart (2 credits) facilitate the teaching and practice of engineering materials are also becoming important in other This course discusses the fundamentals of design as a scientific discipline. Analysis of biological areas such as bio-separation, biosensor crystallography and X-ray diffraction (XRD) processes and products is considered from the design, tissue engineering, protein folding, of metals, ceramics and polymers. It introduces perspective of supporting product and process and microfluidics. The use of stimuli-sensitive graduate students to the main issues and design. Fundamental methods of engineering materials is receiving increasing attention in the techniques of diffraction analysis as they relate to analysis of manufacturing processes with broad development of damage tolerant smart structures materials. The techniques for the experimental applicability are developed. Attention is given in aerospace, marine, automotive and earth quake phase identification and determination of phase to examples from one or more of the following: resistant buildings. The use of smart materials fraction via XRD will be reviewed. Topics covered machining (traditional, nontraditional and is being explored for a range of applications include: basic X-ray physics, basic crystallography, grinding), additive manufacturing, and to the including protective coatings, corrosion barriers, fundamentals of XRD, XRD instrumentation production of surface topographies. The ability to intelligent batteries, fabrics and food packaging. and analysis techniques. (Prerequisites: ES 2001 generalize from detailed examples is emphasized The purpose of this course is to provide an or equivalent, and senior or graduate standing in in order to facilitate the students’ ability to introduction to the various types of smart engineering or science.) Note: Students cannot development analyses and design methods with materials including polymers, ceramic, metallic receive credit for this course if they have taken broader applicability. alloys and composites. Fundamental principles the Special Topics version of the same course associated with the onset of “smart” property This course is offered live, in-class only, to be (MTE 594C). completed in one semester, for three credits. will be highlighted. The principles of self- Credit cannot be given for this course and any of healable materials based on smart materials will the similar, on-line versions of this material for 2 be discussed. The application of smart materials credits: MFE 521, MTE 521 and ME 521.

128 Materials Science and Engineering Return to Table of Contents in various fields including sensors, actuators, from those on the macroscopic scale due to the Examples of research from a broad range of diagnostics, therapeutics, packaging and other size confinement, predominance of interfacial applications are presented, including, food advanced applications will be presented. Note: phenomena and quantum mechanics are studied. science, pavements, friction, adhesion, machining Students cannot receive credit for this course if The main issues and techniques relevant to science and grinding. Students do a major project of they have taken the Special Topics version of the and technologies on the nanometer scale are their choosing, which can involve either an in- same course (MTE 594). considered. New developments in this field and depth literature review, or surface measurement future perspectives are presented. Topics covered and analysis. The facilities of WPI’s Surface MTE 558. Plastics include: fabrication of nanoscale structures, Metrology Laboratory are available for making (2 credits) characterization at nanoscale, molecular measurements for selected projects. Software for This course will provide an integrated overview electronics, nanoscale mechanics, new advanced analysis methods is also available for use of the design, selection and use of synthetic architecture, nano optics and societal impacts. in the course. No previous knowledge of surface plastics. The basic chemistry associated with Recommended background: ES 2001 metrology is required. Students should have some polymerization and the structure of commercial Introduction to Materials or equivalent background in engineering, math or science. plastics will be described. Various aspects of polymer crystallization and glass transition will MTE 580. Materials Science and MTE 5844. Corrosion and Corrosion be outlined. Salient aspects of fluid flow and Engineering Seminar Control heat transfer during the processing of plastics Reports on the state-of-the-art in various areas (2 credits) will be highlighted. Fundamentals of the diverse of research and development in materials science An introductory course on corrosion; aqueous processing operations used to shape plastics and engineering will be presented by the faculty corrosion, stress corrosion cracking and hydrogen and the resulting structures that develop after and outside experts. Reports on graduate student effects in metals will be presented. High- processing will be discussed. The mechanical research in progress will also be required. temperature oxidation, carburization and behavior of plastics including elastic deformation, sulfidation will be discussed. Discussions focus on MTE 5816. Ceramics and Glasses for rubber elasticity, yielding, viscoelasticity, current corrosive engineering problems and Engineering Applications fracture and creep will be discussed. Plastic research. (Prerequisites: MTE 511 and MTE 512 (2 credits) degradation and environmental issues associated or consent of the instructor.) Note: Students with recycling and disposal of plastics will be This course develops an understanding of the cannot receive credit for this course if they have examined. Typical techniques used in the analysis processing, structure, property, performance taken the Special Topics version of the same and testing of plastics will be described and a relationships in crystalline and vitreous ceram- course. working knowledge of various terminologies used ics. The topics covered include crystal structure, in commercial practice will be provided. Note: glassy structure, phase diagrams, microstructures, MTE/ME 5847. Materials for Students cannot receive credit for this course if mechanical properties, optical properties, thermal Electrochemical Energy Systems they have taken the Special Topics version of the properties, and materials selection for ceramic (2 credits) same course (MTE 594A). materials. In addition the methods for processing An introductory course on electrochemical ceramics for a variety of products will be included. engineering, fuel cells and batteries. With MTE 561/ME 5361. Mechanical Behavior Recommended background: ES2001 or equiva- escalating oil prices and increasing environmental and Fracture of Materials lent. Note: Students cannot receive credit for concerns, increasing attention is being paid to (2 credits) this course if they have taken the Special Topics the development of electrochemical devices to The failure and wear-out mechanisms for a version of the same course. replace traditional energy. Here several types variety of materials (metals, ceramics, polymers, of batteries and fuel cells will be discussed. MTE/MFE 5841 composites and microelectronics) and applications Topics covered include: basic electrochemistry, ME 5370. Surface Metrology will be presented and discussed. Multi-axial lithium ion battery, proton exchange membrane (3 credits) failure theories and fracture mechanics will be fuel cell, solid oxide fuel cell, electrochemical discussed. The methodology and techniques This course emphasizes research applications method. Recommended background: ES2001 or for reliability analysis will also be presented and of advanced surface metrology, including the equivalent. Note: Students cannot receive credit discussed. A materials systems approach will be measurement and analysis of surface roughness. for this course if they have taken the Special used. (Prerequisites: ES 2502 and ME 3023 or Surface metrology can be important in a wide Topics version of the same course. equivalent, and senior or graduate standing in variety of situations including adhesion, friction, engineering or science.) Note: Students cannot catalysis, heat transfer, mass transfer, scattering, MTE 594. Special Topics receive credit for this course if they have taken the biological growth, wear and wetting. These (As arranged) Special Topics version of the same course situations impact practically all the engineering Theoretical or experimental studies in subjects of (MTE 593C/MTE 594C). disciplines and sciences. The course begins by interest to graduate students in materials science considering basic principles and conventional and engineering. MTE 575/ME 4875. Introduction to analyses, and methods. Measurement and Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology analysis methods are critically reviewed for Research (2 credits) utility. Students learn advanced methods for {As arranged) This course introduces students to current differentiating surface textures that are suspected Additional acceptable courses, 4000 series, may be develop­­ ments­ in nanoscale science and of being different because of their performance found in the Undergraduate Catalog. technology. The current advance of materials and or manufacture. Students will also learn methods devices constituting of building blocks of metals, for making correlations between surface textures semiconductors, ceramics or polymers that are and behavioral and manufacturing parameters. nanometer size (1-100 nm) are reviewed. The The results of applying these methods can be used profound implications for technology and science to support the design and manufacture of surface of this research field are discussed. The differences textures, and to address issues in quality assurance. of the properties of matter on the nanometer scale

Materials Science and Engineering 129 Return to Table of Contents Mathematical Sciences www.wpi.edu/+math Faculty A. C. Heinricher, Professor; Ph.D., B. Nandram, Professor; Ph.D., University Carnegie Mellon University, 1986. of Iowa, 1989. Survey sampling theory L. Capogna, Professor and Head; Ph.D., Applied probability, stochastic processes and methods, Bayes and empirical Bayes Purdue University, 1996. Partial and optimal control theory. theory and methods, categorical data differential equations. M. Humi, Professor; Ph.D., Weizmann analysis. J. Abraham, Professor of Practice and Institute of Science, 1969. Mathematical P. O’Cathain, Assistant Professor; Actuarial Mathematics Coordinator; physics, applied mathematics and Ph.D., National University of Ireland, Fellow, Society of Actuaries, 1991; B.S., modeling, Lie groups, differential Galway, 2012. Combinatorics, algebra and University of Iowa, 1980. equations, numerical analysis, turbulence compressed sensing. A. Arnold, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., and chaos. S. Olson, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Case Western University, 2014. M. Johnson, Teaching Assistant Professor; North Carolina State University 2008. Mathematical biology, bayesian inference, Ph.D., Clark University 2012. Industrial Mathematical biology, computational parameter estimation in biological systems. organization, game theory. biofluids, scientific computing. M. Blais, Teaching Associate Professor, C. J. Larsen, Professor; Ph.D., Carnegie R. C. Paffenroth, Associate Professor; Coordinator of Professional Science Mellon University, 1996. Variational Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1999. Master’s Programs and Associate problems from applications such as Large scale data analytics, statistical Department Head; Ph.D., Cornell optimal design, fracture mechanics, and machine learning, compressed sensing, University, 2005. Mathematical finance. image segmentation, calculus of variations, network analysis. L. Carichino, Post-Doctoral Scholar; partial differential equations, geometric B. Peiris, Assistant Teaching Professor, Ph.D., Purdue University, 2016. measure theory, analysis of free boundaries Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, Mathematical biology, applied and free discontinuity sets. Carbondale, 2014. Bayesian Statistics, mathematics, fluid-structure interaction, R. Y. Lui, Professor; Ph.D., University of order restricted inference, meta-analysis. reduced models, multi scale coupling. Minnesota, 1981. Mathematical biology, B. Posterro, Teaching Assistant Professor; S. Cassani, Post-Doctoral Scholar; partial differential equations. M.S., Financial Mathematics, Worcester Ph.D., Purdue University, 2016. Applied K. A. Lurie, Professor; Ph.D., 1964, Polytechnic Institute, 2010, M.S. Applied mathematics, mathematical biology, D.Sc., 1972, A. F. Ioffe Physical- Mathematics, Worcester Polytechnic numerical analysis, reduced models, Technical Institute, Academy of Sciences Institute, 2000. multiscale models. of the USSR, Russia. Control theory M. Sarkis, Professor; Ph.D., Courant P. R. Christopher, Professor;. Ph.D., for distributed parameter systems, Institute of Mathematical Sciences, Clark University, 1982. Graph theory, optimization and nonconvex variational 1994. Domain decomposition methods, group theory, algebraic graph theory, calculus, optimal design. numerical analysis, parallel computing, combinatorics, linear algebra. W. J. Martin, Professor; Ph.D., computational fluid dynamics, J. D. Fehribach, Associate Professor; University of Waterloo, 1992. Algebraic preconditioned iterative methods for linear Ph.D., Duke University, 1985. Partial combinatorics, applied combinatorics. and non-linear problems, numerical partial differential equations and scientific C. Mayer, Post-Doctoral Scholar; Ph.D., differential equations, mixed and non- computing, free and moving boundary University of Nebraska - Lincoln, 2018. conforming finite methods, overlapping problems (crystal growth), nonequilibrium Error-correcting codes, information non-matching grids, mortar finite thermodynamics and averaging (molten theory, applied discrete mathematics. elements, eigenvalue solvers, aeroelasticity, carbonate fuel cells). porous media reservoir modeling. F. P. Medina, Post-Doctoral Scholar; K. Gajamannage, Post-Doctoral Scholar; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 2014. B. Servatius, Professor; Ph.D., Syracuse Ph.D., Clarkson University, 2016. Absorption models, methane hydrates University, 1987. Combinatorics, matroid Manifold learning, dimension reduction, models, noncomplementarity constraints, and graph theory, structural topology, pattern recognition, mathematical applied functional analysis, numerical geometry, history and philosophy of modelling. analysis. mathematics. J. Goulet, Teaching Professor and U. Mosco, H. J. Gay Professor; Libera S. Sturm, Associate Professor; Ph.D. Coordinator, Master of Mathematics for Docenza, University of Rome, 1967. TU Berlin 2010. Mathematical finance: Educators Program; Ph.D., Rensselaer Partial differential equations, convex stochastic volatility, optimal portfolio Polytechnic Institute, 1976. Applications analysis, optimal control, variational problems, systemic risk; stochastic analysis: of linear algebra, cross departmental course calculus, fractals. backward stochastic differential equations, development, project development, K-12 large deviations, Malliavin calculus. relations with colleges, mathematics of digital and analog sound and music.

130 Mathematical Sciences Return to Table of Contents D. Tang, Professor; Ph.D., University of communications, electromagnetic fields Bayesian computation, survey research Wisconsin, 1988. Biofluids, biosolids, in transmission lines and along media methodology, categorical data analysis, blood flow, mathematical modeling, interfaces, control and optimization of Monte Carlo methodology, statistical numerical methods, scientific computing, electromagnetic and temperature fields computing, survival analysis and model nonlinear analysis, computational fluid in microwave thermal processing, issues selection. dynamics. in modeling of microwave heating, B. S. Tilley, Associate Professor; Ph.D., computational electromagnetics with Programs of Study Northwestern University, 1994. Free- neural networks, numerical methods, The Mathematical Sciences Department boundary problems in continuum algorithms and CAD tools for RF, MW offers four programs leading to the degree mechanics, interfacial fluid dynamics, and MMW components and subsystems. of master of science, a combined B.S./ viscous flows, partial differential equations, Z. Zhang, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Master’s program, a program leading to mathematical modeling, asymptotic Brown University, 2014, Shanghai the degree of master of mathematics for methods. University, 2011. Numerical analysis, educators, and a program leading to the degree of doctor of philosophy. B. Vernescu, Professor; Ph.D., Institute scientific computing, computational of Mathematics, Bucharest, Romania, and applied mathematics, uncertainty Master of Science in Applied qualification. 1989. Partial differential equations, phase Mathematics Program transitions and free-boundaries, viscous X. Zhou, Post-Doctoral Scholar; Ph.D., This program gives students a broad flow in porous media, asymptotic methods University of Pittsburgh, 2016. Analysis background in mathematics, placing and homogenization. on metric spaces, nonlinear partial an emphasis on areas with the highest D. Volkov, Associate Professor; Ph.D., differential equations, sub-Riemannian demand in applications: numerical Rutgers University, 2001. Electromagnetic geometry, differential games. methods and scientific computation, waves, inverse problems, wave propagation J. Zou, Associate Professor; Ph.D., mathematical modeling, discrete in waveguides and in periodic structures, University of Connecticut, 2009. Financial mathematics, mathematical materials electrified fluid jets. time series (especially high frequency science, optimization and operations research. In addition to these advanced H. F. Walker, Professor; Ph.D., Courant financial data), spatial statistics, areas of specialization, students are Institute of Mathematical Sciences, biosurveillance, high dimensional encouraged to acquire breadth by New York University, 1970. Numerical statistical inference, Bayesian statistics. choosing elective courses in other fields analysis, especially numerical solution of Emeritus that complement their studies in applied large-scale linear and nonlinear systems, P. W. Davis, Professor mathematics. Students have a choice unconstrained optimization, applications of completing their master’s thesis or to ordinary and partial differential W. J. Hardell, Professor project in cooperation with one of the equations and statistical estimation, J. J. Malone, Professor department’s established industrial computational and applied mathematics. B. C. McQuarrie, Professor partners. The program provides a suitable G. Wang, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., W. B. Miller, Professor foundation for the pursuit of a Ph.D. Boston University, 2013. Stochastic D. Vermes, Professor degree in applied mathematics or a control, mathematical finance, stochastic related field, or for a career in industry analysis, applied probability. Research Interests immediately after graduation. Active areas of research in the S. Weekes, Professor; Ph.D., University Mathematical Sciences Department Master of Science in Applied of Michigan, 1995. Numerical analysis, include applied and computational Statistics Program computational fluid dynamics, porous mathematics, industrial mathematics, This program gives graduates the media flow, hyperbolic conservation laws, applied statistics, scientific computing, shock capturing schemes. knowledge and experience to tackle numerical analysis, ordinary and partial problems of statistical design, analysis M. Wu, Visiting Assistant Professor; differential equations, non-linear analysis, and control likely to be encountered Ph.D., University of California, Irvine, electric power systems, control theory, in business, industry or academia. The 2012. Mathematical biology, modeling of optimal design, composite materials, program is designed to acquaint students living systems. homogenization, computational fluid with the theory underlying modern dynamics, biofluids, dynamical systems, Z. Wu, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Yale statistical methods, to provide breadth free and moving boundary problems, University, 2009. Biostatistics, high- in diverse areas of statistics and to give porous media modeling, turbulence and dimensional model selection, linear and students practical experience through chaos, mathematical physics, mathematical generalized linear modeling, statistical extensive application of statistical theory to biology, operations research, linear genetics, bioinformatics. real problems. and nonlinear programming, discrete V. Yakovlev, Research Associate; Ph.D., mathematics, graph theory, group Through the selection of elective courses, Institute of Radio Engineering and theory, linear algebra, combinatorics, the student may choose a program with Electronics, Russian Academy of Sciences, applied probability, stochastic processes, an industrial emphasis or one with a more 1991. Antennas for MW and MMW time series analysis, Bayesian statistics, theoretical emphasis.

Mathematical Sciences 131 Return to Table of Contents Professional Master of Science by mathematicians who work in industrial applications. In these courses, participants in Financial Mathematics environments. It also provides the breadth have the opportunity to develop materials, Program required by industrial multidisciplinary based on coursework, which may be used team environments through courses in in their classes. Throughout the courses, This program offers an efficient, practice- one area of science or engineering, e.g., technology is introduced whenever oriented track to prepare students for physics, computer science, mechanical possible to help educators become familiar quantitative careers in the financial engineering, and electrical and computer with the options available for use in industry, including banks, insurance engineering. the classroom. Examples of this include companies, and investment and securities Geometer’s Sketchpad and the TI CBL firms. The program gives students a solid The connection between academic training and industrial experience is for motion and heat. This combination of background and sufficient breadth in the content courses, assessment and evaluation mathematical and statistical foundations provided by an industrial professional master’s project that involves the solution theory courses, and a final project are needed to understand the cutting edge perfect for educators looking for a techniques of today and to keep up of a concrete, real-world problem originating in industry. The department, program that emphasizes mathematics with future developments in this rapidly and supports educators in learning how evolving area over the span of their careers. through the industrial connections of the faculty affiliated with the Center for to better evaluate their effectiveness in It also equips students with expertise in the classroom. For information about quantitative financial modeling and the Industrial Mathematics and Statistics, may help students identify and select suitable admissions and requirements, see the computational methods and skills that listing under STEM for Educators. are used to implement the models. The industrial internships. Graduates of the mathematical knowledge is complemented program are expected to start or advance Doctor of Philosophy in by studies in financial management, their professional careers in industry. Mathematical Sciences Program information technology and/or computer The goal of this program is to produce science. Master of Mathematics for Educators (MME) active and creative problem solvers, The bridge from the academic This is an evening and/or online program capable of contributing in academic environment to the professional workplace designed primarily for secondary school and industrial environments. One is provided by a professional master’s mathematics teachers. Courses offer a distinguishing feature of this program is project that involves the solution of a solid foundation in areas such as geometry, a Ph.D. project to be completed under concrete, real-world problem directly algebra, modeling, discrete math and the guidance of an external sponsor, originating in the financial industry. statistics, while also including the study e.g., from industry or a national research Students are encouraged to complete of modern applications. Additionally, center. The intention of this project is summer internships at financial firms. students develop materials, based on to connect theoretical knowledge with The department may help students to coursework, which may be used in their relevant applications and to improve find suitable financial internships through classes. Technology is introduced when skills in applying and communicating the industrial connections of faculty possible to give students exposure for mathematics. affiliated with the Center for Industrial future consideration. Examples include Mathematics and Statistics. Graduates Doctor of Philosophy in Geometer’s Sketchpad; Maple for algebra, Statistics Program of the program are expected to start or calculus and graphics; Matlab for analysis advance their professional careers in such of sound and music; and the TI CBL for The overall objective is to create a highly areas as financial product development motion and heat. competitive program that produces and pricing, risk management, future scholars and leaders in Statistics. investment decision support and portfolio Master of Science in The program will provide rigorous and management. Mathematics for Educators comprehensive training in mathematics, (MMED) statistics and related areas, as well as in Professional Master of Science critical thinking and problem solving in Industrial Mathematics The Master of Science in Mathematics for statistical challenges in data-related Program for Educators is designed specifically for researches and applications. The goal is middle school, high school and junior This is a practice-oriented program that to prepare future leading statisticians in college in-service educators. The emphasis academia, industry, and government. prepares students for successful careers in of the program is put on mathematics industry. The graduates are expected to content coursework combined with be generalized problem-solvers, capable Combined B.S./Master’s courses in assessment and evaluation Program of moving from task to task within an theory and a culminating project designed This program allows a student to work organization. In industry, mathematicians by the participant. The mathematics concurrently toward bachelor and master need not only the standard mathematical content courses, designed for educators, of science degrees in applied mathematics, and statistical modeling and computa- offer teachers a solid foundation in areas applied statistics, financial mathematics tional tools, but also knowledge within such as geometry, algebra, modeling, and industrial mathematics. other areas of science or engineering. This discrete math and statistics, while program aims at developing the analytical, also including the study of modern modeling and computational skills needed

132 Mathematical Sciences Return to Table of Contents Admission Requirements Degree Requirements must include MA 540, MA 541, MA 546, MA 547, 3 credits of MA 559 and A basic knowledge of undergraduate For the M.S. in Applied at least three additional departmental analysis, linear algebra and differential Mathematics statistics offerings: MA 509 and courses equations is assumed for applicants to the numbered 542 through 556. Students who master’s programs in applied mathematics The master’s program in Applied Math- ematics requires a minimum of 30 credit- can demonstrate a legitimate conflict in and industrial mathematics. A strong scheduling MA 559 will be assigned an background in mathematics, which hours of coursework. Additional credit from coursework may be required by the alternative activity by the Mathematical should include courses in undergraduate Science Department Graduate Committee. analysis and linear algebra, is assumed department depending on the student’s background. The student’s program must In addition the student must complete for applicants to the master’s program a Capstone Experience, which can be in financial mathematics. Typically, an include at least seven MA numbered courses other than 501 or 511. Among satisfied by one of the following options: entering student in the master of science (a) A six credit master’s thesis. in applied statistics program will have an these must be (b) A three to six credit master’s project. undergraduate major in the mathematical MA 503, MA 510, and either MA 535 sciences, engineering or a physical or MA 530. In addition, students are (c) A three credit master’s practicum. science; however, individuals with other required to complete a Capstone Experi- (d) A three credit research review report or backgrounds will be considered. In any ence, which can be satisfied by one of the research proposal. case, an applicant will need a strong following options: (e) A master’s exam. (a) A six credit master’s thesis. background in mathematics, which should Upper-level undergraduate courses may include courses in undergraduate analysis (b) A three to six credit master’s project. be taken for graduate credit subject to the and probability. Students with serious (c) A three credit master’s practicum. approval of the departmental Graduate deficiencies may be required to correct (d) A three credit research review report or Committee. them on a noncredit basis. Applicants to research proposal. the Ph.D. program and those wishing to (e) A master’s exam. For the M.S. in Financial be considered for teaching assistantships The master’s thesis is an original piece Mathematics should submit GRE Mathematics Subject of mathematical research work which The master’s program in Financial Math- Test scores if possible; an applicant who focuses on advancing the state of the ematics requires a minimum of 30 credit- finds it difficult to submit a score is mathematical art. The master’s project hours of coursework. Additional credit welcome to contact the Mathematical consists of a creative application of from coursework may be required by the Sciences Department Graduate mathematics to a real-world problem. department depending on the student’s Admissions Committee (ma-questions@ It focuses on problem definition and background. The curriculum consists of wpi.edu) to discuss the applicant’s solution using mathematical tools. The the following components: situation. master’s practicum requires a student to 1. 6 credits from required foundation For the applicants to the Ph.D. Program demonstrate the integration of advanced courses: in Statistics, strong background of mathematical concepts and methods into MA 529 Stochastic Processes or undergraduate analysis, linear algebra professional practice. This could be done MA 503 Lebesgue Measure and and probability is assumed; the GRE through a summer internship in industry Integration Mathematics Subject Test is recommended or an applied research laboratory. but not required. MA 528 Measure Theoretic The remaining courses may be chosen Probability Theory or Candidates for the master of mathematics from the graduate offerings of the MA 540 Probability and for educators degree must have a Mathematical Sciences Department. Mathematical Statistics I bachelor’s degree and must possess a Upper-level undergraduate mathematics 2. 12 credits from core financial background equivalent to at least a minor courses or a two-course graduate sequence mathematics courses: in mathematics, including calculus, in another department may be taken for MA 571 Financial Mathematics I linear algebra, and statistics. Students graduate credit, subject to the approval of are encouraged to enroll in courses on the departmental Graduate Committee. MA 572 Financial Mathematics II an ad hoc basis without official program Candidates are required to successfully MA 573 Computational Methods of admission. However, (at most) four such complete the graduate seminar MA 557. Financial Mathematics courses may be taken prior to admission. MA 574 Portfolio Valuation and Risk For the M.S. in Applied Management Statistics MA 575 Market and Credit Risk The master’s program in Applied Models and Management Statistics requires a minimum of 30 credit-hours of coursework. Additional credit from coursework may be required by the department depending on the student’s background. Courses taken

Mathematical Sciences 133 Return to Table of Contents 3. 3 credits chosen from Mathematical with extra work assigned. Prior to • Biomedical engineering module— Sciences graduate courses the start of the capstone course, a MA 512, MA 526, BE/ME 554 and MA 502-590. student seeking to use the course to BE/ME 558; B.S./M.S. students can count satisfy the requirement must declare • Machine learning module—MA 540, undergraduate courses MA 4213 this intention to the professor of the MA 541, CS 509 and CS 539; Risk Theory, MA 4214 Survival course. • Cryptography module—MA 533, Models, MA 4235 Mathematical 6. MA 562A and MA 562B Professional MA 514, CS 503 and ECE 578. Optimization, MA 4237 Probabilistic Master’s Seminar (for no credit) Methods in Operations Research, For the Combined B.S./ MA 4451 Boundary Value Problems, For the M.S. in Industrial Master’s Programs in Applied MA 4473 Partial Differential Mathematics Mathematics and Applied Equations, MA 4632 Probability and The master’s program in Industrial Statistics Mathematical Statistics II towards Mathematics requires a minimum of 30 Credits from no more than four courses electives credit-hours of coursework. Additional may be counted toward both the 4. 6 credit block in one of the following credit from coursework may be required undergraduate and graduate degrees. All of complementary areas outside of the by the department depending on the these courses must be 4000-level or above, Mathematical Sciences Department: student’s background. Students must and at least one must be a graduate course. Financial Management, Information complete four foundation courses: Three of them must be beyond the 7 Technology, or Computer Science. MA 503, MA 510 and two courses out of units of mathematics required for the B.S. Students with a degree or substantial MA 508, MA 509, MA 529 and MA 530. degree. Additionally, students are advised work experience in one of the above Students must also complete a 12-credit- that all requirements of a particular complementary areas can substitute hour module composed of two courses master’s program must be satisfied in order them with other courses subject within the department and a sequence of to receive the degree, and these courses to prior approval by the graduate two courses from one graduate program should be selected accordingly. committee outside the Mathematical Sciences Department. The department offers a Acceptance into the program means that B.S./M.S. students can count suitable wide selection of modules to suit students’ the candidate is qualified for graduate undergraduate courses towards the interest and expertise. school and signifies approval of the four complementary area requirement courses to be counted for credit toward according the number of credits of the In addition, students are required to both degrees. However, in order to obtain corresponding graduate courses complete a 3-credit-hour elective from both undergraduate and graduate credit 2 of the complementary area credits the Mathematical Sciences Department for these courses, grades of B or better can be earned by taking MA 579 and a 3-credit-hour master’s project on have to be obtained. Financial Programming Workshop a problem originating from industry. 5. Capstone Project, which may be Candidates are required to successfully For the Master of Mathematics satisfied by one of the following complete the Professional Master’s for Educators (M.M.E.) Seminars MA 562A and MA 562B. options: Candidates for the Master of Mathematics The Plan of Study and the project topic (a) A three to six credit master’s project. for educators must successfully complete require prior approval by the departmental (b) A three credit master’s practicum. 30 credit hours of graduate study, Graduate Committee. (c) A three credit capstone course in including a 6-credit-hour project (see financial mathematics. Examples of Modules for the M.S. Degree MME 592, MME 594, MME 596). This in Industrial Mathematics The master’s project consists of a project will typically consist of a classroom creative application of mathematics The courses comprising the 12-credit study within the context of a secondary to a real-world problem originating module should form a coherent sequence mathematics course and will be advised by in the financial industry. It focuses that provides exposure to an area outside faculty in the Mathematical Sciences on problem definition and solution of mathematics and statistics, providing Department. Typically, a student will using mathematical tools. The at the same time the mathematical tools enroll in 4 credit hours per semester during master’s practicum requires a student required by that particular area. Examples the fall and spring, with the remaining to demonstrate the integration of of typical modules are: credit hours taken in the summer. advanced mathematical concepts • Dynamics and control module— Students may complete the degree in as and methods into professional MA 512, MA 540, ME 522 and little as slightly over two years by taking practice. This could be done through ME 523 or ME 527; two courses per semester, 3 semesters an approved summer internship • Materials module—MA 512, MA 526, per year, and doing a project. However, in industry or an applied research and ME 531; the program can accommodate other laboratory. The capstone course • Fluid dynamics module—MA 512, completion schedules as well. The in financial mathematics can be MA 526, ME 511 and ME 512 MME degree may be used to satisfy chosen from MA 572, MA 573, or ME 513; the Massachusetts Professional License MA 574, or MA 575 and will be requirement, provided the person holds an an enhanced version of the course Initial License.

134 Mathematical Sciences Return to Table of Contents For the Master of Science in January, May, and August. A student must dissertation to the dissertation committee Mathematics for Educators pass by January of their second year if they and to the general community in a public (MMED) enter in the fall, and May of their second oral defense. The dissertation committee year if they enter in the spring. determines whether the dissertation is For a complete overview of degree require- acceptable. ments, please see STEM for Educators. Mathematical Sciences Ph.D. Project For the Ph.D. A student may complete a Ph.D. project Unsatisfactory Progress involving a problem originating with a If the aforementioned milestones are not The course of study leading to the doctor sponsor external to the department. The met, then the student must petition the of philosophy in mathematical science purposes of the project are to broaden graduate program committee to request and the doctor of philosophy in statistics perspectives on the relevance and extra time to meet the requirements or requires the completion of at least 90 applications of mathematics and to the student will be no longer be part of credit hours beyond the bachelor’s degree improve skills in communicating the Ph.D. program as of the following or at least 60 credit hours beyond the mathematics and formulating and solving semester. master’s degree, as follows: mathematical problems. Students are General Courses (credited for encouraged to work with industrial sponsors Mathematical Sciences students with master’s degrees) 30 credits on problems involving applications of the Computer Facilities Research Preparation Phase 24-30 credits mathematical sciences. Each Ph.D. project The Mathematical Sciences Department Research-Related Courses requires prior approval by the project makes up-to-date computing equip- or Independent Studies 9-18 credits advisor, the external sponsor, and the departmental Graduate Committee. ment available for use by students in its Ph.D. Project 1-9 credits programs. Extra-Departmental Studies 6 credits Ph.D. Preliminary Examination Current facilities include a mixed Dissertation Research at least 30 credits Successful completion of the preliminary environment of approximately 85 A brief description of other Ph.D. program examination is required before a student Windows, Linux/Unix and Macintosh requirements follows below. For further can register for dissertation research workstations utilizing the latest in details, students are advised to consult the credits. The purpose of the preliminary single- and dual- processor 32 and 64 document Ph.D. Program Requirements examination is to determine whether a bit technology as well as 4 Bloomberg and Administrative Rules for the Department student’s understanding of advanced areas terminals. Access is available to our of Mathematical Sciences, available from the of mathematics is adequate to conduct supercomputer, a 16 CPU SGI Altix 350. departmental graduate secretary. independent research and successfully The Mathematical Sciences Department complete a dissertation. The preliminary also has 3 state-of-the-art computer Within a full-time student’s first semester examination consists of both written labs, one each dedicated to the Calculus, of study (second semester for part-time and oral parts. A full-time student must Statistics, and Financial Mathematics students), a Plan of Study leading to the make the first attempt by the end of his programs. Ph.D. degree must be submitted to the or her third year (sixth year for part-time departmental Graduate Committee for students) in the Ph.D. program. The department is continually adding new review and approval. The Plan of Study resources to give our faculty and students may subsequently be modified with review Ph.D. Dissertation the tools they need as they advance in their by the departmental Graduate Committee. The Ph.D. dissertation is a significant research and studies. work of original research conducted Center for Industrial Extra-Departmental Studies under the supervision of a dissertation Requirement advisor, who is normally a member of the Mathematics and Statistics A student must complete at least six departmental faculty. The dissertation (CIMS) semester hours of courses, 500 level or advisor chairs the student’s dissertation www.wpi.edu/+CIMS higher, in WPI departments other than the committee, which consists of at least five Mathematical Sciences Department. The Center for Industrial Mathematics members, including one recognized expert and Statistics was established in 1997 to external to the department, and which foster partnerships between the university General Comprehensive Examination must be approved by the departmental A student must pass the general and industry, business and government in Graduate Committee. At least six months mathematics and statistics research. comprehensive examination (GCE) in prior to completion of the dissertation, a order to become a Ph.D. candidate. student must submit a written dissertation The problems facing business and industry The purpose of the GCE is to proposal and present a public seminar on are growing ever more complex, and determine whether a student possesses the research plan described in the proposal. their solutions often involve sophisticated the fundamental knowledge and skills The proposal must be approved by the mathematics. The faculty members and necessary for study and research at the dissertation committee. Upon completion students associated with CIMS have Ph.D. level. It is a written examination of the dissertation and other program the expertise to address today’s complex offered three times a year, once each in requirements, the student presents the problems and provide solutions that use relevant mathematics and statistics.

Mathematical Sciences 135 Return to Table of Contents The Center offers undergraduates and including the Cantor set, the concept of a sigma- for subjects treated in greater depth in MA 512 graduate students the opportunity to gain algebra, the construction of a nonmeasurable and MA 514 and also topics not addressed in real-world experience in the corporate set, measurable functions, semicontinuity, either of those courses. world through projects and internships Egorov’s and Lusin’s theorems, and convergence Subject areas include numerical methods for in measure. Next we cover Lebesgue integration, systems of linear and nonlinear equations, inter- that make them more competitive in integral convergence theorems (monotone and today’s job market. In addition, it helps polation and approximation, differentiation and dominated), Tchebyshev’s inequality and Tonelli’s integration, and differential equations. Specific companies address their needs for math- and Fubini’s theorems. Finally LP spaces are 2 topics include basic direct and iterative methods ematical solutions and enhances their introduced with emphasis on L as a Hilbert for linear systems; classical rootfinding methods; technological competitiveness. space. Other related topics will be covered at Newton’s method and related methods for non- the instructor’s discretion. (Prerequisite: Basic The industrial projects in mathematics linear systems; fixed-point iteration; polynomial, knowledge of undergraduate analysis is assumed.) piecewise polynomial, and spline interpolation and statistics offered by CIMS provide a MA 505. Complex Analysis methods; least-squares approximation; orthogonal unique education for successful careers in This course will provide a rigorous and thorough- functions and approximation; basic techniques for industry, business and higher education. treatment of the theory of functions of one numerical differentiation; numerical integration, complex variable. The topics to be covered include including adaptive quadrature; and methods for Course Descriptions complex numbers, complex differentiation, the initial-value problems for ordinary differential equations. Additional topics may be included at All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions, Cauchy’s theorem, complex integration, the the instructor’s discretion as time permits. Mathematical Sciences Cauchy integral formula, Liouville’s theorem, Both theory and practice are examined. MA 500. Basic Real Analysis the Gauss mean value theorem, the maximum Error estimates, rates of convergence, and the This course covers basic set theory, topology of modulus theorem, Rouche’s theorem, the Poisson consequences of finite precision arithmetic are Rn, continuous functions, uniform convergence, integral formula, Taylor-Laurent expansions, also discussed. Topics from linear algebra and compactness, infinite series, theory of differentia- singularity theory, conformal mapping with elementary functional analysis will be introduced tion and integration. Other topics covered may applications, analytic continuation, Schwarz’s as needed. These may include norms and inner include the inverse and implicit function theorems reflection principle and elliptic functions. products, orthogonality and orthogonalization, and Riemann-Stieltjes integration. Students may (Prerequisite: knowledge of undergraduate operators and projections, and the concept of not count both MA 3831 and MA 500 toward analysis.) a function space. (Prerequisite: knowledge of their undergraduate degree requirements. MA 508. Mathematical Modeling undergraduate linear algebra and differential equations is assumed, as is familiarity with MA 501. Engineering Mathematics This course introduces mathematical model- building using dimensional analysis, perturbation MATLAB or a higher-level programming This course develops mathematical techniques language.) used in the engineering disciplines. Preliminary theory and variational principles. Models are concepts will be reviewed as necessary, including selected from the natural and social sciences MA 511. Applied Statistics for Engineers vector spaces, matrices and eigenvalues. The prin- according to the interests of the instructor and and Scientists cipal topics covered will include vector calculus, students. Examples are: planetary orbits, spring- This course is an introduction to statistics for Fourier transforms, fast Fourier transforms and mass systems, fluid flow, isomers in organic graduate students in engineering and the sciences. Laplace transformations. Applications of these chemistry, biological competition, biochemical Topics covered include basic data analysis, issues techniques for the solution of boundary value and kinetics and physiological flow. Computer in the design of studies, an introduction to initial value problems will be given. The problems simulation of these models will also be considered. probability, point and interval estimation and treated and solved in this course are typical of (Prerequisite: knowledge of ordinary differential hypothesis testing for means and proportions those seen in applications and include problems equations and of analysis at the level of MA 501 from one and two samples, simple and multiple of heat conduction, mechanical vibrations and is assumed.) regression, analysis of one and two-way tables, wave propagation. (Prerequisite: A knowledge of MA 509. Stochastic Modeling one-way analysis of variance. As time permits, ordinary differential equations, linear algebra and This course gives students a background in the additional topics, such as distribution-free multivariable calculus is assumed.) theory and methods of probability, stochastic methods and the design and analysis of factorial processes and statistics for applications. The studies will be considered. (Prerequisites: Integral MA 502. Linear Algebra and differential calculus.) This course provides an introduction to the theory course begins with a brief review of basic and methods of applicable linear algebra. The probability, discrete and continuous random MA 512. Numerical Differential Equations goal is to bring out the fundamental concepts and variables, expectations, conditional probability This course begins where MA 510 ends in the techniques that underlie and unify the many ways and basic statistical inference. Topics covered study of the theory and practice of the numerical in which linear algebra is used in applications. in greater depth include generating functions, solution of differential equations. Central topics The course is suitable for students in mathematics limit theorems, basic stochastic processes, include a review of initial value problems, and other disciplines who wish to obtain deeper discrete and continuous time Markov chains, including Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta methods, insights into this very important subject than are and basic queuing theory including M/M/1 and multi-step methods, implicit methods and normally offered in undergraduate courses. It is M/G/1 queues. (Prerequisite: knowledge of basic predictor-corrector methods; the solution of also intended to provide a foundation for further probability at the level of MA 2631 and statistics two-point boundary value problems by shooting study in subjects such as numerical linear algebra at the level of MA 2612 is assumed.) This course methods and by the discretization of the original and functional analysis. is offered by special arrangement only, based on problem to form systems of nonlinear equations; expressed student interest. numerical stability; existence and uniqueness of MA 503. Lebesgue Measure and MA 510/CS 522. Numerical Methods solutions; and an introduction to the solution of Integration partial differential equations by finite differences. This course begins with a review of topics This course provides an introduction to a broad range of modern numerical techniques that are Other topics might include finite element or normally covered in undergraduate analysis boundary element methods, Galerkin methods, courses: open, closed and compact sets; liminf widely used in computational mathematics, science, and engineering. It is suitable for both collocation, or variational methods. (Prerequisites: and limsup; continuity and uniform convergence. graduate or undergraduate numerical analysis. Next the course covers Lebesgue measure in Rn mathematics majors and students from other departments. It covers introductory-level material Knowledge of a higher-level programming language is assumed.)

136 Mathematical Sciences Return to Table of Contents MA 514. Numerical Linear Algebra derivatives, Sobolev spaces H1, H2, Rellich Besides classical topics such as the axiomatic This course provides students with the skills compactness theorem, weak and classical solutions foundations of probability, conditional probabil­ necessary to develop, analyze and implement for Dirichlet and Neumann problems in one ities and independence, random variables and computational methods in linear algebra. The variable and in Rn, Dirichlet variational principle, their distributions, and limit theorems, this course central topics include vector and matrix algebra, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Other related topics focuses on concepts crucial for the understanding vector and matrix norms, the singular value will be covered at the instructor’s discretion. of stochastic processes and quantitative finance: decomposition, the LU and QR decompositions, (Prerequisite: MA 503.) conditional expectations, filtrations and Householder transformations and Givens martingales as well as change of measure MA 524. Convex Analysis and rotations, and iterative methods for solving linear techniques and the Radon-Nikodym theorem. A Optimization systems including Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel, SOR wide range of illustrative examples from a topic This course covers topics in functional analysis and conjugate gradient methods; and eigenvalue chosen by the instructor’s discretion (e.g financial that are critical to the study of convex optimiza- problems. Applications to such problem areas as mathematics, signal processing, actuarial tion problems. The first part of the course will least squares and optimization will be discussed. mathematics) will be presented. (Prerequisite: include the minimization theory for quadratic Other topics might include: special linear MA 500 Basic Real Analysis or equivalent.) and convex functionals on convex sets and systems, such as symmetric, positive definite, cones, the Legendre-Fenchel duality, variational MA 529. Stochastic Processes banded or sparse systems; preconditioning; the inequalities and complementarity systems. The This course is designed to introduce students to Cholesky decomposition; sparse tableau and other second part will include optimal stopping time continuous-time stochastic processes. Stochastic least-square methods; or algorithms for parallel problems in deterministic control, value functions processes play a central role in a wide range of architectures. (Prerequisite: basic knowledge and Hamilton-Jacobi inequalities and linear and applications from signal processing to finance of linear algebra or equivalent background. quadratic programming, duality and Kuhn-Tucker and also offer an alternative novel viewpoint to Knowledge of a higher-level programming multipliers. Other related topics will be covered at several areas of mathematical analysis, such as language is assumed.) the instructor’s discretion. (Prerequisite: MA 503.) partial differential equations and potential theory. MA 520. Fourier Transforms and The main topics for this course are martingales, MA 525. Optimal Control and Design Distributions maximal inequalities and applications, optimal with Composite Materials I The course will cover L1, L2, L∞ and basic facts stopping and martingale convergence theorems, Modern technology involves a wide application from Hilbert space theory (Hilbert basis, the strong Markov property, stochastic integra- of materials with internal structure adapted to projection theorems, Riesz theory). The first part tion, Ito’s formula and applications, martingale environmental demands. This, the first course of the course will introduce Fourier series: the L2 representation theorems, Girsanov’s theorem and in a two-semester sequence, will establish a theory, the C∞ theory: rate of convergence, applications, and an introduction to stochastic theoretical basis for identifying structures that Fourier series of real analytic functions, differential equations, the Feynman-Kac formula, provide optimal response to prescribed external application to the trapezoidal rule, Fourier and connections to partial differential equations. factors. Material covered will include basics transforms in L1, Fourier integrals of Gaussians, Optional topics (at the instructor’s discretion) of the calculus of variations: Euler equations; the Schwartz class S, Fourier transforms and include Markov processes and Poisson-and transversality conditions; Weierstrass-Erdmann derivatives, translations, convolution, Fourier jump-processes. (Prerequisite: MA 528. Measure- conditions for corner points; Legendre, Jacobi transforms in L2, and characteristic functions of Theoretic Probability Theory, which can be taken and Weierstrass conditions; Hamiltonian form of probability distribution functions. The second concurrently (or, with special permission by the the necessary conditions; and Noether’s theorem. part of the course will cover tempered instructor, MA 540)). Pontryagin’s maximum principle in its original distributions and applications to partial lumped parameter form will be put forth as well MA 530. Discrete Mathematics differential equations. Other related topics will be as its distributed parameter extension. Chattering This course provides the student of mathematics covered at the instructor’s discretion. (Prerequisite: regimes of control and relaxation through or computer science with an overview of MA 503.) composites will be introduced at this point. May discrete structures and their applications, as MA 521. Partial Differential Equations be offered by special arrangement. well as the basic methods and proof techniques This course considers a variety of material in in combinatorics. Topics covered include sets, MA 526. Optimal Control and Design with partial differential equations (PDE). Topics relations, posets, enumeration, graphs, digraphs, Composite Materials II covered will be chosen from the following: monoids, groups, discrete probability theory and Topics presented will include basics of classical linear elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic propositional calculus. (Prerequisites: college homogenization theory. Bounds on the effective equations and systems, characteristics, math at least through calculus. Experience properties of composites will be established using fundamental/Green’s solutions, potential theory, with recursive programming is helpful, but not the translation method and Hashin-Shtrikman the Fredholm alternative, maximum principles, required.) variational principles. The course concludes with a Cauchy problems, Dirichlet/Neumann/Robin number of examples demonstrating the use of the MA 533. Discrete Mathematics II problems, weak solutions and variational methods, theory in producing optimal structural designs. This course is designed to provide an in- viscosity solutions, nonlinear equations and The methodology given in this course turns the depth study of some topics in combinatorial systems, wave propagation, free and moving problem of optimal design into a problem of mathematics and discrete optimization. Topics boundary problems, homogenization. Other rigorous mathematics. This course can be taken may vary from year to year. Topics covered topics may also be covered. (Prerequisites: independently or as the sequel to MA 525. include, as time permits, partially ordered sets, MA 503 or equivalent.) lattices, matroids, matching theory, Ramsey MA 528. Measure Theoretic Probability MA 522. Hilbert Spaces and Applications theory, discrete programming problems, Theory to PDE computational complexity of algorithms, branch This course is designed to give graduate students The course covers Hilbert space theory with and bound methods. interested in financial mathematics and stochastic special emphasis on applications to linear ODs analysis the necessary background in measure- and PDEs. Topics include spectral theory for theoretic probability and provide a theoretical linear operators in n-dimensional and infinite foundation for Ph.D. students with research dimensional Hilbert spaces, spectral theory for interests in analysis and mathematical statistics. symmetric compact operatos, linear and bilinear forms, Riesz and Lax-Milgram theorems, weak

Mathematical Sciences 137 Return to Table of Contents MA 535. Algebra tion, and generalizations such as logistic response MA 548. Quality Control Fundamentals of group theory: homomorphisms models and Poisson regression. Additional topics This course provides the student with the basic and the isomorphism theorems, finite groups, may be covered as time permits. Application of statistical tools needed to evaluate the quality of structure of finitely generated Abelian groups. theory to real-world problems will be emphasized products and processes. Topics covered include the Structure of rings: homomorphisms, ideals, factor using statistical computer packages. (Prerequisite: philosophy and implementation of continuous rings and the isomorphism theorems, integral knowledge of probability and statistics at the level quality improvement methods, Shewhart control domains, factorization. Field theory: extension of MA 511 and of matrix algebra is assumed.) charts for variables and attributes, EWMA and fields, finite fields, theory of equations. Selected Cusum control charts, process capability analysis, MA 543/DS 502. Statistical Methods for topics from: Galois theory, Sylow theory, Jordan- factorial and fractional factorial experiments for Data Science Hölder theory, Polya theory, group presentations, process design and improvement, and response Statistical Methods for Data Science surveys the basic representation theory and group characters, surface methods for process optimization. statistical methods most useful in data science modules. Applications chosen from mathematical Additional topics will be covered as time permits. applications. Topics covered include predictive physics, Gröbner bases, symmetry, cryptography, Special emphasis will be placed on realistic modeling methods, including multiple linear error-correcting codes, number theory. applications of the theory using statistical regression, and time series, data dimension computer packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge reduction, discrimination and classification MA 540/4631. Probability and of basic probability and statistic, at the level of methods, clustering methods, and committee Mathematical Statistics I MA 511 is assumed.) Intended for advanced undergraduates and methods. Students will implement these methods beginning graduate students in the mathematical using statistical software. Prerequisites: Statistics at MA 549. Analysis of Lifetime Data sciences, and for others intending to pursue the the level of MA 2611 and MA 2612 and linear Lifetime data occurs frequently in engineering, mathematical study of probability and statistics. algebra at the level of MA 2071. where it is known as reliability or failure time data, Topics covered include axiomatic foundations, the and in the biomedical sciences, where it is known MA 546. Design and Analysis of calculus of probability, conditional probability and as survival data. This course covers the basic Experiments independence, Bayes’ Theorem, random variables, methods for analyzing such data. Topics include: Controlled experiments—studies in which discrete and continuous distributions, joint, probability models for lifetime data, censoring, treatments are assigned to observational units— marginal and conditional distributions, covari- graphical methods of model selection and analysis, are the gold standard of scientific investigation. ance and correlation, expectation, generating parametric and distribution-free inference, The goal of the statistical design and analysis of functions, exponential families, transformations parametric and distribution-free regression experiments is to (1) identify the factors which of random variables, types of convergence, laws of methods. As time permits, additional topics such most affect a given process or phenomenon; (2) large numbers the Central Limit Theorem, Taylor as frailty models and accelerated life models will identify the ways in which these factors affect series expansion, the delta method. (Prerequisite: be considered. Special emphasis will be placed on the process or phenomenon, both individually knowledge of basic probability at the level of realistic applications of the theory using statistical and in combination; (3) accomplish goals 1 and MA 2631 and of advanced calculus at the level of computer packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge of 2 with minimum cost and maximum efficiency MA 3831/3832 is assumed.) basic probability and statistics at the level of while maintaining the validity of the results. MA 511 is assumed.) MA 541/4632. Probability and Topics covered in this course include the design, Mathematical Statistics II implementation and analysis of completely MA 550. Time Series Analysis This course is designed to provide background randomized complete block, nested, split plot, Time series are collections of observations made in principles of statistics. Topics covered Latin square and repeated measures designs. sequentially in time. Examples of this type of data include estimation criteria: method of Emphasis will be on the application of the theory abound in many fields ranging from finance to moments, maximum likelihood, least squares, to real data using statistical computer packages. engineering. Special techniques are called for in Bayes, point and interval estimation, Fisher’s (Prerequisite: knowledge of basic probability and order to analyze and model these data. This course information, Cramer-Rao lower bound, statistics at the level of MA 511 is assumed.) introduces the student to time and frequency sufficiency, unbiasedness, and completeness, domain techniques, including topics such as MA 547. Design and Analysis of Rao-Blackwell Theorem, efficiency, consistency, autocorrelation, spectral analysis, and ARMA Observational and Sampling Studies interval estimation pivotal quantities, Neyman- and ARIMA models, Box-Jenkins methodology, Like controlled experiments, observational studies Person Lemma, uniformly most powerful tests, fitting, forecasting, and seasonal adjustments. seek to establish cause-effect relationships, but unbiased, invariant and similar tests, likelihood Time permitting, additional topics will be chosen unlike controlled experiments, they lack the ratio tests, convex loss functions, risk functions, from: Kalman filter, smoothing techniques, ability to assign treatments to observational units. admissibility and minimaxity, Bayes decision Holt-Winters procedures, FARIMA and GARCH Sampling studies, such as sample surveys, seek to rules. (Prerequisite: knowledge of the material in models, and joint time-frequency methods such characterize aspects of populations by obtaining MA 540 is assumed.) as wavelets. The emphasis will be in application and analyzing samples from those populations. to real data situations using statistical computer Topics from observational studies include: MA 542. Regression Analysis packages. (Prerequisite: knowledge of MA 511 is prospective and retrospective studies; overt and Regression analysis is a statistical tool that utilizes assumed. Knowledge of MA 541 is also assumed, hidden bias; adjustments by stratification and the relation between a response variable and one but may be taken concurrently.) or more predictor variables for the purposes of matching. Topics from sampling studies include: description, prediction and/or control. Successful simple random sampling and associated estimates MA 552. Distribution-Free and Robust use of regression analysis requires an appreciation for means, totals, and proportions; estimates for Statistical Methods of both the theory and the practical problems that subpopulations; unequal probability sampling; Distribution-free statistical methods relax the often arise when the technique is employed with ratio and regression estimation; stratified, cluster, usual distributional modeling assumptions of real-world data. Topics covered include the theory systematic, multistage, double sampling designs, classical statistical methods. Robust methods and application of the general linear regression and, time permitting, topics such as model- are statistical procedures that are relatively model, model fitting, estimation and prediction, based sampling, spatial and adaptive sampling. insensitive to departures from typical assumptions, hypothesis testing, the analysis of variance and (Prerequisite: knowledge of basic probability and while retaining the expected behavior when related distribution theory, model diagnostics and statistics, at the level of MA 511 is assumed.) assumptions are satisfied. Topics covered include, remedial measures, model building and valida- time permitting, order statistics and ranks; classical distribution-free tests such as the sign,

138 Mathematical Sciences Return to Table of Contents Wilcoxon signed rank, and Wilcoxon rank MA 560. Graduate Seminar simulation methods, including random number sum tests, and associated point estimators and (0 credits) generation, variance reduction techniques and the confidence intervals; tests pertaining to one and Designed to introduce graduate students to study use of low discrepancy sequences. (Prerequisites: two-way layouts; the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test; of original papers and afford them opportunity to MA 571 and programming skills at the level of permutation methods; bootstrap and Monte Carlo give account of their work by talks in the seminar. MA 579, which can be taken concurrently.) methods; M, L, and R estimators, regression, kernel density estimation and other smoothing MA 562 A and B. MA 574. Portfolio Valuation and methods. Comparisons will be made to standard Professional Master’s Seminar Risk Management parametric methods. (Prerequisite: knowledge (0 credits) Balancing financial risks vs returns by the use of of MA 541 is assumed, but may be taken This seminar will introduce professional asset diversification is one of the fundamental concurrently.) master’s students to topics related to general tasks of quantitative financial management. This writing, presentation, group communication course is devoted to the use of mathematical MA 554. Applied Multivariate Analysis and interviewing skills, and will provide the optimization and statistics to allocate assets, to This course is an introduction to statistical foundations to successful cooperation within construct and manage portfolios and to measure methods for analyzing multivariate data. Topics interdisciplinary team environments. All full-time and manage the resulting risks. The fist part of covered are multivariate sampling distributions, students will be required to take both components the course covers Markowitz’s mean-variance tests and estimation of multivariate normal A and B of the seminar during their professional optimization and efficient frontiers, Sharpe’s single parameters, multivariate ANOVA, regression, master’s studies. index and capital asset pricing models, arbitrage discriminant analysis, cluster analysis, factor pricing theory, structural and statistical multi- analysis and principal components. Additional MA 571. Financial Mathematics I factor models, risk allocation and risk budgeting. topics will be covered as time permits. Students This course provides an introduction to many of The second part of the course is devoted to will be required to analyze real data using one the central concepts in mathematical finance. The the intertwining of optimization and statistical of the standard packages available. (Prerequisite: focus of the course is on arbitrage-based pricing methodologies in modern portfolio management, knowledge of MA 541 is assumed, but may be of derivative securities. Topics include stochastic including resampled efficiency, robust and taken concurrently. Knowledge of matrix algebra calculus, securities markets, arbitrage-based Bayesian statistical methods, the Black-Litterman is assumed.) pricing of options and their uses for hedging and model and robust portfolio optimization. risk management, forward and futures contracts, MA 556. Applied Bayesian Statistics European options, American options, exotic MA 575. Market and Credit Risk Models Bayesian statistics makes use of an inferential options, binomial stock price models, the Black- and Management process that models data summarizing the results Scholes-Merton partial differential equation, risk- The objective of the course is to familiarize in terms of probability distributions for the model neutral option pricing, the fundamental theorems students with the most important quantitative parameters. A key feature is that in the Bayesian of asset pricing, sensitivity measures (“Greeks”), models and methods used to measure and approach, past information can be updated with and Merton’s credit risk model. (Prerequisite: MA manage financial risk, with special emphasis on new data in an elegant way in order to aid in 540, which can be taken concurrently.) market and credit risk. The course starts with the decision making. Topics included in the courses: introduction of metrics of risk such as volatility, statistical decision theory, the Bayesian inferential MA 572. Financial Mathematics II value-at-risk and expected shortfall and with the framework (model specification, model fitting The course is devoted to the mathematics of fixed fundamental quantitative techniques used in and model checking); computational methods income securities and to the financial instruments financial risk evaluation and management. The for posterior simulation integration; regression and methods used to manage interest rate risk. next section is devoted to market risk including models, hierarchical models, and ANOVA; The first topics covered are the term-structure of volatility modeling, time series, non-normal heavy time permitting, additional topics will include interest rates, bonds, futures, interest rate swaps tailed phenomena and multivariate notions of generalized linear models, multivariate models, and their uses as investment or hedging tools and codependence such as copulas, correlations and missing data problems, and time series analysis. in asset-liability management. The second part of tail-dependence. The final section concentrates (Prerequisites: knowledge of MA 541 is assumed.) the course is devoted to dynamic term-structure on credit risk including structural and dynamic models, including risk-neutral interest rate trees, models and default contagion and applies the MA 557 Graduate Seminar in Analysis the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model, Libor market mathematical tools to the valuation of default and Applied Mathematics models, and forward measures. Applications contingent claims including credit default swaps, (1 credit) of these models are also covered, including the structured credit portfolios and collateralized debt This seminar introduces students to modern pricing of non-linear interest rate derivatives such obligations. (Prerequisite: knowledge of MA 540 issues in Analysis and Applied Mathematics. as caps, floors, collars, swaptions and the dynamic assumed but can be taken concurrently.) During the seminar, students and faculty will hedging of interest rate risk. The course concludes present and discuss recent research papers from with the coverage of mortgage-backed and asset- MA 579. Financial Programming the literature. Students will gain insights about backed securities. (Prerequisite: MA 571.) Workshop current advances In the mathematical sciences and (1 or 2 credits) their applications. MA 573. Computational Methods of The objective is to elevate the students’ computer Financial Mathematics programming skills to the semi-professional level MA 559. Statistics Graduate Seminar Most realistic quantitative finance models are required in quantitative finance. Participants (1 credit) too complex to allow explicit analytic solutions learn through hands-on experience by working This seminar introduces students to issues and and are solved by numerical computational on a structured set of mini projects from trends in modern statistics. In the seminar, methods. The first part of the course covers the computational finance under the guidance of students and faculty will read and discuss application of finite difference methods to the an experienced trainer and the faculty in charge. survey and research papers, make and attend partial differential equations and interest rate The programming language used may be C++, presentations, and participate in brainstorming models arising in finance. Topics included are MATLAB, R/S, VB or another language widely sessions toward the solution of advanced statistical explicit, implicit and Crank-Nicholson finite used in quantitative finance and may alternate problems. difference schemes for fixed and free boundary from year to year. (Prerequisite: Intermediate value problems, their convergence and stability. scientific programming skills.) The second part of the course covers Monte Carlo

Mathematical Sciences 139 Return to Table of Contents MA 584/BCB 504. Statistical Methods in MA 699. Dissertation of the calculus and for facilitating the solutions Genetics and Bioinformatics (1 or more credits) of engineering and science problems. Projects This course provides students with knowledge Research study at the Ph.D. level. involving applications and appropriate use of and understanding of the applications of statistics technology will be an essential part of the course. in modern genetics and bioinformatics. The Mathematics for Educators Topics covered may include dynamical systems and differential equations; growth and decay; course generally covers population genetics, MME 518. Geometrical Concepts equilibrium; probabilistic dynamics; optimal genetic epidemiology, and statistical models in This course focuses primarily on the foundations decisions and reward; applying, building and bioinformatics. Specific topics include meiosis and applications of Euclidean and non-Euclidean validating models; functions on n-vectors; modeling, stochastic models for recombination, geometries. The rich and diverse nature of the properties of functions; parametric equations; linkage and association studies (parametric subject also implies the need to explore other series; applications such as pendulum problems; vs. nonparametric models, family-based vs. topics, for example, chaos and fractals. The electromagnetism; vibrations; electronics; population-based models) for mapping genes of course incorporates collaborative learning and transportation; gravitational fields; and heat loss. qualitative and quantitative traits, gene expression the investigation of ideas through group projects. (Prerequisite: MME 532) data analysis, DNA and protein sequence analysis, Possible topics include geometrical software and molecular evolution. Statistical approaches and computer graphics, tiling and tessellations, MME/SEME 524-25. Probability, Statistics include log-likelihood ratio tests, score tests, two- and three-dimensional geometry, inversive and Data Analysis I, II generalized linear models, EM algorithm, Markov geometry, graphical representations of functions, (4 credits) chain Monte Carlo, hidden Markov model, and model construction, fundamental relationship This course introduces students to probability, the classification and regression trees. Students may between algebra and geometry, applications not receive credit for both MA 584 and MA mathematical description of random phenomena, of geometry, geometry transformations and and to statistics, the science of data. Students in 4603. (Prerequisite: knowledge of probability and projective geometry, and convexity. statistics at the undergraduate level.) this course will acquire the following knowledge MME 522. Applications of Calculus and skills: • Probability models-mathematical models used MA 590. Special Topics (2 credits) Courses on special topics are offered under this to describe and predict random phenomena. There are three major goals for this course: to number. Contact the Mathematical Sciences Students will learn several basic probability establish the underlying principles of calculus, Department for current offerings. models and their uses, and will obtain to reinforce students’ calculus skills through experience in modeling random phenomena. MA 595. Independent Study investigation of applications involving those (1 to 3 credits) skills, and to give students the opportunity to • Data analysis-the art/science of finding patterns Supervised independent study of a topic of mutual develop projects and laboratory assignments for in data and using those patterns to explain the interest to the instructor and the student. use by first-year calculus students. The course process which produced the data. Students will focus heavily on the use of technology to will be able to explore and draw conclusions MA 596. Master’s Capstone solve problems involving applications of calculus about data using computational and graphical (1 or more credits) concepts. In addition, MME students will be methods. The iterative nature of statistical The Master’s Capstone is designed to integrate expected to master the mathematical rigor of exploration will be emphasized. classroom learning with real-world practice. It can these calculus concepts so that they will be better • Statistical inference and modeling-the use of consist of a project, a practicum, a research review prepared to develop their own projects and data sampled from a process and the probability report or a research proposal. A written report and laboratory assignments. For example, if an MME model of that process to draw conclusions a presentation are required. student chose to develop a lab on convergence of about the process. Students will attain sequence, he/she would be expected to understand MA 598. Professional Master’s Project proficiency in selecting, fitting and criticizing the rigorous definition of convergence and how (1 or more credits) models, and in drawing inference from data. to apply it to gain sufficient and/or necessary This project will provide the opportunity to conditions for convergence. The process of • Design of experiments and sampling studies apply and extend the material studied in the developing these first-year calculus assignments – the proper way to design experiments and coursework to the study of a real-world problem will enable the MME students to increase their sampling studies so that statistically valid originating in the industry. The project will be a own mathematical understanding of concepts inferences can be drawn. Special attention capstone integrating industrial experience with while learning to handle mathematical and will be given to the role of experiments and the previously acquired academic knowledge computer issues which will be encountered by sampling studies in scientific investigation. and skills. The topic of the project will come their own calculus students. Their understanding Through lab and project work, students from a problem generated in industry, and could of the concepts and applications of calculus will be will obtain practical skills in designing and originate from prior internship or industry further reinforced through computer laboratory analyzing studies and experiments. Course experience of the student. The student will prepare assignments and group projects. Applications topics will be motivated whenever possible by a written project report and make a presentation might include exponential decay of drugs in the applications and reinforced by experimental before a committee including the faculty advisor, body, optimal crankshaft design, population and computer lab experiences. One in-depth at least one additional WPI faculty member and growth, or development of cruise control systems. project per semester involving design, data representatives of a possible industrial sponsor. (Prerequisite: MME 532) collection, and statistical or probabilistic The advisor of record must be a faculty member analysis will serve to integrate and consolidate of the WPI Mathematical Sciences Department. MME 523. Analysis with Applications student skills and understanding. Students The student must submit a written project (2 credits) will be expected to learn and use a statistical proposal for approval by the Graduate Committee This course introduces students to mathematical computer package such as MINITAB. prior to registering for the project. analysis and its use in modeling. It will emphasize topics of calculus (including multidimensional) MA 599. Thesis in a rigorous way. These topics will be motivated (1 or more credits) by their usefulness for understanding concepts Research study at the master’s level. MA 698. Ph.D. Project (1 or more credits) Ph.D. project work.

140 Mathematical Sciences Return to Table of Contents MME 526-27. Linear Models I, II rings of cyclotomic integers. This will culminate MME 592/SEME 602. Project Preparation (4 credits) in Gauss’s construction of the regular 5-gon and (Part of a 3-course sequence with MME This two-course sequence imparts computational 17-gon and the impossibility of constructing a 594 and MME 596) skills, particularly those involving matrices, to 9-gon or trisecting a 60-degree angle. Finally, (2 credits) (ISG) deepen understanding of mathematical structure solutions of cubics and quartics by radicals will be Students will research and develop a mathematical and methods of proof; it also includes discussion studied. All topics will be based on the analysis of topic or pedagogical technique. The project will on a variety of applications of the material explicit calculations with (generalized) numbers. typically lead to classroom implementation; developed, including linear optimization. Topics The proposed curriculum covers topics that are however, a project involving mathematical in this sequence may include systems of linear part of the folklore for high school mathematics research at an appropriate level of rigor will also equations, vector spaces, linear independence, (the impossibility of certain ruler and compass be acceptable. Preparation will be completed in bases, linear transformations, determinants, constructions), but that many teachers know only conjunction with at least one faculty member eigenvalues and eigenvectors, systems of linear as facts. There are also many applications of the from the Mathematical Sciences Department and inequalities, linear programming problems, basic ideas that will allow the teachers to use results and will include exhaustive research on the proposed solutions, duality and game theory. Applications ideas from abstract algebra to construct for their topic. The course will result in a detailed proposal may include economic models, computer students problems that have manageable solutions. that will be presented to the MME Project graphics, least squares approximation, systems of MME 531. Discrete Mathematics Committee for approval; continuation with the differential equations, graphs and networks, and (3 credits) project is contingent upon this approval. Markov processes. (Prerequisite: MME 532) This course deals with concepts and methods MME 594/SEME 604. Project MME 528. Mathematical Modeling which emphasize the discrete nature in many Implementation and Problem Solving problems and structures. The rapid growth of this (2 credits) (ISG) (2 credits) branch of mathematics has been inspired by its Students will implement and carry out the project This course introduces students to the process of wide range of applicability to diverse fields such as developed during the project preparation course. developing mathematical models as a means for computer science, management, and biology. The Periodic contact and/or observations will be made solving real problems. The course will encompass essential ingredients of the course are: by the project advisor (see MME 592 Project several different modeling situations that utilize a Combinatorics -The Art of Counting. Topics Preparation) in order to provide feedback and to variety of mathematical topics. The mathematical include basic counting principles and methods ensure completion of the proposed task. Data for fundamentals of these topics will be discussed, but such as recurrence relations, generating functions, the purpose of evaluation will be collected by the with continued reference to their use in finding the inclusion-exclusion principle and the pigeon- students throughout the term, when appropriate. the solutions to problems. Problems to be covered hole principle. Applications may include block If the project includes classroom implementa- include balance in small group behavior, traffic designs, latin squares, finite projective planes, coding tion, the experiment will last for the duration of flow, air pollution flow, group decision making, theory, optimization and algorithmic analysis. a semester. transportation, assignment, project planning and the critical path method, genetics, inventory Graph Theory. This includes direct graphs and MME 596/SEME 606. Project Analysis and control and queueing. (Prerequisite: MME 532) networks. Among the parameters to be examined Report are traversibility, connectivity, planarity, duality (2 credits) (ISG) MME 529. Numbers, Polynomials and and colorability. Students will complete a detailed statistical Algebraic Structures analysis of any data collected during the project (2 credits) MME 532. Differential Equations implementation using techniques from This course enables secondary mathematics (2 credits) MME 524-525 Probability, Statistics, and Data teachers to see how commonly taught topics This course would have concepts and techniques Analysis. The final report will be a comprehensive such as number systems and polynomials fit into for both Ordinary and Partial Differential review of the relevant literature, project the broader context of algebra. The course will Equations. Topics from ordinary differential description, project implementation, any statisical begin with treatment of arithmetic, working equations include existence and uniqueness for results and conclusions. Project reports will be through Euclid’s algorithm and its applications, first order, single variable problems as well as subject to approval by the MME Project the fundamental theorem of arithmetic and separation of variables and linear methods for first committee and all students will be required to its applications, multiplicative functions, the order problems. Second order, linear equations present their project to the mathematical sciences Chinese remainder theorem and the arithmetic would be solved for both the homogeneous and faculty. Course completion is contingent upon of Z/n. This information will be carried over to non homogeneous cases. The phenomena of beats approval of the report and satisfactory completion polynomials in one variable over the rational and and resonance would be analyzed. The Laplace of the presentation. real numbers, culminating in the construction Transform would be introduced for appropriate of root fields for polynomials via quotients of second order nonhomogeneous problems. polynomial rings. Arithmetic in the Gaussian Partial Differential Equations would focus on integers and the integers in various other quadratic boundary value problems arising from the Heat fields (especially the field of cube roots of unity) and Wave equations in one variable. Fourier will be explored through applications such as the Series expansions would be used to satisfy initial generation of Pythagorean triples and solutions to conditions and the concepts of orthogonality and other Diophantine equations (like finding integer- convergence addressed. sided triangles with a 60 degree angle). The course will then explore cyclotomy, and the arithmetic in

Mathematical Sciences 141 Return to Table of Contents Mechanical Engineering www.me.wpi.edu Faculty D. Cote, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., M. S. Fofana, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 2014. University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Canada, J. Yagoobi, George I. Alden Professor Computational thermodynamics, kinetics, 1993. Nonlinear delay dynamical systems, and Department Head; Ph.D., University and solidification; solid state additive stochastic bifurcations, regenerative of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana, 1984. manufacturing cold spray processing; chatter, numerically controlled CAD/ Enhancement of heat transfer in macro, powder metallurgy; microstructural CAM machining, vehicle ambulance micro, and nano-scales, liquid vapor phase analysis and modeling; through-process reliability design and technology, change, electrohydrodynamics, impinging modeling systems engineering analysis, reduction jets, drying R. V. Cowlagi, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., of treatment delays in kidney dialysis, D. Apelian, Alcoa-Howmet Professor, Georgia Institute of Technology, 2011. medical and public health engineering, Director of the Metals Processing Control of autonomous systems with emergency and disaster response robots Institute; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute complex capabilities C. Furlong, Associate Professor; Ph.D., of Technology, 1972. Solidification R. Daniello, Assistant Teaching Professor, WPI, 1999. MEMS and MOEMS, processing, spray casting, molten metal nanotechnology, mechatronics, laser processing, aluminum foundry processing, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, Amherst, 2013. Experimental studies applications, holography, computer plasma processing and knowledge modeling of dynamic systems engineering in materials processing; of fluid behavior, microfluidics, aluminum alloys; additive manufacturing; superhydrophobic surfaces, wetting N. A. Gatsonis, Director, Aerospace recovery and recycling; machine learning behavior and topography Engineering­ Program; Ph.D., in metal processing M. A. Demetriou, Professor; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1991. Development­ of numerical H. K. Ault, Associate Professor; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1993. Control of intelligent systems, control simulation methods and modeling of Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1988. nonequilibrium, multi-component, Geometric modeling, mechanical design, of fluid-structure interaction systems, fault detection and accommodation multi-scale, gaseous and plasma flows; CAD, kinematics, biomechanics and continuum/atomistic simulation of macro-, rehabilitation engineering of dynamical systems, acoustic and vibration control, smart materials and micro- and nano-scale fluid transport I. Bar-On, Professor; Ph.D., Hebrew structures, sensor and actuator networks processes, development of plasma University of Jerusalem, 1984. Clean in distributed processes, control of diagnostics and microfluidic devices, energy, economic impact of alternative mechanical systems spacecraft propulsion and micro- energy systems, fuel cell technology, cost propulsion; spacecraft/environment modeling, fatigue and fracture of ceramics, C. Demetry, Associate Professor; Ph.D., interactions metals and composites Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1993. Pedagogical research and S. I. Guceri, Professor, Ph.D., North M. Bhatia, Assistant Teaching Professor, educational development, materials science Carolina State University, 1976. Rapid Ph.D., Arizona State University, 2014. and engineering education, educational fabrication, rapid prototyping, layered Understanding the effect of 1D, 2D technology, outcomes of K-12 engineering manufacturing, additive manufacturing, and 3D defects on structure-property outreach, mentoring of women and girls in laser manufacturing, bio-fabrication relationships in advanced materials such science and engineering Z. Hou, Professor; Ph.D., California as magnesium and titanium alloys related M. F. Dimentberg, Professor; Ph.D., Institute of Technology, 1990. Vibration to the aerospace, automotive and nuclear and control, structural dynamics, industries at different length scales Moscow Institute of Power Engineering, 1963. Applied mechanics, random structural health monitoring, smart J. J. Blandino, Associate Professor; Ph.D. vibrations, nonlinear dynamics, materials and adaptive structures, California Institute of Technology, 2001. rotordynamics, mechanical signature stochastic mechanics, solid mechanics, Fluid mechanics and heat transfer in analysis, stochastic mechanics finite elements, earthquake engineering microdevices, plasma diagnostics, electric J. Jayachandran, Assistant Professor; and chemical propulsion, propulsion G. Fischer, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 2008. Medical Ph.D., University of Southern California. system design for precision formation Combustion at engine-relevant flying robotics, computer assisted surgery, robot control, automation, sensors and actuators thermodynamic conditions; ignition, C. A. Brown, Professor, Director Surface propagation, and extinction of flames; Metrology and Sports Engineering transient phenomena in reacting flows; Laboratories; Ph.D., University of air-breathing propulsion; detailed Vermont, 1983. Surface metrology, modeling of low-dimensional reacting manufacturing, multi-scale geometric flows; optical and laser-based diagnostics. analyses, axiomatic design, sports engineering, and manufacturing processes

142 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents N. Karanjgaokar, Assistant Professor; B. Mishra, Kenneth G. Merriam Professor; A. C. Sabuncu, Assistant Teaching Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana- Director, Metal Processing Institute; Professor; PhD, Old Dominion University, Champaign, 2013. Experimental Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1986. 2011. Thermo-fluid science and mechanics at micro/nano-scale, temper­ Physico-chemical processing of materials, engineering with a focus on micro&nano ature and rate dependent mechanics of corrosion science and engineering, scale systems. In addition, expertise on nanostructured materials, dynamic resource recovery & recycling, critical dielectric spectroscopy of biological response and flow of granular media, materials extraction, iron and steelmaking, materials. mechanics and damage of inhomogeneous alloy development, thin film coatings and B. J. Savilonis, Professor; Ph.D., State materials, optical measurement techniques surface engineering University of New York at Buffalo, 1976. D. A. Lados, Milton Prince Higgins II S. P. Narra, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Thermofluids, biofluids and biomechanics, Distinguished Professor of Mechanical Carnegie Mellon University, 2017. energy Engineering; Director, Integrative Additive manufacturing, process-structure- C. Scarpino, Adjunct Faculty; MSc. Materials Design Center (iMdc); Ph.D., property relationships, location-specific Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1994. Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 2004. control of properties, process control and Teaching faculty for engineering Fatigue, fatigue crack growth, thermo- modeling, combining physics-based experimentation. Geothermal Heat mechanical fatigue, creep, and fracture understanding with data analytics Pumps. Medical devices for hearing of metallic and composite materials D. J. Olinger, Associate Professor; Ph.D., research. Computational modeling of heat – evaluation, advanced material/ Yale University, 1990. Fluid mechanics, transfer in thin films failure characterization, life predictions, aero- and hydrodynamics, fluid structure computational modeling and ICME, S. S. Shivkumar, Professor; Ph.D., interaction, fluid flow control, renewable Stevens Institute of Technology 1987. materials/process/component design and energy optimization for aerospace, automotive, Plastics, materials science and engineering, marine, and military applications; C. D. Onal, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., biomaterials, food engineering advanced manufacturing – additive Carnegie Mellon University, 2009. R. D. Sisson, Jr., George F. Fuller manufacturing, metal matrix nano– Unconventional approaches to robotics, Professor; Director, Manufacturing and composites, friction stir welding, cold fluidic and shape memory actuation of Materials Engineering; Ph.D., Purdue spray technology, powder metallurgy; soft materials or mechanisms, printable University, 1975. Materials process residual stress; plasticity; fracture robotics, human augmentation modeling and control, manufacturing mechanics B. Panchapakesan, Professor; Ph.D., engineering, corrosion, environmental­ Z. Li, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 2001. effects on metals and ceramics University of California at Santa Cruz, Nanomanufacturing, light-driven W. Soboyejo, Professor, Dean of 2014. Human compatible and humanoid actuators, micro/nano-opto-mechanical Engineering; Ph.D., Cambridge assistive robots for motor learning and systems, nanotube liquid crystals, University, 1988. Biomaterials, use of recovery; rehabilitation exoskeletons; 2-D nano-materials, and micro and nanoparticles for detection and treatment tele-surgical, tele-nursing and tele- nanotechnology approaches to capture of disease, mechanical properties of manufacturing robots; robot learning from circulating tumor cells materials, use of materials science to multi-lateral human interaction D. Planchard, Instructor/Lecturer, promote global development. J. Liang, Associate Professor; Ph.D. BSME, MSM. Machine design, product J. Stabile, Instructor, MSME, University (Electrical Engineering), Brown design, mechanical of materials and solid of Arizona; MEEE, University of University 2004. Nonfabrication modeling, SAE Advisor Colorado. High efficiency small speaker through nonlithographic approaches; A. Powell, Associate Professor; Ph.D., systems for personal audio. This would heteroepitaxial growth of high quality Massachusetts Institute of Technology, include magnetic motor design, linear and quantum dots and semiconductor 1997. Industrial ecology, clean energy rotary actuators, high bandwidth structural thin films on nanopatterned­ substrates materials supply chain, electrochemistry, design, force balanced transducer design, for electronic, optic, and biomedical extractive metallurgy, multiscale modeling acoustic structural interaction modeling applications of materials process fundamentals with finite element analysis, and planar Y. Liu, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., P. M. Rao, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., acoustic arrays. 3D additive creation of University of Maryland, 2011. Fiber Stanford University, 2013. Solar energy planar electromagnetic actuators optical tweezers, silicon nanophotonics materials, photovoltaic and photoelectro­ J. M. Sullivan, Jr., Professor, Associate and nanomechanics, optofluidics, fiber chemical materials, scalable synthesis of Department Head; D.E., Dartmouth optic sensors, cell mechanics, biomimetics nanostructured thin film materials College, 1986. Development of graphics M. M. Makhlouf, Professor; Ph.D., M. W. Richman, Associate Professor, tools and mesh generation, numerical Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1990. Graduate Committee Chair; Ph.D., analysis of partial differential equations, Solidification of metals, heat, mass and Cornell University, 1984. Mechanics of medical image visualization and analysis momentum transfer in engineering granular flows, powder compaction, software development materials problems, processing of ceramics powder metallurgy materials

Mechanical Engineering 143 Return to Table of Contents Y. Wang, William Smith Foundation Programs of Study • 12 credits of thesis research (ME 599) Dean’s Associate Professor; Ph.D., • ME 5000 (2 credits) or 3 credits of The Mechanical Engineering Program University of Windsor, 2008. Battery graduate-level mathematics materials, structure, manufacturing, offers the following graduate degree options: • 6 graduate credits of electives within or design, recycling and safety, outside of mechanical engineering electrochemistry based technologies, • Master of Science (M.S.) In the non-thesis option, the distribution electrolysis, recycling and sustainability, • Combined B.S./M.S. of credits is as follows: fundamental electrochemistry, • Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) • 18 graduate credits in mechanical commercialization of technologies • Graduate Certificate Program: engineering (includes a maximum of 9 S. Wodin-Schwartz, Assistant Teaching Mechanical Engineering for Technical credits of directed research—ME 598) Leaders Professor; Ph.D., University of California • 3 graduate credits in mathematics at Berkeley, 2013. MEMS sensor Admission Requirements • 9 graduate credits of electives within or design and fabrication, undergraduate outside of mechanical engineering engineering education, active learning For the M.S. program, applicants should and experiential education content have a B.S. in mechanical engineering or In either option, all full-time students are development and research, product design. in a related field (i.e., other engineering required to register for the graduate semi- disciplines, physics, mathematics, etc.). nar (ME591) every semester. Y. Zhong, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Penn State University, 2005. Integrated The standards are the same for admission Academic Advising Computational Materials Engineering into the thesis and non-thesis options Upon admission to the M.S. program, (ICME), computational thermodynamics, of the M.S. program. At the time of each student is assigned or may select a ab initio, alloys and ceramics application to the master’s program, the temporary advisor to arrange an academic student must specify his/her option (thesis plan covering the first 9 credits of study. Emeritus or non-thesis) of choice. This plan must be made before the R. Biederman, Professor Emeritus For the Ph.D., a bachelor’s or master’s first registration. Prior to registering for J. M. Boyd, Professor Emeritus degree in mechanical engineering or in additional credits, the student must specify A. H. Hoffman, Professor Emeritus a related field (i.e., other engineering an academic advisor with whom the J. A. Mayer, Jr., Professor Emeritus disciplines, physics, mathematics, etc.) is remaining course of study is arranged. The R. L. Norton, Professor Emeritus required. plan must be approved by the mechanical R. J. Pryputniewicz, Professor Emeritus engineering graduate committee. The Mechanical Engineering Depart- Areas of Study ment reserves its financial aid for graduate For students in the thesis option, the academic advisor is the thesis advisor. Prior The graduate curriculum is divided into students in the Ph.D. program or in the thesis option of the M.S. program. to completing more than 18 credits, every five distinct areas of study: student in the thesis option must form a • Fluids Engineering Degree Requirements thesis committee that consists of the thesis • Dynamics and Controls advisor and at least two other mechanical • Structures and Materials M.S. Program engineering faculty members from WPI • Design and Manufacturing When applying to the master of science with knowledge of the thesis topic. • Biomechanical Engineering program, students must specify their intention to pursue either the thesis or The schedule of academic advising is as These areas support the research interests non-thesis M.S. option. Both the thesis follows: of the mechanical engineering faculty, and non-thesis options require the • Temporary advisor—meets with student which are described under Areas of completion of 30 graduate credit hours. prior to first registration to plan the first Research. Graduate courses introduce Students in the thesis option must 9 credits of study. students to fundamentals of mechanical complete 12 credits of thesis research • Academic advisor—selected by student engineering while simultaneously providing (ME 599), whereas students in the prior to registering for more than 9 the background necessary to become non-thesis option may complete up to credits. For thesis option students, the involved with the ongoing research of the 9 credits of directed research (ME 598). academic advisor is the thesis advisor. mechanical engineering faculty. The result of the research credits • Plan of Study—arranged with academic Students also receive credit for special (ME 599) in the thesis option must be a advisor prior to registering for more topics under ME 593 and ME 693, completed master’s thesis. The number of than 9 credits. and independent study under ISP. directed research credits (ME 598) • Thesis committee (thesis option Faculty members often experiment with completed in the non-thesis option can only) —formed prior to registering for new courses under the special topics range from 0 to 9. more than 18 credits. Consists of the designation, although no course may be In the thesis option, the distribution of thesis advisor and at least two other offered more than twice in this manner. credits is as follows: mechanical engineering faculty members Except for certain 4000-level courses • 9 graduate credits in mechanical from WPI. permitted in the B.S./ Master’s program, engineering This schedule ensures that students are no undergraduate courses may be counted well advised throughout the program, toward graduate credit.

144 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents and that students in the thesis option are (ME 599) earned by a student in the thesis B.S./Master’s program who complete their ­actively engaged in their research at the option may be transferred to directed B.S. degrees in May and choose the thesis early stages of their programs. research credit (ME 598) in the non-thesis option are encouraged to begin their thesis option. research during the summer immediately Thesis Defense following graduation. Each student in the thesis option must The Combined Bachelor’s/ A detailed written description of the B.S./ defend his/her research during an oral Master’s Program Master’s program in mechanical engineer- defense, which is administered by an The Mechanical Engineering Department ing can be obtained from the mechanical examining committee that consists of offers a B.S./Master’s program for current- engineering graduate secretary. the thesis committee and a representative ly enrolled WPI undergraduates. Students of the mechanical engineering graduate in the B.S./Master’s program may choose Ph.D. Program committee who is not on the thesis either the thesis or non-thesis M.S. option. The course of study leading to the Ph.D. committee. The defense is open to public The department’s rules for these programs degree in mechanical engineering requires participation and consists of a 30-minute vary somewhat from the Institute’s rules. the completion of 90 credits beyond the presentation by the student followed by a For students in the B.S./Master’s program, bachelor’s degree, or 60 credits beyond the 30-minute open discussion. At least one a minimum of six credits and a maximum master’s degree. For students proceeding week prior to the defense each member of twelve credits may be counted toward directly from B.S. degree to Ph.D. degree, of the examining committee must receive both the undergraduate and graduate the 90 credits should be distributed as a copy of the thesis. One additional copy degrees. At least six must be from graduate follows: must be made available for members of the course credits (including graduate-level Coursework: WPI community wishing to read the thesis independent study and special topics Courses in M.E. prior to the defense. Public notification courses), and none may be from courses (incl. Special Topics of the defense must be given by the lower than the 4000-level. No extra work and ISP) 15 credits mechanical engineering graduate secretary. is required in the 4000-level courses. A Courses in or outside The examining committee will determine grade of B or better is required for any of M.E. 15 credits the acceptability of the student’s thesis and course to be counted toward both degrees. Dissertation Research oral performance. The thesis advisor will (ME 699) 30 credits determine the student’s grade. The application for the B.S./Master’s program must include a list of courses that Other: Changing M.S. Options the applicant proposes to count toward Additional coursework Students in the non-thesis M.S. option both his/her undergraduate and graduate Additional Dissertation may switch into the thesis option at degrees. In most cases, the list consists of Research (ME 699) 30 credits any time by notifying the mechanical courses that the applicant will take in the Supplemental Research engineering graduate committee of senior year. (ME 598, ME 698) } ______the change, provided that they have Applications will not be considered if they TOTAL 90 credits identified a thesis advisor, formed a thesis are submitted prior to the second half of For students proceeding from master’s to committee, and have worked out a Plan the applicant’s junior year. Ideally, applica- Ph.D. degree, the 60 credits should be of Study with their thesis advisor. Subject tions (including recommendations) should distributed as follows: to the thesis advisor’s approval, directed be completed by the early part of the last Coursework: research credits (ME 598) earned in the term (usually D-term) of the junior year. (incl. Special Topics non-thesis option may be transferred to Acceptance into the B.S./Master’s program and ISP) 12 credits thesis research credits (ME 599) in the means that the candidate is qualified for thesis option. Dissertation Research graduate school, and signifies approval of (ME 699) 30 credits Any student in the thesis option M.S. the courses listed for credit toward both program may request a switch into the the undergraduate and graduate degrees. Other: non-thesis option by submitting the However, admission is contingent upon Additional coursework request in writing to the mechanical the completion of six graduate credits Additional Dissertation engineering graduate committee. Before (from the submitted list) with grades of B Research (ME 699) 18 credits acting on such a request, the graduate or better in each. If grades of C or lower Supplemental Research committee will require and seriously are obtained in any other listed courses, (ME 598, ME 698) } ______consider written input from the student’s then they are not counted toward the TOTAL 60 credits thesis advisor. Departmental financial aid graduate degree, but the applicant is still In either case, the result of the dissertation given to the thesis-option students who admitted to the program. research must be a completed doctoral are permitted to switch to the non-thesis Students in the B.S./Master’s program who dissertation. Only after admission to can- option will automatically be withdrawn. choose the thesis M.S. option are encour- didacy may a student receive credit toward Subject to the approval of the mechanical aged to pick a thesis area of research that is dissertation research under ME 699. Prior engineering graduate committee, a closely related to the subject of their major to admission to candidacy, a student may maximum of 9 credits of thesis research qualifying project. Those students in the

Mechanical Engineering 145 Return to Table of Contents receive up to 18 credits of predissertation biomechanical engineering. The three Dissertation Defense research under ME 698. All full-time areas are selected by the student, with the Each doctoral candidate is required to students are required to register for the approval of the PhD advisor. The exam defend the originality, independence graduate seminar (ME 591)every semester. questions will be at the first-year graduate and quality of research during an oral level. The Ph.D. candidacy exam is given dissertation defense that is administered Academic Advising in September and January. For students by an examining committee that Upon admission to the Doctoral Program, who enter the program with a master’s consists of the dissertation committee each student is assigned or may select a degree in mechanical engineering, the and a representative of the mechanical temporary advisor to arrange an academic exam must be taken for the first time after engineering graduate committee who is plan covering the first 9 credits of study. one semester of study (i.e.: in January if not on the dissertation committee. In This plan should be arranged before the they began in the fall; and in September addition to providing a summary of the first day of registration. if they began in the spring.). For all other relevant literature and a description of Prior to registering for any additional students, the exam must be taken for the the techniques employed, technical issues credits, the student must identify a first time after two semesters of study addressed, and results obtained, both the permanent dissertation advisor who (i.e. in September if they began in the dissertation and the oral defense should assumes the role of academic advisor and fall, and in January if they began in the include a description of the potential with whom a suitable dissertation topic spring.) Any student who does not pass applications and societal impact of the and the remaining Plan of Study are the exam in all three areas chosen must research. The defense is open to public arranged. Prior to completing 18 credits, retake the exam (in the areas not passed) participation and consists of a 45-minute the student must form a dissertation one semester later (i.e.: in September presentation followed by a 45-minute committee that consists of the dissertation if they did not pass in January; and in open discussion. At least one week prior advisor, at least two other mechanical January if they did not pass in September). to the defense, each member of the engineering faculty members, and at least The details of the examination procedure examining committee must receive a copy one member from outside the department. can be obtained from the mechanical of the dissertation. At the same time, an These committee members should be engineering graduate committee. additional copy must be made available selected because of their abilities to assist for members of the WPI community Dissertation Proposal in the student’s dissertation research. wishing to read the dissertation prior to Each student must prepare a brief written the defense, and public notification of the The schedule of advising is as follows: proposal and make an oral presentation defense must be given by the mechanical • Temporary advisor—meets with student that demonstrates a sound understanding engineering graduate secretary. The prior to first registration to plan first 9 of the dissertation topic, the relevant examining committee will determine the credits of study. literature, the techniques to be employed, acceptability of the student’s dissertation • Dissertation advisor—selected by the issues to be addressed, and the work and oral performance. The dissertation student prior to registering for more done on the topic by the student to date. advisor will determine the student’s grade. than 9 credits. An important part of the written and • Program of study—arranged with oral proposal should be a description of Graduate Certificate Program: Dissertation advisor prior to registering the potential applications and societal Mechanical Engineering for for more than 9 credits. impact of the research. The proposal must Technical Leaders (METL) • Dissertation committee—formed by be made within 18 months of admission Companies recognize that employees who student prior to registering for more to candidacy. Both the written and oral pursue graduate education oftentimes than 18 credits. Consists of dissertation proposals are presented to the dissertation become the future technical leaders advisor, at least two M.E. faculty, and at committee and a representative from within their organization. As leaders, it least one outside member. the mechanical engineering graduate is important that they possess not only committee. The prepared portion of the This schedule ensures that students are the engineering skills to understand oral presentation should not exceed 30 well advised and actively engaged in technical problems that require novel minutes, and up to 90 minutes should be and innovative solutions, but also the their research at the early stages of their allowed for discussion. If the dissertation programs. business and managerial skills to harness committee and the graduate committee the resources (human and capital) to representative have concerns about Admission to Candidacy implement these solutions. This certificate either the substance of the proposal or Admission to candidacy will be granted combines graduate mechanical engineering the student’s understanding of the topic, when the student has satisfactorily passed coursework to enhance their technical then the student will have one month to a written exam intended to measure expertise along with leadership and prepare a second presentation that focuses fundamental ability in three of the management coursework to empower on the areas of concern. This presentation following nine areas: fluid mechanics, heat them to lead technical teams, make sound will last 15 minutes with an additional 45 transfer, dynamics, controls, structures, business decisions and bring their projects minutes allowed for discussion. Students materials, design, manufacturing, and to successful conclusion. can continue their research only if the proposal is approved.

146 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents Requirements: Please consult the Mechanical Engineering access to all software available on the 9 credits in graduate level Mechanical Department website for a current list of WPI campus network, and allow for Engineering courses* the faculty pursuing research under each of design collaboration and exchange of 9 credits in graduate level Business courses** these areas. design models to manufacturing facilities. Courses served: ES 1020, ES 1310, * Note: Students may petition the Mechanical Engineering ME 3310, ME 3311, ME 3320, ME 4320 Mechanical Engineering Graduate and many out-of- department courses. Committee to count up to 4 credits Laboratories and Centers in AE and/or MTE graduate courses. The Mechanical Engineering Program Experimentation Laboratory Petitions must be approved before provides a multidisciplinary research and The Experimentation Laboratory students register for these AE and or education environment. The facilities (HL 031) provides the Mechanical MTE credits. are housed in Higgins Laboratories and Engineering Department with a modern ** Note: Students may use CE 580 Washburn Shops. For the laboratories laboratory for the state-of-art Engineering (Advanced Project Management) and centers of the other programs Experimentation ME 3901 course, toward this requirement. within the Mechanical Engineering required for ME students to satisfy their Department (Aerospace Engineering, experimentation requirement. The course Admission to the Certificate Program: Manufacturing Engineering, Materials provides students with valuable hands-on Students wishing to enroll in the METL Process Engineering, and Materials knowledge and directly addresses all ABET Certificate program must submit a full Science and Engineering), please see their experimentation and related requirements. M.S. graduate application. corresponding sections in this catalog. The 1300 sq. ft. laboratory houses 15 Successful Completion of the METL Teaching and Project workstations containing Labview-based Certificate Program: data acquisition hardware and software. Successful completion of the METL Laboratories Each workstation is configured for certificate program requires: Design Studio and Computer two students working in pairs. A host • completion of the 18 credits Classroom of standard sensors and transducers distributed as described above; and The Higgins Design Studio (HL 234) (thermocouples, thermistors, RTDs, strain • an overall GPA of at least 3.0. and the Computer Classroom (HL 230) gages, pressure transducers, accelerometers, are both part of the Keck Design Center, etc.) complement each workstation bench. Subsequent Admission into the M.S. and are managed by WPI’s Information The laboratory also contains standard test program in Mechanical Engineering: Technology Services Division. The labs equipment (DVM, soldering equipment, Students wishing to continue their stud- are used for lectures and laboratories hand tools, calipers, and micrometers) ies in the M.S. program in Mechanical in a variety of mechanical design and as well as hardware apparatus such as Engineering will be admitted upon request manufacturing courses, and are also pressure tanks, orifices, heat exchangers, provided that they have: available to students for general-purpose pressurized air, power, and internet, • completed the METL certificate computational work on projects and etc. This laboratory is also used for ES program; and coursework. The 1600 sq. ft. Higgins 3011 Engineering Controls I, ME 4322 • earned a GPA of at least 3.0 within the Design Studio contains twenty one Modeling and Analysis of Mechatronics, 9 credits of M.E. courses (including (21) high-end workstations running a graduate course on Dynamic Signal any AE and MTE credits permitted by software for mechanical design including Analysis, and MQP projects related to petition). parametric solid modeling (PTC/Creo, engineering experimentation. Solidworks, NX, Ideas), structural, For students who continue on to the M.S. thermal, fluid and dynamic analysis MQP Laboratory program in Mechanical Engineering, any (ANSYS, Abaqus, Nastran, Patran, Fluent, The MQP Laboratory (HL 045) is a AE or MTE credits that have been used to Comsol) and general purpose applications 450 sq. ft. space for students to assemble satisfy the METL certificate requirements (Tecplot, sigmaplot, Mathematica, and work on their MQP projects,. The will be counted as M.E. credits toward the MatLab, Maple). Auxiliary equipment laboratory lies between the Engineering M.S. degree. includes two laser printers and 2 E-size Experimentation Laboratory, giving Areas of Research color printer/plotter. The 1575 sq. ft. access to state-of-art electronic sensors Computer Classroom (HL 230) contains and measurement equipment, and the The faculty of the Mechanical Engineering more than forty (40) workstations, A/V Higgins Machine Shop, providing lathes, Department currently pursue research equipment including dual high-resolution drill presses, milling machines and CNC under the following areas: projection systems, and a high-speed equipment. The MQP laboratory is • Dynamics, Controls and Robotics laser printer. Locally installed software equipped with air, water, drains, and hand- • Energy Science and Engineering includes Solidworks, AutoCAD, Matlab, tools for fabrication work. Individualized • Materials and Manufacturing Maple, Mathcad, TK Solver, Thermal storage exists for capstone design works in • Mechanics and Design Analysis software and VisualStudio. progress. • Nano and Micro Engineering Net. The workstations in the Design Studio and Computer Classroom have

Mechanical Engineering 147 Return to Table of Contents Project Laboratories ME 3820, and other courses. The Research Laboratories The other project laboratory spaces in laboratory is equipped with one Universal Automation and Interventional Laser Systems VLS60 Laser Cutter, Higgins Laboratories include HL 005, Medicine Laboratory one Makerbot Replicator 2X, 3 Haas 006, 017, and 019. HL 005 (1600 sq. ft.) The Automation and Interventional MiniMills and 2 Haas SL10s, 3 band saws, is used primarily to conduct of capstone Medicine Laboratory (AIM Lab) is two drill presses, a sheet metal shear and design projects requiring a large work and located at 85 Prescott Street (Gateway bending break as well as assorted hand assembly area. It also provides space to Park). The primary focus of projects tools. Attached to each of the MiniMills one of WPI’s US First Robotics teams and in the AIM Lab is medical robotics and SL10s are computer workstations supports the Robotics Resource Center including: robotic surgery, image-guided equipped design and programming (HL 009), as well as being the home of surgery, MRI-compatible mechatronics, software. In addition to the computers WPI’s CollabLab, which is a student rehabilitation robotics, socially assistive located at each of the CNC machine tools, organization that promotes “maker” robotics, and biofabrication. The lab the facility has two computer classrooms, culture and collaboration at WPI. The contains 10 student workstations, one in Washburn 107 and the other in SAE Project Lab (HL 006, 300 sq. ft.) equipment for mechanical and electrical Washburn 105, which can be configured houses the SAE Formula Race Car and design, construction, configuration, to contain between 8 and 12 computer other SAE projects. HL 017 and 019 (each and testing of robots, control systems, workstations. These workstations have approximately 100 sq. ft.) provide further and automated test fixtures, including access to the design software packages space and resources for conducting course state-of-the-art electronics testing and supported on campus as well as our projects and MQP projects. micro-electronics assembly equipment and training materials and several Computer supplies. An NDI Polaris optical tracker Manufacturing Facilities Aided Manufacturing (CAM) software is available for motion capture. The lab 3D Print Laboratory packages including Esprit, MasterCam, houses MRI robot controllers developed Rapid Prototyping (RP) technologies, and SurfCam. The facilities are run by an in the AIM lab and custom control including 3D printing, use a computer- operations manager and lab machinists electronics for high precision control of driven, additive process to print solid who are assisted by undergraduate peer piezoelectric motor drive waveforms and three-dimensional models one layer at a learning assistants (PLAs). corresponding robotic system testbeds. time almost directly from a computer- A daVinci Research Kit (dVRK) surgical aided design (CAD) program. The 3D Higgins Machine Shop robot is also available in the lab which Print Laboratory (HL 232) houses several The 600 sq. ft. machine shop in Higgins includes the Intuitive Surgical robot with executive level RP machines managed by Labs is located in HL 004, and contains 2 custom open control systems. Additional Academic & Research Computing (ARC) CNC Machine tools (a Haas Tool Room access to a 3T Philips MRI scanner and Center staff available for students, faculty, Mill and a Haas Tool Room Lathe), as affiliated personnel is available through and staff across campus. The Dimension well as a surface grinder, 2 DoAll Mills collaboration with the nearby UMass SST 1200es prints exclusively with ABS and a DoAll engine lathe as well as a drill Medical School. Collaboration with plastic, and the Objet 260 Connex is press, 2 band saws and assorted hand tools. the Brigham and Women’s Hospital capable of using a variety of resins that A machinist manages and supports the provides a second clinical site. BWH has can produce up to 14 different material machine shop and project activities with specially configured scanners for real-time properties within one part, with over 60 the assistance of undergraduate PLAs. image acquisition and scanner control material options available. Submissions readily implemented with the robot. The to the machines are accepted for any MEMS Fabrication Laboratory Advanced Multimodality Image Guided on campus projects (MQP, IQP, course The MEMS Fabrication Laboratory (HL Operating (AMIGO) suite provides an project, graduate research, etc.) that have 106) is a Class 100 cleanroom facility with ideal clinical validation environment. The been approved by an advisor or faculty approximately 500 square feet of floor research in the AIM Lab is directed by member, for the production of parts that space, including the gowning area. It is Prof. G. Fischer. Further information can cannot be easily purchased or created using equipped with instrumentation to support be found at http://aimlab.wpi.edu/. other on campus resources. Instructions photolithography, thermal deposition and oxidation, wet chemistry, metrology, and for access can be found at https://www. Multi-Scale Heat Transfer Laboratory wafer bonding. Metrology capabilities wpi.edu/offices/it/facilities-resources. The Multi-Scale Heat Transfer (MHT) for the devices that are fabricated, such as html, and the staff can be contacted at Laboratory is located in HL 248, and profilometry, SEM, AFM, and XRD are [email protected] investigates the enhancement of heat available through other ME Department transfer and mass transport in nano-, CNC Teaching Laboratory laboratories, including the Materials micro-, and macro-scales, with and The CNC teaching laboratory is located Characterization Laboratory (see Materials without working fluid phase change in the Washburn Shops Room 107 and Science and Engineering section of this (liquid/vapor), in the presence and absence covers 3,140 sq. ft. The CNC machine catalog). of gravity utilizing various mechanisms of tools housed within this lab are used electrohydrodynamics (EHD). The MHT for a wide range of student projects Laboratory also studies the augmentation including MQPs, and also in ME 1800, of heat transfer with micro-scale phase

148 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents change materials under various fluid flow are available for the characterization of and characterization units for advanced configurations. MHT Laboratory features optical, electronic, photovoltaic and materials, device processing and testing the following two-phase flow experimental photoelectrochemical properties and and biomaterials characterization. Specific apparatuses: EHD pump in micro scale for behavior of materials. The research in the ongoing research projects are in the water droplet activation; multi-functional NanoEnergy Lab is directed by Prof. P. area of novel nanocomposites, energy in-tube (internal forced convection) Rao. Further information can be found at efficient materials and devices, stimuli condensation and boiling in horizontal http://nanoenergy.wpi.edu/. responsive materials, photoconductive configuration using EHD polarization devices and biomedical nanotechnology. force; external condensation in horizontal Optomechanics Laboratory Research in the SSL is directed by Prof. B. configuration using EHD induction The WPI Optomechanics Lab is located Panchapakesan. Further information can pumping; external condensation in vertical in HL 029, 037 and 039. The overarching be found at http://www.baloolab.org/. configuration using EHD polarization goal is to develop tools based on coupling force; in-channel (internal forced between optics and mechanics at the Soft Robotics Laboratory convection) condensation in horizontal micro- and nanoscale, and applying these The Soft Robotics Laboratory is located configuration using EHD induction tools to tackle challenging problems at in HL 127, and supports personnel pumping; two-phase loop with EHD the intersection of various disciplines. The and equipment required for the design, induction pumping; and pool boiling for main research carried out includes fiber fabrication, and low-level control of next- low and high pressure refrigerants using optical tweezers, silicon nanomechanics, generation soft, flexible, and semi-rigid EHD polarization force. The MHT silicon nanophotonics, optofluidics, robotic systems. Lab facilities include Laboratory also features several flexible and fiber optic sensors. The research four Windows/Linux workstations with pumps in various configurations and sizes. in the Optomechanics Lab can find state-of-the-art design, modeling, and Supporting equipment include a large applications in cell mechanics, on-chip analysis software. Equipment in the Soft scale two-phase system (heat pipe loop), a disease diagnosis, precision displacement/ Robotics lab includes devices for design, unique high voltage, three-phase power force measurements, and biomedical fabrication, experimentation, and analysis, supply, several high voltage (0-50kV) dc sensing. The lab has various facilities for including an Epilog Zing 24 CO2 laser power supplies, a high-speed video system, optical and mechanical research at the cutter, a vertical drill-press, various semi- micro-fiber optic temperature micro/nanoscale, such as a tunable diode rigidware packages for mechanical and measurement device, high resolution laser, pigtailed laser diodes, automatic electronic design, a full custom-made infrared camera , thermistors, heat flux fiber fusion splicers, fiber end polisher, flexible circuit fabrication and assembly sensors, pressure transducers, flow meters, and a large variety of photodetectors equipment suite, a large-workspace optical vacuum pumps, recirculating chillers, and power meters. There are various microscope, an elastomeric fabrication oscilloscope, multi-meters, and desktop microscopes available for imaging and workbench, and various data acquisition computers. The research in the MHT Lab measurements, including one research- and analysis systems. The lab currently is directed by Prof. Prof. J. Yagoobi. grade inverted fluorescence microscope for supports research activities in elastomeric Further information can be found at biological research and a long-working- robotic systems, printed circuit and sensor http://mht.wpi.edu/. distance microscope for nanophotonic manufacturing, origami-inspired foldable and microfluidic research. The lab is systems, assistive soft robotic monitoring, NanoEnergy Laboratory specialized in home-made fiber optical bio-inspired stereo vision, and prosthetic The NanoEnergy Lab is located in tweezer systems, which enable non- robotics. Research in the Soft Robotics HL 026, and targets the synthesis contact nanoparticle manipulation and Laboratory is directed by Prof. C. Onal. and study of nanomaterials for energy picoNewton force measurements. Piezo Further information can be found at conversion applications, particularly stages and a 6-GHz electronic spectrum http://softrobotics.wpi.edu/. for converting solar energy to electrical analyzer enable nanometer displacement or chemical energy (photovoltaic and control and GHz-range dynamic signal Research Centers photoelectrochemical energy conversion). measurements. The research in the Center for Advanced Research The goal is to use nanostructuring and Optomechanics Laboratory is directed by in Drying scalable, economical synthesis methods Prof. Y. Liu. Further information can be The Center for Advanced Research in to dramatically improve the energy found at http://optomech.wpi.edu/. Drying (CARD) is a National Science conversion efficiency of earth-abundant, Foundation (NSF) Industry/University low-cost materials. Materials synthesis Small Systems Laboratory Cooperative Center (I/UCRC) devoted equipment in the NanoEnergy Lab The Small Systems Laboratory (SSL) to research in drying of moist, porous includes vapor deposition (flat-flame is located in HL 124, and is dedicated materials such as food and other agricul- burner and multi-zone tube furnace), to the development of multi-functional tural products, forestry products, chemical hydrothermal synthesis reactors, solution materials, devices and systems at the products, textiles, and biopharmaceuticals. deposition (fume hood, spincoater), macro-, micro-, meso- and nanoscales. CARD was founded by WPI as a lead and various furnaces for annealing Our work spans multiple areas bridging institution, and the University of Illinois materials. Light sources, integrating multiple disciplines and multiple length at Urbana-Champaign. Examples of the spheres, spectrometers, a potentiostat, scales. Facilities at SSL include fabrication ­current CARD research areas include: electrochemical cells and chemical sensors

Mechanical Engineering 149 Return to Table of Contents • Drying Processes/Systems Design and geometries. The CHSLT has its own Course Descriptions Simulation computational facilities for Finite Element, All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. • Optimizing Product Quality and Energy Finite Difference, and Boundary Element Consumption during Drying by Solving analysis, modeling, and simulation. The General: Multi-scale Transport Models metrological applications at the CHSLT ME 5000. Applied Analytical Methods in • Nano- and Micro-Technology in Drying concentrate on holographic interferometry, Engineering Applications laser speckle metrology, fiber optic sensors, (2 credits) analytical and computational modeling • Innovative Concepts in Drying of Moist The emphasis of this course is on the modeling of structural behavior under static as well of physical phenomena encountered in typical Porous Materials as dynamic loading conditions, and other engineering problems, and on interpreting • Moisture Management for Food areas of current interest. In the area of solutions in terms of the governing physics. In Quality, Stability and Safety holographic interferometry, the CHSLT this manner, the course will expose students to a • Phase Behavior of Biopolymers and range of techniques that are useful to practicing maintains holographic systems for studies engineers and researchers. Physical examples will Impact on Product Quality of static as well as dynamic problems. be drawn from fluid mechanics, dynamics, and • Mechanical Modeling and Computer These systems range from conventional structural mechanics. The course will introduce Software Tracking double-exposure holography, to real-time analytical techniques as they are required to • Product Microstructure and Surface and time-average holography, heterodyne study such phenomena. Depending on the holography, stroboscopic heterodyne examples chosen, the techniques covered may Metrology Characterization include partial differential equations, power holography, pulsed laser holography, • No-Phase-Change Dehydration series, Fourier series, Fourier integrals, Laplace Schemes and Other Novel Drying and electro-optic holography (EOH). transform methods, Green’s Functions, Sturm- Concepts The EOH system allows for direct Liouville theory, linear algebra, and calculus of electronic acquisition and processing of variations. (Prerequisites: differential equations at • Innovative Impinging Jets with and interferometric data in real-time and sets a the undergraduate level.) Students cannot receive without Chemical Reactions for Drying, new standard for quantitative holographic credit for this course if they have taken either the Heating, and Cooling Applications analysis. The CHSLT also conducts Special Topics (ME 593A) version of the same course or ME 500. • Energy Auditing experimental and computational research • Development of Unique Sensors in the field of nanoindentation studies ME 5001. Applied Numerical Methods in Research in CARD is directed by Prof. J. in conjunction with a laboratory system Engineering Yagoobi. Further information and a list which is uniquely suited to measure elastic, (2 credits) plastic, creep, and fracture properties of A study of important numerical and of participating faculty members can be computational methods for solving engineering found at http://www.dryingresearch.org/. materials in submicron geometries. In science problems. The course will include methods addition, the CHSLT is equipped with a for solving linear and nonlinear equations, Center for Holographic Studies and complete laser vibrometer system, GHz interpolation strategies, evaluating integrals, and Laser micro-mechaTronics frequency range storage oscilloscopes, solving ordinary and partial differential equations. The laboratories of the Center for a spectrum analyzer, a self-contained Finite difference methods will be developed Holographic Studies and Laser micro- network of personal computers, UNIX in full for the solution of partial differential equations. The course materials emphasize the mechaTronics (CHSLT) cover over based workstations and image processors, systematic generation of numerical methods for 2,800 sq. ft and support activities a host of supporting instrumentation, elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic problems, ranging from fundamental studies of and a library of finite element analysis and the analysis of their stability, accuracy, and laser light interaction with materials to and general purpose software. A well- convergence properties. The student will be sophisticated applications in metrology. equipped electrical engineering and required to write and run computer programs. Research at the CHSLT is externally instrument development laboratory, a Students cannot receive credit for this course if funded in areas relating to electronic fiber optic preparation laboratory, an they have taken the Special Topics (ME 593M) version of the same course or ME 515. packaging, high density separable optical microscopy laboratory and a electronic interconnections for high speed multifunctional dark room are also parts Fluids Engineering: digital applications, radar technology, of the CHSLT. The strengths of the ME/AE 5101. Fluid Dynamics microelectronics, micromechanics, CHSLT lie in a comprehensive utilization (2 credits) submarine technology, jet engine of laser technology, optics, computational This course presents the following fundamental technology, MEMS, nanotechnology methods, mechanical engineering, topics in fluid dynamics: concept of continuum and picotechnology, to name a few. The materials science and engineering, and in fluids; kinematics and deformation for laboratories are furnished with He-Ne computer data acquisition and processing. Newtonian fluids; the mass conservation equation, lasers, Ar-ion lasers, Nd:YAG lasers, Research in CHSLT is directed by Prof. momentum and energy equations for material volumes and control volumes; the differential nanosecond high energy pulsed laser, C. Furlong. Further information can be form of mass conservation, momentum and and diode lasers, as well as supporting found at http://chslt.wpi.edu/. energy equations. This course covers also applied instrumentation systems. In addition, topics chosen from: unidirectional steady the Nano-Indentation (NIN) system is incompressible viscous flows; unidirectional being developed for studies of mechanical transient incompressible viscous flows; lubrication properties of materials in sub-micron flows similarity and dimensional analysis. This is an introductory graduate-level course and may be taken independent of AE 5107/ME 5107.

150 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents ME/AE 5104. Turbomachinery ME 513. Thermodynamics programming of representative robots. An (2 credits) (3 credits) end-of-term team project would allow students to This course is an introduction to the fluid Review of the zeroth, first and second laws of program robots to participate in challenges or mechanics and thermodynamics of turbo­ thermodynamics and systems control volume. competitions. (Prerequisite: RBE 500 or machinery for propulsion and power generation Applications of the laws to heat engines and their equivalent.) applications. Axial and centrifugal compressors implications regarding the properties of materials. ME 5200. Mechanical Vibrations will be discussed as well as axial and radial flow Equations of state and introduction to chemical (2 credits) turbines. Analysis of the mean line flow in thermodynamics. The course provides fundamentals for vibration compressor and turbine blade rows and stages will analysis of linear discrete and continuous dynamic be discussed. The blade-to-blade flow model will ME 516. Heat Transfer systems, A vibrating system is first modeled be presented and axisymmetric flow theory (3 credits) mathematically as an initial value problem (IVP) introduced. Three-dimensional flow, i.e. secondary Review of governing differential equations and or a boundary-initial value problem (BIVP) by the flows, will also be discussed. Students cannot boundary conditions for heat transfer analysis. Newton-D’Alembert method and/or the Lagrange receive credit for this course if they have taken the Multidimensional and unsteady conduction, energy approach and then solved for various types Special Topics (ME 593H) version of the same including effects of variable material properties. of system. Explicit solutions for dynamic response course. Analytical and numerical solution methods. Forced and free convection with laminar and of a linear single-degree-of-freedom (SDOF) ME/AE 5105. Renewable Energy turbulent flow in internal and external flows. system, both damped and undamped, is derived (2 credits) Characteristics of radiant energy spectra and for free-vibration caused by the initial conditions The course provides an introduction to renewable radiative properties of surfaces. Radiative heat and forced vibration caused by different energy, outlining the challenges in meeting the transfer in absorbing and emitting media. excitations. Modal analysis is presented to solve energy needs of humanity and exploring possible Systems with combined conduction, convection for vibration response of both multi-degree- solutions in some detail. Specific topics include: and radiation. Condensation, evaporation, and of-freedom (MDOF) systems and continuous use of energy and the correlation of energy use boiling phenomena. (Prerequisite: Background systems with distributed parameters. As the with the prosperity of nations; historical energy in thermodynamics, fluid dynamics, ordinary basis of modal analysis, the natural frequencies usage and future energy needs; engineering and partial differential equations, and basic and vibration modes of a linear dynamic economics; electricity generation from the wind; undergraduate physics.) system are obtained in advance by solving an wave/ocean energy, geo-thermal and solar-thermal associated generalized eigenvalue problem and energy; overview of fuel cells, biofuels, nuclear ME/AE 6108. Intermediate Computational the orthogonal properties of the vibration modes energy, and solar-photovoltaic systems and their Fluid Dynamics with respect to the stiffness and mass matrices role and prospects; distribution of energy and the (2 credits) are strictly proved. Computational methods for energy infrastructure; energy for transportation; The course presents computational methods for vibration analysis are introduced. Applications energy storage. Pre-requisites; ES3001, ES3004 or incompressible and compressible viscous flows include but are not limited to cushion design of equivalents. at an intermediate level. Topics are chosen from: falling packages, vehicles traveling on a rough grid generation techniques; finite volume schemes; surface, multi-story building subjected to seismic ME/AE 5107. Applied Fluid Dynamics stability analysis; artificial viscosity; explicit and and wind loading, and vibration analysis of (2 credits) implicit schemes; flux-vector splitting; monotonic bridges subjected to traffic loading. Students This course presents applications of advection schemes; multigrid methods; particle- cannot receive credit for this course if they have incompressible and compressible fluid dynamics at based simulation methods. (Prerequisite: fluid taken the Special Topics (ME 593V) version of the an introductory graduate level. Topics are chosen dynamics; an introductory course in numerical same course or ME522. from: potential flows; boundary layers; vorticity methods for partial differential equations; dynamics and rotating flows; aerodynamics; programming language experience) Students who ME 5202. Advanced Dynamics introduction to turbulence; micro/nano flows. have received credit for AE/ME 5103 will not (2 credits) This course can be taken independent of AE receive credit for AE/ME 6108. Basic concepts and general principles of classical 5101/ME 5101. kinematics and dynamics of particles, systems Dynamics and Controls: of particles and rigid bodies are presented ME/AE 5108. Introduction to with application to engineering problems with ME 501/RBE 501. Robot Dynamics Computational Fluid Dynamics complicated three-dimensional kinematics and (3 credits) (2 credits) dynamics. Derivation of the governing equations The course provides the theory and practice of Foundations and principles of robotic of motion using Principle of Virtual Work computational fluid dynamics at an entry graduate manipulation. Topics include computational and Lagrange equations is described together level. Topics covered include: classification of models of objects and motion, the mechanics of with the direct Newton approach. Applications partial differential equations (PDEs) in fluid robotic manipulators, the structure of manipulator include: swings-effect and its use in engineering, dynamics and characteristics; finite difference control systems, planning and programming of illustrating in particular limit cycles and their schemes on structured grids; temporal robot actions. The focus of this class is on the stability and reversed-swings control of vibrations discretization schemes; consistency, stability and kinematics and programming of robotic of pendulum; various examples of gyroscopic error analysis of finite difference schemes; explicit mechanisms. Important topics also include the effects; and especially introductory rotordynamics and implicit finite differencing schemes for 2D dynamics, control, sensor and effector design, and including transverse vibrations (whirling) and and 3D linear hyperbolic, parabolic, elliptic, and automatic planning methods for robots. The potential instability of rotating shafts. Students non-linear PDEs in fluid dynamics; direct and fundamental techniques apply to arms, mobile cannot receive credit for this course if they have iterative solution methods for algebraic systems. robots, active sensor platforms, and all other taken the Special Topics (ME 593D) version of The course requires completion of several projects computer-controlled kinematic linkages. The the same course or ME 527. using MATLAB. primary applications include robotic arms and mobile robots, and lab projects would involve

Mechanical Engineering 151 Return to Table of Contents ME 5204/RBE 510. Multi-Robot Systems The course will be useful for solving problems sensing systems. The first half of the course (2 credits) dealing with parallel manipulators as well as multi- will introduce different aspects of fiber optics, This course covers the foundation and principles legged walking mechanisms including humanoid including working principles of optical fibers, of multi-robot systems. The course will cover the robots, quadruped robots, hexapod robots and all single-mode and multimode fibers, properties of development of the field and provide an overview other types of legged walking mechanisms. A final optical fibers, passive fiber optical devices, light on different control architectures (deliberative, term project would allow students to apply all sources, and optical detectors. The second half reactive, behavior-based and hybrid control), this information to design, analyze, and simulate of the course will focus on various fiber optical control topologies, and system configurations parallel and walking mechanisms. Students taking sensors and sensing systems, including working (cellular automata, modular robotic systems, this course are expected to have a background in principles of fiber optical sensors, intensity- mobile sensor networks, swarms, heterogeneous kinematics and dynamics. based and interferometer-based fiber optical systems). Topics may include, but are not limited sensors, fiber Bragg gratings, and low-coherence ME/AE 5220. Control of Linear Dynamical fiber optical interferometers. Specifically, design to, multi-robot control and connectivity, path Systems planning and localization, sensor fusion and robot and implementation of fiber optical sensors (2 credits) informatics, task-level control, and robot software and sensing systems for strain and pressure This course covers analysis and synthesis of control system design and implementation. These topics measurements will be discussed in detail. laws for linear dynamical systems. Fundamental will be pursued through independent reading, Measurement characteristics and signal processing concepts including canonical representations, class discussion, and a course project. The course of fiber optical sensing systems for different the state transition matrix, and the properties of will culminate in a group project focusing on a applications will be introduced. Recommended controllability and observability will be discussed. collaborative/cooperative multi-robot system. The Background: ES 2502, PH 1140. ME 4506 is The existence and synthesis of stabilizing feedback project may be completed through simulation preferred but not required. control laws using pole placement and linear or hands-on experience with available robotic quadratic optimal control will be discussed. The ME/RBE 530. Soft Robotics platforms. Groups will present their work and design of Luenberger observers and Kalman (2 credits) complete two professional-quality papers in IEEE filters will be introduced. Examples pertaining to Soft robotics studies “intelligent” machines and format. (Prerequisites: Linear algebra, differential aerospace engineering, such as stability analysis devices that incorporate some form of compliance equations, linear systems, controls, and mature and augmentation of longitudinal and lateral in their mechanics. Elasticity is not a byproduct programming skills, or consent of the instructor.) aircraft dynamics, will be considered. Assignments but an integral part of these systems, respon- Students cannot receive credit for this course if and term project (if any) will focus on the design, sible for inherent safety, adaptation and part they have taken the Special Topics (ME 593S) analysis, and implementation of linear control of the computation in this class of robots. This version of the same course. for current engineering problems. The use of course will cover a number of major topics of ME 5205/RBE 580. Biomedical Robotics Matlab®/Simulink® for analysis and design will soft robotics including but not limited to design (2 credits) be emphasized. (Recommended background: and fabrication of soft systems, elastic actuation, This course will provide an overview of a Familiarity with ordinary differential equations, embedded intelligence, soft robotic modeling and multitude of biomedical applications of robotics. introductory control theory, fundamentals of control, and fluidic power. Students will imple- Applications covered include: image-guided linear algebra, and the analysis of signals and ment new design and fabrication methodologies surgery, percutaneous therapy, localization, robot- systems is recommended. Familiarity with of soft robots, read recent literature in the field, assisted surgery, simulation and augmented reality, Matlab® is strongly recommended.) and complete a project to supplement the course laboratory and operating room automation, material. Existing soft robotic platforms will be ME/AE 5221. Control of Nonlinear available for experimental work. Prerequisites: Dif- robotic rehabilitation, and socially assistive robots. Dynamical Systems Specific subject matter includes: medical imaging, ferential equations, linear algebra, stress analysis, (2 credits) coordinate systems and representations in 3D kinematics, embedded programming. Overview of stability concepts and examination space, robot kinematics and control, validation, of various methods for assessing stability such as ME 6201. Advanced Topics in Vibration haptics, teleoperation, registration, calibration, linearization and Lyapunov methods. Introduction (2 credits) image processing, tracking, and human-robot to various design methods based on linearization, The course presents advanced topics in interaction.Topics will be discussed in lecture sliding modes, adaptive control, and feedback vibrations of machines and structures: dynamic format followed by interactive discussionof related linearization. Demonstration and performance stability analysis for linear nonconservative literature. The course will culminate in a team analysis on engineering systems such as flexible systems with applications to aeroelasticity and project covering one or more of the primary robotic manipulators, mobile robots, spacecraft rotordynamics such as whirling of shafts with course focus areas. Recommended background: attitude control and aircraft control systems. internal energy dissipation; introduction into Linear algebra, ME/RBE 501 or equivalent Control synthesis and analysis is performed using theory of nonlinear and parametric vibrations in Students cannot receive credit for this course if Matlab®/Simulink®. (Prerequisites: Familiarity machines and structures; probabilistic approach they have taken the Special Topics (ME 593U) with ordinary differential equations, introductory in dynamics – analysis of random vibrations with version of the same course. control theory at the undergraduate level, applications to reliability evaluation in earthquake ME/RBE 521. Advanced Robotics – fundamentals of linear algebra. Familiarity with engineering, offshore engineering, etc. Use of Parallel and Walking Mechanisms Matlab® is strongly recommended.) random vibration analyses is illustrated for on-line Foundations and principles of parallel and walking condition monitoring for machines and structures ME 5225. Fiber Optical Sensors mechanisms. Topics include advanced spatial/3D (mechanical signature analysis), such as detecting (2 Credits) kinematics and dynamics of parallel manipulators instability and evaluating stability margin for a and legged/walking mechanisms including work- This course is designed to introduce students nonconservative system from its on-line measured space analysis, inverse and forward kinematics and to the field of fiber optics, with an emphasis on signal. Introduction into general vibration theory dynamics, gait analysis of walking mechanisms, design and working principles of fiber optical makes the course self-contained (background in motion analysis of parallel mechanisms as well as sensors for mechanical, biological, and chemical ME 522 preferable but not necessary). Students legged and walking mechanisms, stability/balance measurements. It covers basic knowledge and cannot receive credit for this course if they have analysis of walking mechanisms, and control of working principles of optical fibers and fiber taken the Special Topics (ME 593B) version of the parallel manipulators and walking mechanisms. optical components, as well as practical design same course. guidelines and applications of fiber optical

152 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents ME 621. Dynamics and Signal Analysis computer vision, camera calibration methods, and introductory definitions of electrical and optical (3 credits) image processing and data reduction algorithms properties will be outlined. (Prerequisites: senior A laboratory-based course which applies as required in quantitative fringe analysis. Detail or graduate standing or consent of the instructor.) Fourier and cepstral signal analysis techniques examples of nondestructive testing and coherent Note: Students cannot receive credit for this to mechanical engineering problems. The optical metrology in solid mechanics, vibrations, course if they have taken the Special Topics theory and application of the Fourier series, heat transfer, electromagnetics, and reverse version of the same course (MTE 594P). engineering are given. Students are required to Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and the cepstrum ME 5313. Introduction to Nanomechanics to the analysis of mechanical and acoustical work on projects depending on their background (2 credits) systems is presented. Digital sampling theory, and interests. Recommended background: This course introduces students to nanomechan- windowing, aliasing, filtering, noise averaging mechanics, materials, physics, knowledge of a ics. Topics covered include an introduction to and deconvolution are discussed. Limitations of high-level computer programming language. mechanical systems, forces at the nano to atomic and errors in implementation of these techniques Students cannot receive credit for this course if scales, cantilever theory, mechanics of 0D, 1D and are demonstrated. Students will perform weekly they have taken the Special Topics (ME 593J) 2D nanomaterials, polymer chain nanomechanics, experiments in the Structural Dynamics and version of the same course or ME 534. molecular recognition, wear friction and adhesion Vibration Laboratory, which reinforce the theories ME 5311/MTE 511. Structure and at the nanoscale, scale dependence of frictional presented in lectures. Application will include Properties of Engineering Materials resistance, nano-indentation, surface elasticity and structures, acoustics, rotating machinery and (2 credits) viscoelasticity mapping, lubrication principles at cams. This course, (along with its companion course the nanoscale, interfacial forces in confined fluids, MTE 512 Properties and Performance of mechanics of electrorheological and magnetic Structures and Materials: Engineering Materials), is designed to provide a fluids. Recommended Background: ME 4875 or ME/CE 5303. Applied Finite Element comprehensive review of the fundamental consent of Instructor. Methods in Engineering principles of Materials Science and Engineering (2 credits) for incoming graduate students. In the first part of ME 5356/MTE 556. Smart Materials This course is devoted to the numerical solution this 2-course sequence, the structure in materials (2 credits) of partial differential equations encountered in ranging from the sub-atomic to the macroscopic A material whose properties can respond to engineering sciences. Finite element methods including nano, micro and macromolecular an external stimulus in a controlled fashion is are introduced and developed in a logical structures will be discussed to highlight bonding referred to as a smart or intelligent material. progression of complexity. Topics covered mechanisms, crystallinity and defect patterns. These materials can be made to undergo changes include matrix structural analysis variation form Representative thermodynamic and kinetic aspects modulus, shape, porosity, electrical conductivity, of differential equations, Ritz and weighted such as diffusion, phase diagrams, nucleation and physical form, opacity, and magnetic properties residual approximations, and development of growth and TTT diagrams will be discussed. based on an external stimulus. The stimuli can the discretized domain solution. Techniques Major structural parameters that effect of include temperature, pH, specific molecules, light, are developed in detail for the one- and two- performance in materials including plastics, magnetic field, voltage and stress. These stimuli- dimensional equilibrium and transient problems. metallic alloys, ceramics and glasses will be sensitive materials can be utilized as sensors and These numerical strategies are used to solve emphasized. The principal processing techniques as vehicles for the controlled delivery of drugs and actual problems in heat flow, diffusion, wave to shape materials and the effects of processing on other biomolecules in medical applications. Smart propagation, vibrations, fluid mechanics, structure will be highlighted. (Prerequisites: senior materials are also becoming important in other hydrology and solid mechanics. Weekly computer or graduate standing or consent of the instructor.) biological areas such as bio-separation, biosensor exercises are required to illustrate the concepts Note: Students cannot receive credit for this design, tissue engineering, protein folding, discussed in class. Students cannot receive credit course if they have taken the Special Topics and microfluidics. The use of stimuli-sensitive for this course if they have taken the Special version of the same course (MTE 594S). materials is receiving increasing attention in the Topics (ME 593E) version of the same course or development of damage tolerant smart structures ME 533 or CE 524. ME 5312/MTE 512. Properties and in aerospace, marine, automotive and earth quake Performance of Engineering Materials resistant buildings. The use of smart materials ME 5304. Laser Metrology and (2 credits) is being explored for a range of applications Nondestructive Testing The two introductory classes on materials science including protective coatings, corrosion barriers, (2 credits) (MTE 511 and MTE 512) describe the structure- intelligent batteries, fabrics and food packaging. Demands for increased performance and efficiency property relationships in materials. The purpose The purpose of this course is to provide an of components in the nano/micro-, meso-, of this class is to provide a basic knowledge of the introduction to the various types of smart and macro-scales, impose challenges to their principles pertaining to the physical, mechanical materials including polymers, ceramic, metallic engineering design, study, and optimization. These and chemical properties of materials. The alloys and composites. Fundamental principles challenges are compounded by multidisciplinary primary focus of this class will be on mechanical associated with the onset of “smart” property applications to be developed inexpensively in properties. The thermal, tensile, compressive, will be highlighted. The principles of self- short time while satisfying stringent design flexural and shear properties of metallic alloys, healable materials based on smart materials will objectives. As a consequence, effective quantitative ceramics and glasses and plastics will be discussed. be discussed. The application of smart materials engineering methodologies, such as optical Fundamental aspects of fracture mechanics and in various fields including sensors, actuators, techniques, are frequently used in the study viscoelasticity will be presented. An overview of diagnostics, therapeutics, packaging and other and optimization of advanced components and dynamic properties such as fatigue, impact and advanced applications will be presented. Note: systems. In this course, modern laser metrology creep will be provided. The relationship between Students cannot receive credit for this course if techniques are discussed and their practical the structural parameters and the preceding they have taken the Special Topics version of the applications to solve problems, with emphasis mechanical properties will be described. Basic same course (MTE 594X). on nondestructive testing (NDT), are illustrated composite theories will be presented to describe with laboratory demonstrations. Topics covered fiber-reinforced composites and nanocomposites. include wave and Fourier optics, classic and Various factors associated with material holographic interferometry, speckle techniques, degradation during use will be discussed. Some solid-state lasers, fiber optics, CCD cameras,

Mechanical Engineering 153 Return to Table of Contents ME 5358/MTE 558. Plastics to support the design and manufacture of surface interactive computer programs for holographic (2 credits) textures, and to address issues in quality assurance. analysis of engineering and biological systems This course will provide an integrated overview Examples of research from a broad range of will be outlined. Lectures are supplemented by of the design, selection and use of synthetic applications are presented, including, food laboratory demonstrations and experiments. plastics. The basic chemistry associated with science, pavements, friction, adhesion, machining (Prerequisites: Matrix algebra, vector calculus and polymerization and the structure of commercial and grinding. Students do a major project of consent of instructor.) plastics will be described. Various aspects of their choosing, which can involve either an in- polymer crystallization and glass transition will depth literature review, or surface measurement Design and Manufacturing: be outlined. Salient aspects of fluid flow and and analysis. The facilities of WPI’s Surface ME 5401. Computer-Aided Design and heat transfer during the processing of plastics Metrology Laboratory are available for making Geometric Modeling will be highlighted. Fundamentals of the diverse measurements for selected projects. Software for (2 credits) processing operations used to shape plastics advanced analysis methods is also available for use This course covers topics in computer-aided and the resulting structures that develop after in the course. No previous knowledge of surface geometric design and applications in mechanical processing will be discussed. The mechanical metrology is required. Students should have some engineering. The objectives of the course are to behavior of plastics including elastic deformation, background in engineering, math or science. familiarize the students with complex geometric rubber elasticity, yielding, viscoelasticity, ME/AE 5380. Foundations of Elasticity modeling and analytical techniques used in fracture and creep will be discussed. Plastic (2 credits) contemporary computer-aided design systems. degradation and environmental issues associated This course is suitable as an introductory Topics to be covered may include complex curve with recycling and disposal of plastics will be graduate level course. Topics will be chosen and surface generation, solid modeling, assembly examined. Typical techniques used in the analysis from the following: three-dimensional states of and mechanism modeling, transformations, and testing of plastics will be described and a stress; measures of strain; thick-walled cylinders, analytic geometry, offsets and intersections of working knowledge of various terminologies used disks and spheres; plane stress and plane strain; complex shapes, graphics standards and data in commercial practice will be provided. Note: thermoelasticity; Airy stress function; energy transfer, rendering techniques, parametric design Students cannot receive credit for this course if methods, and exact theory for torsion of non- and geometric optimization, numerical methods they have taken the Special Topics version of the circular cross sections. This course may be taken for geometric analysis and graphics design same course (MTE 594A). independent of ME 5302. programming. Prerequisites: calculus, linear ME 5361/MTE 561. Mechanical Behavior algebra, introductory computer programming, ME/AE 5381. Applied Elasticity and Fracture of Materials and ability to utilize a solid modeling CAD (2 credits) system. Students cannot receive credit for this (2 credits) This course is suitable as an introductory graduate course if they have taken the Special Topics (ME The failure and wear-out mechanisms for a level course. Topics covered will be chosen from 593C) version of the same course or ME 545. variety of materials (metals, ceramics, polymers, the following: bending and shear stresses in composites and microelectronics) and applications unsymmetric beams; bending of composite beams; ME/MFE/MTE 5420. Fundamentals of will be presented and discussed. Multi-axial bending of curved beams; torsion of thin-walled Axiomatic Design of Manufacturing failure theories and fracture mechanics will be noncircular cross sections; beams on elastic Processes discussed. The methodology and techniques foundations; stress concentrations; failure criteria; (2 credits) for reliability analysis will also be presented and stability of columns; and bending of plates. This The course starts with an in-depth study of discussed. A materials systems approach will be course may be taken independent of ME 5301. axiomatic design. Applications of axiomatic design used. (Prerequisites: ES 2502 and ME 3023 or are considered primarily, although not exclusively, equivalent, and senior or graduate standing in ME 5383/CE 514. Continuum Mechanics for the design of manufacturing processes and engineering or science.) Note: Students cannot (2 credits) tools. Axiomatic design is a design methodology receive credit for this course if they have taken the This course covers the fundamentals of continu- based on the premise that there are two axioms Special Topics version of the same course um mechanics at an introductory graduate level. that apply to all good designs. These axioms (MTE 593C/MTE 594C). Topics covered include: 1) Introduction: essential facilitate the teaching and practice of engineering ME 5370/MTE 5841/MFE 5841. Surface mathematics - scalars, vectors, tensors, and indicial design as a scientific discipline. Manufacturing Metrology notation; 2) Basics: three-dimensional states of process analysis is considered from the perspective stress, finite and infinitesimal measures strain, and of supporting design. Methods of analysis of (3 credits) principal axes; 3) Conservations laws: mass, linear manufacturing processes with broad applicability This course emphasizes research applications momentum, angular momentum and energy; 4) are sought. Special attention is given to examples of advanced surface metrology, including the Constitutive equations: ideal materials, Newto- in machining (traditional, nontraditional and measurement and analysis of surface roughness. nian fluids, isotropy and anisotropy, elasticity and grinding), additive manufacturing, and to Surface metrology can be important in a wide thermoelasticity, plasticity, and viscoelasticity; 5) the production of surfaces. The ability to find variety of situations including adhesion, friction, Applications to classical problems and emerging commonalities across applications and generalize catalysis, heat transfer, mass transfer, scattering, topics in solid and fluid mechanics. Recom- is emphasized to facilitate further development of biological growth, wear and wetting. These mended background: undergraduate knowledge of principles with broad applicability. The content situations impact practically all the engineering strength of materials, fluid mechanics, and linear is delivered in video lectures and in readings from disciplines and sciences. The course begins by algebra. the technical literature. Homework and quizzes considering basic principles and conventional are given and delivered on-line. There is a project analyses, and methods. Measurement and ME 634. Holographic Numerical Analysis to design a manufacturing process. The topics analysis methods are critically reviewed for (3 credits) can be from work or dissertations that can be utility. Students learn advanced methods for Recent advances in holographic analysis of interpreted as manufacturing processes and tools. differentiating surface textures that are suspected body deformations are discussed. Included of being different because of their performance in the course are topics covering sandwich Credit cannot be given for this course and any of or manufacture. Students will also learn methods holography, optoelectronic fringe interpolation the similar, in-class versions for 3 credits, MFE for making correlations between surface textures technique, theory of fringe localization, use of 520, MTE 520 and ME 543. and behavioral and manufacturing parameters. projection matrices and the fringe tensor theory The results of applying these methods can be used of holographic strain analysis. The application of

154 Mechanical Engineering Return to Table of Contents ME 543/MFE 520/MTE 520. Axiomatic ME 5441/MFE 541. Design for Other Activities: Design of Manufacturing Processes Manufacturability ME 591. Graduate Seminar (3 credits) (2 credits) (0 credits) This course begins with elements axiomatic The problems of cost determination and Seminars on current issues related to various design, the theory and practice. Design evaluation of processing alternatives in the design- areas of mechanical engineering are presented by applications are considered primarily, although manufacturing interface are discussed. Approaches authorities in their fields. All full-time mechanical not exclusively, for the design of manufacturing for introducing manufacturing capability engineering students are required to register and processes and tools. Axiomatic design is based knowledge into the product design process are attend. on the premise that there are common aspects to covered. An emphasis is placed on part and all good designs. These commons aspects, stated process simplification, and analysis of alternative ME 593. Special Topics in the independence and information axioms, manufacturing methods based on such parameters (credits TBD) facilitate the teaching and practice of engineering as: anticipated volume, product life cycle, lead Arranged by individual faculty with special design as a scientific discipline. Analysis of time, customer requirements, and quality yield. expertise, these courses survey fundamentals processes and products is considered from the Lean manufacturing and Six-Sigma concepts and in areas that are not covered by the regular perspective of supporting product and process their influence on design quality are included mechanical engineering course offerings. Exact design. Fundamental methods of engineering as well. Note: Students cannot receive credit for course descriptions are disseminated by the analysis of manufacturing processes with broad this course if they have taken the Special Topics Mechanical Engineering Department well in applicability are developed. Attention is given version of the same course (MFE 594M). advance of the offering. (Prerequisite: Consent of to examples from one or more of the following: instructor.) machining (traditional, nontraditional and Biomechanical Engineering: ME 598. Directed Research grinding), additive manufacturing, and to the ME 550/BME 550. Tissue Engineering (credits TBD) production of surface topographies. The ability to (3 credits) For M.S. students wishing to gain research generalize from detailed examples is emphasized This biomaterials course focuses on the selection, experience peripheral to their thesis topic, or for in order to facilitate the students’ ability to processing, testing and performance of materials Ph.D. students wishing to gain research experience development analyses and design methods with used in biomedical applications with special peripheral to their dissertation topic.. broader applicability. emphasis upon tissue engineering. Topics include This course is offered live, in-class only, to be material selection and processing, mechanisms ME 599. Thesis Research completed in one semester, for three credits. and kinetics of material degradation, cell- (credits TBD) Credit cannot be given for this course and any of material interactions and interfaces; effect of For master’s students wishing to obtain research the similar, on-line versions of this material for 2 construct architecture on tissue growth; and credit toward their thesis. (Prerequisite: Consent credits: MFE521, MTE521 and ME521. transport through engineered tissues. Examples of Thesis Advisor.) of engineering tissues for replacing cartilage, ME 5431/MFE 531. Computer Aided bone, tendons, ligaments, skin and liver will be ME 693. Advanced Special Topics Manufacturing presented. (Recommended preparation: A first (credits TBD) (2 credits) course in biomaterials equivalent to ME/BME Arranged by individual faculty with special An overview of computer-integrated 4814 and a basic understanding of physiology and expertise, these courses cover advanced topics manufacturing (CIM). As the CIM concept cell biology.) that are not covered by the regular mechanical attempts to integrate all of the business and engineering course offerings. Exact course engineering functions of a firm, this course builds ME 552/BME 552. Tissue Mechanics descriptions are disseminated by the Mechanical on the knowledge of computer-aided design, (3 credits) Engineering Department well in advance of the computer-aided manufacturing, concurrent This biomechanics course focuses on advanced offering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.) engineering, management of information systems techniques for the characterization of the and operations management to demonstrate the structure and function of hard and soft tissues, ME 698. Pre-Dissertation Research strategic importance of integration. Emphasis is and their relationship to physiological processes. (credits TBD) placed on CAD/CAM integration. Topics include, Applications include tissue injury, wound healing, Intended for doctoral students wishing to obtain part design specification and manufacturing the effect of pathological conditions upon tissue dissertation-research credit prior to admission to quality, tooling and fixture design, and properties and design of medical devices and candidacy. (Prerequisite: Consent of Dissertation manufacturing information systems. This course prostheses. (Recommended preparation: A first Advisor.) course in biomechanics equivalent to includes a group term project. (Prerequisites: ME 699. Dissertation Research Background in manufacturing and CAD/CAM, ME/BME 4504.) (credits TBD) e.g., ME 1800, ES 1310, ME 3820.) Note: Intended for doctoral students admitted to Students cannot receive credit for this course if candidacy wishing to obtain research credit toward they have taken the Special Topics version of the their dissertations. (Prerequisite: Consent of same course (ME 593D/MFE 594D). Dissertation Advisor.)

Mechanical Engineering 155 Return to Table of Contents Physics www.wpi.edu/+physics Faculty Q. Wen, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Semiconductors – Optical properties Brown University. Experimental of super-lattices, heterostructure laser D.T. Petkie, Department Head and biophysics, mechanical properties of tissue design, spintronics in diluted magnetic Professor; Ph.D., Ohio State University. cells and biological materials, cell-ECM semiconductors,devices. Millimeter-wave and Terahertz sensing, interactions. spectroscopy, electromagnetic scattering Spectroscopy – Laser spectroscopy of and propagation, photonics, optics and K. Wu, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., New impurity ions in glasses, quasi-elastic/ imaging. York University. Active matter, kinesin- inelastic light scattering and excitation/ driven microtubules, fluid dynamics, modulation spectroscopy of super-lattices, P. K. Aravind, Professor; Ph.D., experimental biophysics. thin films, surface phenomena and gas Northwestern University. Quantum phase molecular spectroscopy. information theory. A. Zozulya, Professor; Ph.D., Lebedev Physics Institute. Nonlinear optics, Ultrafast optical spectroscopy – N. A. Burnham, Associate Professor; photorefractive materials, atom pipes. Terahertz science and technology, optical Ph.D., University of Colorado. properties of nanomaterials for energy Mechanical properties of nanostructures, Affiliated Faculty conversion. instrumentation for nanomechanics. C. Furlong, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Wavefunction Engineering – G. S. Iannacchione, Professor; Ph.D., WPI, 1999. MEMS and MOEMS, Nanostructures, finite-element modeling Kent State University. Soft condensed nanotechnology, mechatronics, laser of quantum systems and wells, field theory. matter physics/ complex fluids, liquid- applications, holography, computer crystals, calorimetry, and order-disorder modeling of dynamic systems. Biophysics/Soft-Matter phenomena. Y. Liu, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., Active matter – non-equilibrium D. C. Medich, Associate Professor; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 2011. Fiber statistical physics, dynamics of confined University of Massachusetts – Lowell. optical tweezers, silicon nanophotonics active fluids, self-organization of energy- Nuclear science and engineering, medical and nanomechanics, optofluidics, fiber consuming materials, self-propelled and health physics, radiation biology. optic sensors, cell mechanics, biomimetics. particles, self-pumping fluids, biopolymers R. S. Quimby, Associate Professor; Ph.D., (microtubules, actins), molecular motors University of Wisconsin – Madison. Research Areas (kinesin, myosin), bio-mimetic materials. Optical properties of solids, laser The two major areas of research in the Biomaterials – hydration effects on spectroscopy, fiber optics. department are: Biophysics/Soft-Matter protein dynamics, thermodynamics and Nanoscience/Condensed Matter of proteins and DNA, self-assembly L. R. Ram-Mohan, Professor; Ph.D., Physics, including optics and photonics. ­Purdue University. Field theory, many of biomaterials, dielectric relaxation body problems, solid state physics, and Nanoscience/Condensed spectroscopy, relaxation calorimetry, finite-element modeling of quantum Matter resonant ultrasound spectroscopy, studies systems. of tissue cells, theory and simulations of Cold atoms – Bose-Einstein Condensation bio-polymers and molecular motors. I. Stroe, Associate Teaching Professor; of bosons and fermions, atom wave guides Ph.D., Clark University. Experimental and interferometers. Biomechanics – Locomotion of living biophysics, protein structure, dynamic, organisms, cellular structure and motion, Magnetic Solids – Magnetic impurities and functionality. computational biophysical fluid dynamics. in semiconductors: diluted magnetic L. V. Titova, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., semiconductors and the onset of Cellular biophysics – Cell mechanics University of Notre Dame. THz ferromagnetism in spintronic materials. and intra-cellular transport, physics spectroscopy of nanomaterials for energy of the cytoskeleton (cellular skeleton), Nanomechanics – Mechanical properties applications; optical excitations and cargo transport in cells, super-resolution of nanostructures, instrumentation and ultrafast carrier dynamics in nanomaterials. imaging, correlation spectroscopy, metrology for nanomechanics. simulations of cellular processes. E. Tüzel, Associate Professor; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theoretical Photonics – Nonlinear optics, fiber Complex Fluids – Diffusion and and computational biophysics, polymer optics, optical properties of rough surfaces transport properties of complex fluids, physics, cell mechanics and cargo and of thin metal films. Development of light scattering spectroscopy of liquids and transport, complex fluids, soft-matter infrared fiber lasers and materials, mid-IR polymer melts, mesoscale simulations of physics. and FIR quantum cascade laser design and liquids, capillary wave theory, theory and Photonic Integrated Circuits. simulations of phase transitions in multi- Quantum Information – Foundations of component mixtures, active fluids. quantum mechanics, quantum algorithms.

156 Physics Return to Table of Contents Glasses – Theory and simulation, completing their master’s thesis or passing partners. Students are also trained in thermodynamics and relaxation dynamics. the Comprehensive Written Examination scientific and technical writing, as well as (CWE) to obtain their degree. The proposal development. Liquid Crystals – Thermotropic/ program provides a suitable foundation for lyotropic/ colloidal systems, phase the pursuit of a Ph.D. degree in physics, Graduate Certificate in Nuclear transitions and critical phenomena, or a related field, or for a career in industry Science and Engineering (NSE) cooperative behavior and self-assembly, immediately after graduation. The Graduate Certificate in Nuclear quenched random disorder effects, Science & Engineering requires the calorimetry instrumentation. Master of Science in Physics for successful completion of four courses (12 Polymers – Molecular properties at the Educators (MPED) graduate credits) with an overall GPA of single molecule level, polymer and bio- The Master of Science in Physics 3.0. Credits are chosen from the NSE510- macromolecular solutions, surfactants, for Educators is designed specifically 50 course listing or by approval of the colloids. for middle school, high school, and NSE Program Committee. Courses cover community college in-service educators. such topics as nuclear power, radioactivity, Program of Study The emphasis of the program is put on chain reaction physics, nuclear reactor The Department of Physics offers the physics courses designed for educators and safety, power plant design and operation, M.S. and Ph.D. in Physics, a program is combined with courses in assessment and case studies of nuclear accidents. leading to a degree of Master of Science and evaluation theory and a participant- These courses are offered on campus, and in Physics for Educators (MPED), and a designed project. The physics content online through Corporate and Professional Graduate Certificate in Nuclear Science courses are intended to give educators Education. The faculty in the certificate and Engineering (NSE). WPI undergradu- a deep but applicable understanding of program hold a full-time position in ates can enroll in an accelerated B.S./M.S. physics that makes advanced physics a WPI academic department or are program. Research opportunities are topics easily accessible to educators and affiliated faculty approved by an academic available in experimental and theoretical/ the students they teach. Topics covered department and NSE program review computational studies of biophysics/soft- will include modern physics, methods committee. matter and nanoscience/condensed matter in physics and physics for citizens and physics, including optics and photonics. leaders. Support for degree candidates Combined B.S./M.S. Program extends beyond the specific coursework This program allows a student to work WPI physics graduate program prepares and projects as participants will become concurrently toward bachelor and master students for careers in research in either an part of a network of physicists which of science degrees in physics. academic or industrial setting. Prospective ranges from local individuals to a much employers are industrial laboratories, broader community. The program Admission Requirements government or non-profit research may be used to help middle and high centers, as well as colleges or universities. M.S. and Ph.D. Physics school educators move from Initial to Programs Professional development opportunities Professional Licensure in Massachusetts. for career pathways in industry, academia, For information about admissions and B.S. in Physics or the equivalent is and education are available in the Physics requirements, see the listing under STEM required. For the combined B.S./M.S. Department and offered by the WPI for Educators. program, students must be currently Graduate Studies office. enrolled as WPI undergraduates in The Physics program reserves its financial Doctor of Philosophy in Physics Physics. Students applying to the Ph.D. aid for graduate students in the Ph.D. (Ph.D.) program are required to submit GRE program. Faculty research focuses on both Physics Subject test scores. This require­ experimental and computational/ ment is waived for applicants with an M.S. Master of Science in Physics theoretical work with particular emphasis degree in Physics (or a related field, subject (M.S.) on biophysics and nanoscience. Our Ph.D. to the approval of the Physics Department This program gives students a broad students are immersed in a stimulating Graduate Committee). The application background in physics, placing an collaborative and interdisciplinary should also include a Statement of Purpose emphasis on not only core areas, but community of fellow researchers and describing the motivation for pursuing a also high demand subject areas such as engaged faculty focused on real-world graduate degree in physics at WPI, and biophysics and nanoscience. In addition problems. In addition to research, identifying one or more faculty members to core courses, students are encouraged professional development is an integral as potential research advisors. To learn to acquire breadth by choosing special part of our Ph.D. curriculum. Ph.D. more about a faculty’s research, contact topics courses that complement their students interested in an academic career them directly. studies. All experimental and theoretical mentor undergraduate students, teach MPED and NSE Programs research areas are available for the M.S. undergraduate laboratories, and are trained B.S. in Physics preferred. However, ap- in Physics degree. Opportunities to to become effective teacher-scholars in the plicants with comparable backgrounds will mentor undergraduate students exist, classroom. Faculty-initiated internship also be considered. given the rich project-based curriculum opportunities exist at other institutions, WPI offers. Students have a choice of national laboratories, and industrial

Physics 157 Return to Table of Contents Degree Requirements Students entering with M.S. degrees may pass a one-credit scientific writing course be required to take some or all of the core (PH 585) prior to their first attempt at For the M.S. courses as part of their total 60 credits taking the Ph.D. Qualifying Exam. The M.S. degree in physics requires requirement, as determined by the PDGC 30 semester hours of credit: 6 or more upon review of the M.S. coursework. Ph.D. Dissertation To fulfill the final Ph.D. degree require- in thesis or directed research with the The PDGC reviews each student’s ment, the candidate must submit and remainder in approved courses and academic work on an annual basis, and the defend a satisfactory dissertation to the independent studies, to include PH 511, committee and the academic or research dissertation committee formed in con- PH 514, PH 515, PH 522 and PH 533 advisor may require additional coursework sultation with the research advisor, and (15 semester hours). All full-time students to address specific deficiencies in the approved by the PDGC. This committee are required to register for the zero-credit student’s background. Students must will consist of a minimum of three physics graduate seminar (PH 580) every term. maintain a minimum of a 3.0 GPA to be faculty members including the advisor, The thesis option requires the completion in good standing. One year of residency in and at least one faculty member from out- and defense of an M.S. thesis as well as a the program is required. public seminar presentation based on the side the department. The research advisor thesis research. This option also requires A brief description of other Ph.D. program cannot be the chair of this committee. a thesis committee formed by the end requirements follows below. of the first year by the student and the Course Descriptions research advisor, with the approval of the Comprehensive Written Examination All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. Physics Department Graduate Committee Students entering the Ph.D. program Note: Students must maintain a minimum of a (PDGC). The committee will consist are required register for and pass the 3.0 GPA to be in good standing. of three faculty members (including the Comprehensive Written Examination (PH 798) no later than the end of their PH 500. Independent Study (ISG) advisor), will be responsible for overseeing (credits are arranged: 1-3) the progress of the student towards a second year (no more than 3 attempts Various specialized topics and/or research areas successful completion of their degree, and allowed). This exam is designed to test a from one to two graduate students. Arranged provide mentoring. The non-thesis option student’s comprehension of core physics individually with the faculty. curriculum, and is prepared, administered requires students register for and pass the PH 511. Classical Mechanics Comprehensive Written Examination and evaluated by the PDGC. It is offered Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations. (PH 798). twice a year, during Fall and Spring Rigid body motion. Poisson brackets, Hamilton- semesters. Jacobi theory. (Prerequisite: B.S. in physics or For the Master of Science in equivalent.) Ph.D. Qualifying Examination Physics for Educators (MPED) PH 514. Quantum Mechanics I No later than the end of the third year For a complete overview of degree require- Schrodinger wave equation, potential wells and after formal admittance to the Ph.D. ments, please see STEM for Educators. barriers, harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom, program, students are required to angular momentum and spin. (Prerequisite: B.S. For the Ph.D. register for and pass a Ph.D. Qualifying in physics or equivalent.) The doctor of philosophy degree requires Exam (PH 799) in which the students PH 515. Quantum Mechanics II 90 credit hours, including 42 in approved are required to write and defend an Perturbation theory, scattering theory, Born courses or directed study (which must original research proposal before a approximation, quantum theory of radiation, the include PH 511, PH 514-515, PH 522 committee representative of the area Dirac equation. (Prerequisite: PH 514.) and PH 533, or their equivalents), 30 of of their specialization, approved and PH 522. Thermodynamics and dissertation research, and completion and appointed by the PDGC. The students Statistical Mechanics defense of a Ph.D. thesis. Courses taken to are allowed only two attempts to pass Ensemble theory; canonical, microcanonical, and satisfy M.S. degree requirements may be this exam. The examination is used to grand canonical ensembles. Quantum statistical evaluate the ability of the student to pose mechanics, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statis- counted against the required 42 credits of tics. (Prerequisite PH 511.) courses, but completion of a M.S. degree is meaningful scientific questions, to propose not required. experimental or theoretical methods for PH 533. Advanced Electromagnetic Theory answering those questions, and to interpret Classical electrodynamics including boundary- All full-time students are required to the validity and significance of probable value problems using Green’s functions. Maxwell’s register for the zero-credit graduate outcomes of these theoretical conjectures, equations, electromagnetic properties of seminar (PH 580) every term. Upon models or experiments. The committee matter, wave propagation and radiation theory. (Prerequisite: B.S. in physics or equivalent.) approval of the Physics Department will consist of a minimum of three physics Graduate Committee (PDGC), a faculty members including the advisor, and PH 554. Solid State Physics maximum of 1/3 of the credit require­ at least one faculty member from outside Phonons and specific heat of solids; electronic ments outlined above may be satisfied by the department, and will administer and conductivity and band theory of solids; Fermi and transferring graduate courses completed Bose gases; magnetic interactions. (Prerequisite: evaluate the exam. The research advisor PH 514.) at other accredited, degree-granting cannot be the chair of this committee. institutions, provided they were not used The students are also required to take and to satisfy degree requirements elsewhere.

158 Physics Return to Table of Contents PH 561 Atomic Force Microscopy. PH 580. Graduate Seminar PH 798. Comprehensive Written Atomic force microscopes (AFMs) are instruments (0 credits) Examination that allow three-dimensional imaging of surfaces Students attend Physics Colloquia by WPI faculty (0 credit) with nanometer resolution and are important and invited scientists on current research topics Comprehensive Written Examination prepared, enabling tools for nanoscience and technology. in different areas of physics. They discuss results administered and evaluated by the Physics The student who successfully completes this and ideas presented in those talks. In addition, Department Graduate Committee (PDGC). course will understand the functional principles of students give presentations on their research Recommended background: Student should be AFMs, be able to run one, and interpret the data or on problems of current interest to physics enrolled in the Physics Graduate program, either that are collected. The recommended background community. The course therefore will provide seeking an M.S. degree with no-thesis option, or a for this course is a bachelor’s degree in science opportunities for students to develop their Ph.D. degree. or engineering. Students who have successfully presentation skills, broaden their perspectives and completed PH 2510, the undergraduate version of provide networking opportunities. All full-time PH 799. Ph.D. Qualifying Examination this course, may not earn credit for PH 561. physics graduate students are required to register (0 credit) and attend. Students are required to write and defend an PH 562. Fundamentals of Biological original research proposal before a committee Physics PH 585. Scientific Writing and Proposal representative of the area of their specialization, The course will cover the fundamental concepts of Development approved and appointed by the Physics biological physics. The main objective is to learn (1 credit) Department Graduate Committee (PDGC). how to apply the principles of physics, methods This course will cover key elements of writing Recommended background: Student should be of mathematical analysis and computational successful grant or fellowship proposals, as well enrolled in the Physics Graduate program, seeking modeling to complex biological systems and as manuscripts. The topics that will be covered a Ph.D. degree. develop a better understanding. The approach will will include project development, identification be truly interdisciplinary, bringing concepts from of funding agencies or journals, proposal and MPE 510. Classical Mechanics statistical physics, classical mechanics, cell biology, manuscript writing and editing, as well as aspects (2 credits) chemistry and biochemistry. Topics covered of the submission and review process. Students Broad coverage emphasizing interconnections include: biology by the numbers: time and length will be expected to develop a proposal, and of a mechanical description of the universe scales, mechanical and chemical equilibrium in the participate in reviews. Students are expected to utilizing both algebraic and calculus language living cell, entropy in biology, two-state systems complete this course prior to taking the Ph.D. at a level appropriate for secondary school and cooperative binding, random walks and the Qualifying Exam in Physics. Recommended educators. Topics include: vectors and vector structure of macromolecules, architecture of the background: A bachelor’s degree in science, manipulation to describe motion, Newton’s laws cytoskeleton, biological membranes, modeling technology, engineering, or mathematics. of motion; work and energy concepts; energy of fluids, statistical view of biological dynamics, and momentum conservation laws; models of life in crowded environments, rate equations PH 597. Special Topics forces and interactions; generalized coordinates and dynamics in the cell, dynamics of molecular (1-3 credits) and momentum; overview of Lagrangian and motors. (Prerequisite: A bachelor’s degree in Arranged by physics faculty for individual or Hamiltonian formulations. physics, biology, chemistry, or engineering.) groups of students, these offerings cover topics that are not covered by the regular Physics MPE 520. Electrodynamics PH 571. Biophysics Journal Club course offerings. Exact course descriptions are (2 credits) (1 credit) posted by the faculty in advance of the offering. Broad coverage at the appropriate level Students interested in biophysics read journal (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor) emphasizing interconnections of the articles, prepare presentations and give short talks, electromagnetic interactions in the universe engage in critical discussion, and provide feedback PH 598. Directed Research utilizing both algebraic and calculus language at a to fellow students. The objectives of the course are (credit varies) level appropriate for secondary school educators. for students to learn about current topics in the A directed and coherent program of research that, Topics include: electro and magneto statics and broad area biophysics and biotechnology and to in most cases, will eventually lead to thesis or dynamics, boundary-value problems; Maxwell’s improve their professional skills. Recommended dissertation research. This is also used for Directed equations; overview of electromagnetic properties background: A bachelor’s degree in science, Research Rotation (for 3 credit hours) for first year of matter and wave propagation (radiation). technology, engineering, or mathematics. students who have not yet taken the Qualifying MPE 530. Modern Physics PH 572. Nanoscience Journal Club Examination in order to explore the available (2 credits) (1 credit) research opportunities. Broad coverage of the three central areas of Students interested in nanoscience read journal PH 599. M.S. Thesis Research modern physics that emphasize the wonder articles, write abstracts, give short talks, engage (credit varies) and interconnections at the conceptual level in critical discussion, and provide feedback to Each student will work under the supervision of a appropriate for secondary school educators. fellow students. The objectives of the course member of the department on the thesis research Topics include: Quantum Physics (postulates, are for students to learn about current topics for their Master of Science in Physics degree. Schrödinger and Dirac formalisms, implications in nanoscience and nanotechnology and to (Prerequisite: Consent of advisor) and interpretations), Special and Introduction to improve their professional skills. (Prerequisite: A General Relativity (the four-vector, space-time, bachelor’s degree in physics, biology, chemistry, or PH 699. Ph.D. Dissertation invariants, time dilation and length contraction), engineering.) (credit varies, no more than 30 credits) and Thermo/Statistical Physics (macroscopic Can be taken any time after passing the Phys- variables, equation of state, state functions, ics Qualifying Examination but required in the response functions, microscopic variables, statistical last semester for the writing and defending of approach, ensembles, the partition function). the Ph.D. dissertation. (Prerequisite: Consent of advisor)

Physics 159 Return to Table of Contents MPE 540. Differential Equations in Nature MPE 572. Physics Research Experience atomic structure, (3) nuclear decays and radiation, (2 credits) for Teachers and (4) nuclear matter interactions and nuclear Emphasizes connections and interconnections (3 credits) reactions. Prerequisites: Physics of mechanics and with the mechanical, electromagnetic, and Provides educators with hands-on research electrodynamics (PH1110/11 and PH1120/21) modern areas as well as mathematical areas of experience either in the research programs in and mathematical techniques up to and including oscillations, waves, and optics utilizing differential Physics at WPI or other venues but under the ordinary differential equations (MA2051) equations at a level appropriate for secondary oversight of the physics faculty. The goal is to NSE 530. Health Physics school educators. Topics include: Free, damped, support the active involvement of educators This course builds on fundamental concepts and driven-damped oscillations, waves, Doppler in research in order to translate their research introduced in NSE510 and applies them to key Effect, optics, interference and diffraction. experience into new classroom activities and build topics in health physics and radiation protection. Examples are drawn from a wide range of long term collaborative relationships between Health physics topics include man-made and physical phenomena to illustrate each concept. the researcher(s), educator(s), and potentially the natural sources of radiation, dose, radiation To develop this content, homogeneous and educator(s’) students. Research activities can range biology, radiation measurement, and radiation non-homogeneous differential equations of the from experimental to theoretical to computational safeguards. Radiation protection concepts first and second order will be employed. Thick and can involve multiple educators and/or their are explored as they apply to existing and contextual meaning will be drawn to support students with some expectation that the activity advanced nuclear power generators, including mathematical foundation and vice versa to allow may lead to a publication. reactor safety, nuclear waste and byproducts, for deeper “authentic” learning. MPE 574. Physics for Citizens and Leaders regulatory constraints, and accident case studies. MPE 550. Computational Methods (3 credits) Prerequisites: graduate standing or consent of the in Physics Emphasizes physics concepts and connections to instructor (2 credits) society. Educators will explore and understand the NSE 540. Nuclear Materials Topics are chosen to illustrate various numerical important connections between society and the This course applies fundamental materials techniques useful for educators and students to relevant physics concepts and their context. The science concepts to effects on materials in harsh illustrate physics concepts and develop a sense goal is for the educator to be able to apply critical nuclear environments. An overview is provided of physical intuition through simulations and thinking of the application of physics to impor- on environments, special nuclear materials, and modeling. It is not intended to be a course on tant societal issues. Topics can range from energy constraints in materials selection. Relationships numerical methods; rather it will be aimed at options, climate change, technology assessment are developed between nuclear effects on crystal the application of numerical methods to physical and risk, ethical use of science. structure, microstructure, degraded material models. Various programming languages/ performance, and bulk properties of engineering platforms are utilized in each example to highlight MPE 576. Physics in Popular Culture (3 credits) and electronic materials. Case studies provide the general nature and to provide choices examples of enhancements induced my multiple matching students programming backgrounds. Covers myths and misconceptions of physics in popular culture (i.e. movies, books, TV, harsh environments and mitigation through MPE 560. Experimental Methods in Physics web, etc.). The goal of this independent material design hardening. Prerequisites: ES2001 (2 credits) study is for the educator to be able to identify or equivalent. Hands-on methods of physically testing concepts how the representation of physics in popular NSE 550. Reactor Design, Operations, and models of the universe. Technology is utilized media perpetuates important myths and and Safety but general methods accessible to barely outfitted misconceptions that impact reasoning and critical This course provides a systems engineering view lab environments are stressed. Topics covered are thinking, sometimes in a profoundly negative of commercial nuclear power plant technology. in a series of subject units, the physical principles way. Emphasis is placed on utilizing these Power plant designs and their evolutions are underlying the phenomena to be observed and the representations as teaching/learning moments for studied, ranging from early to modern generation basis for the measurement techniques employed the specific relevant physical concepts. light water reactors, as well as advanced designs is reviewed. Principles and uses of standard NSE 510. Introduction to Nuclear Science families, such alternate moderator and breeder laboratory instruments (oscilloscopes, meters for reactors. Critical aspects of conventional power frequency, time, electrical and other quantities, and Engineering This introductory course provides an overview of reactor designs are explored in detail, including lock-in amplifiers, etc.) are stressed. In addition steam supply, reactor core, control, and protection to systematic measurement procedures and data the field of nuclear science and engineering as it relates to nuclear power and nuclear technologies. systems. Plant operational characteristics are recording, strong emphasis is placed on processing studied, including reactor dynamics, control, of the data, preparation and interpretation of Fundamental concepts relevant to nuclear systems are introduced, including radioactivity, radiation feedback, and fuel cycle management. Critical graphical presentations, and analysis of precision power plant safety aspects of the design and and accuracy, including determination and interaction phenomena, chain reaction physics, and transport in engineering materials. Nuclear operations are explored and reinforced with interpretation of best value, measures of error lessons learned from major power generator and uncertainty, linear best fit to data, and reactor physics and design concepts are introduced with focus on light water fission reactors. A survey accidents scenarios (including Three Mile identification of systematic and random errors. Island, Chernobyl, and Fukushima Daiichi). Preparation of high-quality experiment reports of advanced nuclear technologies and applications is provided. Prerequisites: graduate or senior Prerequisites: graduate standing or consent of the is also emphasized. Representative experiment instructor subjects are: mechanical motions and vibrations; standing or consent of the instructor. free and driven electrical oscillations; electric NSE 520. Applied Nuclear Physics NSE 595. Special Topics fields and potential; magnetic materials and fields; This course introduces engineering and science (1-3 credits) electron beam dynamics; optics; diffraction- students to the fundamental topics of nuclear Arranged by faculty affiliate to the Nuclear Science grating spectroscopy; radioactive decay and physics for applications, basic properties of and Engineering program for individual or groups nuclear energy measurements. the nucleus, nuclear radiations, and radiation of students, these courses survey areas that are interactions with matter. The course is divided not covered by the regular NSE course offerings. into four main sections: (1) introduction to Exact course descriptions are disseminated by the elementary quantum mechanics, (2) nuclear and NSE Program Committee well in advance of the offering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.)

160 Physics Return to Table of Contents www.wpi.edu/academics/robotics/ Robotics Engineering Faculty X. Huang, Professor; Ph.D., Virginia K. A. Stafford, Teaching Professor, Tech. Reconfigurable computing, VLSI Robotics Resource Center Director,­ J. Xiao, Professor and Director of the integrated circuits, networked embedded Robotics Engineering Program Associate Robotics Engineering Program; Ph.D., systems. Director; M.S., Air Force Institute of University of Michigan. Robotic Technology. Robotics systems design. manipulation and motion planning, Z. Li, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., artificial intelligence, haptics, multi-modal University of California, Santa Cruz, 2014. A. M. Wyglinski, Professor; perception. Motion control, haptics, exoskeletons, Ph.D., McGill University. Wireless biomechanics, medical robotics. communication systems engineering, S. Barton, Associate Professor; Ph.D. F. J. Looft, Professor; Ph.D., Michigan. vehicular technology, cognitive radio, University of Virginia, 2012. Human- software-defined radio, autonomous robot interaction in music composition Instrumentation, digital and analog systems, signal processing, biomedical vehicles, wireless spectrum, vehicular and performance, design of robotic security, cyber-physical systems. musical instruments, music perception and engineering, microprocessor systems and cognition, audio production. architectures, space-flight systems. Program of Study W. R. Michalson, Professor; Ph.D., N. Bertozzi, Senior Instructor; M.S. M.S. Program Northeastern University. Engineering Worcester Polytechnic Institute. Satellite The Robotics Engineering Program offers design graphics, active learning/flipped navigation, real-time embedded computer the M.S. degree with thesis and non-thesis classrooms, program and course student systems, digital music and audio signal (course-work only) options. The program outcomes assessment. processing, simulation and system modeling. strives to educate men and women to: C. A. Brown, Professor; Ph.D., University C. D. Onal, Assistant Professor; Ph.D. • Have a solid understanding of the of Vermont, 1983. Surface ­metrology, Carnegie Mellon University, 2009. Soft fundamentals of Computer Science, machining, grinding, mechanics of skiing, robotics, printable robotics, origami- Electrical and Computer Engineering, axiomatic design. inspired robotics, bio-inspiration, control Mathematics, and Mechanical theory, human augmentation. R. J. Duckworth, Associate Professor; Engineering underlying robotic systems. Ph.D., Nottingham University. Embedded C. Pinciroli, Assistant Professor, PhD., • Have an awareness of the management computer system design, computer Université Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium, and systems contexts within which architecture, real-time systems, wireless 2014. Swarm robotics, software robotic systems are engineered. instrumentation, rapid prototyping, logic engineering, multi-agent systems, human- • Develop advanced knowledge in selected synthesis. swarm interaction, programming areas of robotics, culminating in a languages. L. Fichera, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., capstone research or design experience. University of Genoa/Italian Institute of M. B. Popovic, Assistant Research Admission Requirements Technology. Computer- and robot-assisted Professor; Ph.D. Boston University. Students will be eligible for admission to surgery, continuum medical robots, Human neurosensory-motor organization, the program if they have earned an under- machine learning. soft robotics, wearable robotics, assistive robotics, human augmentation systems. graduate degree in Computer Engineering, G. Fischer, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, Johns Hopkins University. Medical C. B. Putnam, Senior Instructor, Robotics Mechanical Engineering or a related field robotics, computer assisted surgery, robot Engineering Program Associate Director, from an accredited university consistent control, automation, sensors and actuators. M.S. Penn State University. Robotics with the WPI graduate catalog. Admission systems design, industrial robotics. J. Fu, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., will also be open to qualified WPI students University of Deleware, 2013. Control C. L. Sidner, Research Professor; Ph.D., who opt for a five-year Bachelors-Masters theory, formal methods, machine learning. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, program, with the undergraduate major in 1979. Discourse processing, collaboration, Computer Science, Electrical & Computer C. Furlong, Associate Professor; Ph.D., human-robot interaction, intelligent user Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Worcester Polytechnic Institute. MEMS interfaces, natural language processing, Robotics Engineering or a related field. and MOEMS, nanotechnology, mecha- artificial intelligence. Admission decisions will be made by the tronics, laser applications, holography, Robotics Engineering Graduate Program computer modeling of dynamic systems. J. Skorinko, Associate Professor; Ph.D. Committee based on all of the factors University of Virginia, 2007. Social presented in the application. M. A. Gennert, Professor; Sc.D., psychology, decision-making, interpersonal Massachusetts Institute of Technology interactions. 1987. Image processing, image under ­ standing, artificial intelligence, robotics.

Robotics Engineering 161 Return to Table of Contents Degree Requirements Thesis Option Overall conduct of the practicum will be The M.S. thesis consists of 9 credit hours supervised by a WPI RBE faculty member; For the M.S. of work, normally spread over at least one an on-site liaison will direct day-to-day The M.S. program in Robotics academic year. A thesis committee will be activity. For a student from industry, the Engineering requires 30 credit hours of set up during the first semester of thesis practicum may be sponsored by his or work. Students may select a non-thesis work. This committee will be selected her employer. The project must include option, which requires a 3-credit capstone by the student in consultation with the substantial analysis and/or design related design/practicum, or a thesis option which major advisor and will consist of the thesis to robotics engineering and will conclude requires a 9-credit thesis. All entering advisor, who must be a full-time WPI RBE with a substantial written report submitted students must submit a plan of study faculty member, and two other faculty to the advisor and on-site liaison. identifying the courses to be taken and a members, at least one of whom is a WPI The Directed Research (RBE 598) option prospective project topic before the end RBE faculty member, whose expertise will provides a research-oriented means to of the first semester in the program. The aid the student’s research program. An oral satisfy the capstone requirement. The plan of study must be approved by the presentation before the Thesis Committee student and research advisor will agree on student’s advisor and the RBE Graduate and a general audience is required. In the specific topics and deliverables on a Program Committee, and must include addition, all WPI thesis regulations must per-project basis. The project must include the following minimum requirements: be followed. substantial research, analysis and/or design related to robotics engineering and will 1. Robotics Core (15 credits)* Non-Thesis Options • Foundations (9 credits) conclude with a substantial written report As an alternative to a 9-credit research- RBE 500 Foundations of Robotics and public presentation. based thesis, students may elect a 3-credit RBE/ME 501 Robot Dynamics capstone from the following options: Transfer Credit RBE 502 Robot Control • Capstone Project Experience in Robotics A student may petition for permission • Core (6 credits) Engineering (RBE 594), to use graduate courses taken at other Any RBE 500+ other than the above. • Robotics Engineering Practicum accredited, degree-granting institutions to (*) At least 15 credits are needed. Any (RBE 596), or satisfy RBE graduate degree requirements. additional credits accrued from these • Directed Research (RBE 598). A maximum of 12 graduate credits, with courses will be counted as Electives. a grade of B or better, may be satisfied All of the non-thesis options must by courses taken elsewhere and not 2. Engineering Context (3 credits): demonstrate significant graduate-level used to satisfy degree requirements at 3 credits hours selected from the work involving Robotics Engineering, other institutions. Petitions are subject following courses: include substantial analysis and/or design, to approval by the RBE Graduate ETR 500 Entrepreneurship and and conclude with a written report and Committee, and are then filed with the Innovation presentation. ETR 593 Technology Commercial- Registrar. Transfer credit will not be ization: Theory, Strategy and Practice The Capstone Project Experience in allowed for undergraduate-level courses MIS 576 Project Management Robotics Engineering (RBE 594) is a taken at other institutions. In general, OBC 501 Interpersonal and project-based course that integrates theory transfer credit will not be allowed for Leadership Skills and practice, and provides the opportunity any WPI undergraduate courses used to BUS 546 Managing Technological to apply the skills and knowledge acquired fulfill undergraduate degree requirements; Innovation in the Robotics Engineering curriculum. however, note that there are exceptions Courses prefixed by SYS at the 500 The project is normally conducted in in the case of students enrolled in the level or above. teams of two to four students. Students B.S./M.S. program. are encouraged to select projects with A student with one or more WPI master’s 3. Capstone/Thesis (3-9 credits): practical significance to their current degrees who is seeking an RBE master’s A 3 credit hour capstone experience or a and future professional responsibilities. degree from WPI may petition to apply 9 credit hour thesis. The projects are administered, advised, up to 9 prior credits toward satisfying and evaluated by WPI faculty as part of 4. Electives (3-9 credits): requirements for the subsequent degree. the learning experience, but students are Sufficient course work selected from Petitions are subject to approval by the also encouraged to seek mentorship from courses at the 500 level or above in RBE Graduate Committee. Science, Engineering, or Business to experienced colleagues in the Robotics Students who take graduate courses at total 30 credit hours with the approval Engineering profession. WPI prior to formal admission to the RBE of the student’s advisor on the Plan of The Robotics Engineering Practicum graduate program may petition to apply Study. Courses at the 4000 level may (RBE 596) provides students an up to 9 graduate credits to fulfill the RBE also be taken as electives in exceptional opportunity to put into practice the graduate degree requirements. Once again, circumstances with the additional principles that have been studied in petitions are subject to approval by the prior approval of the RBE Graduate previous courses. It will generally be RBE Graduate Committee. Committee. conducted off campus and will involve a real-world robotics-engineering situation.

162 Robotics Engineering Return to Table of Contents For the Ph.D. For students entering with an M.S., the 60 Program Committee to review their case. The Ph.D. program in Robotics Engineer- credits shall be distributed as follows: After reviewing the case, the committee ing strives to educate men and women to: 1. Coursework, including Special Topics can decide to let the student take the • Have an advanced understanding of and Independent Study (12 credits). qualifier one additional time. If not already included in the M.S. the Computer Science, Electrical and Dissertation Computer Engineering, Mathematics, degree, the credits must include 3 credit and Mechanical Engineering underlying hours of Management courses at the Dissertation Committee robotic systems. 500 level or above, or 3 credit hours of Within one semester after the successful • Apply tools and concepts from Systems Engineering courses at the 500 completion of the Doctoral Qualifiers, Management and Systems Engineering level or above. the student, in consultation with the to realize robotics systems and exercise 2. RBE 699 Dissertation Research Research Advisor, assembles a Dissertation professional leadership. (30 credits). Committee. The committee consists of • Make significant research contributions 3. Other. Additional coursework, the Research Advisor and three additional in selected areas of robotics. Independent Study, RBE 598 Directed members, at least one of whom must be Research or RBE 699 Dissertation from outside the WPI RBE Program. The Dissertation Committee is responsible for Admission Requirements Research (18 credits). Students will be eligible for admission approving the Dissertation Proposal and For students entering with a B.S., the 90 the Dissertation. to the program if they have earned an credits shall be distributed as follows: undergraduate or graduate degree in 1. RBE M.S. Degree Requirements Computer Engineering, Computer Dissertation Proposal (30 credits). The Dissertation Proposal describes the Science, Electrical Engineering, 2. Coursework, including Special Topics Mechanical Engineering, Robotics student’s proposed research. The Disserta­ and Independent Study (12 credits). Engineering, or a related field from an tion Proposal should be sufficiently accredited university. Applicants must 3. RBE 699 Dissertation Research detailed to convince the Dissertation supply a Statement of Purpose, three (30 credits). Committee of the student’s understanding Letters of Recommendation, and Graduate 4. Other. Additional coursework, of the problem domain along with the Record Examination scores. The GRE Independent Study, RBE 598 Directed significance of the proposed work. requirement may be waived for WPI Research or RBE 699 Dissertation The Dissertation Proposal must be students and alumni, or at the discretion Research (18 credits). defended in a public presentation, of the Robotics Engineering Graduate Doctoral Qualifiers immediately followed by private Program Committee when supplied with The Doctoral Qualifiers evaluate each questioning from the Dissertation additional supporting materials such as student’s level of academic preparation. Committee. The Dissertation Committee published papers or a record of work The Doctoral Qualifiers consist of four then determines the outcome of the experience. Admission decisions will topic qualifiers: Technical, Writing, Proposal Defense. It may accept the be made by the Robotics Engineering Speaking, and Research. The requirements proposal, reject the proposal and Graduate Program Committee based on for each qualifier are described in the recommend pursuit of a different topic, all of the information presented in the Graduate Regulations on the RBE website or require the student do additional work application. https://www.wpi.edu/sites/default/files/ before reconsidering the proposal. The time frame for the student to do additional work Degree Requirements docs/Departments-Programs/Robotics- Engineering/RBE-PhD-Handbook_.pdf. on the Dissertation Proposal is determined The Ph.D. program in Robotics Doctoral students must successfully by the Dissertation Committee. Engineering requires 60 credit hours complete the Doctoral Qualifiers before 1) of work beyond the M.S. degree or 90 Dissertation completing 30 credits towards the Ph.D. credit hours beyond the B.S degree. All Ph.D. students must complete and for students entering with M.S., or 60 Coursework must include 3 credit hours orally defend a Dissertation prepared credits towards the Ph.D. for students of Management or Systems Engineering under the supervision of the Research entering with B.S., and 2) before courses at the 500 level or above. This Advisor. The research described in completing 18 credits of directed research. requirement may be satisfied as part of the Dissertation must be original and Advancement of the student into Ph.D. the M.S. in Robotics Engineering or constitute a contribution to knowledge candidacy is contingent upon successful other M.S. program. All entering students in the major field of the candidate. The completion of the Doctoral Qualifiers. must submit a plan of study identifying Dissertation must be defended in a public the courses to be taken and a prospective Upon successful completion of the presentation, immediately followed by research area before completing more Doctoral Qualifiers, the doctoral student private questioning from the Dissertation than 9 graduate credits. The plan of advances to Ph.D. candidacy. Upon failing Committee. The Dissertation Committee study must be approved by the student’s any topic qualifier, the student may retake then determines the outcome of the academic advisor and submitted to the the failed topic qualifier one additional Dissertation Defense, certifying the quality RBE Graduate Program Committee, and time. Failing any topic qualifier twice and originality of the research, and the must include the following minimum results in the dismissal from the Robotics satisfactory execution of the Dissertation. requirements: Engineering doctoral program. However, It may accept the Dissertation with or students can petition the RBE Graduate without revisions, reject the Dissertation,

Robotics Engineering 163 Return to Table of Contents or require the student do additional work Summary of Credit Requirements before reconsidering the Dissertation. The time frame for the student to complete Non-Thesis Thesis additional work is determined by the M.S. Only B.S./M.S. M.S. Only B.S./M.S. Foundations 9 9 9 9 Dissertation Committee. Robotics Core Other Core 6 6 6 6 Faculty Engineering Context 3 3 3 3 This is a joint program administered by the Electives 9 9 3 3 Computer Science, Electrical & Computer Thesis — — 9 MQP+6 Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering departments, comprising faculty members Capstone Course/Research/Practicum 3 3 — — who are interested in robotics graduate Double Counted Courses — (12) — (9) education and research and who hold Total 30 18 30 18 advanced degrees. The Robotics Engineer- ing undergraduate and graduate programs share the Director and Associate Directors. RBE 502. Robot Control Course Descriptions This course demonstrates the synergy between B.S./M.S. in Robotics All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. the control theory and robotics through Engineering RBE 500. Foundations of Robotics applications and provides an in-depth coverage Mathematical foundations and principles of control of manipulators and mobile robots. WPI allows the double counting of up to of processing sensor information in robotic Topics may include kinematic and dynamic 12 credits for students pursuing a 5-year systems. Topics include an introduction to models, trajectory and motion planning, Bachelors-Masters program. This 12 probabilistic concepts related to sensors, sensor feedback control, compliance and force control, credit overlap can be achieved through the signal processing, multi-sensor control systems impedance control, control of redundant following mechanisms: and optimal estimation. The material presented manipulators, control of underactuated robots, adaptive robot control, integrated force and • Up to 12 graduate credits in RBE, will focus on the types of control problems encountered when a robot must operate in an motion control, digital implementation of CS, ECE, or ME taken by the environment where sensor noise and/or tracking control laws, model identification and parameter student may be counted towards errors are significant. Techniques for assessing the estimation techniques. Course projects will meeting the engineering/science/ stability, controllability and expected accuracy of emphasize modeling, simulation and practical elective requirements of the student’s multi-sensor control and tracking systems will be implementation of control systems for robotic undergraduate major, subject to presented. Lab projects will involve processing applications. (Prerequisites: Linear algebra; Differential equations; Linear systems and control approval by his/her major department. live and synthetic data, robot simulation, and projects involving the control of robot platforms. theory as in ECE 504 or consent of the instructor.) • Up to 4 credits (2/3 undergraduate (Prerequisites: Differential Equations (MA 2051 RBE 510/ME 5204. Multi-Robot Systems units) of 4000-level undergraduate or equivalent), Linear Algebra (MA 2071 or (2 credits) courses taken by the student in his/her equivalent) and the ability to program in a high- This course covers the foundation and principles level language.) undergraduate major program may be of multi-robot systems. The course will cover the counted towards the requirements of the RBE/ME 501. Robot Dynamics development of the field and provide an overview Masters Degree in Robotics Engineering Foundations and principles of robotic on different control architectures (deliberative, if they can be placed in one of the manipulation. Topics include computational reactive, behavior-based and hybrid control), requirement categories listed above and models of objects and motion, the mechanics of control topologies, and system configurations are approved by the Robotics Engineer­ robotic manipulators, the structure of manipulator (cellular automata, modular robotic systems, mobile sensor networks, swarms, heterogeneous ing Graduate Program Committee. control systems, planning and programming of robot actions. The focus of this class is on the systems). Topics may include, but are not limited • Up to 3 credits (1/2 undergraduate unit) kinematics and programming of robotic to, multi-robot control and connectivity, path can be earned towards fulfillment of the mechanisms. Important topics also include the planning and localization, sensor fusion and robot thesis requirement by double counting a dynamics, control, sensor and effector design, and informatics, task-level control, and robot software Major Qualifying Project, provided that: automatic planning methods for robots. The system design and implementation. These topics fundamental techniques apply to arms, mobile will be pursued through independent reading, • the MQP involves substantial use of robots, active sensor platforms, and all other class discussion, and a course project. The course Robotics Engineering at an advanced computer-controlled­ kinematic linkages. The will culminate in a group project focusing on a level, primary applications include robotic arms and collaborative/cooperative multi-robot system. The • the thesis research is a continuation or mobile robots and lab projects would involve project may be completed through simulation extension of the MQP work, programming of representative robots. An end of or hands-on experience with available robotic • the student satisfies the thesis term team project would allow students to platforms. Groups will present their work and program robots to participate in challenges or complete two professional-quality papers in IEEE requirement by completing at least 6 competitions. (Prerequisite: RBE 500 or format. (Prerequisites: Linear algebra, differential additional credits of RBE 599 Thesis equivalent.) equations, linear systems, controls, and mature Research, and programming skills, or consent of the instructor.) • the thesis advisor and Robotics Students cannot receive credit for this course if Engineering Graduate Program they have taken the Special Topics (ME 593S) Committee approve the double version of the same course. counting. MQP work may not be double-counted toward the non-thesis option.

164 Robotics Engineering Return to Table of Contents RBE 520. Biomechanics and Robotics including physical embodiment, mixed-initiative Model-based design can be an effective tool to This course introduces Biomechanics and interaction, multi-modal interfaces, human-robot ensure safe, efficient and reliable operation of Robotics as a unified subject addressing living and teamwork, learning algorithms, aspects of social cyber-physical systems in which computation man-made “organisms”. It draws deep connections cognition, and long-term interaction. These and communication are tightly integrated with between the natural and the synthetic, showing topics will be pursued through independent physical processes. Topics may include modeling how the same principles apply to both, starting reading, class discussion, and a final project. continuous and discrete dynamics, heterogeneous from sensing, through control, to actuation. (Prerequisites: Mature programming skills and at models, hybrid systems, stochastic models, models Those principles are illustrated in several least undergraduate level knowledge of Artificial of computation, analysis and design of embedded domains, including locomotion, prosthetics, and Intelligence, such as CS 4341. No hardware control systems with applications in robotics, medicine. The following topics are addressed: experience is required.) system simulation, validation and verification Biological and Artificial sensors, actuators and techniques, time-critical systems and human-in- RBE/ME 530. Soft Robotics control, Orthotics Biomechanics and Robotics, the-loop cyber-physical systems. The examples (2 credits) Prosthetic Biomechanics and Robotics: Artificial throughout the course will be drawn from Organs and Limbs, Rehabilitation Robotics and Soft robotics studies “intelligent” machines and practical robot applications as robotics requires a Biomechanics: Therapy, Assistance and Clinical devices that incorporate some form of compliance whole system design approach at the cross-section Evaluation, Human-Robot Interaction and in their mechanics. Elasticity is not a byproduct of environmental models, physical components Robot Aided Living­ for Healthier Tomorrow, but an integral part of these systems, respon- and algorithms. Course projects will emphasize Sports, Exercise and Games: Biomechanics and sible for inherent safety, adaptation and part model-based design for control of robotic systems Robotics, Robot-aided Surgery, Biologically of the computation in this class of robots. This and smart environments. Students who are not Inspired Robotics and Micro- (bio)robotics, New course will cover a number of major topics of RBE majors will be encouraged to undertake Technologies and Methodologies in Medical soft robotics including but not limited to design projects that reflect their own engineering systems Robotics and Biomechanics, Neural Control of and fabrication of soft systems, elastic actuation, interests consistent with the specific project Movement and Robotics Applications, Applied embedded intelligence, soft robotic modeling and objectives. (Prerequisites: linear algebra and Musculoskeletal Models and Human Movement control, and fluidic power. Students will imple- differential equations; embedded systems; linear Analysis. This course meshes physics, biology, ment new design and fabrication methodologies systems and control theory or consent of the medicine and engineering and introduce students of soft robots, read recent literature in the field, instructor.) to subject that holds a promise to be one of the and complete a project to supplement the course RBE/CS 549. Computer Vision most influential innovative research directions material. Existing soft robotic platforms will be This course examines current issues in the defining the 21st century. (Recommended available for experimental work. Prerequisites: Dif- computer­ implementation of visual perception. background: foundation of physics, linear algebra ferential equations, linear algebra, stress analysis, Topics include image formation, edge detection, and differential equations; basic programming kinematics, embedded programming. segmentation, shape-from-shading, motion, skills e.g. using MATLAB, undergraduate level RBE 533. Smart Materials & Actuation stereo, texture analysis, pattern classification biomechanics, robotics) This hands on course covers smart materials and and object recognition. We will discuss various RBE/ME 521. Advanced Robotics - Parallel actuation, with an emphasis on electroactive poly- representations for visual information, including and Walking Mechanisms mer (EAP) based materials and actuators, such as sketches and intrinsic images. (Prerequisites: Foundations and principles of parallel and walking contractile EAPs, dielectric elastomers (DEAs), CS 534, CS 543, CS 545, or the equivalent of one mechanisms. Topics include advanced spatial/3D and ion-polymer metal composites (IPMCs). of these courses.) kinematics and dynamics of parallel manipulators Piezoelectric materials and shape memory alloys RBE 550. Motion Planning and legged/walking mechanisms including work- (SMAs) are included in the course, as well as Motion planning is the study of algorithms space analysis, inverse and forward kinematics and pneumatic actuation. Because smart materials and that reason about the movement of physical or dynamics, gait analysis of walking mechanisms, electroactivity are relatively new fields, the course virtual entities. These algorithms can be used to motion analysis of parallel mechanisms as well as involves literature reviews. Each team project will generate sequences of motions for many kinds legged and walking mechanisms, stability/balance involve two different types of smart materials, of robots, robot teams, animated characters, and analysis of walking mechanisms, and control of where at least one smart material is electroactive. even molecules. This course will cover the major parallel manipulators and walking mechanisms. For the team projects, the class will be organized topics of motion planning including (but not The course will be useful for solving problems into groups, ensuring that each group had a limited to) planning for manipulation with robot dealing with parallel manipulators as well as multi- mixture of different disciplines to promote lively arms and hands, mobile robot path planning legged walking mechanisms including humanoid discussion. Two papers will be required, one as a with non-holonomic constraints, multi-robot robots, quadruped robots, hexapod robots and all literature review and one about aspects of the team path planning, high-dimensional sampling- other types of legged walking mechanisms. A final project. Much of the theory and applied research based planning, and planning on constraint term project would allow students to apply all is yet to be done with smart materials, so this is a manifolds. Students will implement motion this information to design, analyze, and simulate very creative course that implements design into planning algorithms in open-source frameworks, parallel and walking mechanisms. Students taking the projects, which can include biomimicry. read recent literature in the field, and complete this course are expected to have a background in RBE 548. Model-Based Design a project that draws on the course material. The kinematics and dynamics. This course addresses the what (modeling), how PR2 robot will be available as a platform for class RBE 526/CS 526. Human-Robot (design) and why (analysis) of systems through the projects. Physical robot platforms will be available Interaction use of model-based design process. System models for class projects. Prerequisites: Undergraduate This course focuses on human-robot interaction will be essential to four key aspects of the design Linear Algebra, experience with 3D geometry, and and social robot learning, exploring the leading process, derivation of executable specifications, significant programming experience. research, design principles and technical challenges hardware and software design based on we face in developing robots capable of operating simulations, implementation by code generation, in real-world human environments. The course and continuous testing and verification. will cover a range of multidisciplinary topics,

Robotics Engineering 165 Return to Table of Contents RBE 580/ME 5205. Biomedical Robotics RBE 595. Special Topics RBE 598. Directed Research (2 credits) Arranged by individual faculty with special For M.S. or Ph.D. students wishing to gain This course will provide an overview of a expertise, these courses survey fundamentals in research experience peripheral to their thesis topic, multitude of biomedical applications of robotics. areas that are not covered by the regular Robotics M.S. students undertaking a capstone design Applications covered include: image-guided Engineering course offerings. Exact course project, or doctoral students wishing to obtain surgery, percutaneous therapy, localization, robot- descriptions are disseminated by the Robotics research credit prior to admission to candidacy. assisted surgery, simulation and augmented reality, Engineering Program well in advance of the (Prerequisite: Consent of research advisor.) laboratory and operating room automation, offering. (Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. RBE 599. Thesis Research robotic rehabilitation, and socially assistive robots. RBE 596. Robotics Engineering Practicum For master’s students wishing to obtain research Specific subject matter includes: medical imaging, This practicum provides an opportunity to put credit toward the thesis. (Prerequisite: Consent of coordinate systems and representations in 3D into practice the principles studied in previous thesis advisor.) space, robot kinematics and control, validation, courses. It will generally be conducted off campus haptics, teleoperation, registration, calibration, and will involve real-world robotics engineering. RBE 699. Dissertation Research image processing, tracking, and human-robot Overall conduct of the practicum will be For Ph.D. students wishing to obtain a research interaction.Topics will be discussed in lecture supervised by a WPI RBE faculty member; an credit towards the dissertation. Prerequisite: format followed by interactive discussion of on-site liaison will direct day-to-day activity. For Consent of research advisor. related literature. The course will culminate in a a student from industry, an internship may be team project covering one or more of the primary sponsored by his or her employer. The project course focus areas. (Prerequisites: Linear algebra, must include substantial analysis and/or design ME/RBE 501 or equivalent.) Students cannot related to Robotics Engineering and will conclude receive credit for this course if they have taken the with a substantial written report. A public oral Special Topics (ME 593U) version of the same presentation must also be made, to both the host course. organization and a committee consisting of the RBE 594. Capstone Project Experience in supervising faculty member, the on-site liaison Robotics Engineering and one additional WPI faculty member. This This project-based course integrates robotics committee will verify successful completion of the engineering theory and practice, and provides the internship. (Prerequisite: Consent of practicum opportunity to apply the skills and knowledge faculty advisor.) acquired in the Robotics Engineering curriculum. RBE 597. Independent Study The project is normally conducted in teams of Approved study of a special subject or topics two to four students. Students are encouraged to selected by the student to meet his or her select projects with practical significance to their particular requirements or interests. (Prerequisite: current and future professional responsibilities. B.S. in CS, ECE, ME, RBE or equivalent and The projects are administered, advised, and consent of advisor.) evaluated by WPI faculty as part of the learning experience, but students are also encouraged to seek mentorship from experienced colleagues in the Robotics Engineering profession. (Prerequisites: Since the Capstone Project will draw on knowledge obtained throughout the degree program, it is expected that students will have completed most or all of the coursework within their plan of study before undertaking the capstone project.)

166 Robotics Engineering Return to Table of Contents STEM for Educators Faculty Physics Master of Science in I. Stroe, Associate Teaching Professor and Learning Sciences and Technologies Mathematics for Educators Director of Master of Science in Physics (MMED) N. T. Heffernan, Professor and Director; for Educators; Ph.D., Clark University. Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University. Experimental biophysics, protein structure, This degree blends together an emphasis Intelligent tutoring agents, artificial dynamics and functionality. on courses in mathematics content with intelligence, cognitive modeling, machine core assessment and evaluation theory learning. G. S. Iannacchione, Professor; Ph.D., courses and a participant-designed project. Kent State University. Soft condensed The math content courses, designed I. Arroyo, Associate Professor; Ed.D., matter physics/complex fluids, liquid- for educators, offer a solid foundation M.S., University of Massachusetts, crystals, calorimetry, and order-disorder in areas such as geometry, algebra, Amherst. Learning with novel technolo- phenomena. modeling, discrete math and statistics. gies; multimedia learning; intelligent They additionally include the study of tutoring systems; wearable learning and F. Dick, Associate Teaching Professor; modern applications. Participants have the e-Textiles; learner characteristics and their Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute. opportunity to develop materials, based on relationship to learning; connection Nuclear and particle physics, astrophysics coursework, which may be used in their between affect and learning; educational and planetary. own classrooms. Technology is introduced data mining and student modeling. D. T. Petkie, Department Head and whenever possible to help educators J. E. Beck, Associate Professor; Ph.D., Professor; Ph.D., Ohio State University. become familiar with the options available University of Massachusetts, Amherst. Millimeter-wave and Terahertz sensing, for use in classrooms. Examples of this Machine learning, educational data spectroscopy, electromagnetic scattering include Geometer’s Sketchpad and the TI mining, intelligent tutoring systems, and propagation, photonics, optics and CBL for motion and heat. human learning and problem solving. imaging. *For information about the Master of E. Ottmar, Assistant Professor; Ph.D., R. P. Kafle, Assistant Teaching Professor, Mathematics for Educators program, University of Virginia. Mathematics Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute. please look under the Mathematical teaching and learning; mathematics Experimental biophysics, fluorescence Sciences page. development and cognition; interventions correlation spectroscopy, atom in schools; instructional quality; social interferometers. Master of Science in Physics and emotional learning; motivation for Educators (MPED) and engagement; perceptual learning; Questions This degree blends together an emphasis teacher/child interactions; observational Contact Katie Elmes, Senior Program on courses in physics content with core measurement development. Coordinator; [email protected]; assessment and evaluation theory courses 508-831-5703. and a participant-designed project. The Mathematics: physics content courses are designed J. Goulet, Teaching Professor and Program of Study to give educators a deep but applicable Coordinator, Master of Mathematics for Majors in the STEM for Educators pro- understanding of physics that both Educators Program; Ph.D., Rensselaer gram are designed specifically for middle make advanced physics topics easily Polytechnic Institute, 1976. Applications school, high school and community accessible to educators and appropriate of linear algebra, cross departmental course college in-service educators. The majors to their roles of guiding their students. development, project development, K-12 emphasize coursework in the content area The physics content is organized into relations with colleges, mathematics of (math or physics) along with classes in three parts: Depth (e.g. Mechanics and digital and analog sound and music. core assessment and evaluation theory, and Topics in Modern Physics), Methods (e.g. a participant-designed project. Educators M. Johnson, Teaching Assistant Professor; Computational and Experimental Physics will find that this combination of course- Ph.D., Clark University 2012. Industrial Methods), and Breadth (e.g. Research work held during afternoon and evening organization, game theory, graph theory Experience for Educators and Physics times will both fit their needs as busy and probability. in Popular Culture). Support for degree professionals and broaden knowledge and candidates extends beyond the specific B. Servatius, Professor; Ph.D., Syracuse skills that will support what they do in coursework and projects as participants University, 1987. Combinatorics, matroid their classrooms. The program may satisfy will become part of a network of physicists and graph theory, structural topology, Massachusetts Professional Licensure which ranges from local individuals to a geometry, history and philosophy of requirements for middle and high school much broader community. mathematics. educators.

STEM for Educators 167 Admission Requirements (c) Current Education and Education Methods Courses Research Issues: MPE 550 – Computational Methods in Candidates for any major in the STEM for 9) SEME 562 – Issues in Education­ Physics (2 cr) Educators programs must have a Bachelor’s (3 cr) degree, a background equivalent to at MPE 560 – Experimental Methods in least a minor in one of the STEM areas of 10) SEME/PSY 503 – Research Physics (2 cr) interest and either a teacher certification ­Methods for the Learning Sciences Breadth Courses in a STEM field or a full-time teaching (3 cr) MPE 572 – Physics Research Experience position in one of these disciplines. 11) SEME/CS 568 – Artificial for Teachers (3 cr) Applicants can be teaching at any grade I­ntelligence for Adaptive level. ­Educational Tech. (3 cr) MPE 574 – Physics for Citizens and ­Leaders (3 cr) Degree Requirements Math Content Courses MPE 576 – Physics in Popular Culture Each of the programs within STEM for 15 credit hours of content area courses are (3 cr) Educators requires 30 credit hours of required. Full course descriptions are listed work. As part of this, participants must under mathematics. Culminating Project Courses take 9 credits in core assessment and evalu- MME 518 – Geometrical Concepts (3 cr) Six (6) credit hours are required. Full ation theory, 15 credits in the content area course descriptions are listed under specific to the major, and 6 credits for the MME 522 – Applications of Calculus mathematics. participant-designed project. All courses (2 cr) in these programs are based on a three- SEME 602/MME 592 – Project MME 523 – Analysis with Applications ­Preparation/Design (2 cr) semester year where most participants take (2 cr) one to two classes per semester. SEME 604/MME 594 – Project MME/SEME 524 – Probability, Statistics ­Implementation (2 cr) and Data Analysis I (2 cr) Course Requirements SEME 606/MME 596 – Project Analysis Core Assessment and Evaluation MME/SEME 525 – Probability, Statistics and Report (2 cr) Theory Courses and Data Analysis II (2 cr) To fulfill the 9 credits in core assessment MME 526 – Linear Models I (2 cr) Course Descriptions and evaluation theory, participants must All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. MME 527 – Linear Models II (2 cr) take a minimum of one course from each SEME/PSY 501. Foundations of the of the three sections below. Full course MME 528 – Mathematical Modeling and Learning Sciences descriptions are listed under the appropri- Problem Solving (2 cr) This course covers readings that represent the ate department. foundation of the learning sciences, including: MME 529 – Numbers, Polynomials and Foundations (Constructivism, Cognitive (a) Learning Theory, Environments, and Algebraic Structures (2 cr) Apprenticeship, & Situated Learning); Approaches Cognition: MME 531 – Discrete Mathematics (3 cr) (Project-based Learning, Model-based reasoning, 1) SEME/PSY 501 – Foundations of Cognitive Tutors); and Scaling up educational the Learning Sciences (3 cr) (Note that MME/SEME-524/525 are interventions. The goal of this course is for also listed under Core Assessment and students to develop an understanding of the 2) SEME/PSY 502 – Educational Evaluation Theory. Only one of these two foundations and approaches to the Learning Learning Environments (3 cr) courses can be double counted towards the Sciences so that they can both critically read current literature, as well as build on it in their 3) SEME/PSY 504 – Meta-cognition, content area.) own research. (Prerequisites: None) Motivation, and Affect (3 cr) Physics Content Courses SEME/PSY 502. Educational Learning (b) Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis The physics content, a total of 15 credit Environments In this class, students will read and review both and Assessment: hours, is satisfied with 8 credits in physics 4) SEME/MME 524 – Probability, classic and critical current journal articles about depth, 4 credits in physics methods, and learning technologies developed in the Learning Statistics and Data Analysis I (2 cr) 3 credits in physics breadth. Full course Sciences. This course is designed to educate 5) SEME/MME 525 – Probability, descriptions are listed under physics. students on current technological approaches to Statistics and Data Analysis II (2 cr) curricular design, implementation, and research in Depth Courses the Learning Sciences. (Prerequisites: None) 6) SEME/CS 565 – User Modeling MPE 510 – Classical Mechanics (2 cr) (3 cr) MPE 520 – Electrodynamics (2 cr) 7) SEME/CS 566 – Graphical Models MPE 530 – Modern Physics (2 cr) for Reasoning Under Uncertainty (3 cr) MPE 540 – Differential Equations in Nature (2 cr) 8) SEME/CS 567 – Empirical ­Methods for Human-Centered Computing (3 cr)

168 STEM for Educators Return to Table of Contents SEME/PSY 503. Research Methods for the • Design of experiments and sampling studies SEME/CS 566. Graphical Models for Learning Sciences – the proper way to design experiments and Reasoning Under Uncertainty This course covers research methods used in the sampling studies so that statistically valid This course will introduce students to graphical Learning Sciences. Students will gain expertise and inferences can be drawn. Special attention models, such as Bayesian networks, Hidden understanding of think-aloud studies, cognitive will be given to the role of experiments and Markov Models, Kalman filters, particle filters, task analysis, quantitative and qualitative field sampling studies in scientific investigation. and structural equation models. Graphical observations, log file analysis, psychometric, Through lab and project work, students models are applicable in a wide variety of work in cognitive, and machine-learning based modeling, will obtain practical skills in designing and computer science for reasoning under uncertainty the automated administration of measures by analyzing studies and experiments. Course such as user modeling, speech recognition, computer, and issues of validity, reliability, and topics will be motivated whenever possible by computer vision, object tracking, and determining statistical inference specific to these methods. Stu- applications and reinforced by experimental a robot’s location. This course will cover 1) using dents will learn how and when to apply a variety and computer lab experiences. One in-depth data to estimate the parameters and structure of of methods relevant to formative, performance, project per semester involving design, data a model using techniques such as expectation and summative assessment in both laboratory and collection, and statistical or probabilistic maximization, 2) understanding techniques field settings. Readings will be drawn primarily analysis will serve to integrate and consolidate for performing efficient inference on new from original source materials (e.g. journal articles student skills and understanding. Students observations such as junction trees and sampling, and academic book chapters), in combination will be expected to learn and use a statistical and 3) learning about evaluation techniques to with relevant textbook chapters. (Prerequisites: computer package such as MINITAB. determine whether a particular model is a good SS 2400, Methods, Modeling, and Analysis in one. (Prerequisites: CS 534 Artificial Intelligence SEME 562. Issues in Education Social Science, comparable course, or instructor or permission of the instructor.) This course is about the theory and the practice discretion.) of formative assessment. The practice will SEME/CS 567. Empirical Methods for SEME/PSY 504. Meta-cognition, involve bringing those theories to life in the Human-Centered Computing Motivation, and Affect classroom. Participants will be required to actively This course introduces students to techniques This course covers three key types of constructs implement the formative assessment cycle in their for performing rigorous empirical research in that significantly impact learning and performance own teaching. Online tools that facilitate the computer science. Since good empirical work in real-world settings, including but not limited to formative assessment process will be used by the depends on asking good research questions, educational settings. Students will gain under- teachers. One such tool that will be required is this course will emphasize creating conceptual standing of the main theoretical frameworks, and ASSISTments. Participants will decide what data frameworks and using them to drive research. In major empirical results, that relate individuals’ to collect evaluate and analyze. They will analyze addition to helping students understand what meta-cognition, motivation, and affect to real- the data in this class and with their students. They makes a good research question and why, some world outcomes, both in educational settings and will examine their own instruction by videotaping elementary statistics will be covered. Furthermore, other areas of life. Students will learn how theories themselves and sharing their experiences with students will use and implement computationally and findings in these domains can be concretely the group. Participants will go through these intensive techniques such as randomization, used to improve instruction and performance, steps repeatedly during the course. Participants bootstrapping, and permutation tests. The course and complete final projects that require applying will be required to synthesize and critique course also covers experiments involving human subjects, research in these areas to real-world problems. materials through written documents and formal and some of the statistical and non-statistical Students will do critical readings on research on and informal presentations. difficulties researchers often encounter while this topic. (Prerequisites: None) performing such work (e.g., IRB (Institutional SEME/CS 565. User Modeling Review Board), correlated trials, and small sample User modeling is a cross-disciplinary research SEME/MME 524-25. Probability, Statistics sizes). While this course is designed for students field that attempts to construct models of human and Data Analysis I, II in Human Computer Interaction, Interactive behavior within a specific computer environment. (2 credits each) Media & Game Development, and Learning Contrary to traditional artificial intelligence This course introduces students to probability, the Sciences and Technologies, it is appropriate for research, the goal is not to imitate human mathematical description of random phenomena, any student with programming experience who is behavior as such, but to make the machine able to and to statistics, the science of data. Students in doing empirical research. (Prerequisites: MA 511 understand the expectations, goals, knowledge, in- this course will acquire the following knowledge Applied Statistics for Engineers and Scientists or formation needs, and desires of a user in terms of and skills: permission of instructor.) • Probability models-mathematical models used a specific computing environment. The computer representation of this information about a user is to describe and predict random phenomena. SEME/CS 568. Artificial Intelligence Students will learn several basic probability called a user model, and systems that construct models and their uses, and will obtain and utilize such models are called user modeling for Adaptive Educational Technology experience in modeling random phenomena. systems. A simple example of a user model would Students will learn how to enable educational be an e-commerce site which makes use of the technology to adapt to the user and about typical • Data analysis-the art/science of finding patterns user’s and similar users’ purchasing and browsing architectures used by existing intelligent tutoring in data and using those patterns to explain the behavior in order to better understand the user’s systems for adapting to users. Students will process which produced the data. Students preferences. In this class, the focus is on obtaining see applications of decision theoretic systems, will be able to explore and draw conclusions a general understanding of user modeling, and reinforcement learning, Markov models for action about data using computational and graphical an understanding of how to apply user modeling selection, and Artificial Intelligence (AI) planning. methods. The iterative nature of statistical techniques. Students will read seminal papers in Students will read papers that apply AI techniques exploration will be emphasized. the user modeling literature, as well as complete for the purpose of adapting to users. Students will • Statistical inference and modeling-the use of a course project where students build a system complete a project that applies these techniques data sampled from a process and the probability that explicitly models the user. (Prerequisites: to build an adaptive educational system. model of that process to draw conclusions Knowledge of probability.) (Prerequisites: CS 534 Artificial Intelligence or about the process. Students will attain permission of the instructor.) proficiency in selecting, fitting and criticizing models, and in drawing inference from data.

STEM for Educators 169 Return to Table of Contents System Dynamics Faculty Program of Study Students take one or both of our Foundation Courses (SD550 and SD551) O. V. Pavlov, Associate Professor; Ph.D., The System Dynamics Program offers a depending on their experience, and fill University of Southern California, 2000. graduate certificate in System Dynamics, out the remainder of their program with Economics of information systems, politi- a master of science in System Dynamics, a variety of elective choices in system cal economy, system dynamics, compu- and an interdisciplinary master of science dynamics covering methodological topics tational economics, complex economic in systems modeling. Individuals may and application areas. Students must work dynamics; [email protected]. also utilize WPI’s interdisciplinary Ph.D. with a faculty advisor to delineate a Plan M. J. Radzicki, Associate Professor; program to create a unique doctoral of Study for their certificate program. To Ph.D., University of Notre Dame du Lac, program incorporating system dynamics be counted towards the certificate, the 1985. Economic growth, environmental research. Through these programs, plan must be developed no later than and energy policy, fiscal and monetary graduate students create and learn from the completion of the second course. policy, combining post keynesian eco- their own models in a variety of research Further details about the certificate nomics and institutional economics with areas. requirements are available at https:// system dynamics; [email protected] Systems Thinking Certificate www.wpi.edu/academics/online/study/ system-dynamics-certificate K. Saeed, Professor; Ph.D., Massachusetts This certificate program is designed to Institute of Technology, 1981. Sustainable meet the needs of a variety of corporations Admission economic development, system dynamics; and individuals who are interested in Students will be eligible for admission organizational development, political systems engineering education but who into the graduate certificate program if economy; health care delivery; saeed@wpi. may have undergraduate degrees in non- they have earned an undergraduate degree edu engineering disciplines. The Program from an accredited university consistent of Study shown below presents the with the WPI Graduate Catalog. Students Adjunct Faculty requirements for the certificate. Inherent should have a bachelor’s degree in science K. Chichakly, Ph.D., University of in this program of study is sufficient or engineering. Students with other Vermont. Lead Programmer, ISEE Systems course selection flexibility for students backgrounds will be considered based to, if desired and admitted, be able to R. Eberlein, Ph.D., Massachusetts on their interest, formal education, and continue their graduate studies and earn Institute of Technology. Consultant, work experience. Admission decisions an M.S. degree in Systems Engineering or Astutesd will be made by the System Dynamic SSPS/System Dynamics, depending on graduate program committee based on A. Ford, Professor; Ph.D., Washington student interest and background. For more all factors presented in the application, State University. Regional planning information, consult the WPI website. including prior academic performance, J. M. Lyneis, Ph.D., University of Graduate Certificate Program quality of professional experience, letters of Michigan, 1974. System dynamics, project in System Dynamics recommendation, etc. dynamics and management, economic dynamics, market and industry behavior, System dynamics is a computer simulation-­ Master of Science (de)regulation, forecasting, business based approach to the construction and in System Dynamics strategy; [email protected] analysis of mathematical models of The Masters Degree program in System economic, social, and physical systems. Dynamics prepares students for the profes- J. Morecroft, Ph.D., Massachusetts System dynamics modeling is applied in a Institute of Technology, 1979. Senior sional practice of system dynamics com- variety of application areas such as biology, puter simulation modeling, which includes Fellow, Management Science and ecology, economics, business, public Operations, London Business School an understanding of the endogenous policy, etc. There is a strong and growing feedback relationships that cause observed K. Warren, Ph.D., London Business demand for graduate-level training in patterns of behavior in socio-technical- School, 1995. Chairman, Global Strategy systems modeling in industry and economic systems, and knowledge of the Dynamics government organizations. To meet this use of simulation modeling for experimen- need WPI has developed a program of tal analysis aimed at solving a variety of several on-line graduate classes in system problems in the private and public policy dynamics. domains. This training will enable students to look across disciplinary boundaries to Requirements discern the impacts of well-intentioned The Graduate Certificate in System policies and technological solutions Dynamics consists of 15 credit hours of holistically. It will also prepare students graduate study (5 courses). to understand the policy implementation

170 System Dynamics Return to Table of Contents process in various organizational settings B.S./M.S. in System Dynamics Systems modeling subsumes both formal and create confidence in the success of The requirements for the proposed and computer simulation-based approaches policy interventions. Many companies are Masters degree in System Dynamics are to the construction and analysis of currently supporting the training of their structured so that undergraduate students mathematical models of economic, middle level managers in systems thinking would be able to pursue a five year social, and physical systems. It builds on and system dynamics because they regard Bachelors/Masters degree, in which the methodologies such as feedback control it as essential for senior management roles Bachelors degree is awarded in any major theory, optimization, numerical methods in industry and the public sector. The offered at WPI and the Masters degree is and computer simulation. Moreover, WPI Masters in System Dynamics will awarded in System Dynamics. systems modeling is applied in a variety offer an enhanced level of training for such of application areas such as management, roles. Combined with an undergraduate WPI allows the double counting of up to biology, ecology, economics, etc. Students degree in engineering, the life sciences, the 12 credits for students pursuing a 5-year of systems modeling study not only the humanities, or social science, a Masters Bachelors-Masters Degree program. This basic courses in System Dynamics, but also Degree in System Dynamics will enable a overlap can be achieved through the explore its methodological underpinnings decision maker to more fully understand following mechanisms: in other disciplines and apply the methods cross-disciplinary issues, thus making him • Credits from up to two system dynamics to other disciplines, preparing them to or her an innovative contributor to their graduate courses taken by the student mobilize the modeling concepts they learn respective work settings. The WPI Masters may be counted towards meeting to problem solving in the real world. Degree in System Dynamics may be the social science requirement of the To meet this need, the departments of pursued on-line. For more information, go student’s undergraduate major. Mathematical Sciences and Social Science to https://www.wpi.edu/academics/online/ • Credits from up to four graduate & Policy Studies have established an study/system-dynamics-ms. courses taken by the student may interdisciplinary master’s degree in systems be counted towards meeting the modeling. This interdisciplinary 30 credit- Degree Requirements mathematics/engineering/science/ hour program utilizing courses taught in The. M.S. degree in system dynamics elective requirements of the student’s Mathematical Sciences, System Dynamics, consists of 30 credit hours of course work undergraduate major, subject to and electives taught in engineering, science (10 courses). At least 21 of these credits approval by his/her major department. and management departments. must be in system dynamics. Courses • Credits from up to two 4000 level are selected from three bins: foundation Admission courses (6 credits), methodological courses undergraduate courses taken by the student in his/her undergraduate major Students should have a bachelor’s degree in (9-12 credits), and application courses (6-9 science or engineering. Students with other credits). The remaining 9 credits may be program may be counted towards the requirements of the Masters Degree in backgrounds will be considered based additional system dynamics courses or may on their interest, formal education, and be taken from a list of approved courses System Dynamics if they can be placed in one of the requirement categories work experience. Many students pursuing in mathematics, organizational behavior, a 5-year bachelors/masters program also finance, and public planning. Up to 6 listed above and approved by the System Dynamics Program Director. enroll for a masters in systems modeling credit hours my be completed as super- along with a bachelors in a major of vised project work. All entering students • Up to three credits can be earned by double counting a junior and/or senior their choice to prepare for meeting the must submit a plan of study identifying challenges of their future careers. courses to be taken before the end of the undergraduate project if it involves substantial use of system dynamics at an first semester in the program. The plan Degree Requirements advanced level, subject to approval by of study must be approved by the faculty Students must complete 30 credit hours of the System Dynamics graduate program advisor. Further details about the M.S. coursework: 15 credit hours in system requirements are available at committee. dynamics and 15 credit hours in mathe­ https://www.wpi.edu/academics/online/ Interdisciplinary Master’s matical modeling and an applications area study/system-dynamics-ms. Degree in Systems Modeling (e.g. industrial engineering, management, infrastructure planning, telecommunications Admission There is a strong and growing demand for graduate-level training in systems planning, power systems). Up to 6 of these Students will be eligible for admission latter credit hours may be done as to the program if they have earned an modeling. Interest in system dynamics and formal mathematical modeling in supervised project work. New students undergraduate degree from an accredited must submit a Plan of Study identifying university consistent with the WPI industry and government organizations increases every year. Many employees of the courses to be taken and a prospective graduate catalog. Admission will also be project topic before the end of the first open to qualified WPI students who opt these organizations, and those seeking career changes, desire to improve their semester in the program. If the student has for a five-year Bachelors-Masters Degree, earned a Graduate Certificate in System with the undergraduate major based on skills in these methodologies. In addition, these modeling methods are growing as a Dynamics from WPI, the Plan of Study a student’s interests. Admission decisions must be submitted with the application will be made by the System Dynamics research tool and many prospective Ph.D. students desire to build skills in them. materials. The Plan of Study must be graduate program committee based on all approved by the administering faculty who of the factors presented in the application. will serve as advisors.

System Dynamics 171 Return to Table of Contents System Dynamics Requirements for the Interdisciplinary Course Descriptions System Dynamics Doctorate at WPI Interdisciplinary Ph.D. All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. The Social Science and Policy Studies In addition to meeting the general require- ments of the doctoral degree at WPI, SD 550. System Dynamics Foundation: Department offers a PhD program in Managing Complexity system dynamic in which the students are students in the interdisciplinary System Dynamics doctoral program must also take Why do some businesses grow while others encouraged to pursue interdisciplinary stagnate or decline? What causes oscillation and research applying system dynamics a qualifying examination prior to earning amplification – the so called “bullwhip” – in modeling and computer simulation to 18 credit hours of work. supply chains? Why do large scale projects so diverse problems. The program lets you There are four stages toward an inter­ commonly over overrun their budgets and schedules? This course explores the counter- develop your individually tailored plan disciplinary doctorate involving System intuitive dynamics of complex organizations and of study with highly regarded faculty Dynamics: first, submitting an approved how managers can make the difference between and other advisors across disciplines. The Plan of Study to the Registrar; second, success and failure. Students learn how even small rigorous plan includes high-level system passing a qualifying examination; third, changes in organizational structure can produce dynamics classes and courses in your area defending a dissertation proposal and dramatic changes in organizational behavior. of application, passing qualifying exams, becoming a doctoral candidate; and Real cases and computer simulation modeling dissertation proposal and final defense of fourth, defending the dissertation. The combine for an in-depth examination of the feedback concept in complex systems. Topics dissertation. Diverse, online coursework requirements stated below apply to include: supply chain dynamics, project dynamics, helps students discover solutions for students already having a master’s degree commodity cycles, new product diffusion, and complex business and public policy and are focused on 60 credits of graduate business growth and decline. The emphasis problems. On-campus research offers a work beyond the M.S. degree. throughout is on the unifying concepts of system multidisciplinary perspective as you work dynamics. Summary of Post-Master’s Degree with expert and practicing faculty to form Credits SD 551. Modeling and Experimental a committee and develop a plan of study. Graduate coursework Analysis of Complex Problems This course deals with the hands on detail related Credits: 18 max Admission to analysis of complex problems and design of Pre-qualifying exam coursework Admission criteria for the doctoral program policy for change through building models and are outlined on page 11. Applicants to the Graduate coursework experimenting with them. Topics covered include: slicing complex problems and constructing SSPS interdisciplinary doctoral program Credits: 6 min reference modes; going from a dynamic must have prior B.S. and M.S. degrees. Post-qualifying exam coursework hypothesis to a formal model and organization A GRE is required, but can be waived in Dissertation of complex models; specification of parameters special cases with consent of the sponsor- Credits: 18 max and graphical functions; experimentations for ing group. model understanding, confidence building, policy Post-qualifying exam, pre-candidacy design and policy implementation. Modeling exam dissertation credits The Doctoral Committee and examples will draw largely from public policy Dissertation agendas. (Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics Plan of Study Foundation: Managing Complexity.) Each program of study is tailored to the Credits: 12 min interests of the student and the interests Post-candidacy exam dissertation SD 552. System Dynamics for Insight of the participating faculty members. The credits to make at least 30 The objective of this course is to help students dissertation credits totally appreciate and master system dynamics’ unique first step in establishing a program is the way of using of computer simulation models. The selection of a doctoral program committee Graduate coursework or course provides tools and approaches for building of no less than three faculty members, with dissertation credits and learning from models. The course covers the at least one faculty member from each Credits: Balance use of molecules of system dynamics structure participating department. to increase model building speed and reliability. Post-candidacy exam credits to make In addition, the course covers recently developed A Plan of Study, of at least 60 credit hours, at least 60 total credits eigenvalue-based techniques for analyzing is then developed with the help of the Total Post-M.S. Credits: 60 models as well as more traditional approaches. student’s doctoral program committee (Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics to meet the degree requirements and For more information, go to Foundation: Managing Complexity and SD 551 the interests of the student and the https://www.wpi.edu/academics/study/ Modeling and Experimental Analysis of Complex Problems.) participating faculty. Minimum and system-dynamics-phd. typical requirements for the Plan of Study SD 553. Model Analysis and are discussed below. Evaluation Techniques This course focuses on analysis of models rather than conceptualization and model development. It provides techniques for exercising models, improving their quality and gaining added insights into what models have to say about a problem. Five major topics are covered: use of subscripts, achieving and testing for robustness, use of numerical data, sensitivity analysis, and optimization/calibration of models. The subscripts

172 System Dynamics Return to Table of Contents discussion provides techniques for dealing with deliberately small and concise so their structure (micro-level agents following simple rules leading detail complexity by changing model equations and formulations can be presented in full and used to macro-level complexity, adaptation, evolving but not adding additional feedback structure. to illustrate principles of model conceptualization, structure, emergence, non-ergodicity) are Robust models are achieved by using good equation formulation and simulation analysis. emphasized. individual equation formulations and making sure We also review some larger models that arose that they work together well though automated from real-world applications including airlines, SD 560. Strategy Dynamics behavioral experiments. Data, especially time the oil industry, the chemicals industry and fast This course provides a rigorous set of frameworks series data, are fundamental to finding and moving consumer goods. Students work with for designing a practical path to improve fixing shortcomings in model formulations. selected business policy problems based on generic performance, both in business and non- Sensitivity simulations expose the full range of structures discussed in the lessons. (Prerequisite: commercial organizations. The method builds on behavior that a model can exhibit. Finally, the SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing existing strategy concepts, but moves substantially biggest section, dealing with optimization and Complexity) beyond them, by using the system dynamics calibration of models develops techniques for method to understand and direct performance both testing models against data and developing SD 557. Latent Structures, Unintended through time. Topics covered include: strategy, policies to achieve specified goals. Though a Consequences, and Policy performance and resources; resources and number of statistical issues are touched upon This course addresses policy resilience and accumulation; the ‘Strategic Architecture’; during the course, only a basic knowledge of unintended consequences arising out of actions resource development; rivalry and the dynamics statistics and statistical hypothesis testing is that are not cognizant of the latent structure of competition; strategy, policy and information required. (Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics causing the problem. An attempt is made to feedback; resource attributes; intangible resources; Foundation: Managing Complexity and SD 551 identify the generic systems describing such strategy, capabilities and organization; industry Modeling and Experimental Analysis of Complex latent structures. The latent structures discussed dynamics and scenarios. Case studies and models Problems, or permission of the instructor.) include a selection from capacity constraining and are assigned to students for analysis. capacity enabling systems, resource allocation, and SD 554. Real World System Dynamics economic cycles of various periodicities. Problems SD 561. Energy and Environmental In this course students tackle real-world issues discussed in lessons include pests, gang violence, Dynamics working with real managers on their most pressing terrorism, political instability, professional This course helps students develop understanding concerns. Many students choose to work on issues competence in organizations, urban decay, and and proficiency in system dynamics simulation in their own organizations. Other students have economic growth and recessions. Students work of energy and environmental problems. The select from a number of proposals put forward by with selected public policy problems relevant majority of the content is devoted to case studies managers from a variety of companies seeking a to the generic latent structures discussed in the that focus on energy, water and environmental system dynamics approach to important issues. course. (Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics problems. Major business applications deal with Students experience the joys (and frustrations) Foundation: Managing Complexity, SD 551 boom and bust in power plant construction and of helping people figure out how to better Modeling and Experimental Analysis of Complex a similar pattern of boom and bust in real-estate­ manage their organizations via system dynamics. Problems) construction. The text used is: Ford, Andrew. Accordingly the course covers two important 2009. Modeling the Environment, 2nd Edition. areas: consulting (i.e. helping managers) and the SD 558. Introduction to Agent-Based Island Press. The book’s website ( http://www. system dynamics standard method - a sequence Modeling wsu.edu/~forda/AA2nd.html ) provides model of steps leading from a fuzzy “issue area” through The purpose of this course is to provide students files, background on the case studies and a wide increasing clarity and ultimately to solution with an introduction to the field of agent-based variety of extra exercises. For example, Students recommendations. The course provides clear computer simulation modeling in the social interested in water resource management can project pacing and lots of support from the sciences. The course begins with an outline of the simulate the complex tradeoffs in the management instructors and fellow students. It is recommend history of the field, as well as of the similarities of large river basins; students interested in water that students take SD 552 Real World System and differences between agent-based computer quality can experiment with models of accelerated Dynamics toward the end of their system simulation modeling and system dynamics eutrophication of fresh water lakes. A highlight of dynamics coursework as it provides a natural computer simulation modeling. An important SD 561 is a class project. One option is to select transition from coursework to system dynamics goal of the course is to provide students with one of the more challenging sets of exercises from practice. (Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics guidelines for deciding when it is preferable the book (or the book’s website). Such a project Foundation: Managing Complexity and SD 551 to apply agent-based modeling, and when it is is often the best way to conclude SD561 for Modeling and Experimental Analysis of Complex preferable to apply system dynamics modeling, students who are new to system dynamics. The Problems.) to a particular problem. Through a series of other option is to improve one of the models from example models and homework exercises the book or the website. This option is usually SD 556. Strategic Modeling and Business students are introduced to the software that is best for students with previous course work in Dynamics used in the course. Generally speaking, as the system dynamics. Their project report will explain The performance of firms and industries over course progresses students will be introduced why their simulations are an improvement on time rarely unfolds in the way management to increasingly complicated agent-based models the published simulations. And they will explain teams expect or intend. The purpose of strategic and exercises so that their modeling skills will whether the conclusions from their modeling modeling and business dynamics is to investigate grow. The goal is to increase students’ modeling reinforce or contradict the conclusions from the dynamic complexity by better understanding how skills so that they will eventually be able to create book. (Prerequisite: SD 550 or permission of the the parts of an enterprise operate, fit together their own agent-based models from scratch. The instructor). and interact. By modeling and simulating the remainder of the course is devoted to examining relationships among the parts we can anticipate models of socioeconomic phenomena that reside potential problems, avoid strategic pitfalls and within two broad categories of agent-based take steps to improve performance. We study a models: cellular automata models and multi-agent variety of business applications covering topics models. Along the way the cross-category, cross- such as cyclicality in manufacturing, market disciplinary, principles of agent-based modeling growth and capital investment. The models are

System Dynamics 173 Return to Table of Contents SD 562. Project Dynamics SD 565. Macroeconomic Dynamics This course will introduce students to the There are three parts to this course. The first fundamental dynamics that drive project acquaints a student with dynamic macroeconomic performance, including the rework cycle, data and the stylized facts seen in most feedback effects, and inter-phase “knock-on” macroeconomic systems. Characteristics of the effects. Topics covered include dynamic project data related to economic growth, economic problems and their causes: the rework cycle and cycles, and the interactions between economic feedback effects, knock-on effects between project growth and economic cycles that are seen as phases; modeling the dynamics: feedback effects, particularly important when viewed through the schedule pressure and staffing, schedule changes, lens of system dynamics will be emphasized. The inter-phase dependencies and precedence; second acquaints a student with the basics of strategic project management: project planning, macroeconomic growth and business cycle theory. project preparation, risk management, project This is accomplished by presenting well-known adaptation and execution cross project learning; models of economic growth and instability, from multi-project issues. A simple project model will both the orthodox and heterodox perspectives, be created, and used in assignments to illustrate via system dynamics. The third part attempts to the principles of “strategic project management.” enhance a student’s ability to build and critique Case examples of different applications will be dynamic macroeconomic models by addressing discussed. (Prerequisite: SD 550 System Dynamics such topics as the translation of difference and Foundation: Managing Complexity.) differential equation models into their equivalent system dynamics representation, fitting system dynamics models to macroeconomic data, and evaluating (formally and informally) a model’s validity for the purpose of theory selection. (Prerequisites: SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: Managing Complexity.) SS 590. Special Topics in Social Science and Policy Studies (credits: 1-4) Individual or group studies on any topic relating to social science and policy studies selected by the student and approved by the faculty member who supervises the work. (Prerequisites: permission of the instructor.

174 System Dynamics Return to Table of Contents System Dynamics and Innovation Management Joint Degree Program Programs of Study I. Required Courses (21 credits) Students in the M.S. SDIM program must – M.S., B.S./M.S. and M.S., B.S./M.S. and Graduate Certificate take 7 required courses: three from the Graduate Certificate Social Science & Policy Studies Depart- Admissions Requirements ment and four from the Foisie School of The program is designed to keep students For M.S. SDIM Business as follows: at the forefront of business innovations Applicants must follow the requirements a) Social Science and Policy Studies by learning the essential principles and set forth for all WPI graduate applicants: Department: techniques of system dynamics and by http://www.wpi.edu/admissions/graduate/ SD 550. System Dynamics applying them to critical issues in vari- appl-requirements.html. Specifically, a Foundation: Managing Complexity ous business environments. The program bachelor’s degree is required in any SD 551. Modeling Experimental prepares students to become part of the discipline, along with an acceptable score Analysis of Complex Problems next generation of business leaders with on either GMAT or GRE examination. SD 557. Latent Structures, Unintended competency in understanding internal The admission decision is made based on Consequences and Public Policy dynamics of complex human systems so the overall profile of an applicant. While they are equipped with the knowledge, there is no specific undergraduate major b) Foisie School of Business: tools and skills to strategically influence required, we believe students that will most OBC 505. Teaming and Organizing decision-making in any organizational or likely succeed in the program will have had for Innovation societal setting. academic training and/or work experience FIN 501. Economics for Managers Graduates of this program will be able to: in STEM, social science, economics, or OIE 500. Analyzing and Designing • Model a complex business decision- operations research/management. Operations to Create Value making situation to better understand MIS 500. Innovating with Information the behavior and identify underlying Degree Requirements Systems influential factors so as to provide For M.S. SDIM II. Electives (3-9 credits) effective and sustainable innovative ideas Students pursuing the M.S. SDIM as part of vital force of change; Students must take coursework from the program must complete a minimum of electives listed below in order to satisfy • Synthesize and discern the impact of 33 credits of relevant work at the graduate the remainder of the 33 credit program policies and technological solutions in level. These 33 credits must include either requirement. Those opting to pursue the complex systems across interdisciplinary a 3-credit Graduate Qualifying Project or a research thesis option will take 3 credits of boundaries; 9-credit M.S. research thesis depending on electives. Those pursuing GQP option will • Demonstrate visionary leadership and the degree requirement option selected, in take 9 credits of electives. management acumen by acquiring the addition to the coursework requirements technical, professional and personal described below. These M.S. degree While the required courses ensure that knowledge to transform and/or enhance requirements are designed to provide a students have adequate coverage of organizations. comprehensive yet flexible program to essential SDIM knowledge and skills, the students who are pursuing an M.S. degree wide variety of electives listed below allows Faculty exclusively, as well as students who are students to tailor their degree program to Khalid Saeed, Social Science and Policy pursuing combined B.S./M.S. degrees. domains and technical areas of personal interest. Students are expected to select Studies Department, Director of the Students accepted into the program will be Program electives to produce a consistent program assigned an academic advisor. In consulta- of study. Other courses beyond the pre- Mike Elmes, Foisie School of Business, tion with the academic advisor, a student approved program electives listed below Co-Director of the Program must prepare a Plan of Study outlining the may be chosen as electives with prior selections that the student will make to All faculty in the Foisie School of Business approval by the SDIM Program Review satisfy the M.S. degree requirements from Board. Independent study and directed and in the System Dynamics program are among the options offered. This Plan of affiliated faculty for the SDIM Program. research credits also require prior approval Study must be submitted to the SDIM by the SDIM Program Review Board. Program Review Board for approval no later than a student completes 9 credits.

System Dynamics and Innovation Management 175 Return to Table of Contents Relevant System Dynamics Graduate For the B.S./M.S. Degree For Graduate Certificates Courses: Students can also pursue a B.S./M.S. de- A graduate certificate program in SDIM is • SD 553: Modeling Analysis and gree combining any undergraduate major also available and requires six courses (18 Evaluation Techniques with M.S. in SDIM. Students enrolled in credits) per following lists, which contain • SD 554: Real World System Dynamics the B.S./M.S. program must satisfy all the the seven SDIM required courses de- • SD 556: Strategic Modeling and program requirements of their B.S. degree scribed above: 3 must be the required Sys- Business Dynamics as well as all the program requirements tem Dynamics courses and 3 are selected • SD 560: Strategy Dynamics of the M.S. in SDIM. They may double from the 4 required Business courses. • SD 562: Project Dynamics count 4000-level courses for up to 12 a) Social Science and Policy Studies credits of the 33 credit hours required for • SD 565: Macroeconomic Dynamics Department: the M.S. in SDIM. They may also double • SD 590: Special Topics SD 550. System Dynamics count 12 credits of their graduate course Foundation: Managing Complexity III. Graduate Qualifying Project credit towards meeting their undergradu- SD 551. Modeling Experimental (3 credits)/Thesis (9 credits) ate degree requirements. The conversion Analysis of Complex Problems Students in the M.S. SDIM program rate between graduate credits and un- SD 557. Latent Structures, Unintended must complete one of the following two dergraduate credits is stated in both the Consequences and Public Policy options: undergraduate and graduate catalogues. • A 3-credit Graduate Qualifying Thus, 18 undergraduate credits will yield b) Business: 3 courses selected from the Project (SDIM 598): This project 12 graduate credits and 12 graduate following list can be done in teams or individually, credits will yield 18 undergraduate credits. OBC 505. Teaming and Organizing for and will provide a capstone experience Minimum grade earned in double counted Innovation in applying system dynamics and courses must be B. Students must register FIN 501: Economics for Managers innovation management skills to a real- for B.S./M.S. credit prior to taking the courses, as an instructor may assign extra OIE 500: Analyzing and Designing world problem. It may be completed Operations to Create Value in cooperation with a sponsoring work for those taking a course for meeting MIS 500: Innovating with Information organization or industrial partner, and the requirement of both degrees. Systems must be approved and overseen by In consultation with the academic advisor, a faculty member affiliated with the students must prepare a Plan of Study Upon completion of this certificate, SDIM Program. Project advisor may be outlining the selections they will make to students will have a good understanding different from the academic advisor. satisfy the B.S./M.S. degree requirements, of how system dynamics can be applied to • A 9-credit Thesis (SDIM 599): This including the courses that will double analyzing real-world problems and inter- option consists of an individual thesis count. This Plan of Study should be sub- pret the implications on decision-making research or development project. mitted for approval to the SDIM Program and innovative processes. Exceptional students that wish to Review Board by the end of 1st semester pursue a Ph.D. degree are encouraged of enrollment into the B.S./M.S. program. Program Delivery to select this option. The thesis will be Students must consult their advisors and Students can avail themselves of multiple overseen by a committee of at least 3 the graduate catalog for making course learning (delivery) formats including faculty members chaired by a member selections. on-campus, online, or blended and can affiliated with the SDIM program. The pursue their degree either on a part-time thesis proposal must be approved by or full-time basis. the SDIM Program Review Board and the student’s thesis committee before the student can register for the research credits. Students must satisfactorily complete a written thesis and publically present the results.

176 System Dynamics and Innovation Management Return to Table of Contents http://www.wpi.edu/academics/Online/systems.html Systems Engineering Faculty Programs of Study WPI allows the double counting of up to 12 credits for students pursuing a 5-year­ Faculty members hold full time positions • Master of Science in Systems Bachelor’s-Master’s­ Degree program. This in a WPI academic department or are Engineering overlap can be achieved through proper adjunct faculty vetted by a WPI academic • B.S./M.S. Program in Systems academic course planning and with the department head. Engineering following recommendations for double S. Doremus, Senior Lecturer; M.S., • Ph.D. in Systems Engineering counting courses. DePaul University, Certified Project • Graduate Certificate in Systems • Students should plan to take SYS 501 Management Professional (PMP). Product Engineering in their fourth year of undergraduate development R&D, enterprise systems, • Graduate Certificate in Systems ­studies and double count the systems integration, decision analysis, risk Engineering Fundamentals credit toward the M.S. SE program requirement. (3 credits) management, system optimization, project • Graduate Certificate in Systems management, telecommunications and Thinking • Students should plan to take MIS 576 information technology. in their fourth year of undergraduate • Advanced Certificate in Systems studies and double count the T. Gannon, Professor of Practice; Engineering Ph.D., Stevens Institute of Technology. credit toward the M.S. SE program Information systems engineering, WPI offers graduate levels studies in the requirement enterprise systems engineering and field of systems engineering leading to a (3 credits) integration, fault tolerant systems, Master of Science as well as graduate level • To satisfy the SE Depth Requirement, information and telecommunications certificates. These programs are designed students should plan to double count technology, systems architecture and to exemplify the WPI tradition of theory any approved combination of 4000 or design, and systems engineering capstones. and practice and incorporate input from 500 level engineering, science or math engineers currently practicing systems courses that total to at least 6 graduate D. Gelosh, Program Director Systems engineering. The programs integrate credits. Per WPI policy: Engineering; Ph.D., University of content from engineering, science, and (6 credits) Pittsburgh. Advancing the overall state of management. The M.S. degree is designed • acceptable UG courses are awarded practice for systems engineering, technical to provide students with advanced 2 graduate credits leadership, program protection planning knowledge of engineering systems and • acceptable G courses are awarded and competency models and frameworks. management supplemented with a 2 or 3 graduate credits, depending on F. J. Looft, Professor; Ph.D., Michigan. technology focus. The degree of Doctor of the course(s) selected. Philosophy is conferred on candidates in Alternative energy systems, systems Admitted SE B.S./M.S. program students recognition of high scientific attainments engineering and robotic engineering must satisfy all of the requirements of their and the ability to conduct original capstones and education, projects based selected B.S. degree and all the program research. Professional employment in a education. requirements of the SE M.S. degree. technological field or industry enhances Students interested in the M.S. in Systems J. P. Monat, Professor of Practice and the student’s ability to comprehend the Engineering by electing the B.S./M.S. op- Director, Corporate and Professional scope and magnitude of the complexity of tion are strongly encouraged to contact the Education; Ph.D., Stanford University. systems engineering. Systems thinking, emergence and self- Systems Engineering office for program organization, system optimization, risk B.S./M.S. Program planning help. management, decision analysis, project The Master’s degree in System Engineering management. can be earned by undergraduate students Admissions Requirements Admission for the Master’s degree and R. S. Swarz, Academic Director, Systems who pursue a five year Bachelor’s/Master’s graduate certificates is consistent with the Engineering; Professor of Practice and degree program in which the Bachelor’s admission requirements listed in the Chair, SE Advisory Committee. Ph.D., degree is awarded in any engineering Graduate Catalog for a Master of Science New York University. SE tools and major at WPI and the Master’s degree is degree. Appropriate undergraduate processes, model-based SE, system awarded in System Engineering. Students bachelor’s degree majors include but are architecture, system of systems/complex who are not engineering majors but who not limited to Computer Science, Electrical systems, dependable systems, system are math or science majors and have a mi- Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, security engineering. nor in an engineering area should contact the Systems Engineering office and discuss Biomedical Engineering, or Computer S. Virani-Bhada, Assistant Professor, their plans and goals with a faculty mem- Engineering from an accredited university. Systems Engineering; Ph.D., University ber in the Systems Engineering program. Admission is determined by a review of of Alabama. Modeling based systems the application by faculty from both the engineering (MBSE), engineering Electrical & Computer Engineering education and team mental models. Department and the Computer Science Department.

Systems Engineering 177 Return to Table of Contents All SE program applicants should have at • The program of study must also Degree Requirements least the following mathematics skills: include at least two additional graduate • An solid understanding of statistics and courses tailored to the interests of Master of Science in Systems probability each student or cohort. Course can be Engineering selected from graduate courses from the • A strong background in general engi- Degree Requirements School of Business, Computer Science, neering mathematics and linear algebra. The Master of Science in Systems Engineering, Mathematics, System Applicants who are accepted and who Engineering is a ten course (30 credit- Dynamics and Systems Engineering. are judged to not have an appropriate hour) degree with an emphasis on Suggested courses include the following: mathematics background may be required systems engineering and management to take a graduate level refresher course in If depth in SE is desired: supplemented with a technology mathematics. • SYS 502 Business Practices focus. Table 1 lists the program degree • SYS 512 Requirements requirements. Graduate Certificate Engineering A graduate certificate provides qualified • SYS 579D Engineering Table 1: Credit distribution for the M.S. students with an opportunity to further Dependable and Secure Systems in Systems Engineering their studies in an advanced field. Courses If depth in SD is desired: Component Credits are selected from a range of offerings and • SD 501 Modeling and Core Requirement 12 give a firm foundation in the field of Experimental Analysis of Complex systems engineering. Leadership/Management 3 Problems Requirement Systems Thinking Certificate • SD 562 Project Dynamics Depth Requirement 6 This certificate program is designed to Additional Suggested Courses: meet the needs of a variety of corporations Elective Courses 6 • MIS 500 Innovating with Capstone Experience 3 and individuals who are interested in Information Systems systems engineering education but who Total 30 may have undergraduate degrees in non- • MIS 576 Project Management engineering disciplines. The Program • OBC 505 Teaming and Core Requirement (12 credits) of Study shown below presents the Organizing for Innovation Each student must complete the core of requirements for the certificate. Inherent • OBC 537 Leading Change the Systems Engineering degree program in this program of study is sufficient • Programs of study must be reviewed and which consists of the following four course selection flexibility for students approved by an SE or SSPS curriculum 3-credit graduate systems engineering to, if desired and admitted, be able to committee faculty member. courses: continue their graduate studies and earn • SYS 501 Concepts of Systems Graduate Certificate in Systems Engineering an M.S. degree in Systems Engineering or Engineering • SYS 510 Systems Architecture and SSPS/System Dynamics, depending on Minimum of 17 credits. For more infor- Design student interest and background. For more mation, please consult the WPI web. information consult the WPI website. • SYS 511 Systems Integration, Graduate Certificate in Systems Verification and Validation Program of Study Engineering Fundamentals The Graduate Certificate in Systems 12 credits. For more information, please • OIE 542 Risk Management and Thinking is composed of 18 credits of consult the WPI web. Decision Making graduate coursework, selected as follows. Leadership/Management Requirement • The program of study must include the Advanced Certificate in Systems Engineering (3 credits) following four graduate courses: The advanced graduate certificate in System engineers need to be aware of, • SYS 501 Concepts of Systems Systems Engineering consists of six and trained in, managerial methods and Engineering courses, five in systems engineering and practices. Accordingly, each student must • SYS 540 Introduction to Systems one elective. For more information, also complete one of the following 3-credit Thinking consult the WPI website. graduate courses: • SD 550 System Dynamics • MIS 576 Project Management Foundation: Managing Complexity • MIS 582 Information Security Systems • SD 556 Strategic Modeling and and Management Business Dynamics • OBC 505 Teaming and Organizing for Innovation • OBC 506 The Heart of Leadership: Power, Reflection, and Interpersonal Skills

178 Systems Engineering Return to Table of Contents • OIE 554 Global Operations Strategy Capstone Experience (3 credits minimum) specific courses used to meet the distribu- • SD 550 System Dynamics Foundation: The capstone experience requirement may tion requirements are selected in consulta- Managing Complexity be satisfied by an instructor-led systems tion with a student’s Research Advisor. • BUS 546 Managing Technological engineering project (SYS 585 Systems For the first course distribution Innovation Engineering Capstone Experience), an requirement, doctorial students must individual directed research project (SYS Another leadership/management course take a minimum of 12 credit hours of 598 Directed Research), or a Master’s may be substituted with the approval of approved, thematically-related graduate Thesis (SYS 599 Thesis). The capstone the student’s academic advisor. level courses from a Science (including experience must not exceed a total of 9 Computer Science), Mathematics, or Depth Requirement (6 credits, excluding credits. Students may not transfer credit to Engineering program, excluding Systems capstone course requirement) satisfy the required capstone experience. To ensure sufficient breadth of knowledge Engineering. For the second course The capstone cannot be taken until distribution requirement, doctorial in Systems Engineering, each student the student has successfully completed must complete a minimum of 18 Systems students must take a minimum of 9 at least 24 credits, including all Core credit hours of approved, thematically- Engineering graduate credits. In addition Requirements. to the core required courses noted in the related graduate level courses from a Core Requirement section, each student Ph.D. in Systems Engineering Science (including Computer Science), must complete two additional 3-credit Mathematics, or Engineering program, Admissions excluding Systems Engineering, and Systems Engineering graduate courses Information regarding admissions to from those listed in Table 2. different from the area selected to satisfy graduate programs in general, and Ph.D. the first course distribution requirement. programs in particular, is available in the Table 2: Current Systems Engineering Courses which are cross-listed between Graduate Catalog (page 11, Admission the Systems Engineering program and the Graduate Courses Available to Fulfill Information and page 13, Application Depth Requirement course offerings of another department or Information). program cannot be used to fulfill either of SYS 502 Business Practices The preferred program applicant will these distribution requirements. SYS 512 Requirements Engineering have an M.S. in Systems Engineering. Students who enter the Systems Applicants who have earned an engineering SYS 520 System Optimization Engineering program with a Master of M.S. degree but not in Systems Science Degree in a Science (including SYS 521 Model-Based Systems Engineering, and who have demonstrated Engineering Computer Science), Mathematics or SE work experience, will be considered for Engineering program, but excluding a SYS 540 Introduction to Systems admission into the Ph.D. program based Thinking Systems Engineering Master of Science on a thorough review of their application degree, will be considered to have SYS 579C Complex Decision Making material. Applicants possessing an M.S. completed the first course distribution SYS 579D Engineering Dependable in Systems Engineering from WPI are requirement for 12 credit hours of and Secure Systems not required to submit TOEFL scores or approved, thematically-related graduate SYS 579R System Reliability Engineering the application fee. The Graduate Record level courses. Students who meet this Exam (GRE) is not required for admission, SYS 579S System of Systems Engineering exception will still be required to complete but applicants are strongly encouraged to a minimum of 60 credits of graduate work, submit GRE scores. Elective Courses (6 credits) including the second course distribution 6 credit hours of elective graduate courses requirement noted above, for the Systems Acceptability of Credit Applicable to can be selected to meet the specific needs Engineering Ph.D. beyond the credits the SE Ph.D. of students and organizations. All elective required for the Master of Science degree. See graduate catalog (p.12, Acceptability courses must be approved by the student’s of Credit). All doctoral students are required to attend faculty advisor and can be selected and pass two offerings of the SE graduate from courses offered by the following Coursework Requirements seminar courses, SYS 596A (fall semester) departments and programs: Computer Students must complete 60 or more credits and SYS 596B (spring semester). Students Science (CS), Systems Dynamics (SD), of graduate work beyond the credits may enroll in the graduate seminar any WPI engineering department or required for the Master of Science degree. course in any combination (e.g. two program (such as ECE, BME, ME, ChE, Of the 60 credits, at least 30 credits different semesters, or same semester over EnvE and RBE), the School of Business, must be registered under the designation two years). Enrollment in the graduate and Mathematics (MA). SYS 699. seminars is required even if a student has already enrolled and counted seminar The doctoral student must meet two credit as part of an M.S. degree program. distribution requirements for courses in areas outside of Systems Engineering. The

Systems Engineering 179 Return to Table of Contents Publications Ph.D. Qualifying Examination Upon successful completion of the All SE Ph.D. students are encouraged to The doctoral student is required to Qualifying Examination, each doctoral submit and present their research results at successfully complete the Qualifying student must submit a Ph.D. Program appropriate academic and/or professional Examination no later than 18 credits of Study (PoS) form with the Systems conferences. beyond the M.S. degree. The Qualifying Engineering Program. The program of Examination is administered by the SE study should be completed in consultation Research Advisor and Dissertation Academic Program Chair and the student’s with, and signed by, the student’s Research Committee Selection Dissertation Committee. At the discretion Advisor(s) and should include spe- The doctoral student is required to of the SE Academic Program Chair, cific course work designed to address any select a Research Advisor or multiple additional faculty outside of the student’s shortcomings identified in the student’s Co-Advisors. In consultation with the Dissertation Committee may also be background during the Examination. Systems Engineering Academic Program invited to participate in the examination. Upon successful completion of the Ph.D. Chair, the Research Advisor(s) form a The Qualifying Examination is intended Qualifying Examination, the student Dissertation Committee for the student to be an opportunity to evaluate the becomes a SE Ph.D. candidate. prior to scheduling the Ph.D. Qualifying student’s level of academic preparation and Examination (described below). The identify any shortcomings in the student’s Area Examination following rules apply to the committee background upon entrance to the Ph.D. The doctoral student is required to pass an membership. program. The format and duration of the Area Examination prior to writing a disser- • The committee must consist of at least examination is at the discretion of the SE tation. The Area Examination is intended three faculty members if there is a single Academic Program Chair and Dissertation to be an opportunity for the student’s Research Advisor (or four faculty Committee. The examination may be Research Advisor(s) and Dissertation members if there are two Research written and/or oral and may include Committee members to evaluate the suit- Co-Advisors). questions to test the general background ability, scope, and novelty of the student’s • At least one of the committee members of the student as well as questions specific proposed dissertation topic. The format of must be a full-time, WPI tenured/ to the student’s intended area of research. the Area Examination is at the discretion tenure-track faculty member. Other formats for this examination will be of the student’s Dissertation Committee but will typically include a presentation by • At least one of the committee members acceptable if approved by the SE Academic the student describing the current state of and the Research Advisor (or one of Program Chair in consultation with the their research field, their planned research the Research co-Advisors) must hold an Dissertation Committee and the Research activities, and the expected contributions earned doctoral degree. Advisor(s). of their work. • At least half of the committee members The SE Academic Program Chair and must be Systems Engineering full-time Dissertation Committee determine the Students are eligible to take the Area or Adjunct faculty members. outcome of the Qualifying Examination Examination after they have success- • At least one committee member must (Pass, Repeat, or Fail) and any required fully completed the Ph.D. Qualifying be a faculty member not affiliated with remediation intended to address Examination and at least two semesters the WPI SE Program, or a recognized shortcomings identified in the student’s of coursework (18 graduate credit hours subject matter expert from industry. background. if part-time) in the graduate program. Failure to successfully complete the Area Once the Dissertation Committee has • A grade of Fail will result in dismissal Examination prior to the end of the stu- been established, any changes to that from the SE graduate program. dent’s seventh semester (42 graduate credit committee must be approved by the • A grade of Repeat requires the student hours if part-time) after Ph.D. program Research Advisor(s). Changes to the to retake the examination within one matriculation will be considered a failure student’s Research Advisor(s) must be year of the date of the initial Qualifying to make satisfactory academic progress and approved by the Systems Engineering Examination. may result in removal from the program. Academic Program Chair. A completed • A grade of Pass is expected to also The Research Advisor(s) and Dissertation Research Advisor(s) and Committee Selection include a summary of any required Committee determine the Pass/Fail form must be filed with the Systems remediation including, but not limited outcome of the Area Examination. A Engineering Program prior to taking to, coursework, reading assignments, grade of Fail will result in dismissal from the Qualifying Examination and each and/or independent study. time there is a change to the Research the SE Ph.D. graduate program. A grade Advisor(s) or Dissertation Committee. • The only permissible grades if a student of Pass may include recommendations takes the Qualifying Examination a for study or remediation. An Area second time are Pass and Fail. Examination Completion form must be Irrespective of the outcome of the signed by the student’s Research Advisor(s) examination, a Qualifying Examination and Dissertation Committee Members Completion form, signed by the SE and filed with the Systems Engineering Academic Program Chair and Dissertation program Graduate Secretary upon Committee members, must be filed with completion of the Area examination. the Systems Engineering Program upon completion of the examination.

180 Systems Engineering Return to Table of Contents Dissertation and Defense This course will cover how to prepare and SYS 512. Requirements Engineering The doctoral student must complete evaluate professional quality business plans, Requirements drive system definition and devel- and orally defend publicly a dissertation project budgets, financial proposals, timelines opment. Properly managed requirements contrib- and technical outlines. This course will also prepared under the general supervision ute to project success, while poorly defined and cover topics such as working with stakeholders; poorly managed requirements often lead to project of the Research Advisor(s). The research understanding competitive advantage and failure. Modern systems are demanding even described in the dissertation must be perceived value of systems engineering; various more attention to proper requirements definition original and constitute a contribution roles of systems engineers from a business practices and management. This course provides processes, to knowledge in the major field of the perspective; contracting for systems engineering techniques, and best practices necessary to develop candidate. The Research Advisor(s) and services, how systems engineers impact and are and manage requirements in today’s complex Dissertation Committee shall certify the impacted by the various corporate operating environments. (Prerequisite: SYS 501 Concepts of divisions, and how to ensure quality control. The Systems Engineering. Formerly SYS 579R). quality and originality of the dissertation course will consist of lectures, case studies, class research, the satisfactory execution of the projects and student presentations. SYS 520. System Optimization dissertation, and the preparedness of the This course covers both the principles and SYS 510. Systems Architecture and Design student for the defense of the dissertation. practices of system optimization. The course This course will study and contrast various im- includes both traditional mathematical treatments The Graduate Secretary must be notified portant architectural frameworks, representations, of optimization (including linear programming, of a student’s defense at least seven days tools, and methodologies in order to provide non-linear programming, integer programming, prior to the date of the defense, without scalable and flexible approaches for enterprises stochastic methods such as Monte-Carlo methods, exception. The dissertation defense can operating in dynamic and complex environments. multi-objective system optimization, data be scheduled any time after the end of the Enterprise-level system architecting tools will be envelope analysis) and practical, hands-on semester in which the Area Examination discussed and demonstrated. At a minimum, the application with many real-world examples and DoDAF, FEAF, Zachman, and TOGAF archi- was completed. student projects/exercises. Qualitative as well as tectural frameworks will be discussed in depth. quantitative approaches will be discussed. The Other topics will include analysis of architectural course begins with an introduction and definitions Residency Requirements alternatives to meet physical and logical objectives of system, optimization, and system optimization. The student must establish residency by and providing information and systems assurance It then proceeds to explain the traditional being a full-time graduate student for at in an environment that takes people, processes, mathematical tools and models used in system least one continuous academic year. and technology into account. Modeling tools optimization including location, allocation, such as UML/SysML and the use of model-driven scheduling, and blending models as well as Course Descriptions architectures will be presented. Validation of the sensitivity analysis and network models. architecture with stakeholders will be discussed. Optimized design is covered next. The course will All courses are 3 credits unless otherwise noted. Methods of identifying risks and opportunities conclude with several multi-objective optimization SYS 501. Concepts of Systems Engineering associated with the architectural choice will be problems. Student projects and real-world examples will Systems Engineering is a multifaceted discipline, explored. Practical examples will be included for be heavily emphasized. A technical undergraduate involving human, organizational, and various illustration. (Prerequisite: SYS 501 Concepts degree (B.A. or B.S. or equivalent) is a prerequisite technical variables that work together to create of Systems Engineering or another introductory for this course. (Prerequisite: SYS 501.) course in Systems Engineering) complex systems. This course is an introduction SYS 521. Model-Based Systems and overview of the methods and disciplines that SYS 511. Systems Integration, Verification Engineering systems engineers use to define, develop, and and Validation Model-based systems engineering (MBSE) deploy systems. It includes specific integrated This course examines the use of Systems Engineer- formalizes the practice of systems engineering examples, projects, and team building exercises ing principles and best practices with respect to through the use of models. This course is intended to aid in understanding and appreciating systems and systems-of-systems verification and to answer the why, what and how of MBSE fundamental principles. Topics covered validation (V&V). V&V processes, activities and provides background and motivation for include; Introduction to Systems Engineering; and methods as they apply across the product transitioning from a document centric approach Requirements Development; Functional Analysis lifecycle will be examined. Case studies, papers to a model-based approach to systems engineering. and Requirements Allocation; System Architecture and exercises will be used to examine the success The course provides a foundation for MBSE by and System Design; Integration, Verification and failure of verification, validation and test introducing SysML as a descriptive language for and Validation; Trade Studies; Systems Analysis, processes. Course topics include 1) How early modeling systems and a method for applying Modeling and Simulation; Specialty Engineering; systems engineering activities and solution sets SysML to support the specification, architecture Risk Management; and Technical Planning and affect integration, verification, validation and test; design, and analysis of complex systems. The Management. (Prerequisite: an undergraduate 2) V&V activities relative to product development course also introduces other important aspects of degree in engineering or science, or permission of phases; 3) Modeling quality, cost, time and risk; implementing MBSE, including organizational the instructor) 4) Testing and non-testing methods; 5) V&V and project planning considerations. The course SYS 502. Business Practices planning, execution and reporting; 6) Systems includes a combination of slide presentations This course introduces students to the business integration; and 7) V&V of critical and complex to introduce the fundamentals, coupled with aspects of Systems Engineering (SE) and is systems. (Prerequisite: SYS 501 Concepts of class exercises and a class project to help the designed to help SE professionals integrate Systems Engineering) student grasp the fundamentals. A modeling Systems Engineering concepts into a professional tool is expected to be used for the class project. business practice environment and to improve (Prerequisite: SYS 501 Concepts of Systems systems engineers’ understanding fundamental Engineering.) business practices and their relationship to systems engineering.

Systems Engineering 181 Return to Table of Contents SYS 540. Introduction to Systems Thinking SYS 596A and SYS 596B. Graduate Systems Thinking provides an arsenal of tools that Seminars enable program managers and systems engineers The graduate seminar series will be presented by to better identify, understand, and control recognized experts in various fields of Systems systems, and to improve their performance. In this Engineering and related disciplines. All SE Ph.D. course, we will study system identification and students are required to take two offerings of the delineation, causal loops and feedback, system SE seminar course. Each offering will be graded leverage points, delays and oscillations, mental Pass/Fail. models and unintended consequences, emergent properties, patterns, events, and self-organization, SYS 597. Independent Study and use these tools to improve the performance Approved study of a special subject or topics of engineering, biological, business, and complex selected by the student to meet his or her social systems. We will explore great system particular requirements or interests. Independent failures, how they might have been avoided, study students will work under the direct super­vision and how we can learn from them in developing of a WPI ECE, ME or CS faculty member. and participating in current systems. Finally, SYS 598. Directed Research we will learn how systems thinking explains the Directed research students will work under the conflicting behavior of individuals, departments, direct supervision of a WPI ECE, ME or CS businesses, and countries. faculty member on an experimental or theoretical SYS 579. Special Topics problem which may involve an extensive literature search, experimental procedures and analysis. A SYS 585. Systems Engineering Capstone comprehensive report in the style of a technical Experience report or paper and an oral presentation are One of the central priorities in WPI’s educational required. philosophy is the application of academic skills and knowledge to real-world problems. SYS 599. Thesis The capstone project represents a substantive (Prerequisite: Accepted to Systems Engineering evaluation and application of coursework M.S. degree program.) covered in the program. Students are encouraged SYS 699. Ph.D. Dissertation to select projects with practical significance Reserved for Ph.D. candidate research. Approval for the advancement of their company’s of the Ph.D. research advisor is required. competitive position as well as their own personal development. The project is administered, advised, and evaluated by WPI as part of the learning experience, but students are encouraged to seek mentorship from experienced colleagues in the Systems Engineering profession. The presence of or degree of participation from a mentor is made at the discretion of the student or the organization sponsoring the program. (Prerequisite: SYS 501 Concepts of Systems Engineering)

182 Systems Engineering Return to Table of Contents Index

Academic Calendar 2 Fellowships 14 Mechanical Engineering 142 Academic Standards 15 Financial Assistance 14 Monthly Payment Option 21 Admission 11, 12 Fire Protection Engineering 105 M.S. to Ph.D. 12 Advanced Graduate Certificates 7 Foisie School of Business 49 Aerospace Engineering 28 Operations Analytics and Management 52 Alumni Tuition Incentive 21 Geotechnical Engineering 71 Application Requirements 13 Gordon Library 26 Payment Option 21 Applying to WPI 11 Grade Appeal 16 Ph.D. 5 Audit 21 Grade Change Policy 16 Physics 156 Grading System 15 Plan of Study 17 Bachelor/Master’s Program 6 Graduate and Advanced Graduate Power Systems Engineering 94 Biochemistry 67 Certificates 7 Power Systems Management 112 Bioinformatics and Computational Graduate Certificate Program 7 Printing Services 27 Biology 35 Graduate Internship Experience 19 Professional Master of Science in Financial Biology and Biotechnology 38 Graduate Programs 4 Mathematics Program 132 Biomedical Engineering 42 Graduate Programs by Degree 5 Professional Master of Science in Industrial Bookstore 25 Mathematics Program 132 B.S./M.S. 6 Health Center 25 Project, Thesis, and Dissertation Business School of 49 Health Insurance 21 Advising 17 Housing 27 Career Development Center 25 Registration 18 Certificate in College Teaching 112 IELTS 11 Research Assistantships 14 Certificate in Nuclear Science and Information Technology 51 Resources 25 Engineering 113 Information Technology Resources 25 Robert A. Foisie School of Business 49 Certificate in Power Systems Engineering 97 Innovation with User Experience 51 Robotics Engineering 161 Certificate in Power Systems Insurance 21 Management 112 Interactive Media & Game School of Business 49 Chemical Engineering 62 Development 108 Sports and Recreation 27 Chemistry and Biochemistry 67 Interdisciplinary Master’s and Doctoral STEM for Educators 167 Civil and Environmental Engineering 70 Programs 6 Structural Engineering 70 Class Cancellation 25 Interdisciplinary Programs 110 Student ID Cards 27 Collaboration & Learning Resources 26 International Graduate Student Services 27 Student Loans 14 Collaborative for Entrepreneurship Student Services 25 and Innovation 50 Joint Degree Program 175 Supply Chain Management 52 Combined Bachelor/Master’s Program 6 System Dynamics 170 Computer Labs and Printing 26 Late Fees 21 System Dynamics and Innovation Computer Science 77 Learning Sciences and Technologies 114 Management 175 Computer Security 85 Leave of Absence 18 Systems Engineering 177 Confirmation of Admission 12 Library 26 Systems Modeling 171 Construction Project Management 71 Systems Thinking Certificate 170 , 178 Corporate and Professional Education 9 Mail Services 27 Course Changes 20 Management 51 Teaching Assistantships 14 Manufacturing Engineering 118 Technology Support and Instruction 26 Data Science 86 Manufacturing Engineering Theses 24 Dean of Graduate Studies 27 Management 111 TOEFL 11 Dean of Students 27 Marketing and Innovation 52 Transcripts 20 Deferred Enrollment 12 Master Builder 71 Transfers and Waivers 23 Degree Requirements 22 Master of Business Administration 5, 50 Transportation Engineering 71 Directions 184 Master of Engineering 5, 71 Tuition Adjustments for Leaves and Dissertations 24 Master of Mathematics for Educators 5, 132 Withdrawals 21 Doctor of Philosophy in Mathematical Master of Science 5 Tuition and Fees 21 Sciences 132 Master of Science in Mathematics for Tuition Payments & Billing 21 Doctor of Philosophy in Statistics 132 Educators 5, 132, 167 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) 5 Master of Science in Physics for WPI Online 10 Driving Directions 184 Educators 6, 167 WPI Police 25 Materials Process Engineering 123 Electrical and Computer Engineering 93 Materials Science and Engineering 124 Engineering and Construction 71 Mathematical Sciences 130 Enrollment and Registration 18 Environmental Engineering 71

Index 183 Return to Table of Contents Notice of Disclaimer state and federal laws, WPI does not WPI reserves the right to make changes discriminate on the basis of race, color, in policy, regulations, tuition and fees age, sex, ancestry, religion, national origin, subsequent to the publication of this sexual orientation, family status, disability material. For a current description of the or membership in the armed services, WPI policies and procedures, tuition and in recruiting and admitting students, fees, please contact the Graduate Studies awarding financial aid, recruiting and and Enrollment Office. hiring faculty and staff, or in operating any of its programs and activities. Notice of Nondiscriminatory Policy as to Students Notice of Accreditation WPI is accredited as an institution by It is the policy of WPI that each qualified the New England Association of Schools individual shall have equal opportunity and Colleges Inc., a nongovernmental, in education, employment and services at nationally recognized organization whose WPI. As a matter of practice and policy, affiliated institutions include elementary and in accordance with the Civil Rights schools through collegiate institutions Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education offering post-graduate instruction. Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and other

Driving Directions To WPI’s Worcester Campus 100 Institute Road, Worcester, MA The top map will guide you to I-290. Exit at 17 if eastbound or 18 if westbound. Using the bottom map, follow the arrows to the WPI campus.

184 Directions Return to Table of Contents Return to Table of Contents